IMAGE FVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 4p 1.0 I.I 11.25 ■^ Uii |2.2 Iwut. U IIIIII.6 - 6" V v: ^^. '^ 7 Photographic Sciences Corporation '^V^ 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY M580 (716) •72-4503 '^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microraproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notas/Notas tachniquat at bibliographiquas Tha Instituta has attamptad to obtain tha bast original copy availabia for filming. Faaturas of this copy which may ba bibliographically uniqua, which may altar any of tha imagaa in tha raproduction. or which may significantly c^v^nga tha usual mathod of filming, ara chackad balow. □ Colourad covars/ Couvartura da coulaur I I Covars damaged/ D n n D n Couvartura andommagAa Covars rastorad and/or laminated/ Couverture restaur^ et/ou pellicuMe I I Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque I I Coloured maps/ Cartes g6ographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ ReliA avac d'autras documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serrAe peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge intirieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutAas lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte. mais. lorsqua ceia 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas *t« filmtes. Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplAmentairas; L'Institut a microfilm* la meillaur exemplaire qu'il lui a ttt possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite. ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithoda normale de filmage sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagies □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restaurAas et/ou pelliculAes I Images discoloured, stained or foxed/ \Jei3Paq9» dicolories, tachetdes ou piqudes □ Pages detached/ Pages dAtach^es r|^>^Showthrough/ L_J Transparence □ Quality of print varies/ Quality inAgale de I'impression □ Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du material supplimantaire □ Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible D Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalament ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure. etc.. ont M filmies A nouveau de fapon A obtanir la mailleure image possible. This item is filmed at tha reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film* au taux de reduction indiqu* ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X XX \ J 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X The copy filmod here hat bean raproduced thanka to tha ganaroaity of: Morinat Library University of Ottawa L'axamplaira film* fut raproduit grica A la gAnAroaiti da: Bibliothiqua Moritset Univartit< d'Ottawa Tha imagaa appaaring hara ara tha baat quality poaaibia conaldaring tha condition and lagibility of tha original copy and In kaaping with tha filming contract apacificationa. Laa imagas auivantaa ont At6 raproduitas avac la plua grand aoin, compta tanu da la condition at da la nattatA da l'axamplaira film*, at an conformity avac las conditions du contrat da filmage. Original coplas in printad papar covara ara filmad beginning with tha front covar and ending on tha last page with a printad or llluatratad impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printad or llluatratad impraa- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or llluatratad impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche ahaii contain the symbol — ► (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrama illustrate the method: Lea exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en pepier est ImprimAe sont filmis en commenpant par la premier plat at en terminant soit par la darniAre page qui comporta une emprelnte d'impression ou d'iilustration, soit par la second plat, aaion le cas. Tous las autres exemplaires originaux sont fllmis en commen^ant par la premlAre page qui comporta una emprelnte d'impression ou d'iilustration at en terminant par la darnlAre page qui comporte une telle emprelnte. Un des symboles suivants apparaftra sur la derniAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbols —► signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbols V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Atre filmte A des taux de reduction diff Arents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul cllch*, ii est film* A partir de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite, et de haut en has, en prenant la nombra d'imagas nAcessaire. Les diagrammas suivants illustrant la m^thode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 f M ''t^i w /■ \ .--^ -^t?^^. -)AN(- Epitome of the ^^^toRY, Rep^j^^^ C£ OJCEST GEIAS O^ AND Recreation. TWO VOLUMES IN ONE. PROFUSKLY ILLUSTRATBD. By a Corps of Special Authors. F. B. DICKERSON & CO., Publishers. WINDSOR, ONT.AiTD DETROIT, MICH. ■ ! ■ 5 I ^^'^0m^'m^m0m m^m^l^^m^ ^^■i^M^P^^a%^B*#B4^^^ n Gr O S ins l\ u w^^^Sa^^^^m^^^^m^m^^m^^a^^a^^i^^m^^^m^^^^am^m ^ I ^ ^*^^%^«^ PRKKACK. is confidently believed that this book will meet a manifest want of the good people of the Domin- ion of Canada. Accurate infonnation concerning the remarkable history and growth of the land, the succession of its able rulers, and the principal statistics of its great public works, is always in demand; and such our Pictorial History of Canada, prepared expressly for this work by a professional his- torian and based upon the latest and best authorities, endeavors to supply. Much additional historical matter of interest and value, relating to the sister country of North America, the United States, and the world at large, is comprised in the elabo- rate and careful chronological tables that follow. By far the major part of this work, however, is devoted to the more immediately practical affairs of life. And what among these is more important than that art which all intelligent per- sons must practice nearly every day of their lives — the art of letter- writing ? Good habits in this are among the foremost needs of our business and social affairs; and yet the study and exercise necessary to reasonable accomplishment in them are almost wholly neglected in the common schools, and seem never to be thought of in the higher education. Our treatment of the subject will be found quite unique. Most of the materials used 1 li: ^^^^^^^^^^■^^■^^■^^■^■^ I ^ l^» l»*B^» ■nil <~>i I'll ^i^^taB^«HB^« W^P^^i^ IV PREFACE. were collected from original sources, and are now for the first time in print The ladies, however, will naturally take chief interest in the ornamental part of the work. Here they will find a multitude of decorative arts taught, and a myriad questions answered that they have doubtless often asked themselves or others. Such a body of instruction in the light and pleasant labors that so greatly promote the happiness and comfort of home, has never before been presented in a book of this kind; and some of the arts taught can be nowhere else so effectively learned as through this medium. It is hoped and believed that this one feature of the "Treasures," if no other, will carry a miniature world of intelligence, beauty, culture, and refinement into countless Canadian homes. \t Pains and cost have not been stinted in the preparation of this volume. All useless matters have been rejected, and the useful and elegant have been procured and illustrated with lavish expense. The pictures alone cost more than some entire subscription books of the size that could be named. Writers of recognized ability, specialists in their several fields, have been secured and liberally paid to furnish the text, which, together with the illustrations, has been put in print with rare finish of typography. The whole is now confidently commended to the generous patronage of the citizens of the far-spreading and powerful Dominion. THE PUBLISHERS. *Z^iJ^^^I^ (p= |2BKBBBBBBiaBBeBB / jiBBBBBBBBBBBBBDI ^aSfe of Soi^fcc'Htd'. MAKE HOME ATTRACTIVE BOME DECORATION IN NATURAL FLOWERS. PRESERVING NATURAL FLOWERS EMBALMINQ FLORAL PARASOL PRESERVING FLORAL HORSE SHOE. , PRESERVATION OP AUTUMN LEAVES PHANTOM OR SKELETON LEAVES PREPARING LEAVES AND FLOWERS , BLEACHING LEAVES AND SEED VESSELS. .. LI.^T OF PLANTS FOR SKELETONIZING SEED VESSELS LEAF PRINTING HOME DECORATION WINDOW GARDENINGI CHINA VAi.STING BRONZE WORK DECALCOMANIE JAPANESE WORK LADIES' WORK BASKET: KENSINGTON PATTERNS RIBBON WORK APPLIQUE WORK KENSINGTON OUTLINE PAINTING MACRAME LACE .. CRAZY WORK WOMAN'S WORK AND VICTORY CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS CARE OF CANARIES VALUABLE RECIPES U 16 SI S8 48 51 85 C8 «4 TO 80 80 89 104 lis 129 188 141 US ISO 161 163 163 SCO 207 soe 810 S97 , 885 J n V, PART II. PICTORIAL mSTORT OF CANADA: GEOGRAPHICAL SMS ONTARIO-QUEBEC-NEW BRUNSWICK- NOVA SCOTIA-PRINCE EDWA^'ID ISLAND- MAMITOBA-BRITISH COLUMBIA-THE NORTHWEST TERRI'lORIES- DISTRICT OF KEWATIN- NEWFOUNDLAND 344 HISTORICAL; DISCOVPRIES 251 THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY :i08 THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 886 THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY 288 THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 274 ENCYCLOPEDIA OF GREAT EVENTS 389 GEOGRAPHICAL DISCOVERIES 807 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING 408 NOTES AND CARDS 4S8 BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND MERCANTILE FORMS 446 lETTERS OF AFFECTION BY EMINENT. PERSONS 46S MISCELLANEOUS LETTERS BY EMINENT PERSONS 459 LETTERS OF CONGRATULATION BY EMINENT PERSONS 468 LETTERS OF CONDOLENCE 470 BUSINESS LAWS BRIEFLY STATED «8 COMMERCTAL FORMS 475 SCIENCE OF COMMON THINGS 478 -ts- \i^t of ^tlu^tzation^. / PORTABLB Irr SORBBK 110 Ornambntid Firbplaob lit Box m Jafanssb Work 141 Blaitkbt, or Embobbeo Stitoh 146 BOKOER IN BUTTON-HOLB BTITOH 145 Chain Stitoh 145 Satin Stitch 146 Ebnsinoton Outlinb Stitoh 146 Janina Stitoh 147 Knotted Stitoh 147 Plubh Stitoh 148 Hbrrino-Bonb Stioh 149 Basket Stitoh 149 Feather Stitoh 149 Wound Stitoh 150 Ebnsinoton Patterns 160 Ribbon Work 162 Panst Pin Cushion 158 Panst Pin Cushion (Diagrams) 154 APPLiqUE LAMBRBqUIN 165 Basket in Panama Canvas (open) 156 Baskel in Panama Canvas (shut) 167 Shawl Strap in Canvas Work 158 Kensington Outlinb Painting 168—162 Natural Easter Cross 168 Table and Table Cover 166 Sewing Chair and Tablb 167 Ottoman 168 I :l Clothu Baocbt OB Box Clothbs Baskbt, Imtbriob of. 169 170 Wall Pooxtc 173 Papib Holdbr 17;J Papbb Rbobivbr 174 Wall Pbotbctobi 176, 110 Wall Pooxbt 177 Slippbr Casbs 178 FiRB Scbbbbb \S0, 181 Window Sorbbn. 182 NoTB Cabb or Portfolio 188 Nebdlb Book 184 Sofa Cushion 185 Ctjbhiom with Laob Tiot 180 Cushion— Satin 187 Tablb Covbb or Chair Bo^btbb 187 Sofa Cushion 188 Toilbt Cushion 1 80 Handkerohibf Cases 1!<\ 101 Pnr Cushion 191 Footstool Brioohb Work Baskbt , WoBX Baskbt, Oblon« Work Baskbt, Ebnbington Stitchbb. Work Baskbt , WoBX Baob Nbt Work Lack Mat in Etohino 196 198 194 196 190 196 198 100 199 MACRAMii Lacb— Illbbtratbb 801, 208—206 L= ■ ^w^«> ■»^^^ LIBT OF ILLUSTRATIONS. PART II. A FinsT Sbttlrmbnt 245] In a Hudson bay Fobt 249 Montreal from the Mountain 259 LoNO Sault Rapids 200 Port Hopb 2C2 Monument to Wolf and Montcalm— Quebec 266 The Plains of Abraham— Near Qubbbo 270 queenston 276 Locks of thb Ridbau Canal 279 Intbrior of the Cathedral— Montreal 285 Cirrus Clouds 484 Cumulus Clouds 464 Stratus Clouds 485 Nimbus Clouds 485 Snow Crystals 486 MiRAOB 487 ^Mi^^M^^^^a^^a 2J2I22IS222BS22222SS3 ll i | i> | i»i | I II I ti i i w r . w%^PT I! "(Sottttlid tohtch abbrcss the t&v-ivt loat anb bie In one short host ; but that tohtch atvikta the eye ^ibjs long upon the minb ; the faithful sight (Snombes the hnotolebge luith s beam of it{)ht." / 'S^ %^" W M^»* ■ e^ ^^V\(? ^^;:.^^^ ..^^T'^., iHI,{iJj.jiJjj j.j..!i.Tj.iiiTii.jLlt3rT^^ ]y|a^BpoiiiBpi<&ctiVB, ^V'' , ''i»S) V 2S2S2S!S2SZSE52SZSZS25ZSSIli ¥ HE greatest art that the world has ever produced is the art of beautifying and making home attract- ive. As the grandest piece of sculpture the world has ever seen adorns a temple front, and the most beautiful painting is found to be in the decoration of a room, so the grandest and noblest motives that can stir the human heart are those awakened within the pale of domestic life. Beautiful art can only be inspired by pure and beautiful thoughts, and unless some ele- ments of taste and beauty are provided for the leisure hours at home, how can it be expected that the young may find their homes more attractive than places of sin and amusement, and have pure thoughts, pure hearts, and a love of refinement. What a fullness of enjoyment has our Creator placed within our reach by surrounding us with an atmosphere that may be shaped into sweet sounds, and by placing at our disposal many 11 12 MAKE HOME ATTRACTIVE. ii beautiful things ; and yet this goodness is lost to many of us through want of culture of the senses by which these provisions are enjoyed. Why not have some elegance in even the humblest homes ? We must first have cleanliness, which is the special elegance of the poor. But why not have pleasant and delightful things to look upon ? There is no reason why all should not surround themselves with the evidence of beauty and comfort in all their shapes, and thus do homage alike to the gifts of God and the labors of his creation. The taste for the beautiful is one of the best and most useful endowments. It is one of the handmaids of civilization. Beauty and elegance do not necessarily belong to the homes of the rich. They are, or ought to be, all-pervad- ing. Beauty in all things in nature, in art, in literature, in social and domestic life. The cheapest and the most beautiful gifts that belong to all classes, rich and poor alike, are flowers ; not* exotics, but what are known to us as common flowers. A rose, for instance, is among the most beautiful of the smiles of nature. '* The laugh- ing flowers," in which there is more than gayety, though it takes a wise man to see the beauty and adaptation of which they are full ! Bring in midwinter one of the commonest field flowers into a room, place it on a table, chimney-piece or mantel, and you seem to have brought a ray of sunshine into the place. There is a cheerfulness about flowers that brings delight to the drooping invalid. They are a sweet enjoyment, coming as mes- sengers from the country, and seeming to say, "Come md see the place where we grow, and let your heart be glad in otir pres- ence." They are emblems of purity and truth, a source of fresh delight to the pure and innocent. A heart that does not love flowers or the voice of a playful child cannot be cheerful. Have a flower in the room by all means. In summer they will cost you nothing, in winter but a trifle if your ambition is -^ \ t iiy of us 'ovisions homes ? gance of hings to lurround all their and the le of the admaids Y belong -pervad- iture, in ig to all )ut what tance, is e laugh- ough it Ich they . flowers itel, and e place, t to the as mes- 'nd see iir pres- of fresh lot love i ler they ^ition is ^1 moderate, and the grctification it will give will be beyond price. An eminent physician says: "I have known the presence of a flower, by its cheerfulness, to save a life." If you can have a flower in your window, so much the better. What can be more delicious than the sunlight streaming through them— through the midst of crimson fuchsias and fragrant geraniums. To look out through them and to break the force of the sunbeams by the tender resistance of green leaves is, indeed, poetry. If you can train a clematis or smilax round the window, you will have the most beautiful frame you can invent for the picture without, whether it be the busy crowd, the distant landscape, the trees with their lights and shades, the change of the passing clouds, or the earth wrapped in its mantle of snow. Any one may thus look through flowers for the price of an old song. And what pure taste and refinement does it not indicate on the part of the cultivator ? Flowers in the room, whether in their natural state or preserved, sweeten the air, make the home look graceful, give sunlight a new charm, rejoice the eye, and link nature with beauty. They are companions that will never utter a cross word to any one, but always look cheerful and smiling. Do not despise them because they are cheap, and because everybody may have the luxury as well as yourself. Common things are cheap, and common things are the most valuable. Were fresh air and sunshine to be had only for money, what luxuries they would be I But they are free to all, and these luxuries are seldom thought of. There is much in nature that we do not half enjoy. If we open our minds to enjoyment we may find tranquil pleasure spread about us on every side. We want more loving knowledge to enable us to enjoy life, and we want to cultivate the art of making the most of common means and appliances for enjoyment which lie about us on every side. A snug, clean home, no matter how tiny it may be, so that it is wholesome, windows into which the sun can shine cheerily, a ^^^^■^^^^•■^^■^^■^^■^^■^^■^^"'^^*^rf^ M w «^^k^ 14 JlfiliT^ ZTOJIflf ATTRACTIVE. few good books (and who need be without good books in these days of universal cheapness 0? no duns at the door, the cupboard well supplied, and a flower of some kind in the room — surely none need deny themselves these elements of pleasure because of poverty. But why not, besides the beauty of Nature, have a taste for the beauty of Art ? Why not hang up pictures or some pretty ornaments in the room ? Ingenious methods have been discov- ered — some of them very recently — for almost infinitely multi- plying works of art, by means of phantom bouquets, glass transparencies, leaf painting, bronze statuaries of wax, litho- graphs, autotypes, engravings, etc., which render it possible for all to furnish their rooms with some beautiful specimens of art. Any picture that represents a noble thought, that depicts a heroic act, or anything that brings a bit of nature from the fields or street into our room, is a teacher, a means of education and a help to self-culture. It seems to make home more pleasant and attractive. It sweetens domestic life and sheds a grace of beauty about it. It draws the gazer away from mere considerations of self and increases his store of delightful associations with the world without as well as within. The portrait of a great man, for instance, helps us to read his life. It invests him with a per- sonal interest. Looking at his features we feel as if we knew him better and were more closely acquainted with him. The works of nature, before us daily, at our meals and during our leisure hours, unconsciously seem to lift us up and sustain us. They are links that in some way bind us to a higher and nobler nature. They remind us of the observation made by Hazlitt upon a picture, " It looks as if a bit of Heaven were in the room." To our eyes a room always looks unfurnished, no matter how costly and numerous the tables, chairs and ottomans, unless there be something to grace the walls and naked tables. The art of living may be displayed in many ways. It may ^•^■^^■k^i^^ in these 3upboard i — surely I because taste for le pretty I discov- y multi- ts, glass X, litho- possible imens of iepicts a ;he fields 3n and a sant and f beauty itions of vith the at man, ;h a per- i^e knew n. The 'ing our tain us. L nobler Hazlitt room." ter how , unless It may A ^^i^^^^^^" SOME DECORATION iiV NATURAL FLOWERS. 15 be summed up in the words, "Make the best of everything." Nothing is beneath its care ; even common and little things it turns to account. It gives a brightness and grace to the home, and invests nature with new charms. Through it we enjoy the rich man' s parks and woods, as if they were our own. We inhale the common air, and bask under the universal sunshine. We glory in the grass, the passing clouds, and the flowers. We love the common earth, and hear joyful voices through all nature. It extends to every kind of social intercourse. It engenders cheer- ful good will and loving sincerity. By its help we make others happy, and ourselves blessed. We elevate our being and enno- ble our lot. We rise above the groveling creatures of earth, and aspire to the Infinite. And thus we link time to eternity, where the true art of living has its final consummation. ration. N the days gone by, the floral beU was considered as being- a decoration only appropriate for marriage ceremonies. It was then made of pure white flowers with a very little green for bordering. But in these days, when the confluent tide of aesthetic taste has washed away conventionalisms, it takes its place for any occasion among the many designs for floral deco- The most effective situation for this design is between portieres, and it should be suspended by a bright-colored ribbon. In making a iloral bell, cai'e must be taken that the form is well filled with forest moss, having been previously soaked in water. Cover the outside of the form with Triumph de Luxemburg Roses, which are of a bright coppery color ; line the inside, or bowl, with yellow Tea Roses, and fill the clapper in rusty yellow Immortelles. Or, the outside may be covered with different kinds of flowers, tastefully arranged and harmonizing in color, the inside lined with different shades of Hyacinths, and the bell clapper filled in purple shaded Immortelles. Or, the outside may be covered with scarlet Bouvardias, the bowl lined with white Daisies, and the tongue filled in scarlet Immortelles. A Canopy looks very pretty filled in light green Ivy, or heavy branches of Fern leaves mixed in with Smilax. Place bunches of Hyacinths at the four corners. A Canopy should be sus- pended above a table, and a bouquet composed of bright flowers may be placed on the table underneath. Fill the pedestal with Geranium leaves and Ferns ; the four leaves should be filled with bright flowers — Primroses, Hya- cinths, Verbenas, pink Daisies, Polyanthus, and such. The order may be reversed: fill the pedestal with scarlet flowers, such as scarlet Verbena, Gladiolii and Bouvardia; work the leaves in green. Geranium leaves or Ivy, Smilax, Myrtle ; or the pedestal may be filled in white Daisies, which has a very pretty effect standing on a shelf or mantel. e^ ait-. The back and arms of the chair may be festooned with Smi- lax, mixed with clusters of yellow rosebuds. Fill the seat with half -blown Roses of various hues. The rungs and legs may be H^^ai^%ai^^B^^B^^H i / I covered with Smilax ; this should be placed near, or at the foot of Statuary. Fill with Roses and Rosebuds, all bright flowers ; should stand near a door. Have the pillars festooned in Smilax, with bunches of scarlet Hyacinths. Make a center-piece in the floor of double Petunias, border it around with bright Roses, Pinks, Verbenas, etc., and hang in a window. The Chrysalis should be filled in black Immortelles, the wings may be flUed in almost all bright shades, the prevailing hues being different shades of yellow, filled in any conceivable way which taste and fancy may suggest ; this should be placed near window drapery, or under hanging landscapes. A boat can be made the most elegant of any parlor design, and a three-master can be made to look exceedingly beautiful. Fill the masts with small flowers of the most gorgeous hues, drape the shrouds with Smilax ; fill the deck with full and half- blown Roses, Carnations, Pinks, Pansies, Azaleas, Fuchsias and Forget-me-nots. The sides of the boat may be draped with Smilax or Heliotrope. Long spikes of sweet Mignonette can be draped at the sides to form guards, and it should be set on a mirror pond. The form should be compactly filled vrith moss and well secured with wire. Lilies of the Valley can be placed around the edge to form a fringe. Fill in the upper part with Tube- roses, Rosebuds, white Camellias, and full-blown Roses, leaving a 2 18 UOME DECORATION IN NATURAL FLOWERS. depth of three or four inches for a bordering. It may be filled in scarlet Gladiolus, scarlet Bouvardia, or dark lavender Helio- trope, and it should be lined with white flowers. Place a sprig of Hyacinth at the end of each rib, and cover the handle with Smilax. Should be filled with Primroses, Polyanthus, pink Daisies, Sweet Alyssum, Candytuft, etc. This design is pretty and appropriate for a christening. Border with small Geranium leaves, fill the ring with pink Daisies, Rosebuds and Carnations and the signet with Hyacinths, Fuchsias, or Heliotrope ; this should hang in the window. The pedestal may be filled in Smilax or Geranium leaves, with an occasional broken bud or flower thrown in. The horn may be filled in a variety of bright colored fiowers. The larger end of the horn may be filled in Heliotrope; this should be placed near a window. cFan. A floral fan, if made properly, may be carried and used by a lady as any ordinary fan. The form should be of fine wire, and filled with layers, or a sheet of sponge instead of moss. An ivory, or any kind of handle, can be fastened in the form before it is filled. Wet, or rather soak, the sponge and then fill in, commencing at the handle with the smaller flowers. Tuberoses, Tea Rosebuds, pink Daisies and Hyacinths ; place a full-blown either white or pink Camellia in the center and form a border of bright colored flowers in scroll work. The sides may contrast in color. w^mi^^^'^i^r'^g^'t^^^0^m0m^^^f*m^m^ to ofhh I ■ ; -Vt'-. i,-' ■ ■ . ^.fyJ. :•> f t f^:j ■k . '■, ^ \- -1 , -'"'/♦/ ^, ■ a »■ ■».^. '»> r ^ >' • ^ / -■ ' -,- ^" ■^"•=*^.v,, r.^^^^ '-_• .--«- r ^^ A - ^'>^-' 3'. ?-•'•' . .t, ■(^^^^^ .', ^ o\^-, ,' ^ • -» -^. . Si" give it plenty of surface ; then take the petals out of the basin, which is done by placing the palm of the hand under them in the water ; raise them up and let drain a little. Then immerse the hand in the vessel of solution, and all the petals will rise separately to the surface. Let them remain in this solution for ten hours, dipping them under occasionally. Petals done in this way will never turn yellow. The petals being thoroughly bleached, are ready for pressing and drying. They should be taken out of the vessel separately. It is done in this way : Place an ivory paper-cutter underneath a petal, let it drain a little, then lay it on a thick blotting pad, smoothing it out with the paper-cutter till it is entirely free from wrinkles ; continue thus till the pad is filled, care being taken that the petals do not touch each other, lay another blotting pad over this and set it aside till all are finished, press the pads in a letter press, take them out and lay between the covers of a heavy book for twenty-four hours ; they are then ready for use. Petals done in this way look as if they were newly plucked from the flower. To three pints of warm water add one and one-half pints of bleaching fluid. Remove the spatha from the spadix carefully with the blade of a penknife. Lay the spatha smoothly on the blotting pad and lay another pad over it, then proceed as in bleaching the Camellias. A Calla requires forty-eight hours to bleach, and the fluid must be changed twice. Then rinse in tepid water, and finally in the borax and alum solution. Press and dry as described for Camellias. Carnations require some care in handling on account of their quilled and ragged edges, which make them more liable to be torn. They should be smoothed out on the blotting pad with a camel's hair brush, and some extra care should be given in tying the pads together. To three pints of warm water add one-half pint of bleaching fluid ; change solution twice. They will bleach in thirty hours ; then proceed as formerly directed, with the exception of smooth- ing out the petals on the drying pad with a camel's hair brush instead of the paper-cutter. Carnations should be thoroughly rinsed to free them from chlorine before drying. To three pints of warm water add one and one-third pints of bleaching fluid. Prepare the petals as formerly directed, and leave in solution twenty-four hours. Change the solution once, then proceed with the rinsing and drying as with Camellias. tE roced> fox. 5D aioteo. Take two quarts of the finest silver sand (it must be perfectly dry) ; to this add 6 ozs. of finely pulverized alum and 4 ozs. of best plaster of Paris. First mix the alum and plaster together thoroughly before adding them to the sand, then mix well with the sand and sift through a fine wire screen or sieve. Take a paper box, 6x8 inches, cover the bottom of it to the depth of several inches with this mixture and place the Daisies in it, stems downward— the sand must have depth enough to hold the flower firmly. Fill the box with the flowers, leaving plenty of space between each one ; then sift the mixture over them gently, so as not to crush any of the petals, till all the flowers are buried. Cover the box and put it carefully in some place where it is sure not to be dis- turbed ; keep it in a temperature of 90 to 95, and in seventy- two hours the flcweis will be ready to take out. Open the box and hold it in a slanting position in order to let enough of the mix- ture run out to expose the flowers ; then with the flnger and thumb draw t) le flower up by the stem, turn it upside down and shake it gently to free it from the mixture. Should any of the particles still adhere to it, blow them oflP with the breath. Daisies done in this way look as clear and fresh as when cut. The alum toughens and keeps the petals flexible. The plas- ter of Paris preserves their original whiteness. The sand draws the moisture out of the flower, and by this means preserves it. Flowers should be free from moisture and perfectly dry when placed in this mixture, /. ii^0^ ^im^^^^ta^nm^^m 1 EMBALMING A FLORAL PARASOL. 85 care being taken to leave room enough between the petals for cutting, lay another waxen sheet over this and press together with the palms of the hands ; then cut them out and mould gently around the margin with the bead end of the curling pin, to make the wax adhere. Next take a piece of wire several inches in length, twist one end of it around a knob of wax, cover this knob with a piece of wax and dip it in thin gum water, then sprinkle it with yellow flock, and the heart, or receptacle, of the flower is flnished. The smaller petals may now be applied ; press them firmly against the under side of the receptacle, followed by the larger ones, and so on till the flower is finished; then twist the wire firmly around the toothpick. Bleaching Process. — Prepare the petals as directed for the Jacqueminot Rose ; then to one part of water add one part of Fluorine ; let remain in solution from eight to ten hours, at a temperature of 90 degrees; then pour the solution off and replace with one part water and two parts Eau-de-Javelle ; let remain in this solution twenty-four hours, at a temperature of 100 degrees. Floating Process.— Gave must be exercised in manipulating these petals, as they are very tender. Let them float on the first water six or seven hours, make the second solution one part water and one part borax, and alum; leave in this twenty-four hours, then press and dry for use. Tinting Process.— Tint the petals before removing from the blotter with No. 1 Chrome Yellow, tube colors ; when dry, turn the tinted side underneath and tint the other side; set them in a place free from dust to dry. Embalming Process. — The best of transparent wax should be used for this Rose. Cut the wax large enough to leave a margin beyond the petal, roll and mould slowly and evenly, n^ giving the larger petals the bowl and cuil of the natural ones. Cover a piece of wire with wax, form a knob at one end, cover this knob with green flock and lay on the petals in such a man- ner as to give it the soft and fluffy appearanc^e pe(Miliar to the Marshal Neil; twist the wire tirmly around the toothpick, and the flower is finished. Bleaching Process. — Remove the moss cai'efuUy from around the petals, and prepare them on the blotters as directed; then immerse in solution, two parts water and three parts Fluo- rine; let remain for twelve hours, at a temperature of 95 degrees; pour off this solution, and replace with one part water and two parts Eau-de-Javelle; let remain for twenty-four hours, at a temperature of 100 degrees. Floating Process. — The petals should be allowed to float on the water two or three days; have the borax and alum sol ition quite strong, and let remain in this also for two or tliree days, or a longer period will not injure the petals of this Rose. Press and dry jis previously directed. Tinting Process. — Before removing the petals from the blotter, tint them deeply with Rose Bloom, in tube paints, or in dry colors mixed in gum water — but the former is much to be preferred — turn over with the blade of a penknife, taking care not to tear the petal in the operation, and tint the other side. Embalming Process. — Lay the petals smoothly on the trans- parent wax and cut out the petals, leaving a very little margin; mould them easily and smoothly on the palm of the hand, making the extreme edges slightly ruflled; wax the wire, attach the waxen knob to one end and dip it in Chrome Yellow, apply the petals and set them on quite closely and compactly. The Rose is now ready for the moss. \zz EMBALMING A FLORAL PARASOL. 37 Process for Moss. — Pulverize 1 oz. of carbonate of ammonia and 1 oz. of alum; add this to a quart of sand and bury the moss in it; let remain for twenty-four hours, at a temperature of 90 degrees. It should stand for a day after taking it out of the mixture before using. The outside of the Princess Adelaide Rose is entirely covered; the moss can be set on with mucilage. Twist the wire stem firmly around the toothpick, and the flower is finished. Bleaching Process. — Prepare the petals as directed. To one part of warm water add two parts of Fluorine; leave in solution eighteen hours or more, until the fluid looks black; then pour off and replace with two parts Eau-de-Javelle and one part water; leave in solution twenty-four hours at a temperature of 100 degrees. Floating Process. — Leave the petals in the tepid water for twelve hours, then float them in the alum and borax solution for several days if need be, until they become of a pure milky white- ness. Then press and dry for use as directed. Tenting Process. — Tint the petals before removing from the blotters, with Crimson Lake, tube colors; this must be done with a soft camel's hair brush. When one side of the petals has dried, turn them over and tint the other side. Embalming Process. — Lay the petals smoothly on a mod- erately thick sheet of transparent wax, then lay a thinner sheet over this and roll gently with the rubber roller, cut out the petals and mould into shape; wax the stem wire; apply a waxen knob to one end, which is to be dipped in Chrome Yellow; attach the petals around this in their natural order, twist the stem wire around the toothpick, and the Camellia is finished. ^f^^^a^'ta ^^SM^^i^^SH^^ta If I'll' i nil I i ) Bleaching Process. — Having prepared the petals as directed, to two parts warm water add three parts Fhiorine; let remain in this solution twelve hours, at a temperature of 90 degrees, then pour off the fluid and replace with a solution of one part water and two parts Eau-de-Javelle. Let remain in this twenty-four hours, at a temperature of 100 degrees. Floating Process. — Let the petals float on the sui'face of the tepid water from twelve to eighteen hours, then in the alum water from two to three days, until the petals have become of a pure white color; then press and dry as directed. Tinting Process. — Before removing the petals from off the blotters, with a soft camel's hair brush (tinting brush) tint the petals; tint darker in the center and shade lighter towards the margin; when dry, turn over and tint the other side the same. Use Rose Madder, tube No. 2. Embalming Process. — Lay the petals smoothly between two sheets of transparent wax of medium thickness, roll together with the rubber roller, then cut the petals with \i sharp i)air of scissors and mould into shape; wax the stem- wire; form the receptacle, or knob, at one end, and dip it in Chrome Yellow; then apply the petals in their natural order, and fasten each by the stem-wire to the toothpick. Bleaching Process. — Take the petals apart carefully and lay them smoothly on the blotter, immerse them in a solution of one part warm water and three parts Fluorine, let them remain eighteen hours, at a temperature of 95 degrees; pour this off and pour on a fresh quantity, and let remain six hours more; then replace with one part water and three jmrts Eau-de-.Iavelle and let remain in this from eighteen to twenty-four hours, at a temperature of 100 degrees. EMBALMING A FLORAL PARASOL. 39 Floating Process. — Leave the petals in the tepid water from twelve to eighteen hours, and in the alum and borax solution from two to three days. Press and dry as directed. Tinting Process. — Before removing the petals from off the blotters, tint the center of each with lampblack and the margin with indigo, care being taken to shade the one into the other. Only one side of the Pansy petal need be painted. Emhalraing Process. — Place the petals between the two sheets of transparent wax, press between the palms of the hands, or roll with the rubber roller, cut the petals and mould into shape with the bead end of the curling pin ; wax the stem-wire and place a very small knob of wax on one end ; then dip in Crimson Lake (powder), and apply the petals. Fasten the stem- wiie t 1*1 ly around the toothpick. Bleaching Process. -^Vre^aie the petals as directed; immerse them in pure Fluorine, let them remain for ten hours, at a tem- perature of 95 degrees. If the petals still look black, which may be seen through the glass jar, pour off the fluid and add fresh. Let them now remain from six to ten hours more, then pour off the fluid and replace with clear Eau-de-Javelle ; let remain in this from twenty-four to thirty hours, at a tempera- ture of 100 degrees. This is one of the most difficult to bleach of the whole Pansy family. Moating Process.— Flosit the petals on the tepid water for about .ten hours, then transfer into the alum and borax water, let remain there for several days, then press and dry for use. Tinting Process. — Before removing the petals from the blot- ter, tint them with dark purple Lake, one side only. Emhalming Process. — Lay the petals between the two sheets of transparent wax and proceed as directed for the Pansy (Emperor William). I I! ' I m t ' I II i I Bleaching Process. — Prepare the petals on the blotters as directed, then cover them to the depth of an inch with one part warm water and one part Fluorine ; let stand for ten hours in the fluid, at a temperature of 95 degrees ; then replace with one part water and one part Eau-de- Javelle ; let stand in this solu- tion from eighteen to twenty -four hours. Floating Process. — Float the petals on the warm water till they look clear and free from streaks, then transfer to the borax and alum solution and let them remain for several days; press and dry as directed. Tinting Process. — Tint the petals, before removing, with Cerulean Blue; on one side only. Embalming Process. — Proceed as directed, and follow the instructions given for embalming the Pansy. Bleaching Process. — Prepare the petals as directed for the Pansy and immerse in a solution of one part warm water and two parts Fluorine; let remain tor ten or twelve hours, at a tem- perature of 95 degrees; then replace with one part water and two parts Eau-de- Javelle; let remain in this solution for twenty- four or twenty -six hours, at a temperature of 100 degrees. Floating Process. — Float the petals on the warm water for ten or twelve hours, then remove them to the alum and borax solution and let them float for several days until they are per- fectly clear; then press and dry as directed. Tinting Process. — Tint the petals while on the blotters with Royal Purple and Cadmium Yellow. Embalming Process. — Follow the directions for embalming the Pansy. i 1 EMBALMING A FLORAL PARASOL Bleaching Process. — Smooth the petals out carefully on the blotter with a camel's hair pencil, immerse them in a solution of two parts Fluorine and one part warm water; let stand from twelve to sixteen hours, at a temperature of 95 degrees; then transfer into solution of one part water and two parts Eau-de- Javelle; let remain in this from twenty to twenty-four hours, at a temperature of 100 degrees. Floating Process. — Float the petals as previously directed, press and dry the same. Tinting Process. — Mix equal portions of Crimson Lake and Royal Purple, tint the petals on both sides, giving close atten- tion to the markings and shadings of the natural petal. Embalming Process. — For embalming the Pink some artists prefer to cut the wax with a tin pink cutter; insert the natural petal between and mould gently into shape, taking care not to tear the ragged edges. Wax the stem-wire, and place the waxen knob at one end; to this knob stick the two pointals, which may be made of brown wax; place the petals around this in their natural order, and fasten the wire around the toothpick. *Jlo cFi^ t^e ^ozm. Fill in the ribs of the parasol with forest moss, very com- pactly and well stayed with wire. Begin from the top, around the shank point, to set in the flowers, which should be the smaller ones — the Pansies and Pinks. Set them in promiscuously to the depth of several inches, then begin to add in the larger flowers, blending the different colors according to taste, and ending with a border of the moss or Gen. Jacqueminot Rose, then add a heavy fringe of Pampas grass. A satin ribbon of any bright color tied at the point of the shank or handle, and again tied into a bow and fastened into the - ni^~i i~ii 42 EMBALMING A FLORAL PARASOL. flowers half way down, by means of a hair-pin, the ends being left to droop down on the fringe loosely, adds very much to the beauty of the design. The lining, or inside, of the parasol should be done in the different shades of Pansies. The design shown in the illustration may be put in a box frame, or placed under an oval glass globe. This is the proper method of embalming flowers, and ?f done according to directions they will last for an indefinite period of time. XU petals done in this way must be painted of a much deeper tint than the natural, on account of being covered with the wax, which causes the petal through the wax to appear one shade lighter than the natural tint. Some artists, in* order to facilitate labor, tint the petals after they are waxed; but the effect is not so satisfactory, nor the tinting so lasting. All species of colored flowers may be preserved by this method, but.the artist must use judgment in regard to the color and texture of the flower, and use the strengths of the different chemical agents accordingly. As these two chemicals for preserving colored flowers have hitherto been a trade secret, and have been used only by experienced artists, it may be well for the amateur to confine herself, in the first few attempts at petal bleaching, to Labar- raque's or Powers & Wightman's bleaching fluids, which can be used without being diluted, under the same directions in regard to time and temperature, as the combined chemicals, Fluorine and Eau-de- Javelle. 1 X '.■I- . "" ■ ■ 1 r I 5 1 1 < } <. / -■ e 1 \ f 1 [1 ;- ! ^- =1 t I I b 1^. ^^^^/^ e<^i3 ^f^l^ e.iv-9 N illustrating this method we will take a floral horse- shoe containing the following flowers: Forget-me-not, German Violet, Azalea, Passion Flower, Oleander, Abutilon, Wild Rose, Pansy, Petunia, Salvia and Convolvulus. This favorite little flower must be handled with much care. Have at hand two thick blotting pads, separate the flower from the receptacle, keeping it whole if possible, and lay it on the pad, face upwards. Take a soft camel's hair brush and dip it in a solution of three parts soft water, one part ox gall and a few drops of spirits ammonia, and moisten the surface of each floret; next, lay the other blotter over it, and with a moderately hot smoothing-iron press the pads, letting the iron rest upon them for a few minutes till all the moisture is extracted from the flower; remove the upper blotter and the flower is ready for use. If the iron is in proper heat and the work done artistically, the flower will possess its natural hue and texture. The next operation is to stay the flower. Lay it on a sheet 43 ^m^^^^^m^^l^^t, [ \'^* of wax (Cerulean Blue) and cut the wax around the edge of the flower, giving it a small margin; press the flower and wax together between the finger and thumb, and mould it gently into shape with the steel end of the curling pin. Take a piece of wire, two inches in length, cover it with a thin pidce of wax, bend one end of it around a small knob of wax, and to this knob fasten the flower with the steel end of the moulding pin. Make all the flowers in the same manner and group them into clusters of eight or ten; finish by twisting all the wires together and fastening them to the toothpick. The leaf of the Forget-me-not, and almost all kinds of leaves, may be preserved in the following manner: Take one ounce of gum sandarac, half an ounce of gum mastic, and a piece of cam- phor gum the size of a hazel-nut. Pulverize and mix these together and put it into a long, narrow bottle, pour in a pint of first proof alcohol and after shaking, heat it mildly. After the ingredients have become thoroughly dissolved, let the bottle stand quietly until the dregs have settled at the bottom, when the clear portion should be poured off. This will soon assume the appearance and qualities of a transparent varnish. Lay the leaves on a table, or some smooth surface, right side uppermost, and with a camel's hair brush apply a thin coat to the surface of each, when they can be set away in a place free from dust to dry. When perfectly dry, put them singly on a clean blotting pad, put another pad on the top of this and press with a hot smoothing-iron. Stay the back of each leaf with wax, the same shade as the back of the leaf — the back, or under sur- face, of almost every leaf is a shade or so lighter than the upper surface — and add one or two to the spray. Separate each flower from the receptacle and flatten it gently on the blotter until the blotter is filled; moisten each violet with a soft camel's hair brush, dipped in a solution of two parts soft water, three parts ox gall, and ten or twelve drops of spirits ammonia; then overlay with another blotter and press with a moderately hot iron. If the color should change any on account of the solution being too strong, or the iron too hot, the petals may be tinted lightly with Purple Lake (tube colors). Take a sheet of wax (violet purple) and lay the violets, face upwards, evenly on its surface — care being taken to cut the wax a little smaller than the flower. Press the wax and flower gently together between the finger and thumb, place it in the palm of the hand, flower under, and with the steel end of the curling pin mould it into shape. Care must be taken that the natural petals are not torn in the moulding. Take a wire two inches in length and cover it with wax, form a knob at one end, and to this knob fasten the violet with the curling pin, and continue in this way till there is enough made to form a cluster: twist the wires together and fasten to the toothpick. The leaf should be made according to the given directions. Strip the petals from the receptacle and lay them smoothly on the blotter. The stamens need not be saved, as it is better to replace them with waxen ones. When the blotter is filled with the petals, moisten them with a solntion of one part ox gall, two parts water, and a few drops ammonia; then lay the other blot- ter over this and press with a warm iron, care being taken not to have the iron too warm, as the texture of the Azalea is very delicate. Lay the petals smoothly over a j)ink sheet of single wax and cut the waxen petal a trifle smaller than the natural one, press I : I lli I : ,,;^ Ml i;;i both together with the finger and thumb and bend them slowly together, keeping the curling pin on the waxen side. Care must be taken not to press too hard for fear of tearing the natural petal. When the petals are all moulded, take a narrow strip of wax and cut it into six shreds; fasten these to the end of a tooth- pick with a piece of wax, dip them in Chrome Yellow powder, lay the petals on in their natural order, and preserve the leaf as dii'ected. Strip the petals off carefully and lay them on the blotter, face or right side uppermost. With a soft camel's hair brush moisten their surface with a solution of two parts ox gall, one part water and ten drops of spirits ammonia ; with a moderately hot iron press the pads slightly and remove them to another dry blotter; again press with the same degree of heat. Petals which are fleshy do not press readily, and sometimes require to be transferred to different blotters several times before the moisture is thoroughly extracted. Take a piece of pink staying wax, lay the petals smoothly on the sheet, cut the wax smaller than the natural petal, press between the finger and thumb and mould into shape, taking care to always mould over the waxen side. Cut a narrow strip of white wax into fine shreds, for stamens, dip the ends into Chrome Yellow, wind it around the end of the toothpick and attach the petals. Cut a few pink strips of wax and notch them with the scissors to look ragged ; then stick them in the center to represent the crown of torn appendages. Preserve the leaf as directed. ^2 aoyuyyv u ovoet-. The petals must be cut with a penknife from the heart of the flower, as they adhere firmly to it and cannot be removed by the fingers without tearing. ^^H^^^^^^^^^^ Lay the petuls evenly on the blotting pad, moisten their surface with a solution of two parts clear ox gall, one part water, and fifteen drops of spirits ammonia, and i)res8 quickly with a hot iron. For the pass {flora ccerulea use staying wax one shade from white, or the palest shade in Cerulean Blue, for the petals, which must be moulded very carefully. Take a strip of wax an inch in width and several inches in length, lay it en some smooth surface and with a sharp penknife notch the extreme edge on one side; then roll evenly around the end jf tooth- pick, taking care to keep the coils perfectly evoa ai d compact, to look as much as possible like the natural heart 'ii the f' .wer. If the notches have closed any in coiling, separate them wha the point of the curling pin and dip in Burnt Umber Trjowder). Next take the finest silk wire, cut it into lengtiis 'Correspond- ing to the natural spikes of the flower, cover them with several thicknesses of wax and roll them between the palms to give them a cylindrical form; dip them in Raw Sienna, fasten to the heprt of the flower, attach the petals evenly, and the flower is finished. The natural heart and spikes of the Passion Flower may be preserved in sand and used, but the waxen heart and spikes are more durable in this method of preserving natural flowers. dfeutiCoiv. The petals must be separated from the receptacle with a knife or sharp scissors, and the bowl slit, in order to let the petals lie evenly on the pad. Then take a solution of one part clear ox gall and three p-^rts water, moisten the petals and press with a warm iron. Cut the wax to the petal while flattened out, draw the slit together, and mould in the form of the bowl with the bead end of the curling pin. If the artist wishes the Abutilon to retain its bell shape, the inside of the petal must be L; ^l^^H^^^ ^^■■^^■^ *^ ^ *^ 1 48 PRESERVING A FLORAL HORSESHOE. stayed and moulded to the natural shape; but if a blown shape is desired, then the outside of the petal must be stayed and moulded as for a full open flower. Place a small knob of wax on the end of the toothpick and mould the petals to it with the curling pin, roll the petals back with the steel end of the pin, if for a blown Abutilon, and over- lap them if for a bell shape. The petals of the Wild Rose are exceedingly delicate and require great care in handling. Lay them smoothly on the blotter and moisten slightly with sulphuric ether and press quickly with a hot iron; if the petals look dim, tint slightly with Rose Madder. Stay with rose colored wax, care being taken not to tear the petals in moulding. Cut a narrow strip of wax and make one edge into short fine shreds, dip into Chrome Yellow powder, coil around the point of a toothpick to form the stamens, fasten the petals to the stamens, being careful to give them the natural outward curve, and preserve the leaf as directed. 2^ an* This is one of the easiest flowers to manage, and is well adapted for this method of preserving natural flowers. Lay the Pansy smoothly on the blotter without separating the petals, but removing the stem ; moisten with pure ox gall mixed with a few drops of spirits ammonia, and press slowly with a moder- ately hot iron. The petals niust be stayed with wax of corre- sponding color. If the Pansy is brown, the wax must be brown; if a yellow, the wax must be yellow; if purple, the wax must be purple; if variegated, the wax must correspond to the prevailing color. ! After the flower has been pressed, should the petals adhere to each other, they can easily be separated with the point of the curling pin, care being taken not to tear them, and the wax can easily be moulded on each separate petal without much incon- venience. Place a small knob of wax on the end of the tooth- pick and fasten the flower in the center of the eye to it. If it is desired to form them into bunches or clusters the Pansies may be attached to wires and then fastened to the toothpick. Slit the Petunia on the seam (or it may be slit into five differ- ent parts, and after these different parts have been stayed by the proper shade of wax they can be joined together without the seams being detected), and smooth the petals out on the blotter. Then moisten sparingly with a solution of one part ox gall, two parts water, and a few drops of spirits ammonia, and press gently with a moderately hot iron. Stay with wax the same shade as the flower, and curve the edges outward with the steel end of the curling pin. Cut several long thin shreds of wax for the stamens, roll a piece of wax around the end of the toothpick, press the stamens on with the finger and thumb, and then run it down through the throat of the Petunia and press the whole together with the finger and thumb, or with the bead end of the moulding pin. Same directions as for the Petunia. Strip the petals from the spikes and lay them smoothly on the blotter if possible, regardless which side is uppermost, as the petal of the Salvia is the same on both sides. Moisten with a few drox)s of diluted spirits ammonia and stay with crimson 4 i<~ii ini^~» ■•^■■^■r'w^~ir-"^-rr~r* — "— !' ^^^*^^»^^»^^^i^^i^** 50 PRESERVING A FLORAL HORSESHOE. wax. Cover a piece of wire several inches in length with Chrome Green wax, and set the flowers at proper distances from each other along the wire, fastening them on at their base with a tuft of green wax. Fill in the form of the horse-shoe compactly with forest moss, stayed with wire or thread, and set in the flowers according to taste. The design given in the illustration can either be placed in a box frame or under a glass globe; if the latter is used, the design must be supported by a rest. This method of preserving natural flowers can only be accom- plished successfully with single flowers. Tulips, single Holly- hocks, Poppies, Clematis, etc., look exceedingly beautiful and natural done in this way, and although they are not so durable, yet they make the finest specimens for exhibition. Madame St. Emery, a noted French artist, took the first pre- mium at the Paris Exposition for this method of preserving nat- ural flowers. m^ ^^^^K^^m^^^^^^^^r^m^^m^mt^^ ' I I (^ ^ "^ ^ -^h -^^ <^ «^^ HOSE who have experimented in pressing and pre- serving Autumn leaves by means of varnishing, ironing, etc., are aware of the fact of their work proving unsatisfactory, because of their changing color, becoming spotted, curling at the edges, etc. Now, for the past year or two, we have fol- lowed a different course, and our success has been so signal that we feel glad to mention our method to our readers, in hopes of Iheir testing it with as much satisfaction as we have done. As soon as the trees begin to change their livery in the Autumn, begin making collections of all the various colors and shades of color, as the leaves gathered early always retain their color longest. Gather as large a supply as possible, as it is always desirable to have a large number and good variety from which to make selections. Large leaves work up well on large 51 I j I I 52 PRESERVING A UTUMN LEA VE8. panels — such as folding-screens, tables, etc., in imitation of Japanese work; and small leaves and sprays are valuable for fine work, and also for bouquets. Old books are best as a receptacle for drying. We use old Patent Office Eeport books and others of similar character; and sonie files of old newspapers and magazines are invaluable. Blank-book paper is too stiff to answer well, yet such can be made available in case of necessity. Commence i)lacing the leaves at the back part of the book, laying each one smoothly and never allowing them to touch each other, nor placing too many on one page. Turn five or six pages on these and place another layer, continuing this until the book is full. Then put in a cool dry place, under a heavy weight, for twenty-four hours or until the following day, and then remove to dry books and again place under pressure as before. This change is made three times in all, and after the last they remain in press for several days, when they will be found in beautiful condition and ready to arrange. Then procure some cake-wax, such as is used for fruit moulding, put it in a vessel and set that in a pan of water upon the stove; when melted, add to it a few drops of turpentine or fir balsam, to render the wax pliable, by which means the leaves can be bent into any form desired. If the wax is in proper con- dition, the process may be continued, and this is best ascertained by dipping a leaf and drawing it over the edge of tlie pan upon both sides; hold it up by the stem with the face horizontal, when, if the wax is at right temperature, the leaf will appear as if newly varnished. If too hot it will shrivel; if too cold the wax will cool in lumps and the leaf will present a dull, rough appearance. When the wax is made of proper temperature, proceed to dip the leaves one by one, holding each until per- fectly cool, and then placing upon newspapers to harden perfectly. These wiU present the natural appearance of the ■ ,— — |- — -p — — — — — — taBi^^^taa^^aB^taM leaf. But if a glossy surface is desired for any of them, they may receive a thin coat of Demar varnish, applied with a camel's hair brush. A friend writes us as follows of some pretty arrangements which have been made successfully by her : To arrange single leaves into bouquets, get green thread wire and cut into pieces as long as you wish the stems; break the stem nearly off the leaf and pass the end of the wire through the bottom of the leaf about an inch and bend it down and twist around the remaining stem and long wire, so as to hold the leaf firmly. After the leaves are fixed, arrange them in bouquets with a few pressed ferns. These will be pretty for your small vases. For large bouquets use large sprays of leaves, sumach and ferns; mix a few dried or crystallized grasses and grain, black brier, black alder, and bitter-sweet berries, and you will have as handsome bouquets for your stands and mantels as you could wish. Small clusters of Autumn leaves and ferns prettily arranged on the picture cords look nicely. Blackberry vines twined on the cords and left to hang gracefully around the picture-frame with a cluster of bright berries here and there, are beautiful. A butterfly on a cluster of ferns is pretty on picture-corda. A corner brackef, draped with Spanish moss, may be filled with Autumn leaves having two or three butterflies among them. Ferns filled in around a bracket form a pretty back-ground for a vase of berries and leaves. You can make pretty lambrequins by pinning Autumn leaves and ferns in graceful forms on your lace curtains; and you can ornament your white shades with them in the same manner. Another pretty ornament is made of sticks about a foot long. Talve three and cross them to form a rustic stand, and cover them with gray moss and a few berries and leaves; set a bird's nest in the hollow between the sticks and get a pretty stuffed bird and set it on the nest. Hi ! ■> il First wash the seaweed in fresh water, take a plate or dish, the larger the better, cut your paper to the size required, place it on the plate with fresh water, and spread out the points with a good sized camel's hair pencil in a natural form — picking out with a pin gives the seaweed an unnatural appear- ance and destroys the characteristic fall of the branches, which should be carefully avoided. Then gently raise the paper with the specimen out of the water, placing it in a standing posi tion for a few minutes, so as to allow the superabundant water to run off, after which place it in the press. The press is made with either three pieces of board or pasteboard. Lay on the first board two sheets of blotting paper, on that lay your speci- mens; place over and smooth a piece of old muslin, fine cambric or linen, and then some more blotting paper; place another board on the top of that; continue in the same way till all the seaweed is on. The blotting paper and the muslin should be carefully removed and dried every day and then replaced; at the same time those specimens that are sufiiciently dried may be taken away. Nothing now remains to be done but to write on each the name, date and location. You can either gum the specimens in a scrap-book, or fix them in as drawings often are, by making four slits in the page and inserting each corner; this is by far the best plan, as it admits of their removal, without injury to the page, at any future period. Some of the larger Algae will not adhere to the paper, and consequently require gumming. The following method of pre- serving them has been communicated by a botanical friend: After well cleaning and pressing, brush the coarser kind of Algae over with spirits of turpentine, in which two or three pieces of gum mastic have been dissolved, by shaking in a warm place — two- thirds of a small phial is the proper proportion — and this will make the specimens retain a fresh appearance. / !j ■ ■^h jiBrfi i-fc in iti* ** IhANTOM bouquets, so universally admired by all who can appreciate the chaste and beautiful in art, although but recently introduced to the notice of the American public, are nothing new. The art of preparing the fibrous skeletons of plants was understood and practiced by the Chiiiese many centuries ago, and there are still to be found in our fancy stores reasonably perfect specimens of these skeletonized leaves, generally painted and decorated with Oriental designs and mottoes, according to the taste of that remarkable people. Whether they have ever advanced so far as the grouping or arranging of these delicate tissues into anything approaching a bouquet, we cannot say; as no evidences of their faculty for pro- ducing such combinations have reached this country; or whether, if they had progressed so far, their stiff and awkward ideas of artistic effect would agree with the cultivated taste of Ameri- cans, remains to be imagined. The works of Chinese art which reach us, whether on lac- quered tables, work-boxes, waiters, etc., show how widely their conceptions of beautiful curves and graceful postures differ from 55 !: li; w i i i i I'll I ii M PHANTOM OR SKELETON LEA VE8. I our own standards of beauty But be this as it may, American tourists within the last few years have been struck with the great beauty of these Phantom Bouquets, as exhibited in the fancy bazaars of European cities. These were evidently the work of the few who, in other lands than theirs, had acquired a knowl- edge of the art. A number of these bouquets thus found their way to this country, where they fortunately came under the notice of cultivated minds, by whom the art of producing them has been so patiently and successfully pursued, that the speci- mens now produced in this country surpass in richness, brilliancy and faultless nicety of preparation and arrangement, all that have been prepared in foreign lands. But a few years ago the first Phantom Bouquet ever offered for sale on this side of the Atlantic was made by an American lady, and was exhibited in the spacious window of a large jew- elry establishment in one of our chief cities. Although sur- rounded by flashing silver ware and sparkling gems, yet the little bouquet, composed of only a few phantom leaves and flowers, attracted the highest admiration of all who beheld it, and as may be supposed, it soon found an appreciative purchaser at a very large price. A few others (all that could then be furnished) were disposed of at the same establishment during that season. This public display served to awaken a wide interest in the subject, stimulating inquiry into the wonderful art by which the perish- able leaves and blossoms of the forest and the garden are con- verted into durable illustrations of the complex structure of the floral world. As is usual with so decided a novelty, many amateurs were ready to experiment the following year. Among numerous lamentable failures, a few only Were partially successful in their attempts to reproduce them. We say partially, for in many cases a flne leaf was marred by stains, spots or blemishes occa- sioned by the ravages of insects; and although otherwise it may 1 ^n^mt PHANTOM OR SKKLKTON LEA VPJS. \ have been i)erfectly skeletonized iind tlie shu])e preserved entire and beautiful, yet these blemishes served to spoil the effect, and to destroy its value for a bouquet. Many of the less particular artists did not hesitate to mix a few such defective specimens in their arrangements; but most persons of correct taste preferred to gi'oup gracefully their half-dozen pnrfect leaves under a small shade, than to make a towering bouquet of imperfect or discol- ored ones. The time which has elapsed since the art was first introduced here has been a season of patient experiment and investigation. There were no published essays to which the learner could refer for directions. All must be studied and acquired by laborious and careful observation, and often whole seasons would be lost while ascertaining the peculiar properties of a single leaf, the process being too slow to allow of a second gathering before Autumn had stripped the trees. The first summer of the writer's experiments was lost in vain attempts, and bushels of carefully gathered leaves were wasted for want of a few items of knowledge, which to a careless opera- tor, would seem of small Importance. Five years of practice have taught her many things indispensable to a successful pros- ecution of the art, such as are neither understood nor appre- ciated by those who have just commenced the work. It is the object of these pages to furnish plain and practical directions for producing perfect Bouquets of Skeleton Flowers, together with a list of such plants as will repay the artist's labor. A late writer on this subject enthusiastically declares that the art is yet in its infancy, and expresses his belief that diligent experiment will lead to results even more wonderful than any that have yet been achieved. In the confident belief that such will be the case, we shall feel glad to have given our readers an impulse in the right direction, and can assure them that by closely following the rules here given, success will certainly • hH 58 PREPARING LEAVES AND FLOWERS. reward their efforts. Those whom repeated failures may have so fai 'discouraged as to induce them to abandon the pursuit, will be stimulated to renew their interesting labors. Others, whose entire ignorance of the process may have withheld them from even beginning, will be induced to make a trial. The probability is, that among the aspirants thus stimulated to enter the field, some superior genius will be found, at whose animating touch this beautiful art will receive a brilliancy of development surpassing all that could have been imagined by those who pioneered it into public notice. iHEN Spring has once more dressed both tree and shrub in their gorgeous livery of green, the artist begins to look around her for the most suitable sub- jects for experiment. The influence of the new study on her mind becomes immediately apparent to herself. The trees, which have heretofore appeared to her as present- ing an unbroken uniformity of foliage, now display their leaves to her sharpened observation with a wealth of (nipabilities before unknown to her, and she is surprised to learn how Ik: =d ' infinite a variety exists in the vegetable world; variety, not only in size and outline, but in those other characteristics which are so important to her purpose, strength of fiber and freedom from blemishes occasioned by the destructive ravages of insects. As observation is directed to the subject, so the mind becomes expanded under the influence of the new study. The surprising difference between the leaves now first becomes apparent. They are seen to be serrated or entire, ovate, acuminate, cordate or irregular. The magnificent luster of the Ivy and Magnolia now, for the first time, attracts attention and secures for them a new admiration. As the season advances, she will be struck with the numerous changes to which the leaves are subject before the chill winds of Autumn strip them from the trees, thence depositing them in rustling piles upon the ground. As incidental to the study, the habits of a multitude of insect depredators will be noticed, affording new subjects for surprise and fresh accessions of knowledge. Everywhere the wonders of the Divine Hand will be displayed under conditions to which she had been a stranger; and the mysteries of Nature thus unfolded will infinitely surpass all we may mention in these pages. ' Without some directions to guide her, the enthusiastic learner, in haste to begin the work, gathers indiscriminately from forest and garden, selecting leaves remarkable only for their ample size or pleasing shape, and places the whole diversified collection in the prepared receptacle to undergo the process of maceration. In her ignorance of (pertain first principles, she does not imagine that she has overlooked some of the most indispensable ingredi- ents of success, which, standing as they do at the very threshold of the undertaking, must not only influence, but when disre- garded, mast render absolutely futile, all subsequent steps in a process which under any circumstances is exceedingly tedious. We may suppose that in her natural impatience to commence her labors she has gathered up an ample store of leaves, imme- diately on their attaining their full growth. It is true that in this early preparation she has anticipated the attacks of destruc- tive insects, but the leaf will then be too immature to withstand the macerating process. The fibers will be found too succulent and not sufficiently ligneous to sustain the pressure and hand- ling always necessary to produce a perfectly skeletonized leaf. After probably two months of patient watchfulness, she is con- sequently compelled to throw away her choice collection, the whole having become a mass of pulp, in which there is neither stem nor fiber to identify a single leaf. By this time the season has advanced and the foliage on the trees has undergone important changes. Many of the leaves, having lost their early succulency, have assumed a strong ligne- ous character. In place of excessive pulpiness, an undue pro- portion of fiber pervades the whole structure of the leaf. It has, in fact, become too old for maceration. In other cases the leaf has either been stung by an insect, and the channels through which the sap so mysteriously circulates having become obstructed by the poisonous infusion injected into them, ifs shape becomes distorted, or its surface is disfigured by blisters. Others have been attacked by a different tribe of enemies, who by half devouring the leaf, as effectually destroys it for the artist. The latter catastrophe invariably overtakes the foliage of the Elm, the Magnolia and the Maple. These facts we have verified in our own experience; and having been compelled thus to learn them, the resulting knowledge was acquired only from repeated and trying disappointments. They make evident the importance of knowing the exact poin^. in the season a| which each leaf is in proper condition for the artist's hand. Another error consists in placing in the macerating vessel many different sorts of leaves, without a knowledge of their chemical properties. For instance, those of the Oak, Chestnut, Walnut, Birch and Hickory contain so large a quantity of tannin \\ i 1 PREPARINO LEAVES AND FLOWERS. fil as to render it almost impossible to macerate them in the usual way. If placed among other and more perishable leaves, the infusion of tannin thus created will act as a preservative and entirely prevent their decomposition. The writer learned these facts, to her cost, during the lirst sea,son' s experiments. A few beautiful Oak leaves were placed among a large number of o'.her varieties which were in course of preparation, and not until after months of patient waiting, watchfulness and handling did she discover the true cause of her disappointment, when it was too late in the season to repair the loss. The reader .' "11 at once per- ceive how important are these rules and cautions, thus placed at the head of our directions. Throughout the Middle States by the fifteenth of June most of the desirable leaves will be found fully grown, and many of them are then old enough to gather. Elms, Swamp Magnolias, Maples, Deutzias, Pears, Silver Poplars and English Sycamores may be selected, but none but the firmest and most perfect leaves should be taken. These kinds may be placed together in open vessels and covered with soft water, and then set in a warm or sunny place in the open air. A broad w( ]3:ht may be placed or the top,' so as to insure continued l^nmeriion. A newspaper, doubled and laid over the top of the leaT-^s, a ill answer the same purpose as a weight and is perhaps b3tter, as it keeps its place while the weight sometimes falls tc the bottom, of the vessel. The best vessel for the purpose is a common earthen jar with a wide mouth, the size to be proportioned to the quantity of leaves to be macerated. At the end of six weeks the paper may be removed and a few of the leaves carefully taken out for examination, and placed in a basin of clean warm water. To do this, the human hand is the best instrument; but as many persons Tray object to thus dipping into what has now become an unpleasant mass of vegetable decomposition, a broad wooden spoon may be substi- W il I tuted. Then, taking a leaf between the thumb and finger, immerse the hand in the warm water and press and rub the leaf either gently or firmly, according to the strength of its texture. This rubbing process will remove the loose green matter from the surface and expose to view the fibrous network of the leaf. With those which are strongest, especially the Swamp Mag- nolias, a brush will be needed to effectually clean them — a soft tooth-brush will answer best — but in using a brush, the leaf should be laid in the palm of the hand, on a plate, or on any other surface equally flat and smooth. This constitutes the first washing, and a few of the leaves will now be found perfectly clear. But to some of them thus washed and but partially cleared further care must be extended. It will therefore be necessary to have at hand a second vessel of water similar to the first, in which all such imperfectly skele- tonized leaves may be placed, where they must remain until finished, which, with all but the Swamp Magnolias, will prob- ably be two or three weeks longer. We may suppose that the artist has made a beginning with the leaves already mentioned in this chapter. On taking them out of the macerating vessel and washing them as directed, she will find the Deutzias and Silver Poplars perfectly clean, and they should then be placed in a basin of clean water until all the contents of the macerating jar has been examined. A few of the Norway Maples will also be found perfectly prepared; but the majority of all contained in the Jar will still be only partially so. In the latter condition will be found the Sycamores, the Silver Maples, the Elms and the Pears. These must, con- sequently, be deposited in the second vessel, as before mentioned, to undergo still further maceration. The Magnolias will requii'e another two or three months' soaking before the outer cuticle will become soft enough to remove; but if more convenient, they I i»Si^Wi^^^Wbm^im /■ I may be placed in the same vessel with those last named. After covering these half -cleaned leaves with water, all in different stages of progress, they should be left in the same warm, sunny place to be finished. We may here remark, for the comfort of the learner who has persevered thus far in an operation which will be discovered to be decidedly unpleasant to her olfactory organs, that the most offensive portion of the labor is over, at least with this particular set of leaves, as after having received their first washing, they part with most of the putrefactive odors which have so long pervaded the air in the vicinity of the macerating jar. The clear and perfect leaves which were deposited in the clean water, awaiting a leisure hour to give them further atten- tion, may now be deprived of their moisture by carefully press- ing them between the folds of a soft blotter until they are perfectly dry. On no account let them be laid on a table, or other hard surface, while in a wet state, as in drying they will adhere to it so closely as to tear in the effort to remove them. The Norway Maple, being extremely delicate, will adhere, while wet, even to the hand, and great care must be exercised in removing its leaves to avoid tearing. It will be noticed that many of thn leaves will lose their stems in passing through the process; but the mode by which this deficiency is to be supplied will be explained in its proper place hereafter. When dried, the leaves may be placed in boxes, ready for bleaching when the assortment has been completed. We append another method, which may not be so efficient, but which is more expeditious and not at all offensive : First dissolve four ounces of common washin;^- soda in a quart of boiling water, add two ounces of slacked quick-lime and boil for about fifteen minutes. Allow the solution to cool; afterwards pour off all the clear liquor into a clean saucepan. When this liquor is at its boiling heat, place the leaves carefully ^!!l Hi-i 64 BLEACTTTNG LEA VES AND SEED VESSELS. in the pan and boil the whole together for an hour, adding from time to time enough water to make up for the loss by evapora- tion. The epidermis and parenchyma of some leaves will more readily separate than those of others. V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V BLEACHING LEAVES AND SEED VESSELS. ■^ A A A A A A A A A A A ei^-; HE next process, and one of great importance, is that of bleaching the leaves, flowers and seed-vessels. It is an operation which requires the greatest care, as ^5 upon the j)erfect whiteness of all the component parts of a bouquet its beauty will depend. No matter how perfectly the leaves and seed-vessels may have been skeletonized, if they are permitted to retain any shade of their original yellow they are deficient in beauty, at least to the eye of the connoisseur. The first step In this part of the process is to procure proper bleach, xxg materials. Many persons nre entirely successful in the use of chloride of lime, while others prefer Labarraque's solution of chloride of soda, or Powers & Wightman's. The former should be prepared for use in the following manner: Take a half pound of strong chloride of lime and place it in an earthen or other pitcher. Add three pints of soft, cold water and stir carefully with an iron spoon, pressing so as to mash the lumps well against the sides of the vessel. Keep it covered and allow it to stand in a cool place until the lime has precipitated ~ -" ~ ~ ~i ^r^M^Sf^^ '■ ' , ^ ./ M i ?l it hi; mii 11 ' ■ upon the bottom of the pitcher, which will be done in about an hour, except a small jiortion that may remain floating on the surface. This should be removed with a spoon or skimmer, after which the clear liquid should be poured off into a bottle, then corked up tightly and kept in a cool place. When ready to commence leaf bleaching, take a glass jar, such as is used for pickles or preserves, having a mouth wide enough to admit the largest leaf. First, select those intended to be whitened, but be careful not to place leaves and seed- vessels in the same jar; then with soft, clear water cover the leaves in the jar and add the bleaching solution, which is extremely powerful and should be diluted with from three to six times the quantity of water (soft), according to the texture of the leaves to be bleached. The jar should be covered tightly and set in a warm place. When coarse seed-vessels and stems are to be bleached, this proportion of the chloride of lime may be doubled, but the delicate leaves, and especially the Ferns, will be destroyed if the solution be made too strong. Labarraque' s preparation of chloride of soda acts gently and more slowly, and being free from the caustic properties of the lime, is less likely to attack and corrode the delicate framework of the leaves. The quantity of this solution to be added to water must be double that of the first named preparation. It will whiten the flowers, Ferns and more tender of the seed-ves- sels, but it is not strong enough to act on those which are coarser and more ligneous. There is great difficulty, however, in pro- curing this preparation of the required freshness and strength, as its bleaching properties depend entirely on the amount of chlorine contained in it; and this being a very volatile gas, it is readily lost by keeping a length of time, even when carefully corked and sealed. The best preparation for this purpose is Powers & Wight- man's. One bottle of this will whiten a large number of leaves, 5 ' r n r r ! h 11 |! i 5' ee BLEACUING LEAVhJS AND SEED VESSELS. without injuring tlie fiber or making them brittle, as is the rise with the cliloride of lime. The proper proportion for mixi?).^ will be about half a teacupful to a pint of water. This will gen- erally whiten two sets of leaves; that is, as soon as those first put in are perfectly white, they may be taken out and a se<' nd lot placed in the same mixture. Sometimes, however, it will be necessary to add a small quantity more, say a tablespoonful, in order to complete them. For amateurs, and even for accom- plished artists, a superior solution, thus ready prepared will be found safer and more likely to insure perfect success than any preparation they will be able to compound for themselves. The saving of trouble in using it will be quite a consideration. In putting the delicate leaves into the jar, care should be taken to arrange them beforehand with the stems all pointing the same way, that is, downwards in the jar. The reason for this exists in the fact that the bleaching commences first at the bottom of the vessel; and n j the thick stems and mid-ribs require more time to whiten than the lace-like portion of the leaves, it insures their being satisfactorily finished in a short time. A jar -)i leaves will usually require from six to twelve hours for bleach- ' ' g; but as the jar is of glass, an outside inspection will enable .ne operator to judge of the degree of whiteness without raising the lid until it may be time to remove them. When they are discovered to be entirely white, they must be taken carefully out with the hand and laid in a basin of clean, warm water. If sufl'ered to remain too long in the jar they will become too tender for removal. They may then be thoroughly washed from the chlorine, by changing them several times in fresh water, after which they will be ready for their final drying. This is accomplished as before, by laying them between blotting pads; while the more delicate ones, which are apt to curl in dry- ing, should now be laid between the leaves of a book until entirely dry. The washing is a very important part of the opera- H^^B#%«Ml^^ ^ ^M^^^Nm tic ye att j i se] 1 W \ wi i in 1 Se 1 an mi \ lit 1 qu i 1 Mi i bb i Ai 1 be i fy w: re 1 se i tl] i tl] i fc se CJ i ^ i T 1 f( 1 ° rni tion, as if not thoroughly done, the bouquet will soon become yellow and otherwise discolored, and thus in the end lose its attractiveness and beauty as a parlor ornament. As before stated, it will be advisable to keep the seed-vessels separate from the leaves and to put them in different bleaching jars. If placed promiscuously in the same jar, the seed-vessels will become so entangled in the fine network of the leaves, that in the attempt to remove them the latt will be seriously injured. Seed-vessels and flowers require the s treatment in bleaching and washing, only remembering thai the coarser seed-vessels may need a stronger infusion of the bleaching preparation. A little experience will soon inform the operator as to the exact quantity required for all kinds of leaves and seed-vessels. The bleaching of the Ferns will need some special directions. Many who have succeeded admirably with leaves, have invaria- bly failed in their attempts at preparing these graceful sprays. As they constitute the most brilliant embellishment which can be introduced into a bouquet, such failures are especially morti- fying. But by closely following these simple directions, there will be no difficulty in producing entire sprays of white Fern ready to be arranged with other materials for the bouquet. Having gathered Ferns of different varieties during their season of maturity — which is when the seeds are to be found on the back of the leaves — they should be preserved by pressing them between the leaves of a book, there to remain until required for bleaching. When ready for that process, let the operator select such as she desires, and place them carefully in a jar, causing them to curl around the sides rather than with stems downward, in order to avoid breaking the dry and brittle leaves. The smaller separate leaflets may occupy the space in the center of the jar. Then fill up the jar with warm water, leaving room for the bleaching solution, in the proportion of half a teacupful of the solution to a pint of water. Cover the jar tightly and set VriMrM O'J^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) ^/ .«- A 4f ,v 1.0 I.I 1^ US, |28 |25 Ki 12.2 - iiiii "I L25 11.4 111.6 P ^>^ % /a /a % '^ > V^^ '/ Photographic Sdences Corporation 23 WIST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. MS80 (716) •73-4503 .^ % o V ■ 1^ ^^■^^^^■^^^^^^^■^^^^■^^■w m^i^^^^^k^m^^0^^^^m^^tm^i^^ in a very wami place. After twenty-four hours, gently pour off the liquid and replace with fresh, mixed as before. They should remain in the second water about forty-eight hours, when this, in like manner, will require to be changed. In about three or four days the Ferns will begin to whiten at the edges, and this whiteness will gradually extend itself over the entire surface of the spray, changing it from a dark, brownish green to the spot- less purity of a snowflake. Each one must be carefully taken out as soon as it is seen to be entirely white, without waiting for the whole contents of the jar to be finished. In the bleaching of a large spray, it sometimes happens that its extremity, perhaps half of the entire length, will become per- fectly white, while dark spots remain on the upper or stem end. In such cases it will be safest to take out the branch, and laying it in a basin of water, cut off the white portion, and return the unfinished remainder to the jar. Afterwards, when both are ready for the bouquet, the two portions can be neatly united with gum arable. The process of changing the water will have to be repeated four or five times during the operation of bleach- ing the same lot of Ferns, and the time required to whiten them completely will extend over a period of from one to two weeks. The time depends on the varieties of Ferns which may be used, as there is a wide difference in their susceptibilities, some being wholly unfitted for this purpose. When the sprays are found to be entirely white, they must be taken from the jar with the fingers, always holding them by the stem, and laid in a broad basin of clean, warm water, where they should be allowed to remain for several hours. They may be thoroughly rinsed by changing the water several times, but they will not bear handling in the same manner as will the skele- ton leaves. When ready to be dried, take one spray by the stem and lay it in a broad dish or basin of water, allowing it to float on the surface; then pass under it a sheet of unsized white ,A, i ■ r»nrM^~w^~i -' ■""I BLEAGHING LEAVES AND SEED VESSELS. 69 paper, and in this way lift it o"* of the water. The spray will cling to the paper, and assume its natural shape. Should any of the small side leaves become crooked or overlapped, they may be readily straightened by using the point of a pin to spread them out in proper shape upon the paper. To get rid of the superfluous moisture contained in the latter, lay the sheet first on a soft blotter for a few minutes. The blotter will absorb most of the excess of water. After that it must be laid between two other sheets of the same unsized white paper, and pressed in a book. When all the sprays have been thus removed and committed to the keeping of the book, a heavy weight should be placed on it, in order to insure their drying smoothly. If desirable, the drying may be accelerated by changing them, after a day or two, into another book, or into new portions of the first. When entirely dry, if some of the thinner varieties are found to adhere to the paper, they may be loosened by pressing the thumb nail on the under side of the paper. It is better, however, even after they are thoroughly pressed and dried, to keep them shut up in a book until wanted for the bouquet, as they have a tendency to curl when exposed to the air. The writer has given directions for the bleaching of Ferns only by the new preparation of Powers & Wightman, as it has been proved to be the most reliable compound for that purpose. She has fully tested chloride of lime, and finds it altogether too severe for these delicate tissues, while Labarraque's solution is much slower in its operation — one bottle of the new preparation being equal in strength to two of the article last named. ■V 4 |HE process of maceration has already been shown in the preceding pages. We have endeavored to give such clear and practical directions as will apply to all varieties of plants, but there are certain peculiari- ties which seem to be inherent in each particular leaf, seed-vessel and flower, so as to call for specific direc- tions, in order that success may be insured with all. Instead, therefore, of dismissing the subject with a mere list of leaves adapted to the purposes of the art, and leaving each learner to discover these varying peculiarities for herself, at great cost of time and labor, we shall give a few general rules for the treatment of each one named. The learner will need all the light that can be thrown on the subject, and the minute particulars which follow will contribute largely to her successful prosecution of the art. The illustrations which accompany the description of such leaves as are most important, will enable the reader to determine the names of doubtful varieties. This splendid genus of trees deserves to be placed at the head of our list of those plants whose leaves are well adapted to 70 the purposes of our art. Its varied species are to be found on the eastern shores of both the great continents of North America and Asia. The United States produces no less than eight varieties, while China and Japan have four or five. Neither Europe, Africa nor South America can offer a single species of indigenous Magnolia. The different varieties of Chinese Magnolia have, with one or two exceptions, been acclimated with us, and are to be found in most of our ornamental shrubberies, their lovely white and purple blossoms and spicy fragrance, together with the neat and regular appearance of the trees themselves, making them gen- eral favorites. Most of the Chinese varieties will answer for our purpose, but we give preference to the following : First, {Magnolia conspkua.) This variety blossoms during April in the Middle States, and by the Chinese is called the Lily Tree, from its lily-shaped flowers of a creamy white color. The leaves arrive at perfection in June, and may be gathered for maceration between the 16th of that month and the middle of September. After that time the ravages of insects begin to show themselves. Magnolia Purpurea and Magnolia Soulangianna are purple varieties of Chinese origin, and may be gathered and treated as the above-named. From four to six weeks will generally be long enough for their perfect maceration, when they can be readily cleaned by the aid of warm water and rubbing between the thumb and finger. Qi\mx\ca\x Svoatnp 91tai six weeks to two months. They need very careful handling, or brushing with a camel's hair brush on a plate. {Acer paeudo-platanus.) •> {Fig. No. 6.) A beautiful leaf, in shape somewhat resem- bling the Norway Maple but possessing a firmer and thicker texture. It must be secured early in June, as by the close of that month it becomes unfitted for our use^ and but few of those collected after the 20th of June will come out entirely free from ^^^m^^^^i^^aa^^^m ■^^■^^ta^^ta^^M^^ta^^^^^s ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ^■■^^^^^■^^■^^•a . I I i! clouds or blemishes. About two months will complete their j maceration. {Fig. No. 5. English Ash.) There are several species of this family which are admirably adapted for our object. Of these, the Flowering Ash {Ornus EuropcBus) and the English Ash are the most beautiful. They will become clear and per- fectly skeletonized in about six weeks after gathering, which may be done in July and August. {Lathyrm.) {Fig. No. 11.) This pretty garden perennial, with an abun- dance of deep pink blossoms, is too well known to need descrip- tion. The leaves may be gathered at any time during summer and require but a few weeks for maceration. They lose their stems. The graceful tendrils of this vine may also be placed in water with the leaves and after remaining some weeks the outer cuticle can be easily removed without untwisting the curl, and these, when bleached, will be found ornamental to the bouquet, especially where the design adopted consists of a vine. U vn. The leaves of this beautiful tree must be gathered very early. Indeed, so soon do the caterpillars begin their ravages, that in some sections of the country, before the leaf is strong enough for the purpose of the skeletonizer, it is too much eaten to be worth collecting. June or July will answer, if any perfect leaves are then to be found. They will macerate in about four weeks, and, being very delicate, will need the greatest care. If the leaf be laid on a plate, or something similar, a camel's hair pencil will remove the softened particles, leaving the liber clean, to be i «ta^^^^^^ ^^m^^tm^^m^^^^m i^^B^^B^^M^^M^ta '■■^-^■^•'^^•^ rf~^ m^i^^^mi^m^m i y PLANTS FOR BKELETOmZINO. 75 floated off into the basin of water, and then laid carefully on a towel to dry. The Evergreen Elm ( Ulmus sempervipeiis) {Mg. JVo. 10) is a small, glossy leaf with scalloped edges and may be used at any season of the year, requiring about three months for its perfect clearing. A native of France and is rare in America. {Mg, No. 8.) One of the most beautiful small leaves we can use. Gather in June or July. They will be perfectly skeleton- ized in three or four weeks, without losing their stems. These graceful little leaves, with serrated edges, form beautiful wreaths and sprays, either for black velvet crosses or to be twined around the base of a bouquet. ' Deutzia Gracilis, another variety of this desirable garden plant, requires somewhat longer for its perfect preparation. These leaves contain a slight portion of tannin and had better be kept separate from other kinds. A few drops of muriatic acid added to the water in which they are placed for maceration will hasten the process. They may be gathered in July and wiU require several months to become completely skeletonized. (Mg. No. 9.) Gather in July. They require about two months to macerate. &v Od^. {Fig. No. 7.) The common annual blooming dark velvet Rose furnishes the best description of leaves for our purpose. They should be gathered in July before the insects have stung thiBm, and will require about two months' soaking. They are very delicate and must be brushed on a plate. 1 {Chionanthua Virginiea.) Gather in July. Will be ready for clearing in about two months. (AmtdUxMa tomentoaa.) This is a rather coarse vine, of rank growth, well suited for covering unsightly buildings or decaying trees. It bears a curi- ous white blossom, shaped somewhat like a pipe, whence it takes its homely name. The leaves are heart-shape, of thick and woolly texture, but the skeletons they produce are so exceedingly beautiful as to make them indispensable to a com- plete collection. They should be taken from the vine not earlier than the middle of July, and perfect specimens may be obtained as late as the middle of September — probably about the first of August wiU be the best time. Select the firmest and oldest leaves. Some of them will be clear in four weeks after immer- sion. 3t) V- (Mg. No. 17.) These much admired leaves may be gathered at any time during the year, always selecting those a year old in preference to the younger growth of the present season. The Ivy leaf, like some others, has a tough outer cuticle on each side, between which the fibrous skeleton is concealed, the interme- diate space being filled with the green cellular matter common to all leaves. During the process of maceration this green sub- stance becomes dissolved, though the outer skin remains whole and entire. When taken from the macerating vessel and- laid in the clean water for cleansing, this skin will present the appear- ance of a bl?»dder filled with green water. By puncturing, or gently tearing the skin on one or both sides of the leaf, the water will escape and the perfect skeleton will float out, ready for i i t two d for curi- ice it thick re so com- arlier ained i rst of i >ldest amer- hered ir old i The i I side, j erme- i nmon i I sub- 1 (;\rhole aid in )pear- ig, or water y for ' \ '"■ \ rinsing and drying. Four or five weeks will be sufficient to allow for their preparation, although some varieties require a few weeks longer. {Fig. No. 12.) This leaf is quite difficult to clear properly, owing to the tough outer cuticle adhering so tenaciously to the thorns on the edges, as to tax the ingenuity and patience of the operator in removing the one without breaking off the other. For this reason most amateurs give up after the first attempt and content themselves with more beautiful and less troublesome subjects. About three months is the time necessary for skele- tonizing them; and being evergreens, they may be gathered at any time. Wistaria, Bignonia, Greenbrier and Wild Yam — all vines that are tolerably well known — may be skeletonized by the usual process in from six weeks to three months, and should be gath- ered about the middle of July. Of greenhouse plants, the leaves of Camellia Japonica, Cape Jasmine, Laurestina and Caoutchouc may be done after months of soaking. A shorter i)rocess, however, which some parties prefer for all descriptions of leaves to the slower method which we have adopted, is found to answer well for these particular species. Their tough epidermis requires something more than the ordinary sluggish operation of water and summer heat to soften and remove them. The process consists in boiling them for several hours in strong soapsuds, using the ordinary chem- ical soap of the shops. This will generally succeed with these last named plants, but for those which are tender and delicate, as before described, it is too severe. Besides this, the chemical properties of the soap affect the leaf in so peculiar a way as to increase the difficulty of bleaching; and notwithstanding all possible care be taken to I wash after the boiling process is over, enough of the refractory element remains to defeat all attempts to make the leaf perfectly and permanently white. Therefore, while we mention the pro- cess as an item of information due to the learner who desires to understand the whole routine, and to test for herself the various modifications of practice now in use, yet we prefer and still adhere to our own formula, as at first described. We consider it the best, and by far the most reliable, although it is unques- tionably slow and tedious in all its various processes. In concluding our list of these, the most desirable leaves that have so far come under our own observation, we would by no means limit the researches and experiments of other artists. Different localities will unquestionably furnish different speci- mens, and thus their collections may be greatly enlarged by the adoption of new and more beautiful leaves. As a general rule to govern in the selection of appropriate subjects for experi- ment, let those of strong and woody fiber be chosen, rather than thick, fleshy leaves, whose veins or ribs may be soft and juicy. Avoid, also, those which have veins traversing the leaf in a longitudinal direction, instead of forming a network tissue radiating from the mid-rib to the outer edges of the leaf. The former are known as endogenous, the latter as exogenous varie- ties of leaf structure. As an example of the endogenous, we may cite the leaves of different kinds of Lilies. If put into the macerating vessel, a few days, or a week, will be sufficient to reduce them to a mass of pulp, resembling a bunch of thread or strings, with appar ntly no connecting framework to hold the fibers together in form. The practiced eye can in most cases discover the character of the leaf under observation, by merely holding it up against the light, when the veinwork will be plainly perceptible, and its value decided by the closeness or coarseness of its vascular structure. fpr PLANTS FOR SKELETONIZINQ. 79 We add the following as having been successfully skele* tonized : Horse Chestnut {Msculus hippocastanum), Kentucky Coffee Tree {Oinnocladus Canadensis). Flowering Pear {Pyrus Japonica). Andromeda. Rose Acacia (Hobinia hispida). Witch Hazel {Bamamelis Virginica)^ said to be very beauti- ful; should be gathered early. Wild Cherry {Cerasus serotina). Sugar Berry {Celtis ocddentalis), Fraxinella Dictamnus. Franciscea, — very beautiful. Erythrina Crystigalla. Virgilia Lutea. Matronia. Barberry {Berberis aristata, and. purpurea). Mountain Laurel {JShododendron). Box. Butcher's Broom {JRuscus hypophyllum). / c: ■if I If ! i I i ^^^'^tfv. ^ffiiM ciSA BMiWAWK^K^A^. Tlie seed-vessels of the several species of these, including the Canterbury Bell, are much admired in the bouquet, although not so delicate as the Lobelia, which they resemble. Some vari- eties will become sufficiently prepared on the plant and only require bleaching, but others require two or three weeks' maceration. To the above list the following may be added: Black Henbane {Hyoscyamics niger), English Monkshood {Aconitum Napellus). Toad Flax {Colutea arhorescens). Wild Salvia. Figwort {Scrophularia nodosa). Jerusalem Cherry {Solanum pseudo-capsicum). Bladder Nut {Staphylea trifolia). Safflower: False Saffron {Garthamus tinctoria). False Pennyroyal {Isanthus cerula). Lily of the Valley: The dried Flowers. In concluding these instructions in the art of preparing and completing the Phantom Bouquet, we have endeavored to be plain and practical in every particular, seeking not only to direct the learner in her experiments, but also to guard her against the ■^^H^^B^^il^^B^^M^^B^^ta^^B^^M^^a ni n n ri r~ r i~i m^^^^i^^a^^^^a^^m^^m BEED VESSELS. 85 mistakes and disappointments which must invariably attend the labors of the unassisted amateur. > , When the first bouquets ajjpeared for sale in this country, the admiration they excited awakened a general curiosity as to the process by which they were produced. Inquiries were addressed to the editors of some of our scientific journals, but they could answer only according to their own very limited knowledge of the art ; and hence this occasional information was exceedingly vague and unreliable, and, indeed, it often misled the learner, resulting in discouragement to some and in entire disgust to others. The writer has here given her own practical rules and ideas, adopted from actual experience, and no careful learner need hesitate to follow in her footsteps. But, however invaluable instruction may be to the beginner, personal experiment will be found indispensable. We cannot write up the amateur to the position of an artist. Yet a desire to reach the status of the latter will stimulate to exertion and perseverance, and these, with ordinary taste and skill, will surely be rewarded with suc- cess. None, therefore, whose love for the truly beautiful in art is deep and strong, and whose aspirations for eminence are decided and sincere, will permit a few early discouragements to turn them aside from the undertaking. /I 1 ■ B ! I i| ■i p. LEAF FEINTING. ^ ■•^••^, I -ft/ . |ANY times it will be desired to make impressions of the skeletonized leaves, either for preservation as curiosities in the scrap book or photograph album, for transmission by mail as specimens of the art, or for the engraver to reproduce on wood. The making of these impressions directly from the leaves, though an exceedingly simple process when once understood, requires much care and skill to learn. Whoever may undertake to pro- duce them, should call in, if possible, the aid of some friend who has a practical knowledge of printing, as the processes by which books and newspapers are printed are all applicable to leaf printing. The operator should procure a spoonful of printer's ink and with a case-knife spread a small quantity over half the surface of a marble slab about a foot square. When spreading the ink on the slab, let it be confined to one end of it, not letting it cover more than half the stone. Care must be taken not to allow thick streaks or ridges of ink, but to spread a thin film or covering as uniform as possible. As printing ink is a thick and paste-like compound which stiffens in cold weather, if the oper- ation is 'to be performed when the temperature is low, the stone 86 '**..* 11 I JT LEAF PRINTING. should be slightly warmed before the ink is laid on. The warmth will render the ink sufficiently fluid to operate in, a satisfactory manner. If no marble slab can be conveniently obtained, then a smooth board, about an inch thick, may be substituted. The board will not require to be warmed. When the stone has been supplied with ink as above directed, a roller is passed several times over it, until the whole surface of the roller becomes coated. It will take up the ink in unequal quantities — that is, more in one place than in another — with just as much irregularity as it has been laid upon the stone with the knife. This irregularity must now be remedied, and the ink distributed over the entire surface of the roller with absolute uniformity. This is quickly accomplished by frequently passing the roller ^;o and fro over that half of the stone on which no ink has been spread. But in so doing, care must be taken to occa- sionally lift it from the stone and to give it a half revolution before again putting it down, so that its surface shall come in contact with new portions of the surface of the stone. By fol- lowing these directions the ink will become distributed evenly over the surface of the roller, whence it will be transferred with corresponding uniformity to the delicate framework of the leaf, and will produce a perfect impression of its most complex vein- work. If the ink is not thus nicely distributed on the roller, the interstices in the leafy structure will become filled with it and the impression will present an unsightly blotch. For taking impressions, thin letter paper will be found the best, if it be nicely glazed and free from ridges or water-marks. It should first be cut into pieces about the desired sizes, and then slightly sprinkled with clean water, say two or three pieces first. On these as many dry ones should be laid, and they sprinkled in turn, then more dry ones, then another sprinkling, and so on until the whole quantity has been sprinkled. Let the pile lie for half an hour, or until the paper has absorbed all the water. ■^^■^^■^^^ ; r i Then take the pieces, one at a time, and turn them over, placing the first on a board, and the others on top of the first, but shift- ing them about as they are turned; that is, if a very wet end or corner is observed in one piece, turn the piece around so that the excessively wet places shall come in contact with dryer surfaces in the new pile. Be particular to smooth all wrink les with the back of the thumb nail. If the paper has been made too wet, the accident can be remedied by interposing dry pieces between two wet ones. When the whole has been turned, put a slight weight on the pile to press all down smooth, as much depends on having the paper in perfect order. Being now ready to commence the printing, a leaf is placed on a smooth board, with its under side uppermost, as there the leafy veins or ribs are more prominent than on the upper side. The roller having been charged with ink, it is rolled to and fro over the leaf until the latter is seen to have received a sufficient supply. Three or four times going over will generally be enough. Then lay the leaf with the inked side down, on the top sheet of the damp paper pile, and over it place a double sheet of dry paper, press on with the left hand so tightly thai* the leaf shall not move, and with the thumb nail of the right hand rub pretty hard over thj whole leaf. This pressure of the thumb nail will transfer the ink on the leaf to the surface of the damp paper, and if the inking has been carefully done, a clear and distinct impression will be obtained. All the leaf impressions contained in this volume were taken for the engraver by the process described above. m^^^m^m^m^^d iBBBEBi3BEBBBBEE3BBE3E8BBBEEBaEEBEBEBBBEIB' 'BBBBBBBblBEBBBBBEBBSEBBBbiLLJLJBBBBBBBBBE ctotalwtt, i laiaaiaiaiaBsiaiaiaaiaiat^ssiaBsia^aBsiasiaiaiasiaias^, a^)(^^ T is almost impossible for the average female mind to confront unmoved the delightful possibilities now afforded by the many new and beautiful, yet inexpensive, articles of home adornment. The housekeeper has full scope to develop her taste, in both purchasing and making household ele- gancies. It is not necessary to have costly furniture, expensive pictures, fine paintings, elegant draperies, or Haviland and Wedgewood wares to produce pleasant effects; but have the colors harmonize and have nothing too good to use. Violent contrasts should generally be avoided; yet sometimes, if well chosen, they produce a more pleasing effect than severe har- mony. In the furnishing of a home, there is at present an aesthetic mania for adornment; but rich, warm colors, and hand- some furniture always maintain their pre-eminence, however fashion may change. The chief features to be observed in house-furnishing are color, form and proportion. All stiffness of design in furniture should 89 ma^^^^mi^^aa^^a^^ ^^■^^^^^^■^%M^^^ ■ »^l^l ^ ^1^1 iW Ti y II - i\ i ('ill •M' ^^^^^^■1^ M ^^^^^^N^^^^^^^^M J 90 HOME DECORATION. be avoided. Do not attempt to match articles, but rather carry out the same idea as to color and form in the whole. It is not en regie to have decorations in sets or pairs; the arrangements should all be done with odd pieces. Every room in the house should be arranged for occupancy, having nothing too good for use, and the judicious housewife will follow a medium course and adopt no extreme of fashion. The style and arrangement of the furniture should correspond to the size of the room, with a due regard to the place a piece of furniture or ornament will occupy. The order of arrangement in furnishing is subject to individual taste, but the following suggestions may not be inappropriate : — In decorating a dining-room, deep, rich tones should be used — a drawing-room or parlor should have bright, cheerful shades — in a library use deep, rich colors, which give a sense of worth — a sleeping-room or chamber should have light, pleasing tints, which give a feeling of repose. The hall being the index to the whole house, due care should, therefore, be given to its furnishing. Light colors and gildings should be avoided. The wall and ceiling decorations now mostly used are in dark, rich colors, shaded in maroons, or deep reds. Plain tinted walls and ceilings in fresco or wainscot are also fre- quently used. The latest shades of hall paper come in wood-colors, dark olive-greens, stone-colors and grays, in tile. Arabesque, land- scape designs, and with these are used a corresponding dado and frieze. A tile or inlaid wood floor is the most appropriate; but if circumstances do not admit of one of these, a floor stained a deep, wood-brown, baseboard and mouldings to correspond, may be substituted, when India matting and rugs may be used. » , ■' ry -\ ot 1 its 1 HOME DECORATIONS. u- 1 The colors now in vogue for hall carpets are crimsons, or Pompeiian reds, with small figures of moss green and peacock blue. The prevailing shades of the walls and floor should be incorporated in the stair carpet. If the hall is narrow, none but the most essential pieces of furniture should be used; but if wide enough, there may be a lounge placed against one of the walls, an old-fashioned clock, of the cuckoo style, set in a quiet corner, two high-backed chairs upholstered in leather, a table, an umbrella-stand placed near the door, a Jardinier filled with tropical plants, set near the foot of the stairway, and a hall-mirror with a deer' s head and antlers placed above it, and a wooden or marble slab underneath. The slab should be covered with a Roman scarf, allowing a fall of twelve inches at each end. The hat-rack must also find a place. Family portraits or a few well-selected pictures, are appropriate for these walls. If the door lights are not stained glass, lace shades in designs of birds, cupids and garlands of flowers are used; also etchings in various colors and designs are worked on different fabrics. Crimson silk shades, lined with black netting, are very desir- able, as the light penetrating through them fills the hall with a rich, subdued glow. The furnishing of the parlor should be subject to its archi- tectural finish. The first things to be considered are the walls and floor. The former may be decorated in fresco or papered, according to individual taste and means. The latest styles of parlor paper come in light tints of gray, olive, pearl and laven- der grounds, and in small scroll patterns, panels, birds and vines, finished in heavy gold traceries, with dado and frieze to correspond. The style of carpets mostly used are Brussels, Wilton, 1^ if "I I ■ i :-' ! ;l ,h.- Tapestry and Axminster. A tapestry carpet in light canary ground, with clusters of Lotus or Begonia leaves, makes a charming background to almost all the colors generally used in upholstery. In selecting the furniture, the first thoughts should be given to its true worth. Chairs and couches should be chosen for comfort rather than for style. They should be of solid make, easy, graceftil, and of good serviceable colors and materials. The most serviceable woods to select in frames are ebony, oak, mahogany, cherry and walnut. These frames are finished in different styles, plain, carved, inlaid and gilt, and are uphol- stered in all shades of satin, plush, rep, sJlk and velvet brocade, and India goods. These come at prices within the means of a ^lender purse. That slippery abomination in the shape of hair- cloth furniture should be avoided. The latest design in parlor furniture is in the Turkish style, the upholstery being made to cover the frame. Rich Oriental colors in woolen and silk brocrides are mostly used, and the trim- mings are cord and tassels, or heavy fringe. Formerly the parlor appointment^i were all in sets and pairs, but this fashion is no longer observed, as the most tastefully aiTanged parlor has now no two pieces of furniture alike; but two easy chairs placed opposite each other are never out of place. Here may stand an embroidered ottoman, there a quaint little chair, a divan can take some central position, a cottage piano, covered with some embroidered di-apery, may stand at one end of the room, while an ebony or mahogany cabinet, with its panel mirrors and quaint brasses, may be placed at the other end, its racks and shelves affording an elegant display for pretty pieces of bric-a-brac. Marble topped center tables are no longer in use. Tables in inlaid woods, or hand painted, are used for placing books and albums on. A small airy-looking table, elaborately mounted in M^ / gilt, may stand near a window or wall. The mantel mirror, with its beveled edges and small racks arranged on each side, looks very effective when decorated with pretty oddities — ferns, grasses and pieces of old china. A jardinier filled with living plants and placed near a bay window, makes an elegant ornament. Care should be taken in arranging that the room is not over- crowded. There should be a few good pictures, or painted plaques mounted in plush, hung on the wall; a portrait may be placed on a common easel, and draped with a scarf in old gold or peacock blue, and tiny lambrequins, painted or embroidered, may hang beneath a bracket supporting a bust or flower vase. An embroidered scarf with fringed ends may be placed on the back of a chair or sofa in place of the old-fashioned lace tidy. A sash made of small pieces of bright colored plush or silk in crazy work may be flung across the table, the ends drooping very low. The mantel-piece may be covered with a correspond- ing sash, over which place a small clock as center piece, and arrange ornaments on each side — statuettes, bannerettes, flower- holders, small Japanese fans, pieces of odd china, painted can- dles in small sconces, may all find a place on the mantel. Window curtains of heavy fabric, hung from brass or plush- mounted poles, may be gracefully draped to the sides, while the inner lace ones should hang straight and be fastened in the cen- ter with some ornament or bow of ribbon, corresponding in shade to the general tone of the room. The straight shades next to the glass may correspond in tone to the outside walls, or window facings; but this is a mere matter of taste. White or light tinted shades, finished in etching or narrow lace, are always in vogue. The dado shades are the latest innovation in window decora- tions. These come in all colors, from the lightest to the darkest shades, with dadoes in tile. Arabesque, and fresco patterns, fin- ished in lace, fringe and brasses. Portieres (curtain doors) have superseded folding doors. i: (j [ II t ■ - » r I ; i f ^^^■^^^^^^■^^^^^^ [l< !H i These should be in shades to contrast with the general blending of all the colors in the room. The fabrics mostly used are India goods, but they may be made of any material, from expensive tapestries, satins and plushes, to ten-cent factory cottons. These curtains, if made from striped tapestry and Turcoman, will give the finishing artistic touches to almost any room, but the last softening polish comes only from the genial presence of trailing and climbing vines. The preceding suggestions for furnishing and arranging a room will be found of value to most of those who are making homes for themselves; but the following suggestions may be practicable to those of smaller means: " I have known a young man," says an authority, *' who had but twenty-five dollars to furnish his room, and he made such a den that no one could enter it without envying him. The room was entirely bare when he took possession. The first thing he did was to take down the common-place marble mantel. Being handy with tools, he built one of white pine, with a high, broad shelf and several smaller shelves, the whole covering the chim- ney-piece. Then he painted the wood-work black, and the brick a dark red. A pair of andirons cost him a dollar and fifty cents. The walls he colored a Pompeiian red, in calcimine; two pieces of plain olive green wall paper furnished the dado. Pine strips painted black made the mouldings, and above this were tacked Japanese fans for a frieze. Now for the floor ! A carpet was impossible, so the next best thing was to stain the floor. Two pounds of stain were bought for sixty cents, and the floor received two good coats. A thick bright-colored rug was bought for seven dollars, and looked exceedingly pretty when laid on the dark floor. For window curtains he bought dark brown Canton flannel at twelve cents per yard, and flnished with a dado of old gold Canton flannel. The curtain poles and win- dow were painted black. For five dollars he bought an old i I r HOME DECORATIONS. { 95 cabinet, with innumerable shelves and lo. asses, battered and stained by time and use; this he polished up with the aid of an old felt hat, pumice stone and linseed oil, for the small cost of thirty cents, and an old mahogany table, bought for three dollars, was treated in the same manner. This was covered with Canton flannel the same shade as the curtains, and trimmed with a band of old gold fabric. An old-fashioned mirror, the gift of his grandmother, was placed above the mantel, with pea- cock feathers stuck all around it. A pair of brass candlesticks from his grandfather, did duty as mantel ornaments, with a neighboring pair of Japanese vases which cost twenty-five cents. A few engravings and one or two etchings hung on the walls, the frames of white pine shellaced, and each cost, without the glass, thirty cents. Japanese fans were placed on the walls at irregular intervals, and made bright bits of color. For fifty cents apiece he bought three battered up chairs, which he painted black and yellow in imitation of black and old gold. The gas fixture in the room was an unsightly object, but a new one was out of the question. Again Japan came to the rescue, and a rose-colored umbrella was purchased and fastened on to the pipe, handle upwards, so that when the gas was lighted it threw a delicate roseate hue over all who sat beneath. *'The window was. filled with Alpine plants, and the walls and pictures festooned with ivies and creepers. "The effect of the room was exceedingly pretty, and no one could believe that it had not cost a large sum of money to fur- nish and arrange it." The sitting or every-day room should be the brightest and the most attractive room in the house. Its beauty of decoration should not lie so much in the rich- ness and variety of material, as in its comfort, simplicity and H ' t ; i ■ ■ !'( ' Iff" I 11 . ":' J ia: ■»I^M^"IM—^ ■^^i^«"^^^^^^«>^ ^^^^^^^■^^■^•"^^^^■^ the harmony of its tints — the main feature being the fitness of each article to the needs of the room. In these days of so many advantages much can be done in adornment by simple means. The wall-papers mostly used come in grounds of cream, umber, rose, pale olive, fawn, ciel blue and light gray, with designs and traceries of contrasting hues. The carpet, if in tapestry, looks more effective in grounds of pale canary or light gray, with designs in bright-colored wood- land flowers and borders to match. The new ingrain carpets, with their pretty designs and bright colors, are very fashionable for rooms that are much used. Whatever may be the prevailing tint of the carpet, the win- dow curtains should follow it up in lighter tones or contrast with it. The curtains may correspond with the coverings of the chairs, sofas, mantels and table draperies in color and fabric. If the furniture is of wicker, bamboo or rattan, the curtains should be made of Japanese or any kind of Oriental goods. Curtains of muslin, either white or tinted, gay c olored chintzes, lace, or dotted Swiss muslin looped back with bright toned rib- bons look very pretty, and are appropriate for the sitting-room at almost any season. That clumsy structure, called the cornice, for putting up cur- tains on, has happily given place to the more light and graceful curtain pole, which comes in plain and ornamental woods, brasses and nickel, with rings to correspond. The latest styles are covered with plush. One large table, covered with a pretty embroidered cloth, should be placed in some central location for a catch-all. A low divan with a pair of square soft pillows, may stand in some quiet nook; a rocker, handsomely upholstered, with a pretty tidy pinned to its back, a large, soft, easy-chair, a small sewing- chair placed near a work-table, and a bamboo chair trimmed with ribbons, will be tastefully arranged in the room. UOMK DECORATIONS. Window-stands and gipsy-tarbles may be draped wiih ^ome rich fabric, the surrounding valance being cauglit up in sniuil festoons and fastened with bows or tassels, finished around the edge of the table with cord or quilled ribbon. If the furniture is old, or in sets, it can be covered with differ- ent patterns of cretonne or chintz, which not only protects the furniture but breaks up the monotony and lends a pleasing variety to the room. A Turkish chair is a grand accessory to the family-room; this may be made by buying the frame and having it upholstered in white cotton cloth, and covering it with a rich shade of cretonne, finishing it with cord and fringe; this makes a cheap and a handsome looking chair to fill up some angle. A foot-rest frame can be made in the same way and covered with a piece of home-made embroidery, finishing it off with a cord or narrow gimp around the edge. Home-made easels, screens and pedestals may be made out of black walnut, and when stained and draped look exceedingly pretty. An old second-hand cabinet may be bought for a trifle, and when pol- ished up may be set in a corner, on which to display some pieces of bric-a-brac. If the house has no library, the sitting-room is just the place for the book-case. An old superannuated cupboard may be fixed up in such a way as to make an elegant book-case. Knock off the doors — and if there are too many shelves take out one or two of them — paint the inside a deep red, or cover the sides and shelves with deep crimson cloth, and fasten with brass uphoL stering nails. On these shelves put your books, or any orna- ments such as vase.s, pieces of odd china, mineral specimens, brass ornaments, or anything quaint and pretty. Curtains can be arranged on a rod to draw across the opening. A few of these tastefully arranged things give an air of comfort and lux- ury to a room, hardly to be compared to the small amount expended. i 1 ^^■^^■^^^tf" r\ i 08 nOME DKCORATIONS. An ordinary stone jar, such as is used for pickles, may be painted in some dark shade and decorated with either Boucher or Watteau subjects; these, if of symmetrical shape and taste- fully decorated, make very pretty ornaments. Some family portraits and a few steel engravings may hang on the walls. A bunch of oats, a sheaf of wheat or a cluster of preserved autumn leaves, tied and suspended by a ribbon under a picture frame, looks exceedingly pretty. The mantel mirror may be decorated with peacock feathers, pampas plumes, ferns and grasses, and the shelf covered with some drapery and filled with different ornaments. A great vase filled with plants and mosses may be placed on each side of the grate, and the fire screen takes its place at a short distance. Some people would think it a poorly furnished room if it didn't contain several card tables — pretty little tables, inlaid in cloths of different hues. People who are fond of games stock their table drawers with cribbage and backgammon boards, cards of every varietj', bezique counters and packs, and the red and white champions of the hard-fought battle of chess. These tables and games should be one of the attractions of the family sitting-room. This room is also well adapted for the window garden, where an abundance of climbing and trailing plants may be grown from boxes and brackets. The climbers may be Japanese woodbine, climbing over a doorway; the Madeira vine winding around a mirror or picture frame; the family of ivies may be trained to adorn an easel or pedestal, while the Vinca with its pale blue flowers, the Trailing Arbutus with its rich tinted foliage and pretty pink blossoms, and the lovely little Kenilworth Ivy, all droojD and trail among the win- dow drapery. With the windows and walls festooned with vines, they form an effective background for ? ucli bloomers as the Carnation, ^^^^^^■^^■^^■■^^1 i I HOME DECORATIONS. 99 Fuchsia, Geranium, Petunia, Bouvardia, Heliotrope, Abutilon and (Jalla. A room of this character, with floods of sunshine, makes a most attractive and comfortable living room. The walls should be hung with rich, dark colors, the latest style in wall-paper being a black ground with old gold and olive green designs. The carpet comes in Pompeiian red with moss green and pea- cock blue patterns. Statuary and the best pictures should find a place in the library. The library table should be massive and the top laid with crimson baize. There should be a few high- backed chairs upholstered in leather, a reading chair, soft rugs, foot-rests, a mantel mirror, a few mantel ornaments, and the piece de resistance — the book-case. In large libraries the book- cases are built in the wall. It is quite in vogue to hang curtains on rods in front of book-cases, instead of doors, but we think the old style is the best, inasmuch as the books may be seen, and the glass doors exclude the dust. Heavy curtains of raw silk, Turcoman and Canton flannel, with a full valance at the top, are used for the window drapery. ePi \i:x^^v^3^^i>. The walls should be decorated in light tints and shadings, with a narrow rail and deep frieze. Most housekeepers prefer the rug and oiled floors to carpets, but this is a matter of individual taste. Rugs are as fashionable as they are wholesome and tidy. These floor coverings should be darker than the furniture, yet blending in shade. If carpets are chosen they should be in the lightest shades, and in bright field-flower patterns. Avoid anything dark and somber for the sleeping-room. Pink and c iel blue combined is very pretty; I !fl ,J i ■5 iU ^k^^k^ai^^^^P^M* 100 HOME DECORATIONS. scarlet and gray, deep red and very light blue, dark blue with sprays of Lily-of-the-valley running through it is exceedingly pretty for bed-rooms. Dark furniture Avill harmonize with all these colors, but the lighter shades are preferable. Cretonnes in pale tints, and chintzes in harmonizing colors, are used for light woods. Square pillows of cretonne on a bamboo or wicker lounge are very pretty. Canton matting is often used, either plain or in colored patterns. Formerly the bed coverings were spotlessly wMte, but the profluent tide of color has included these also. The coverings now in vogue are Nottingham lace, darned net, applique, antique lace and Swiss muslin; these are used over silk and silesia for backgrounds, and are exceedingly pretty, with pillow shams to match. Cretonnes, chintzes, dimities, and silk in crazy work or South Kensington patterns are also used. Cheese cloth, bunting, Swiss muslin, cretonne and Swiss cur- tains are used for window drapery; these may be trimmed with the same fabric or antique lace. They are hung on poles above the windows and draped bac^k with ribbons. The appointments of a bed-room are a low couch, a large rocker, a small sewing chair, a work basket, foot-stools, a toilet table prettily draped with muslin, or a dressing case, brackets for vases, flower pots, a few pictures, small tables, hanging shelves for books, etc., and the bed. The washstand should have a full set of toilet mats, or a large towel with a colored border may be laid on it; also a splasher placed on the wall at the back of the stand is very essen- tial. If the room has no mantel a shelf can be arranged very prettily with mantel draperies at very little expense. Canton flannel makes a pretty shelf valance, if etched or embroidered. A screen is a very desirable part of the bed-room appoint- ments, especially if there is no dressing-room. The three-leaf HOME DECORATIONS. 101 folding Japanese screen — or a less expensive one may be made by getting the frame made, then covering it with cloth or thick paper, and decorating it with Japanese figures, flowers, or any- thing that fancy may suggest — is very pretty. A rug should be placed in front ot the bed and dressing-case, to save the carpet, and pretty wall pockets filled with flowers, ferns, or mosses, may be placed on the walls with good effect. *^^C' ^ifvin-a-ol'iooni.. The dining-room should be furnished with a view to con- venience, richness and comfort. Choose deep, rich grounds for the walls — bronze, maroon, black, Pompeiian red and deep olive — and the designs and traceries in old gold, olive or moss green, with dado and frieze to correspond. But in these days of mod- ern improvement the dining-room walls and ceilings are wain- scoted with oak, walnut, maple, etc. Some are finished in plain panels with different kinds of wood, others again are elaborately carved in fruit, flowers, and emblems of the chase. This somber style of wall finish is very handsome if the room commands a sunny situation: but if on the dark side of the house, a generous share of gilding to throw up lights and brighten the room is very desirable in the wall decorations. The floor is the next point for consideration. It may be of tile or laid in alternate strips of different colored woods, with a border of parquetry. Rugs or carpets may be used on these floors, or dispensed with, according to taste. If a carpet is used,, the dark, rich shades found in the Persian and Turkish designs should be chosen. The window drapery should be those deep, rich colors that hold their own despite time and use — the pomegranates, the rich crimsons, the dark blues, the dull Pompeiian reds and the soft olives. These curtains may be hung on poles, and should fall !■ ! m . i i II in heavy folds to the floor, then looped back with a wide embroid- ered dado. Screens of stained glass are now used in the windows; they are both useful and ornamental, for they exclude the strong rays of the sun, and the light filtering through them beautifies the room with its many mellow hues. Dark woods should be used for the furniture; the chairs should be chosen in square, solid styles, and upholstered in embossed or plain leather, with an abundance of brass or silver- headed nails, which are used for upholstering leather and add much to the substantial appearance of the articles. The dining-table should be low, square or bevel-cornered, heavily carved, and when not in use shouki be covered with a cloth corresponding in shade to the window drapery. The bor- der may be embroidered in some festhetic design — a handful of scarlet Poppies dropped on one side, a corner adorned with a cluster of languid Lilies, and a Sunflower wrought in old gold and umber may be left on another corner. Pretty designs in etching may also be introduced, and the cover finished with a heavy fringe. A buffet may stand in some corner for the display of ceramics or decorated china. The sideboard should be- of high, massive style, with shelves and racks for glassware and pieces of china; when convenient, it is built in the wall, after the Gothic style of architecture. There was a time when the dining-room looked like a picture gallery; but the prevailing fashion now confines the number of pictures to two or three small fruit pieces and one or two plaques of still life. A Japanese scroll may hang on the doors with good effect, and a painted panel is very appropriate for filling a vacant corner. Here the fire-place with its many appointments may be dis- played to good advantage. The grate with its accompanying I ;;i;i HOME DECORATIONS. 103 ^ brasses should be polished to the highest degree of brightness. The mantel cabinet with its small bevel-edged mirrors, numerous racks and tiny cupboards, is just the place for all the trilling oddities that would not be appropriate in any other room. All the knick-knacks, from grandmother's spinning-wheel to the finest marine and mineral specimens, may be set on these dimin- utive shelves. A case of stuffed birds, a few large pots of tropical plants and a fernery are in keeping with the dining-room appointments. A three-leaf folding Japanese screen should not be forgotten; also a lamp-shade of antique lace lined with crimson silk is very desirable. While speaking of the different rooms we must not forget to take a peep into the kitchen. It is a remark too often made that this or that "is good enough for a servant." We take a decided stand against anything of this kind, and wish to be known as a friend to the servant. If all knew that unpleasant surroundings made unpleasant servants and illy prepared meals, we think more pains would be taken to have pleasant and com- fortable kitchens. There should be a pleasant window or two through which fresh air and floods of sunlight may come, a few plants on the window sill— for plants thrive better in the kitchen than in any other room in the house— a small stand for a work basket, an easy chair that the servant may "drop into" when an opportunity offers, the walls painted or calcimined with some beautiful and cheerful tint, the wood work grained, instead of painted in some dingy color, as is usually the case, and a gen- eral air of comfort pervading the whole kitchen, as well as the parlor. She who aims at making the kitchen pleasant seldom has dissatisfied servants. Good and faithful servants are the best friends of a family; it is they who prepare our meals and administer to our wants, and it is but human that their sur- roundings be made pleasant. We have often noticed, too, that ^M^^HB^^M^N^tf^ I: i.\ I: I- f I;' !■ I' ! '"■ I < ^' r 104 WINDOW GARDENING. those who take pleasure and pride in making their apartments as cheerful as the means allotted fhem will allow are the ones who give the best satisfaction. We can recall an inSi/ance where the kitchen windows were so tilled with beautiful plants, and the floor and wood- work so scrupulously white and clean, that the lady of the house often remarked that "her girl" had the most pleasant room in the house, and that she was always so cheerful and happy while going about her duties that she almost envied her. -> HE universal popularity of window gardens, whether large or small, simple or elaborate, from a few flower pots of Pansies on the workman' s window to the fern- ery and Wedgewood jardiniere of the artistocratic mansion, is the evidence of a growing and permanent taste for flowers and ornamental plants in all circles of society. There are a great number of designs for window gardens, such as the window box for evergreens, ferns or ornamental plants, the hanging basket, the jardiniere, handsome bulb-glasses, the fernery, flower stands, mantel-shelf gardens, etc., etc., which are of great variety and tasteful construction. ^ A good location or exposure is desirable. Those plants which love the shade, such as Pansies, Sweet Violets, some of the vari- egated plants, etc., will grow and bloom if not placed directly in the sun's ra>c; but the sun is the great invigorator in the way of growth and bloom and a healthy appearance generally, and only those plants which love the shade will prove at all satisfactory without this tonic. All the exposures for plants that vary from the east to the west, and even a little to the northwest, may be included as available for window gardens. The east and south, with the exposures between them, are, of course, the best for some plants, but for others the western and northern windows are used with better success. A northern window is used chiefly for Ferns, Alpine plants, some species of Fuchsias, and to win- ter shade-loving plants. Among the lists given for various expos- ures the following will be found useful: For an eastern, or from that to a southern exposure, may be cultivated the Bouvardia, Zonale Geranium, Cactus, Begonia, Oxalis, Lily-of-the- Valley, Salvia, foliage plants, Nierembergia, Amaryllis, Narcissus, Rose, Cobaia Scandens, sweet scented Geraniums, etc. For sunny windows the Abutilon, Rose, Iris, Calla, Hyacinth, Passion Vine, Cyclamen, leaf plants, Azalea, Cineraria, Lilium Auratum, Daphne, Chinese Primrose, Heliotrope, etc., are ue i. In western windows may be grown to good advantage the Amaryllis, Calla, Zonale Geranium, Cineraria, Heliotrope, Fuchsia, Vinca, Wax Plant, German Ivy, Winter-blooming Pink, Tulip, Hyacinth, Lilium, etc. Some of these plants flourish in all the exposures. Moisture is one of the most important considerations for house plants, as the dry air of the average living room is fatal to their bloom and beauty. A gera- nium or two in an ordinary kitchen generally has greener leaves );! i . y I and a richer show of blossoms than the plants in more luxurious quarters, for the simple reason that the steam of cooking sup- plies the moisture needed, and the constantly opened door the proper ventilation. The larger the windows, the better for growing plants, bow windows being particularly adapted for this style of floriculture. gF( •c^vi-et-iei>. Ferneries offer to us the simplest of all means of household plant culture. The advantages of these small glass cases for plants are numerous. They occupy very little room, are usually ornamental enough to be placed on any table or parlor stand, and when once lilled, they need little or no attention for many weeks, require no unusual care as to watering, can be easily removed from one room to another, and are not as quickly affected by changes of temperature as plants in the open air of our sitting-rooms. The soil for fern cases should be carefully attended to; no common garden earth will answer, but get it from the most reliable florist if possible — and even some of these may not know exactly the needs of the plant. An authority in the Floral World, speaking of soils, says : "For the fern case, mix equal parts of silver sand, good loam, powdered charcoal, and refuse of cocoanut fiber. Cover the bottom of the pan with a layer of powdered charcoal, or bricks or rock broken to the size of hazel nuts, to the depth of one inch; then lay the soil over this, and press firmly that all the plants may set solidly." Fern cases may be placed in almost any situation. They may be shifted from one window to another at will, with little fear of dangerous consequences. A half shady position is much better than a sunny one, while a northern outlook will suit them admirably, if not too cold. i^a^^a^^l^^^r^^^ rm C\ <~iBi~ i<~ /• ^ In arranging plants for the fern case, care must be taken to place the largest growers in the center, and the smaller ones at the sides. A great number of woodland plants may be chosen. The Climbing Fern, Lygodium jpalmatum^ is very suitable, and can be usually found in shady or moist spots; it is also very desirable for rock work. The Partridge Vine, Mitchella, is also invaluable, for its brilliant scarlet berries enliven the sobc r gi'een of the ferns or form an excellent contrast with the mosses. The Trailing Arbutus, with its gorgeous foliage and waxy pink flowers, is one of the choicest for this purpose. The Maiden- Hair fern is also a great favorite; it may be found on most shel- tered hill-sides, or away in some deep, moist woods, and may be known by its black, hair-like stems and curiously shaped fronds. Gold Thread, with its daintily cut foliage, and Linewood, with its blue blossoms, will form pretty features. Many other treasures may be transplanted from the woods to the fern case with perfect safety. Plenty of the green, native mosses should be packed around the roots of all these plants, to help keep up a cool, wild, woody retreat. The Ostrich Fern, Brocken, Maiden-Hair, Lip Fern, Spleenwood, Woodsia, etc., also Begonias, Caladium, Marantas, Cacti, Seclum and Orchids may be added. Hanging or basket gardens form our simplest style of window )rnament. They need very little care and their chances of suc- cess are almost certain. The directions for culture are very simple. Choose porous pots or vessels, which may be encased in artistic frames (the directions for making these will be given further along in our work) for in non-porous vessels, where all side ventilation is cut off, plants will not thrive so well The soil becomes sodden and •J ill R'l,. If:'; M I 108 TT/iVDOTT GARDENING. the roots are liable to decay. Fill the bottom of the basket to the depth of an inch or two with small pieces of charcoal for drainage; some place a coarse sponge in the bottom if the basket is deep, to drink up the surplus moisture, and yet keep the soil moist by giving it out again. The best soil to use is composed of one-third river sand mixed with dark loam and leaf mould; or soil from around pine trees is most excellent for baskets. If the basket becomes very dry from excessive heat, it is better to place it in a dish of water for half an hour. Thus treated, the roots suck up a copious supply and need not receive any more for two or three days. The devices for making hanging baskets are nearly endless. Open wire baskets must be filled with moss first, then a little soil in the center and the plants added afterwards. Large sea shells — nautilus or conch — will hold soil enough to support trailers, and make elegant window ornaments. Holes may be bored through the edges, and cords fastened in them to hang by. The rind of the Gourd and of the scallop Squash make elegant baskets for drooping plants. Halves of cocoanut shells, in their natural state or embellished, are also very pretty; these may be filled with Lycopodiums, Lobelias, Tradescantia and Moneywort. Begonias, Coleus, Gferaniums, Ivy, ornamental grasses and quite a variety of other flowers are appropriate for baskets. The Morning Glory, Convolvulus mauritanieus, is a highly ornamental plant, of drooping, half shrubby character, with a profusion of elegant blossoms, admirably adapted for vases or baskets. It continues long in bloom, and its porcelain-like blue blossoms are conspicuously beautiful. A very unique basket may be made by filling a wire basket-frame with moss, then hiding away small bottles filled with water in the moss; in these put the stems of Ivy, Partridge Vine and Ferns. The branches of the Partridge Vine will hang over the side of the basket; the Ivy will twine its arms around the cords, drooping in dense fes- toons at the top, and the Ferns will grow in graceful profusion in the center. The most popular favorites for drooping vines are the Convolvulus Minor, Honeysuckle, Nasturtium, Sedum Sieboldii, Periwinkle and Smilax. In arranging a basket, do not crowd in too many plants of upright growth. Usually one erect plant of showy appearance should be used, such as a Begonia or a bright-flowering Gera- nium; around this set the different varieties of lower and more compact growth, and around the edge plant both the climbers and trailers. Fuchsias, Heliotropes, Carnations, Verbenas, the Cyclamen with its valuable foliage, the popular Geranium and many others may find a place in the hanging basket. For home decoration there is no plant that equals the English Ivy, Hedera lielix. It accommodates itself to all temperatures, save that below freezing, and when in full growth it adds more grace to the window than any other plant yet mentioned. A single root has been known to wreathe a bow window with thick garlands, and then strike off into lovely, independent paths along picture cord and above cornices, till the walls were covered with it. It will cover a screen of wire, curtain a window, festoon a pillar, frame a favorite i)icture, climb and twist about a mantel mirror, drape an easel, and droop over statuettes its dark, ever- green leaf and by its loveliness add to them all an increased beauty. The screen here illustrated makes a very beautiful c^nd useful article for the living room. A common window garden flower box is made the length required, and mounted on castors. A number of laths of wood, as long as the screen is to be high, must be placed upright at intervals all along the box, against the back of it, and resting on the bottom of it. Nail them in J I i' ;i . li [ » "W ■%< ^»^"»#^N^^ no WINDOW OARDENINO. their places. A number more laths, as long as the box is wide, must now be fixed across these, beginning with the first an inch above the box. Fix it across by two tacks, one at each extrem- ity, and to every upright lath with fine flower mounting-wire, uncovered. When all the laths are on, a trellis-work is formed, which may be observed through the foliage in the cut. It 'f^^c^ ;- , ^v ^-i ■^V. yi .^.\f ' ,,1L .:. PORTABLE SCREEN OF IVY. should be painted green; when dry, the box is filled with the same soil as used in the fern case and set with Ivy plants, which will cover the trellis completely as they grow. The front of the box should be set thickly with Lily-of-the-valley, or scented Violet roots, or sown in the summer with Mignonette. This screen and box, without the castors, may be fixed outside a window which has a bad look-out and not only hide this from view but prove a very handsome object in itself. I: J7 ^>^^^""^^^S^"^^^N^^^^^*^ ^1^^*^^^^*^^^^^*^ WIXDOW GAIWEXINO. Ill It is frequently desired to ornament fire-places, when not in use during the summer. An elegant way of doing this is as follows : Order a piece of looking-glass, in a plain gilt frame, ORNAMENTED FIREPLACE. and fit it in as a chimney-board; displace the steel fender and use a rustic one; inside of this place a tin, painted green, and charge with flower- pots containing plants in bloom. From the mantel hang point lace in deep Vandykes mounted on silk, edged with a narrow silk fringe, the prevailing color of the II ±\ 'I \i !1 I 'i I, If,* : la^^^^n I i IM 1^ ^B^^M* 112 CHINA PA INTINO— CEliA MICS. furniture. Curtains of fine lace, lined with colored tarlatan or thin silk, may be looped each side with good effect in the sleep- ing apartments, while for the dining or sitting-room they should be made of cloth or velvet, the prevailing color of the room. The annexed illustration shows the disposition of these adorn- ments. 'Sk^^' ,&=2:^-2^^: l-?:rr— ^^^ -^-^-m .^fiV.) CHINA PAINTING— CERAMICS ■•>=^4^(5^- -*c, ^ ANY persona who have never given art a thought are •nevertheless influenced by the charm of pi(!tures, engravings, handsome buildings, the magniflcent pro- ductions of industry, without knowing why ! They have the poetic intuition for art; they are sensible to the beauties of nature, which speak to them a language unknown to the mass that are less refined and less easily impressed. For the instruction of such let us begin at the initial element of Ceramic Art — the potter's wheel. Nothing can be more curious or more astonishing than to follow the work of an experienced potter through all its phases. First, he places a lump of clay on the upper slab of his wheel, the motion of which is regulated at will by means of the impulse given by his foot to the large parallel slab below, and the vase grows as if by magic from the tips of his fingers. How many various shapes appear and succeed each other as the wheel revolves ! He CIUiW I PAINTING— CEHAMWS. 118 accomplishes all by the intervention of a sponge and water and the skillful pressure of the lingers, used with judgment. The lump of clay has at first a simple and massive form. It rises into a cone, is hollowed out to give it capacity, and, getting thinner by degrees, it becomes elegantly curved. The flower- pot is turned into a bottle or decanter; suddenly a movement dexterously performed with a flat knife makes another object succeed to the decanter, which now becomes a bowl. This bowl, compressed in its lower part, rises on a thin stem, and by a new transformation becomes and remains Anally a cup, a few seconds having sufficed for all these metamorphoses. The potter's wheel is the simplest, one of the most necessary, and ancient implements of man's industry. The ceramic arts owe to it their greatest development throughout the entire world. It offers us a lively image of the creative power of man. By the help of a simple tool, and in an exceedingly limited space of time, he can fashion the rough, inert material and impose on it the forms created by his imagination. The fire will continue his handiwork; by firing the moist dust will become stone. Amateurs and artists will then take possession of the work to embellish and decorate it. They also will create. To create a work of art, what an ineffable pleasure! How much happiness there is in ornamenting, in decorating your home yourself with the colors, the forms, and the objects you like best ! When you have bought an ornamented service in a shop, you have already borne testimony to the superiority of your taste. But your money alone has procured you a satisfaction, which is common enough after all — that is, eating out of another's dishes — only those who have painted and decorated their own services can truly be said to eat out of their own dishes. How much more valuable, then, will these objects become whereon you have put your own work, and which you keep round you or give as 8 z:,\ ii if '! \n hi fin ' IBH »i m ■■ '■ i 1 1 friendly presents to those you love or by whom you are beloved — objects that no one else could procure at any price. Let us then follow the march of progress; let us popularize art. No more exclusiveness, no more trade secrets! Make room for art in the family circle, and let it take a seat by the fireside. Our ideals in art are continually rising, and by perseverance only can we hope to scale the summits of true art. Observe the old adage: Labor omnia vine it (Labor conquers everything). Some of the greatest painters, of both the old and modern schools, owe their high rank more to perseverance than to the inspiration of genius. Drawing and coloring require observation, knowledge, skill, and, above all, taste. Thought must also be included, as much for form as for color, which are inseparable. In painting there is thought in the selection of the principal subject, and art con- sists in giving it interest and beauty. A noted French author has said: "Beauty is the art of choosing and hiding." Let us never forget this great precept, which is the fundamental basis of all aesthetic knowledge. A table. It is easy to transform almost any table into a pot- tery painter's bench; all that is required is to add a long and narrow board, called a rest. Fixed outside the table, at a right angle, the rest furnishes a support for the artist's right arm. Have on the table a small easel, a color box, a glass palette, a China palette with recesses for the colors, a steel palette knife, a horn or ivory knife (these are to take up the colors with), a small muUer, a box containing lead pencils, three lithographic crayons, one jDorcupine quill, a scraper, and red sable and camel's hair brushes. In another compartment will be kept vegetal tracing paper, black, red and blue transferring paper. ^^^^^^^■^^■"^^ ^■■^^■^^^^^^^^B CHINA PAINTING— CERAMICS. 116 gummed paper for sticking, three small drop bottles, some soft cambric or old cotton rags, and a stick of modeling wax to fix the prick tracings and transferring paper. Whirling tables for describing lines. These may be bought ready for use of any dealer in artists' materials. . The studio of a painter on porcelain should have a good light; that from the north is preferable. The table should be set in the best possible situation, so that the artist when at work may have the light come from the left, and thus not be hindered by the shadow of the hand at work. Absence of dust and the most scrupulous cleanliness are urgently recommended for successful work. Great care should be taken to avoid dampness, especially that which comes from an open window, while it is raining. Dampness is unfavorable to the mixing of colors with a palette knife, as the mediums employed do not amalgamate well with the colors, and they remain lumpy beneath the brush; the painting, under these cir- cumstances, does not glaze in the firing, which is a serious fault. The decorator will take a seat at the table, on which are placed all the requisites for China painting. She should sit rather high and far back in the chair, so as to be supported by the back. The work being long and minute, it is necessary that the body should be at ease, and that none of the members should suffer from an awkward position. She can also paint at the easel, which permits her to work either standing or seated, but for that she must have already had some practice in painting, for firmness of hand is required to paint in this way, and this method is greatly preferable for good effects. Seated before the table, on the inner side of the rest^ which is placed to her right, the amateur leans her forearm on it. ..- • / ■H i i^y m-. acquiring by this a firm and free handling of the brush for her working h:iiid, while her left hand, resting on her left knee — the foot placed on the stool — supports the piece to be decorated, when it is of large dimensions, and presents to the brush, one after another, the portions of the surface to be painted on. For painting on tiles, as well as on hollow articles, it is important that the hand should rest on a flat or a round ruler, in order to sUow the brush only to touch the China, and never the hand, as any such paint might rub off and spoil all the work you had taken much trouble, and in many cases much time, to do. Place on the easel the original to be copied, and nearer to you the object to be decorated. On your right set the glass slab, upon which are the three small phials containing spirits of tur- pentine, spirits of lavender, and oil of turpentine. To the right of the slab set the box containing the crayons, pencils and brushes. On the other side of the object you are painting set the color-box containing the tubes, and at a safe distance from your work place a phial containing a small quantity of spirits of wine. These, with a small cambric rag retained near the slab, finishes the arrangement of the table, and the decorator is now ready to begin her work. If the decorator can draw well, she will outline her subject lightly on the object she wishes to paint, directly without tracing, by means of lithographic chalk, the point resting on the index finger, care being taken not to lean hard, as it is very brittle. This chalk being greasy, should be rolled up in paper or placed in an ordinary porte-crayon. It draws on China without any preparation, and its false marks can be wiped off with a brush slightly moistened with water, or with a dry rag. When you want to make a minute and complicated drawing. TwmmimmwM^mZm^ I you are obliged to transfer to avoid getting double lines on the China; but before transferring, prepare your piece of ware as follows: Pour a few drops of oil of turpentine on the plaque^ or white plate intended for decoration, then take a small pad formed of pieces of rags of fine material, soaked with two or three drops of rectified spirits of turpentine. Pass this rag round and round over the entire surface, so as to leave a sort of film, very thin and misty, which you allow to dry by exposing to the open air for a few minutes; the object of this operation is to render the tracing visible; you may also have recourse to it to get stronger marks from lithographic chalk. It is very easy to trace on a perfectly flat surface. We shall mention several ways. TVacing by Muhhing. — After having traced from the engrav- ing or original model to be reproduced the outline of your sub- ject (figure, ornament or landscape), with one of Gilbert's H. B. I lack lead drawing pencils, you reverse the tracing paper, and go over the outline again on the reverse side with the same pencil; this being done, prepare your piece of China with the medium, as we have just described. The vegetal tracing paper is then fixed by means of little lumps of modeling wax on the exact spot the subject is to occupy; and when this is done you have only to rub all over the outline with an ivory knife to make the lead that is on the vegetal tracing paper convey itself dis- tinctly upon the previously oiled enamel. Tracing with a Tracing Point. — Take either black, blue, or carmine transferring paper, according to the tint of the painting that is to be done. The carmine gives security for the success^ of the painting; it does not soil it. When the piece of paper has been rubbed with carmine from a soft crayon, after taking great care to remove what is superfluous, it is cut to the size of the subject, or rather to that of the space you are to paint on. To make sure of tracing on the exact spot, you must draw a horizontal line in the middle of your drawim *&> I ' I\ , W I middle of the tracing paper, and one as well on the porcelain, with crosses and letters at each end as landmarks — two crosses marked A and B on the horizontal line of the enamel, and two crosses marked a and b on the horizontal line of the tracing paper. Prepare your piece with oil of turpentine or spirits of wine. At the end of two or three minutes place your drawing on the porcelain in accordance with the marks x a and x &, tak- ing care to place the middle lines so they coincide, a on A and b on B. You fix the vegetal tracing paper by means of small bits of gummed paper, or else with little balls of modeling wax. The sheet of tracing paper being qjiite firm, you slide beneath it the piece of paper rubbed with carmine, blue, or black lead. You then take a porcupine quill with a fine point, and, without lean- ing too hard, go over all the outline. You must be careful not to press your fingers on the drawing, as this would cause a deposit of powder, the same color as the transferring paper, upon the enamel and thus spoil the result. Before finishing all the work, lift up a corner of the overlaying papers to see if the tracing marks. It will be but an affair of habit to trace well, for it is by experiment frequently repeated that one comes to know exactly the amount of strength to be used so that the transferring paper may mark sufficiently. Prick-tracing. — This consists in pricking the outline with small holes, and in making what is called a Poncis. This can be done by placing the vegetal tracing paper on some cloth, folded several times, with a piece of white paper under the drawing. Prick all the pencil lines with a needle of medium size; when this is done, turn the piece of white paper and with a smooth piece of pumice stone smooth away the projections caused on the wrong side by the prickings of the needle; after which you place it on the China, securing it with lumps of wax, and rub it over with a pad full of scraped conte-crayon, or pow- dered carmine. The outline thus becomes dotted over the sur- I r. face, and you have only to proceed with the painting, an admirable method for beginners. This is For transferring on dark grounds, instead of conte-crayon or black-lead, you may use starch, carmine, or vermilion in powder, — substances which are clearly perceptible on the dried coating of oil of turpentine. If the tracing has moved, or if, forgetting, you have passed the point over a line a second time, making it double, take the handle of one of your brushes which you have cut to a point, and wetting it, you will be able to remove the useless marks by rubbing them gently. It would be better to keep a very thin stick of whitewood for this purpose. You will make use of the same means to correct drawings done in lithographic chalk; and this chalk has the advantage that it marks again on the place where the wet piece of wood has passed, whereas on China prepared for black lead, the pencil no longer marks, the stick having removed the preparation while correcting the lines. Experience has proved that paintings progress under greater advantages when the porcelain and faience have been prepared with a few drops of spirits of wine. The preparation with oil of turpentine, being a fatty substance, attracts dust and thus does mischief to the paintings. So little liquid is used that it is better to have it of the best quality. But great care must be taken to cork up the little bottle of spirits of wine hermetically, or the contents will speedily evaporate. The brushes and dabbers, after each day's work, should be cleaned in spirits of wine. To preserve these useful instruments it is indispensable that no color be left in them after using; care being taken to wipe them well after this washing, and even to blow a little on them to make the spirits of wine evaporate, for : III r If ti' '' r-'i i; I: I iJ 1 r ■ 1 it'' III) ;^'l' IK ^ : 11 t.^- \% iJ } l*n P llr' « FT & ?| " M »-:■• 1 1 .£ **- 1 't . 1 i* il ■'! 1 ;|.i : ■ If:! • 1 il, ] if any were to remain it would spoil the color of any subsequent painting. With a few drops of spirits of wine the most loaded palette can be instantaneously cleaned and the dryest painting effaced, and for this reason we recommend that it be kept far away from you during your work, for if a single drop were to fall on the painting it would immediately smear and obliterate the work done. ed oz. The second step in painting, after tracing, is coloring. Som- ber tints are seldom admitted into compositions on porcelain. Freshness, brilliancy, and delicacy of coloring are rather the qualities the intelligent artist seeks to take advantage of; she gives a proof of her talent and pleases the eye by the harmony of her tints, obtained by juxtaposition, or by mixing. This har- mony is, moreover, a study of great importance to the amateur, and may be pursued with interest by all, as it is common to all kinds of painting. Complementary colors generally agree well together, whether placed side by side, or round about as in backgrounds, when one of them is darker or deeper in tone than its neighbor. Here we give a list of these colors according to the natural order of the solar spectrum: The complement of red is green. The complement of yellow is violet. The complement of blue is orange. The complement of violet is lemon yellow. The complement of orange is blue. The complement of green is red. The complement of indigo is ochre. The complement of black is w. '*e. To the artist the word comp^. i,entary signifies that if you yoM m^m^^^^m^i ^t^^»^^»^^ i ! CHINA PAINTING— CERAMICS. 121 place, for example, some red on white ground, that red produces on the eye an influence which casts a green tinge on all that sur- rounds it, or is in its immediate vicinity; and, vice versa^ green throws a red tinge. Red has a greater intensity by its neigh- borhood to green, and green is strengthened in brilliancy by being near red. The mor> lur^mous the colors are the more this contrast of complemeii iric s perceptible. By experimenting on each one of the simple colors in the above l.isu, one will easily comprehend it. Two bands colored with two complementary colors, placed side by side and looked at in the sun, almost hurt the eye at the line of their contiguity. It is well to place colors on different backgrounds. It will be seen that black grounds lighten the colors placed on them, and that white grounds, on the contrary, give them more force, or darken them by heightening the value of their tone. All deco- rations on white grounds should be executed rather pale, in order to avoid harshness. By following up these experiments the following inferences will be confirmed : Carmines go well with water-green; sky blue always goes well with pale orange; dark blue with deep orange; turquoise with violet blue. Purple, which partakes of blue, goes well with warm ochrous shades and yellow. Grays go well with every color. In decorations, where ornamental foliage has to be shaded, a good effect is obtained by contrasting cold lights with warm shadows. We call warm shades or colors those which partake of red, the ochres and yellow; and cold colors those which par- take of black or blue. BroTcen tints are the simple primitive colors containing gray. Simple colors mixed with gray are also said to be broken. The mineral paints bought in tubes are the colors which stand lire, — those of Lacroix, of Paris, being considered the best. / i - ^^•^^F^^f^t^i^^t^ II '■' >u 122 CIimA PAINTING— CERAMICS. These colors can be obtained in different states; ground in dry powder, extra ground, or in metal cubes containing the color diluted with the necessary mediums and ready for use. We append a list of the colors : Special VSo^or* iov G^rounb*. Coral Red, Chinese Yellow, Copper Water-Green, Chromium Water- Green, Carmelite Celadon, Fusible Lilac, Grounding Green, Maize, Indian Blue, Marine Blue, Isabella, Light Coffee, Lavender Blue, Chamois Brown, Reddish Brown, Turtle-Dove Gray, Turquoif Blue, Mauve, Rose Pompadour, Salmon, Turquoise Green, Celestial Blue. The colors for backgrounds are of special composition and manufacture. They cannot be mixed with the colors for paint- ing, as they are not fired at the same heat. If a ground is to accompany some decoration (whether flowers, figures, or landscape) for which you want a white place kept to paint on after the firing of the ground, begin, before laying the ground on, by transferring your design on to the white; go over the outline with Indian ink or carmine, and wash the whole of it with water. The general laying of the ground is done next over every part, covering all, as if the tracing and the wash of water had not been done; dabble and leave it to dry. As the water-color outline is perfectly visible beneath the tint, the surface of which has been well smoothed, take some Lake, in tube for oil painting, set it on a glass slab and add to ^»Nm^^^«^^ It.-: r ' %\'9 / it a few drops of oil of cloves or spirits of lavender. With this preparation cover an entire flower or a leaf, as far as the outline (if you have chosen a floral design); then with a muslin rag, starting from the contour towards the center, wipe away the color of the ground, moistened by the Lake, and the silhouette of the parts to be preserved white appears very clearly. You continue to regain successively the parts wherever some white of the enamel is wanted, so that the removal of the reserved spaces with the Lake is completed in a very short time. The background is then fired at a gentle heat, called fixing heat, and afterwards the painting on the white enamel may be executed, and fired over again when all is washed in properly. There are some grounds laid with unmixed color and others of which the tones are composed. It is the decorator's business to choose the color and shade most suitable to her subject. Some colors for grounds are already prepared, and others are brought to their shade or color by laying on two coats; thus the first coat is often prepared of a beautiful light yellow. It is fired the first time, and for the second firing a coat of carmine or purple is laid over it, which gives a vermilion or an orange red that could not be obtained by mixing or by a single coat. The same rules may be applied to other colors; but it is well for the amateur to practice it on defective plates, used as tiles for testing. In a smooth sky, starting with pale yellow and graduated by imperceptible degrees into blue, the blue may be laid directly and allowed to die away on the white of the China, the darkest part beginning at the top and becoming graduated by thinning, which is very easily done with a dabber. It is fired to fix it, and after this gentle firing the yellow is laid, which is also graduated with a dabber, beginning at the bottom, in such a way that when the white of the China has disappeared the sky may be fired with the rest of the painting. fi I I : ''' I |e K^^^^^tJ i :^ [li^Hi P ' '^^B| 1^ ' i 1 ;«; mm 1 • ■ ^ il' \^ 124 OflZiVl^ PAINTING-CERAMICS. By making an outline in water-color which is not removed by the influence of the medium, you may dabble on any object, since you are sure to find again the place whereon you wish to apply other tints. Removal of color in the course of the execu- tion of a work, done before firing, with bits of whitewood carved to a point, or with a flat edge, aflfords the landscape painter charming resources for foliage. We shall now appei d a list of the mixing colors : White is obtained by Permanent white (for high light) and Chinese white, a color of very limited use in painting, it being preferable to keep the white of the China when possible. Permanent white, alone or mixed with other colors for heightening, which is called heighted lights or relief, requires perfect grinding. It should be tried by repeated and well-fired tests before using it for important works. It is lifted up with the point of the brush and laid without spreading. It could not bear two firings; it is put at the second firing, which is •always less powerful. Sky Blue, Light Blue, Blue Verditer, Barbeau Blue, Cobalt, Prussian Blue, Indigo. Blues are much produced from cobalt, and as the mixtures of cobalt and iron produce proportionable tints, varying from light gray to black, it is well to take precaution in painting when blues are used with reds, fieshes, browns and ochres; care I must be taken that the brushes used for these be thoroughly and properly cleaned before using them for blues. Light Pinkj Purple Lake, Chinese Pink, Crimson Lake, Red Purple, Crimson. Carmines must be put on very thin lest they should turn yel- low in the firing, and little oil must be used to avoid shriveling. When purple is added to pink, a few drops of lavender or oil of turpentine must be used. In the first painting, carmines and purples are to be laid on very lightly; it is only for the second firing that strengthening touches are made. Lilac, Mauve, Magenta, Violet, Light Pansy, Deep Pansy. The same precautions are required in using lilacs as for car- mines. Capucine Red, Poppy Red, Madder, Venetian Red. Red is a predominant color, and is generally used alone. Thus the reddish tips of green leaves are obtained by placing the red next the gr«en, and not by putting it over; but with dark colors, on the contrary, it is the red that disappears. Lemon Yellow, Saffron Yellow, Salmon, Straw Color, Yellow Lake, Dark Chrome Yellow, Light Chrome Yellow, Indian Yel- low, Naples Yellow, Orange Yellow, Maize. Light yellows scale off very easily in the firing; the dark yellows, being less fusible, need to be used moderately thin in the first painting, for the first fire develops them; at the second firing they increase in depth, and if they are too heavily loaded they cannot be made li^'hter again. Avoid using yellows next to blues, which would produce a green tint. § zecHd. Emerald-stone Green, Water Green, Veronese Green, Mala- chite, Blue Green, Dark Green, Sap Green, Emerald Green. I 1 III 't 11 i. IT' If III Yellows mixed with different blues give a great variety of greens. If these greens are found to be too bright, or too promi- nent, they may be made grayer by adding either carmine or purple. For foliage it is well to remember that dark tints shaded into light ones destroy the latter in Aring. All the greens, whether in foliage or in drapery, can be shaded with browns, reds, and carmine tints. By painting over for the second fire, foliage can be made purple or bluish. Blue greens are used for the distance, but must be laid on excessively light, and tinted with Gapucine red for the horizon. • >t.OH)Wd. The artistic browns for China, and which resist the action of the fire well, are Golden Brown, Vandyke Brown, Raw Sienna and Orange Mars. Raven Black, Ivory Black, Iridium Black — which answer all purposes. Dove Color, Ash Gray, Pearl Gray, Russet Gray, Brown Gray. A gray of some kind may always be obtained by mixing com- plementary colors— reds with greens, or yellows with violets, violet being a combination of carmine and blue. The grays obtained by mixing greens with carmine and purple are gener- ally used in flower painting. Choice c^ tCorccfoin. There are two kinds of porcelain for artistic decoration, hard paste and soft paste porcelain. Hard porcelain favors the man- ufacture of articles of the utmost delicacy. Among the innu- merable wonders of the Sevres manufactory are cups and saucers almost as thin as an egg-shell, and slightly transparent. Cm^A PAINTING— CmUMICS. 127 The enamel of the Sevres porcelain is thin, so as to permit the decorator a higher degree of linisli, which would lose some- what of its clearness if the enamel were thicker. The plaques manufactured for painting by the trade have a rather handsome but thicker enamel, which favors the successful glazing of the colors. It is, therefore, very important that the decorator should well ascertain the effects produced by applying the colors on each kind of China, and making trials or tests, in order to learn to bring about, by combinations and thorough knowledge of the work, united with a view to the flrinf, the results so much desired— a very beautiful glazing joined to brilliancy and har- mony of coloring. The porcelain chosen for painting should M as white as pos- sible, its borders very clean, without any breach in the enamel at the edges, which would spoil the ^ ojiJ lining and ijurnishing. Porcelain marked with black specks, or having other visible defects, must be put aside if it is impossible to conceal them in backgrounds or in the center of ornaments, where the paint lying over them would prevent them from being as objectionable as if they were on a \fhite ground. The articles for decoration may include dinner services, coffee, tea and breakfast cups, bowls, vases, ash pans, candle- sticks, sleeve links, bon-bon boxes, jewel boxes, plaques, reliqua- ries, girandoles, flower staucl.-, and round trays for fancy tables. There are several styles in painting. The beginner will know from her previous studies, her tastes and aspirations, that which she ought to adopt. She should provide herself with authentic models, to guard against mixing styles. The public is becoming enlightened, and faults of this nature are more and more per- ceived. / ! !l- §t lii I til '■■! 128 C57iV:4 PAINTING— CEKAMICS. It is also very important not to depart from the style special to each ware — porcelains, faiences, etc. On hard paste porcelain are painted heads, figure subjects, animals, still life, flowers and fruit, landscapes. Arabesques, the Chinese and Japanese styles, heraldry, and ornamented monograms. Especially on porcelain of the Sevres manufactory the choice of subjects is much restricted. By conforming with the follow- ing suggestions, a value and a stamp will be given to your pro- duction. On plates, flowers with brown backgrounds are to be painted. On small cups, light flowers, Watteau subjects. Long plaques mounted in old silver for sconces and female figures, after Raphael, in gray mono-chrome, will make charming objects. Sti^fca iov cFaiewce, The coarse nature of faience does not admit of as careful painting, or as high finish and as true a tone, as that on porce- lain. Its clay is not fine enough, and its enamel alters certain important colors. The faience clay being more porous than that of porcelain, the management of the work must be modified so that a single firing may suffice. For this reason you must wash in and let it dry; retouch it and again let it dry. Finish by strong touches; then have it fired. The styles which suit it best are animals, still life, large land- scapes, marine subjects, mono-chromes, and armorial bearings. The chance of a piece firing well is one of the great trials of the China painter; but the miniature kiln, which may be bought for a trifle at any first-class China house, enables the artist to fire small articles of decorated China with perfect success. The amateur has to make up her mind to a great many fail- ures at first, but after the art is understood it is an inexpensive and elegant addition to Home Decorations. 1 [RONZING is the latest improvement in wax work, and if properly made, cannot be detected from the most expensive artistic Bronze. It answers for Table, Mantel and Bracket ornaments, and may be exposed to dust and air without sustaining the slightest injury. It can be dusted with a feather duster like any piece of furni- ture, and is a very desirable and inexpensive ornament. The colors required in bronze are: Silver Bronze, Gold Bronze, Copper Bronze, Fire Bronze and Green Bronze. For instruction, let us take a Vase to be finished in Copper Bronze. First the vase must be moulded. The casting material is one part wax, one part spermaceti, two parts mutton tallow. Melt the three articles together and color with Burnt Umber. Have a coil of tine hair wire, cut it into one-half inch lengths, and when the mixture is melted to the consistency of thick cream, stir in the cut- wire by degrees until there is a sprinkling of it throughout the mixture, then pour into the elastic mould and let stand till perfectly cold and solid, then loosen the sec- tions of the mould and take it out; should any of the ends of the wire project, they can be cut with a pair of sharp scissors (the cut wires make the vase much stronger, and prevent it from cracking). Trim the seams caused by the sections of the mould; then take a piece of soft flannel cloth, dip it in refined spirits of 9 129 y^ J / ' !l m! i mP 2' ^ III at s W turpentine and polish the vase with it, after which it is ready- tor Bronzing. Take Copper Bronze No. 4000, and with the tinting brush bronze the vase evenly, and polish it in with a soft piece of white silk. Next, take another brush and with Copper Bronze, No. 6000, give it the last coat. The vase is now ready for draping. The most simple drapery is an ivy vine. Take an embossed ivy leaf (or embossed muslin leaves, as they are named), lay a fine wire along its mid-rib, leaving two or three inches of wire for stem; cover the leaf with brown sheet- wax, press them together well with the finger and thumb to make the wax adhere to the leaf, get the impression, and hold the wire firmly; then lay another piece of wax on the under side, press the edges together and cut away the superfluous wax, leaving the edge plain (the ivy leaf is not serrated), cover the wire stem with wax and the leaf is ready for Bronzing. Rub both sides with tur- pentine, give one coat of Bronze No. 4000, then the last coat of Bronze No. 6000. When all the leaves are finished weave them into a spray, grading them from large to small till the end of the vine is reached, then bronze and drape around the vase in an easy, natural way. The natural fall leaves pressed, make pretty draperies for these kinds of vases. Sprays of mixed leaves, oak leaves and acorns, ^mall maple leaves, the holly leaf and berry, mixed ivy and fern leaves, and many other kinds of leaves and vines, are equally pretty. Take a box-frame of the ordinary motto frame size (gilt face), and line it with either Crimson or Royal Purple Velvet, and it is ready for any design. The word " welcome" is the simplest to begin with. Take a thick blotting pad, lay it on a table, rub some arrow-root or I / i rice v > ' der over its upper surface and lay a sheet of either Calla or Poxid Lily wax, extra thicks on this powdered surface. Select the style of letter preferred; German text is very appropriate for the motto, "Welcome." Cut the pattern letters out in paste-board or any kind of thick paper, if tin letter cutters are not convenient. Begin with the capital letter W. Lay it on the sheet of wax and cut out the waxen letter after the pattern with a penknife previously dipped in water. Next cut out the E and so on till the seven letters are cut out, care being taken to powder the blotter every time a new sheet of wax is laid on. Lay the back of the box on the table, have melted glue ready, and with a camel's hair brush apply a small portion of it to the back of each letter, as it is set in its relative position, pressing it gently against the velvet with the palm of the hand. The let- ters should be set an inch apart, and when all on the frame should be put away until the glue is thoroughly dry and the waxen letters adhere firmly to the velvet, then they are ready for ornamenting. This is done in various ways, and all depends on the artist's taste, but a few suggestions may not be amiss. Take a two-inch Fern cutter, and cut the Ferns out of double sheet wax, then bronze them (as directed), on both sides, either with Gold or Silver Bronze. Begin with draping the letter W. Take the stem end of the Fern leaf and with the bead end of the curling pin fasten it to the lower side of the letter, then turn it over and fasten it down in tne middle, letting the point turn outward. Set the ferns on the letters in such a way as not to obscure their form, ^. e., the form of the letters. If the motto is made in white wax, it should be frosted with diamond dust. A pretty style of motto is clasped hands in the center, of pure white wax, surrounded with sprays of iine flowers and buds, finished in Fire Bronze. / ? :li li ^m^m^^H^^^^ ^■■^^■^^■i^kMri . 1 Another style of motto is a vase in the center, from which vines in different colors of bronze run. Green, Fire and Copper Bronzing should have a light background; Silver and Gold Bronzing should have a dark background. Take a medium sized basket (chip or any solid substance), brush it with glue on the inside, fill it with moss and set it away to dry till the moss is stuck to the basket. The moss should be raised in the center in the form of a mound. Have the wax sheeted in Carmine, make the center of the basket in Roses, Rosebuds and Carnations, as they are the most durable, mould the petals over the embossed muslin petals and bronze them with Fire Bronze Nos. 4000 and 6000, as previously directed. Drape the basket and the handle in Smilax, having the wax for the Smilax sheeted in Chrome Greer, then mould over the embossed muslin leaves, bronze in Green Bronze and drape loosely. Such a basket makes a pretty table ornament. All kinds of ornaments may be made in bronze — small animals, fish, shells, birds, statuary, etc. The mixture for casts should be the same shade as the bronze used. Msh may be bronzed in Silver, Gold, and Copper Bronze. Shells in Silver, Copper, Gold, and some may be tinted with Fire Bronze on the exterior of the shell; but the interior of almost all shells must be tinted with paint. Dogs in Zinc, Silver, end Copper. Birds in almost any shade. Prepare the mixture in Chrome Green No. 1; a little rosin may be added and a thick sprinkling of cut wire; trim the I i^mi^m^m ^^■*^^*^^^^^*^^»^" BRONZE WORK. 183 object and rub with spirits of turpentine; then apply the Green Bronze, the two numbers as directed. Copper Q^vowz^Z' Stottwtt-u, Prepare the mixture in Burnt Umber, and proceed as directed. Statuettes, or any object in plaster of Paris, may be made to resemble bronze by first rendering the plaster non-absorbent with drying linseed oil and then painting it with a varnish made by grinding waste gold-leaf with honey or gum water. Another method is by first painting the article, after it has been rendered non-absorbent, of a dark color made of Prussian Blue, Yellow Ochre, and Verditer ground in oil. Before this becomes quite dry, bronze powder of several colors should be dusted on those most prominent parts which may be supposed to have woin bright. Plaster casts may also be made to resem- ble bronze to a certain extent by merely brushing them over with graphite, which is a brilliant black lead. SEet^b of 91la^inca. Take a piece of green muslin, or calico, and size it well with isinglass; then take the natural leaf, lay the sized piece of muslin over it on the under, or veined, side of the leaf. Let the' muslin remain on it till almost dry and the impression is set; then, with a pair of sharp scissors, cut the muslin around the leaf, either plain or serrated. The impression may be taken of any leaf or flower in this way. The use of muslin leaves tends to make the work more durable, and is found very convenient for the artist. i \ if *?9ii.e fllt't o^ Sltalvivi.^ Exotic Seave^d. Begonia Rex. — The Begonia Rex makes a beautiful parlor plant. Five or seven leaves make a nice sized plant. Select live or seven healthy Begonia leaves of different sizes, as no two leaves of the Hex ai*e of one size on the same plant. Cut the leaves closely off the stem and immerse them in a solution of cold water and castile soap; leave them in this twelve hours before using. Melt the wax to the consistency of cream, in Chrome Green, Permanent Green, Dark Olive Green, and Verdi- gris Green. Now take a leaf out of the soapsuds and lay it on a marble slab, keeping the under surface, or veined side, upper- most; then with a camel's hair brush lay on the melted wax in different shades, following the shades of the natural leaf. The soapsuds having made the leaf transparent, all the shades and spots can be plainly seen on the veined side, which is the side the waxen leaf has to be formed on. The belt of light green, over the silvery markings of the leaf, should be put on with Verdigris Green. Begin the leaf in the center and continue on each side of the mid -rib till the edge is reached and the leaf has a thick coating of wax. Then lay a wire along the mid-rib or center of the leaf, fasten it in the wax by pressing, care being taken to leave it long enough for eight or nine inches of stem. Wires must also be laid on all the side-ribs, or veins leading to the mid-rib. These small wires are all brought to the center wire and laid evenly by its side till they all come to the stem, where they are all twisted around it to form one long and thick stem. Give the leaf another coating of Bark Olive Green wax — this covers the wires — then linish with a thin coating of Burnt Umber tinted with Vandyke Brown, and the under surface of the leaf is finished. Remove the natural leaf from the waxen and tint the veins lightly with Carmine. Brush a little Carmine loosely on the darkest shrxie in the center of the leaf, and before r of I -;: BRONZE WORK. 186 it sticks blow off as much as possible, when enough will be left to give it that reddish-green tint peculiar to the Begonia Rex leaf. The next is to finish the silver belt, or silvery leaf mark- ings, midway between the center and the edge of the leaf. This strip must be rubbed with spirits of turpentine, then with the tinting brush apply a coating of Silver Bronze Nos. 4000 and 6000, care being taken that the bronze does not scatter over the leaf. Now the leaf is finished. If the work is done according to directions, the waxen leaf will be a true copy of the original. Continue in the same way till all the leaves are made, then wax the stems and run them through the Begonia stemming, when they may be arranged in their natural growing manner in a flower-pot filled with moss; or, if preferred, the flower-pot may be filled with wax, in Terre Verte Green, and the stems must be placed in it before the wax gets hard. The latter makes a firm support for a Begonia plant. 3C to 91tafie clSegoma Stevvtutiwa. Procure the bristles of a very young pig, five or six weeks old. After washing, put them in a strong solution of chloride of lime and let them remain in it till whitened. Then rinse well in warm water till free from chlorine. Color them while damp, some in different shades of green and some in different shades of brown. After the bristles are ready, the next thing is to make the stemming. Take a square piece of cambric and fasten it in a stretcher, then give it a thick coating of mastic varnish, and when the varnish is dry, cut the cambric on a true bias, into straight strips of different widths, from an inch to two inches, and half a yard in length. Lay one of these strips on a table or some smooth surface, add another coat of var- nish, then cover it with Glaucous Green flock, care being taken to leave a narrow margin bare on one side to lap under the other when the piping is being made. Dip the bristles in mastic var- il i / I i i \ J{ ty ■ If 1.1 I' t' lit I 11 nish, sprinkle them thickly over the flock, and leave for twenty- four hours to dry. When thoroughly dry, revarnish the bare edge and turn it in underneath the other edge, thus forming the strip into a pipe, ready to receive the wire stems of the leaves. Brown and Crimson flock may be used. For Begonia Rex, use Crimson flock; for the Rubra, use Glaucous flock, and for the Palmata use Brown flock. Very good stemming may be made by tinting Canton flannel, which has a very long nap or pile. This is a most desirable parlor ornament. The exquisite markings of its leaves in almost every variety of tint, require to be made carefully. Soak the leaves in soapsuds and proceed as directed. The melted wax must be applied with fine tinting brushes, and every tint and mark on the leaf followed accu- rately. The colors for a Caladium leaf are generally Permanent Green for the background of the leaf; Crimson Lake, Carmine, Rose Madder, Burnt Sienna, Cadmium Yellow, Verdigris Green, etc., for the markings. The wax must be colored with the tube paints. Wire the leaf and proceed as directed for the Begonia, add a few bronze tints in Silver, Gold and Fire. Bronzing adds greatly to the beauty of the Caladium leaf. Tlie stemming may be made as directed for Begonia, without the bristles. Use Glaucous flock; ten or twelve leaves make a nice sized Caladium plant. All varieties of tropical plants may be made in this way. 77i€ Hose Geranium Leaf. — This leaf is of a dark Chrome Green. Prepare the wax in two shades, dark Chrome Green and light, immerse the leaves in soapsuds for six hours, take one out of the soapsuds, and lay it on the marble slab; as there is neither shading nor marking on this leaf, all that is required is ^ use i ^onia, adds I i n BRONZE WORK. 187 to give it a coat of dark Chrome Green, thick enough to prevent the wires from showing, then lay the wires over the veins and coat them over with a light shade of green. Remove the natural leaf, and as the texture of the Rose Geranium leaf is rather rough, rub it over with green iiock mixed with hair powder. This is an excellent leaf for beginners to practice on. The stems may be left different lengths. Geranium— Happy Thought— The color of leaf, yellow with green margin. Prepare the wax in two shades, pale Cadmium Yellow and Emerald Green. Immerse the leaf for an hour in soapsuds; take it out and lay it evenly on the marble slab, then coat the center in yellow and the margin in green. The wax. must not be too hot, as the colors might run into each other and spoil the effect. Lay the wires over the veins, leaving a stem of a few inches; then lay the second coat on just the same as the first. Remove the natural leaf, rub the waxen leaf with spirits of turpentine, and bronze the center in Gold Bronze, and the margin in Green Bronze, finishing the leaf. Geranium — Distinction. — The leaf is a dark green, Carmine veins and a narrow belt of deep black near the edge. Prepare the wax in two shades, deep Chrome Green and Lampblack. Soak the leaf for an hour in soapsuds, lay it evenly on the mar- ble slab, and with a camel's hair pencil lay the black wax evenly over the black zone on the leaf and lay the green wax on each side of this zone. Then put the wires in, and give it the second coat. Remove the natural leaf and tint the veins with a very little Carmine. Geranium — Lady Plymouth. — The leaf is a greenish Car- mine, and silver edged. Prepare the wax in deep Chrome Olive, and some in White; prepare the leaf, as directed, then lay the white edge of the leaf first, then the green. When the natural leaf is removed, tint the veins with Carmine, then mix Carmine and Burnt Umber together (in powder), dust a very little of it / -i-J ;■ I- ■ I* fit «•: \ ... *:-i- 138 DECALCOMANIE. on the green part of the leaf, and bronze the white part with three coats of Silver Bronze. The best direction that we can give for the tinting and mark- ing of leaves is to copy from nature. The Cyclamen leaf is well adapted for the practice of marking and tinting. The leaf of the Pond Lily, Lotus, Canna, Maranta, Rubber Tree, Magnolia, Camellia, Orange, and all leaves which have a waxy surface, should either be varnished or bronzed. All kinds of leaves may be made by the foregoing directions. DECALCOMANIE jHIS is another name for a style of decorating that has been in vogue an indefinite period of time and comes under the head of transferring. It is almost superflu- ous to mention the variety of purposes to which decal- comanie may be applied, as it can be transferred upon everything for which ornamentation is required, and the variety of designs which are printed especially for it is so great that something may easily be procured to suit the taste of the most fastidious. A few of the articles that may be decorated can be mentioned by way of showing what a variety this style of ornamentation will embrace: All kinds of crockery, china, porcelain, vases, glass, bnok-cases, folios, boxes, lap-desks, ribbons, dresses, etc. The n i— iii~ r r ~i I ri r~i 1 1~ ^B^taM^^a^^ ^ inri •^•■^^■%^^^^^*^^** m,^^^^m^m,^>m^mmi^im^^^m^^^m^^^^m^ I DECALCOMANIE. 189 method of transferring beautiful designs is so simple, and all the materials requisite for the art so easily procured, that it brings it within the means of everyone. Flat surfaces are more suitable than concave or convex ones for this style of decorating, for when the surface is curved the design has to be cut to accommo- date the shape, and in this way is often spoiled unless done by the most careful and skillful hand. The materials required aie: Cement, copal varnish, designs, a duck quill sable and a flat camel's hair brush. Cut your design neatly with a small pair of scissors, apply the cement by means of the sable to the article to be decorated, place on your design, and press equally over its entire surface to exclude the air; dampen it a little and keep pressing equally so that the design may adhere firmly in every part. When the cement is sufficiently dry, dampen again with water, a little more freely, and remove the paper. Be careful in manipulating this process, or you will remove some of the colored part with it. If such should occur, instantly replace it as well as you are able, or if you have a knowledge of Oriental painting your panacea will be in that. You can retouch with those colors, and bring it back nearly to its original beauty. In case you have no knowl- edge of Oriental painting, match the colors as nearly as possible with water-color paints, allow time to dry, and varnish with copal. Sometimes the cement becomes too thick for use. It may be restored to its proper flowing consistency by placing the bottle in a bed of warm sand, and can then be applied while warm. If you apply your design to a dark groundwork, it would be desirable to give your picture a coating of Winsor and Newton's Chinese white, The reason for this is that some parts of the picture are semi-transparent, and these would lose their bril- liancy if transferred directly upon a dark background, without first painting. ! t^'^mg~^('^ ^^■■■^^■l^Nii^^^^^ta ^■■^^^■^^■^^^H ^^■^^■i^^M^^^ r 1 vJ' ; 11^ I f s '' I i 140 DECALCOMANIE. Dissolve some salt in soft water, tioat your engraving on the surface, picture-side uppermost, and let it remain about an hour. The screen, box or table on which you wish to transfer the design should be of bird's-eye maple, or other light-colored, hard wood, varnished with the best copal or transfer varnish. Take the picture from the water, dry a little between blotters, place the engraving, picture-side downwards, on the varnished wood and smooth it nicely. If the picture entirely covers the wood after the margin has been cut off so that no varnish is exposed, lay over it a thin board, on which place a heavy weight and leave for twenty-four hours. If you wish but a small picture in the center of the surface of the wood, apply the var- nish only to a space the size of your picture. Dip your finger in the solution of salt and water and commence rubbing off the paper; the nearer you come to the engraving the more careful you must be, as a hole in it would spoil your work. Rub slowly and patiently until you have taken off every bit of the paper and left only the black lines and touches of your picture on the wood, in an inverted direction. Finish up with two or three coats of copal varnish. Apply a coating of mastic varnish to the design and allow it to dry; then with a brush wash the paper surrounding the design, carefully; this removes from the paper the preparation, which would otherwise soil the silk. Apply a second coating of the same varnish, and when this is slightly dried, place the design upon the silk, or other fabric to be decorated, and with the roller press it well down. With the brush wet the back of the paper covering the design, when the paper may be at once lifted off. Another method is to cut out the design carefully and cover it with a thin coating of mastic varnish and lay it upon the silk, or other fabric, which should be dampened, and -M N '1 -ni r2s JAPANESE WORK. 141 roll thoroughly with a inibber roller; dampen the back of the paper with tlie briisli and lift it off as previously directed. |lg@!lgBBIgH^PHHHWl^HB!tMl|MWBlWWOi! HE pattern for a jewelry box here given is very pretty when arranged with fine fish-scales to form the leaves, butterflies, etc., as shown by the white figures of the cut. These may be gummed on, and the entire out- side of the box raised until flush with the surface of i !|[ .1 >; I ; J i^ PI ■■ \i\ ■ is A ST- "I: fi^.. the scales by applying japanners' size. This is called " Japanese work." Jewelry or small boxes of all kinds, lap writing-desks, etc., may all be ornamented in this manner, by using decalco- manie, and made very beautiful. m^^^^tm^-mai^m^^tim^^m LADIES' WORK BASKET. ■T^C •K» »/v>» •Tv# ^' N these days of aesthetic taste and the love foi the beautiful, when embroidering is taken up so enthusiastically, and we hear so much about art needlework^ conventional and natural designs, that the novice will naturally ask — what is meant by art needlework? What is the difference between a ccnventional and a natural design 1 Art needlework is, in fact, only a revival of the ancient art of embroidery, and is founded upon the study of ancient models ; and the word con'oentlonal in connection with designs for execution by the needle, signifies the method of altering natural forms in such a way as to render them suitable to the material ux)on which they are to be worked, and to the purposes for which they are intended. The conventionalizing of a flower, leaf, or any natural object, simply means the use of its form in an arbitrary fashion, and that these objects cannot be represented in embroidery exactly 143 1 / ^™^^™^ 'f j «EW g » i *t*^^ Li *i« m Vi ■M\\ .li \ the design at about the is then passed back through same place it came up, catching the tilling about a quarter of an inch from one end, so tightly as to cause the ends to spring straight up. The ends of the tilling are then clipped with a sharp pair of scissors, and the operation repeated un- tn all the knots are cov- ered. With judgment and tJ'stv' in the clipping and in the arrangement of the 5^ It ''cries, striking imita- tioi.s of the tiowers men- tl< uiHi can be produced. The object of the knot stitch is to imitate the seeds in the ilowers, which it does very faithfully. In making all of these tiow- ers the utmost care must be tciken in the selet'tion of the materials, it being a matter of much importance -P^""^ '^'«^'''^- that the flower be exactly true to nature, not only in color, but also in 'hape. The illustration presents a very pretty design for a tidy, or banner screen, in which the sumach is treated in the plush stitch. The iv ives are worked in Kensington stitch and may be either green or in brilliant colors to represent the tintings which autumn gives them. Herring- Bone Stitch. — This is also a very popular stitch, making a good appearance, and for this reason is adapted to a wide range of work. It is especially useful in taking the place ! I n n^n n H^^^^^^^^a^ I in i t(!h the ;ch, a ace -.. LADIE9 WORK BASKET. 142 II _ Mite j:i' -iHtti '■;. M'iiittnimf. i'i;(ir:Mc;»(iriini=:tir:M-ii.£ M=:ur uaJtatur ) ! x^ -an- .(^iiixumr rHrinsnrttt: 11 = 11 ■ n~ti~H: ,,^ 'S»la:«t::;i«-i)ia£tl<=iir ")-•»' It •: II- •i::riiittMetHiiii»£rH:tli«i, StiiCHrtisfiaMftw.- I '. f .ittMsntftliiiiiirJ (rlslK^EsuafHaiesAraic'urtuairsiei.ir of the unsightly ridge made by a fell, and for joining seams. The illus- tration gives a clear idea of the way this stitch is made, which is, in this case, made so as to produce an ornamental effect. Hemng-Bom Siitdi. Basket Stitch.— The method of making this stitch will readily be seen from the illustration. It is commonly used for borders, and for work on thin and transparent materi- als. Begin the work at the bottom of the subject, and work /rmn you. Basket Stitch. Feather Stitch. Feather Stitch. -This stitch is worked in two colors, with very pretty effect. The il- lustration, which we give, shows clearly the method of working one variety of the feather stitch. Wound Stitch. — Is used for embroiderins: Howers having snuill petals, for small leaves and ,o:rain. The needle is lirst wound, and then the t humb of the left hand is placed firmly over it so as to hold it :i I 'm 160 LADIES' WORK BASKET. Wound Stitch. into place, until the needle is drawn _,||_,lillllil!ll through and the coil brought securely into place. In making each kernel, only two stitches are required. The very small stitch- es at the ends of the kernels may be lengthened to represent the barbs of real grain. See illustration. Gross Stitch.— This is another kind of back stitch, in which the needle always points toward the left, unless there is a desire to change the dii-ection of the design. Tliis stitch is used in working on canvas or on very thin and transparent materials. When w orking canvas, not more than two threads each way are used, one-half of which cross diagonally from left to right, and the other half in the opj)osite direction. T?ie Ktnsington Pattern. — The illustration which we give, v^^'' .©< Ktminyton Patterns. on. licli sire L in als. are and ive, very clearly shows the manner of working this pattern. If proper colors are used in producing the shading, the result will be very gratifying. It is simply a back stitch, tilled in without any special regularity, except for the purpose of producing the desired shading. For further directions see illustration. Star Stitch. — This stitch is made of a combination of the signs of multiplication and addition in mathematics, after the same model as the cross stitch. The formation of flowers and buds in silk or ribbon produces a very natural and pretty effect, and this is greatly increased if the materials are oi a soft textiire. Open roses are made by cutting the silk into small squares, doubling each of them on a hias^ thus forming triangles, and then bringing the three corners together by gathering. This makes Vi petal, of which a number are then made. A circular piece of buckram is then cut, upon which the petals are sewed. This is begun at the circumference, and the centre is filled in with smaller petals. To make a bud, a large petal is used. It is gathered through the centre, and the gathering covered by chenille. The seed cup and calya; are made with chenille also. In making stamens, chenille is used, care being taken that the color used is appropriate to the flower. To make a leaf, a pattern of the desired shape is made, and chenille embroidered on it, a different color being used for the mid-bibs. Designs in ribbon work are embroidered on plush or velvet, and are used to drape either a stand, table or a mantle piece, and sometimes to cover sofa pillows. A banner made of velvet, satin or plush, and a spray of flowers embroidered in ribbon on it, looks very handsome. I mm^ft^ S '- M. -fi-i-' 'r !' ■« SI I it 162 LADIES' WORK BASKET. Ribbon Work, / n^. ^^^k^^fc^^k^^^ ■%^^^WW^>^'»^" «^ LADIES' WORK BASKET. 153 This work is easily made, and the advantage about it is that it uses up little pieces of flannel, plush, silk and felt that might otherwise be wasted. There are two kinds of ai)plique work, on- laid and hi-lald. In making on-laid work the puttem is cut out from several stuffs, after which they are fastened upon another material with i)aste, and then the edges are sewed down with silk. In-laid work is done by cutting the same pattern f ro\r t vo materials, and fitting one into the other, in about the saiive way that in-laid scroll-saw ^rk is done. The inlaid part is then fastened with embroider ilk. This work is very eusiiiy and rapidly done, and presents a very pretty efl'ert, especially if new and tasty designs are used. It may be necessary to explain that the pattern, when prepared, is basted on the foundation to which it is intended to be attached, and all the edges are fastened down in couching or button-hole stitch, with embroidery silks or filling floes of suitable shades. If there are any lines inside the figures, such as the veins of leaves, they are worked in stem stitch; and outside the figures, stems, small leaves, &c., are worked in herring- bone or embroidery stitches. The paper of the pattern is then moistened and torn away, leaving the design on the foundation. Our illustration of the Pansy Pin Cushion, and its sections {a and &), show how easily simple but useful arti- cles can be made. Two shades of yellow, purple and lavender, purple and yellow, black and yellow, deep pur- Pansy Pin Cushion. \ 1 i ..v%. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 7 / /. (9 J ^<3 1.0 150*"!*^ I.I 1.25 2.5 1^ m lU - 6' 22 2.0 Li. U IIIIII.6 V] /2 o / ■em ^ s> /^ '•^ / Photographic Sciences Corporation ■y^^\ ?3 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. MS80 (716)872-4503 4i. c> M- ■ ! n ^^^^^■^^^^■^^■^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^■^^■iirf ^ <* ^ "i^^^i^^B ^'^■l XteAaoui A. pie and white, or brown and yellow, are the most desirable colors to select for this style of cushion. The material may be flannel, phi%, velvet or cloth, as desired. The foundation of the cushion is cut the size and shape of the illustration, and then two parts, one like dia- gram a, and another like di- agram 6, are cut for the pansy. The section like dia- gram h is lapped at its double curved edges upon the part like diagmm «, as far as the lower curved dotted line in the latter, and both are sewed together by an invisible stitch, and then to the foun- dation, the cushion being first closely stuffed with saw- dust, bran, or any other de- sirable material. The other dotted lines are outlined up- on the flower with silk floss, and then a little shading artistically done is worked from the centre of the maiuiffl. cushion. The cushion is sus- Ti^'^om of Pansy Pin Cushion. pended to the wall or to the side of a work basket by a loop of twisted floss or silk cord. The plus are stuck in about the edge. Applique Lambrequin.— This pretty illustration shows a design for a window or mantel piece, which is especially elegant if made of plush, although it looks handsome worked in felt, silk, or flannel. Any of these materials may be used as a foun- dation, but the pansies are cut out from velvet. Any of the shades mentioned in making the Pansy Pin Cushion may be used, care being taken to use shades that blend and harmonize ! M k j / loop tthe vs a jgant felt, [OUll- E the y be nvx'xtc* VlllxiiXD » 1 LADIES' WORK BASKET, best. Only two shades are used for each flower. The leaves and buds, of course, are made of green, and the stems of shaded green, the latter bemg worked in vine chain stitch. When completed, theVork is pressed on the wrong side, and lined with some heavy suita- ble material. If this design is worked carefully a rich effect will be produced. Drawn Work is very popular, and consists in drawing out the threads of linen and working in patterns with fancy stitches. Card Basket in Panama Canvas. — This is easily made, and presents a pretty appearance. It is a combination of Panama canvas and straw work, finished with wheat heads. The straws are placed in three bars close together at the top, where they are fastened by a ribbon, but widening at the bottom, like the three-legged frame for a camp-kettle. A cluster of wheat heads are placed at the top, and about an inch from the bottom of the straws, a piece of stiff card, cut in a triangular shape, is sewed to the straw sticks. A square of Panama canvas, fringed upon each edge and embroidered in the centre and comers in a small Berlin pattern, is laid over the triangular piece of card, to which it is secured by small stitches here and there, although it should not have the appearance of lying closely to it. Applique Lambrequin. 155 I i / li ■« [ i 166 LADIES' WORE BASKET. Basket in PanaTna Canvas. — This is so well illustrated, as to hardly require an explanation. The basket is made of cardboard, lined with quilted satin, and covered with Panama canvas embroidered in Berlin wool pattern, satin or janina stitch. It closes into the handle, as shown in the second illustration. (See next page.) Panama canvas is a very harsh, stiff canvas, and matches beautifully the straw with which it is largely used in many kinds of fancy work, It needs no grounding, and makes its own fringe by ravelling the edges, which are overcast with a thread of the ravelling. Card baskets, toilet-mats, and a great variety of small fancy articles are manufactured of this canvas, worked in floss silk and combined with straw in making them up. Java canvas is also much used for Berlin work. Basket in Panama Canvas. (Open.) 0^^0 LADIES' WORK BASKET, 157 Ri^ket in Panama Canvas (Shut) Shawl Strap in Oanioas TTor.l'.— This is worked upon canvas in bright colored Berlin wool, and sewed down upon wide strips of leather, which is afterwards lined with silk, and a crochet bor- der knit all around, as shown in the illustration. It is after- wards taken up, and after being moistened with a damp cloth is gently pressed with a warm iron on the wrong side, the edges being first fastened down with pins. Care must be taken not to make the work too wet, and to have the iron only nicely warmed, so as not to injure the coloring, even if it be very deli- cate. (See illustration on next page.) ^*^'^^"^*^^^^^*^ 158 LADIES WORK BASKET. Bhawl Strap in Canvas Work. This painting is so called because it is an imitation of the Kensington silk embroideries done with the needle. It is not an easy painting by any means, but work which requires an intimate knowledge of painting, the use of oils, and shading. Of course in all work inferior and tawdry work may be done, whether it be with the brush, pen or needle, but it is possible to produce, and there are being produced constantly, exquisite pieces of Kensington painting by careful workers, which at a distance can scarcely be dis- tinguished from the needle work they are intended to re- present. It is scarcely possible in a written explanation of ar- tistic work, to give as full and complete information as in act- il i ■ i ! i ual teaching, but if the instruction hereafter given is carefully followed, a good idea of the mode of operation is obtained. In Kensigton Painting, the paint used is obtained in tubes, and is the same used for oil painting on canvas. It is better to use the paint as it comes from the tubes, without moistening or thinning it. The paint is thus purer, and gives a heavier and richer appearahce to the work. Tlie paint may sometimes dry, in which case it may be moistened with a drop of linseed oil or turpentine. It is not necessary to have a palette in using the paints, as a broad-bladed knife serves the purpose just as well. The knife is held in the left hand with the sharp edge towards the worker. The only other articles required to complete the list are two long-pointed pens, one smaller than the other for the more delicate work of finishing off; a camel's hair brush No. 5, cut square off so that it cannot be rolled to a point; a darning needle No. 18 or 20; and a rather fine needle with the eye-point stuck into a pencil, or a wooden handle to make it firm. With these few and simple utensils the operator is ready for work. ^ If, for instance, it is desired to make a spray of daisies and a fern on a piece of black velvet, on which the design has first been stamped, the velvet is stretched on a smooth piece of board, and fas- tened to it with very small tacks, care being taken that the pile, or nap, of the velvet select- ed, is not too long or thick. The velvet is put on without any wrinkles, and the pile worked down as smooth as possi- ble. The white of the daisies is the first thing r ( ' M^^^^H^^I to make, vvhu-h is done by placing as much zinc paint on the knife as will complete the tlowers. A small slice of jjaint is cut from the lump, with the coarse pen, then placed upon the knife blade and worked from side to side of the pen, with the hollow part of the pen from the operator, until it is well worked and soft. The point of the pen is then drawn through the paint sidewise, until there is a strip of paint in the narrow part to the point of the pen. The operation is begun at the top of the flower by sticking the pen into the pile of the velvet, in about the same way that ink is put on paper, and the paint is left as near the top of the leaf as possible. The tine pen is then brought into use in stroking the paint down toward the centre of the flower, with the nibs well opened in so doing. As the flower is natumlly darker toward the centre, less paint is worked into it, and the dark of the velvet serves as the shade at the bot- tom of the flower. Care must be taken to put the paint on in large quantities, or the flower will look flat and thin, and unlike the silk embroidery it is intended to imitate. It takes but little practice until the worker is able to easily imitate the thread-like appearance with the strokes of the pen. In making the leaves, the brush is used. It is put into a lump of paint, of whatever kind is used, and twirled round until it is thick with paint at the point. The brush is then pressed down into the pile of velvet at the to|i of the leaf, and rolled between the thumb and fore finger ligL- iv, leaving the paint on the sides, which is afterwards stroked down by the fine pen as in making the flower. When the leaf is small, the large pen is used in putting on the paint, but when the leaf is large, and it is necessary to put the paint on thickly, the brush can be used to better advantage. It is more difficult to use the brush than the pen, but as the use of the brush expedites the work, and a little practice renders the worker proficient in using it, it is bet- ter to use it. Sometimes in making leaves, bright colors are required, but instead of putting them on separately, it is better to mix them u f / i^iw* ■■^^■^^■^^■^^■i^aa^^M^^ 1 ^■1 »*■ I 162 LADIES' WORK BASKET. on the knife blade with the pen, and then apply. If, for instance, a rose leaf is to be made, instead of using all green and then putting in the veins and dark shades with some 1 h e r paint, it is better to have a little yellow, burnt sievjia, and Indian red mixed along with the green, and it isthenapi^lied with the large i^en, and stroked with the small one, as was done with the white in making the daisies. This is done in this man- ner to give the paint the appeamnce of varied silks. The stems and ferns are made by using the darning needle, which is rolled through the moistened paint until it is thickly covered. It is then passed heavily along the centre of the stem to be made, thus leaving more paint on the sides. In making the smaller stems and ferns, and all fine work, the small needle is used. A great deal of judgment and taste must be exercised in the choice and application of the paints, special care being taken to imitate the natural colors of the flowers and leaves. In making a leaf that lias nothing but green in it, nothing but green paint is used. The leaves of ferns, and the lily-of-the-valley are almost entirely green, with a slight touch of yellow or red. Diamond dust may be sprinkled into the paint while it is moist, as it gives a decided improvement to the work. The vel- vet is left tacked to the board until the paint is thoroughly dry, when it can be dusted with a whisk without injury. ■^^i^^^^B^^^W ^■^^^ ^"^ ' t IL 164 LADIES' WORK liASKET. is partly worked with tlie needle and partly with the brush. The flowers and buds are generally painted, and the vines, stems and leaves are worked in Kensington stitch. The center of the leaf is always worked with crewels in the darkest shade of the colors used, and looks exceedingly pretty if the lighter shades in the edges of the leaf are thrown in with corresponding shades of flloselle. Another method of making this work has lately come out, which gives it a far richer look than the old method of painting. The flowers and buds are put in with diflFerent widths of ribbon, and corresponding in shade to the flowers designed. The ribbon is shirred and creased to form the petals, and are held in place with gold thread. *S^c Statural Saatct- (5to*> is in imitation of rough granite, supposed to be placed m the open ground, which, at the Easter season, is adorned with those lovely spring blossoms that would naturally be found blooming around and upon it in the early spring, while the ice and snow still cover the earth during some of those cold days . which visit us after the early flowers have commenced to bloom. The cross should, if possible, be quite large, from eighteen to twenty-one inches high. Fasten it to a solid block of wood; then arrange stones around it in imita- tion of a natural wayside cross. The wood is then painted with three coats of granite-colored paint, varnished and heavily sanded, and cut in imitation of irregular stones. The stones around the base are dipped in melted wax of the same color as the cross. The next step is to form the ice and snow: Take a quantity of pure wax, and melt it to the consistency of thick cream; then, with a small ladle, take up some of the wax. n n t~i n I^^M^M^ta^^M^ta^^M^H ^■^ta^^^«^^n^^^^^^Hi#^^^^ta^^^M«W ' =1 I i^^^^^^"^^l^^ mi^i^^i^^m^^mt^m i^^^^a^^Bk^i* i LADIES' WORK BASKET. 165 and proceed to imitate the ice, which has frozen upon the cross, and dripped down in long pendant icicles. This is done by pouring the wax over the arms and allowing it to drip slowly, one coat upon another, until the proper ^ngth and thickness are given to each icicle. {See illustration.) The wax must not become too cool, or it will form into lumps, though in some places the rippled appearance natural to ice looks well. A por- tion is also poured upon the top, and a little upon the stones. When cold, the wax portion is varnished with a very thin coat of Demar, and, before this is dry, is thickly sprinkled with dia- mond powder. The flowers suitable for this cross are two clumps of Violets, a few Snowdrops, and the ever lovely trailing Arbu- tus with its gorgeous leaves and delicate pink blossoms, forms the chief adornment, and is arranged to cluster thickly around the base, peeping out from the snow and ice about the stones, and fastened up around the body with long sprays, falling over the arms in long, graceful garlands. All these flowers should be made from wax. One of the chief features of a tastefully arranged room is a table covered with some prettily designed cloth. Almost every housewife has one or more of those old-fashioned stands or small tables stored away in some out of the way place, waiting a convenient time to make kindling of them, or, perhaps, with a more laudable purpose of presenting them to some coun- try cousin; but in these days of advancement, the garret occupants are dragged out, divested of dust and cobwebs, and utilized as pretty and useful household furnishings. These may be first ebonized, then gilded in lines or Arabesque, whichever fancy may suggest. Fig. 2, which is now the "height of fashion," shows one of these old-fashioned stands renovated, and could not be purchased for less than $14 as it stands. 166 LADIES' WORK BASKET. The cover is a maroon plush, appliqued with figures of bla«k velvet, fastened with chain stitch in old gold colored silk, and ornamented with Kensington stitches in shaded silk. It is cut bracket form at the ends, and trimmed with fringe of a corre- sponding shade. Scarves are more in vogue now than the square cloths. A very pretty- scarf may be made with a blue center of felt cloth, the ends being of old gold colored serge. One end may be embroidered with a drooping spray of Wild Roses, and the other may be worked with a cluster of deep violet Pansies; the ends are fin- ished with tassels and rings. Another way in which one of these old stands may be used: First ornament the legs with gilding, aft<3r having ebonized them. Then have made for the top a box exactly fitting it, with lid to raise, and furnish with lock; stain and embellish the sides and front very tastefully. Make a shelf of a narrow strip of board laid on the bar between the feet. This will be very con- venient for holding a basket or other article used about sewing. Embroider a cover for the top and the shelf, fastening the cover on the top with gimp tacks. Then trim both with fringe, and you have a tasteful work-stand which cost very little. Fig. 3 shows a pretty sewing-chair and table, both present- ing such a tasteful and inviting aspect that any ladj' might desire to take a pattern by them, for no prettier arrangement can be made for the sitting-room or any room which is much occupied. Both chair and table, as far as the framework is con- Fig.ii. 'I . 'I LADIES' WORK BASKET. n 167 cerned, are so exceedingly simple in form that they may be made with but little trouble or expense by any person with a little mechanical skill. To make the chair more comfortable, it might better have a thick, padded cushion placed beneath the worked strip. The table-cover and strip for the chair are made of gray pressed flannel, with a lining of soft, colored stuff of any kind convenient; which, tacked evenly, together, is stitched in dia- Fig. 8. monds on the sewing-machine. Both the center of the table- cover and chair-pad are embroidered with bouquets of bright- colored crewels. As a border, strips of scarlet and dark gray flannels are pinked out on each edge and fastened with feather stitch, or any stitch that fancy may suggest. Other handsome covers may be made of gray and ecru-colored damask linens, embroidered in Kensington stitch on the figures, or in Rococo patterns, done with scarlet or other fixed colors in embroidery silk, and these possess the valuable recommendation of being susceptible of cleansing — no light matter when they are in apart- ments constantly in use. This class of table and chair-cover we :• 1 - 168 LADIES' WORK BASKET. 1 would particularly recommend to our readers, having found their value for week after week; to enjoy the luxury of fresh, glossy, carefully washed covers is no small matter, especially during the hot weather, when everything that adds to the cool and refreshing aspect of the apartment becomes of momentous importance. And what imparts such a sense of heat and gen- eral aridness as covers of heavy, bright woolen stuffs, which one fairly dislikes to handle ? These may appear trifles to the busy housewife, but it is by Just such little matters that the home is made delightful or uncomfortable. Fig. 4 represents a cniaint Ottoman, which has a richly carved frame, but is shown here more on account of the cover than to explain the framework, and for the reason that it exhibits a method of covering a worn seat by means of applique work of Arabesque pattern. Take a piece of light gray felt cloth of the required size, and over this set a piece of black silk velvet, a design with cen- ter-piece, border and corners marked out on it, and worked in button-hole stitching. The ^c- ^ intermediate cloth is then cut away, and the outline of the design is finished with gold braid. The effect of this combina- tion is exceedingly beautiful, and will be found a durable cover for chairs, cushions, and upholstering in general. Another cover is made in maroon velvet, with a cluster of Morning Glories embroidered in the center, and a broken spray of the Trailing Arbutus worked in each corner. Plainer covers for more com- ! LADIES' WORK BASKET. 169 I mon use may be worked on canvas with common cross-stitch. A pretty design for such work is a child scattering seeds from her apron to a brood of chickens, or a boy teaching his dog the "military drill." A few such ottomans will be found of inesti- mable service in the various apartments, especially if there are children to be accommodated, for these tasteful little seats are always highly appreciated by the "little folks," besides adding a graceful appearance to an apartment. Fig. 5. Another pretty ottoman may be made from a square pine- wood box, fourteen inches high and two feet four inches square. The sides are covered with any plain material, and castors fastened under the corners. A wide fringe covers the sides, and should be thick and heavy, though a deep puff, slightly full, may be substituted if more convenient. A cushion, thickly tufted, covers the top, and is finished on the sides with a wide puif and lengthwise plaited strips, with tassels at each corner. »<'"^ ■ i,^^,^im,0m^0m^^m A pretty combination of colors for such an ottoman is to make the top and plaited sides of the cushion of maroon, and the puff below black, with mixed black and maroon fringe and tassels. An embroidered cover may also ornament the top, which adds much to its appearance. The materials used are an old traveling-basket or box, with coverings of gray sail-cloth, gray cambric, furniture cord. Fig. 6. woolen braid, etc. Mg. 5 shows the outside of one of these baskets. This is an exceedingly handy thing in a bedroom or nursery; is a pretty piece of furniture, and an excellent way of putting to use an old trunk that cannot be put to use for travel- ing any more. The side-walls are covered with gray cambric, laid into even box plaits, while a covering of strong linen LADIES' WORK BASKET. 171 secures the bottom ; a 1 Mnbrequin of sail-cloth surrounds the upper margin. Tht border on the lambrequin also decorates the rim all around the cover. The latter is covered smoothly with sail-cloth, edged with a border of Arabesques and deco- rated with, an oval rosette of cambric, having in the center a handle braided of crochet cord. The points of the lambrequin are each cut into five scallops and finished oflf with red and white ball fringe. The rim of the cover is to be decorated with a border as wide as itself. The rosette on the cover is of gray cambric, scalloped all around, button-hole stitched and decorated with single balls. Fig. 6 shows the interior of the basket, divided into compartments by walls of cardboard cov- ered with cambric. Three pockets, with laps, are affixed to the cover, and all the edges are bound with red braid, and further elaborated by narrow embroidery or white lace. These useful appendages may be covered and trimmed according to individual taste, and in keeping with the other appointments of the room. Waee-^oc^et*. As a general custom wall- pockets are placed in the sitting- room, library, hall or chamber more frequently than against the walls of the parlor, but there are many articles even in the par- lor which might better be kept in a handsome wall-pocket than littering tables, pianos, and even the sofas and chairs. Not that a little graceful confusion is unpleasant to the artistic taste, but that this license may be carried to that point which amounts to disorder, and is a sure sign of careless housekeeping; therefore, though a few of the late papers and magazines, an interesting book, a basket of delicate work, or even a game or two may occupy appropriate positions on tables and stands, let the majority of such articles find an appropriate resting place in the beautiful wall-pocket or hanging-basket. k^kH^ta^^ i~ " ^~M^-M i These articles, when used for the parlor, should be of the most elegant kinds, and may be enriched either with embroid- ery, hand painting or other fancy work, as should be also those used for the chamber. Fig. 7 represents a wall-pocket for brushes and combs carved from black walnut with bracket saws and carving tools. Make the hacJc of a piece of wood one-fourth of an inch thick, fourteen inches high, and the front six inches wide at the top, four at the bottom and six and three- quarters high, with triangu- lar side pieces four inches wide and six and three-quar- ters long, forming a box or pocket. The front is orna- mented with embroidery, worked on fawn-colored car- riage leather or enameled oil-cloth; but some persons prefer silk or satin. To work this embroidery, cut the foundation of the material ^•''• in shape of the front of the pocket, and the foundation figures of rings and square of oiled lines or light-colored enameled oil-cloth, and arrange them in place, cutting through the square, passing it through the rings, and covering the slit with the rings. The square is fastened on the foundation with Point Russe and knotted stitches of brown silk, and edged with button-hole stitches of the same. The rings are ornamented with herring-bone stitches of old gold silk. The remainder of the embroidery is done in Point Russe, and French knots in -^ "1 I ;8 m LADIES' WORK BASKET. 173 maize-colored silk. After finishing the needle-work, interlay it with cardboard, and line both back and sides with enameled oil- cloth, place it against the fret-work of the front, and fasten securely. Monograms, clusters of Pansies, or a small wreath of Rosebuds may be worked in as designs. This will be found an elegant pocket, and easily made. Fig. <§ is a newspaper-holder, with embroidered strips. This holder may be placed on the table or hung on the wall, and is made of carved wood. The inner surface, which is divided into three bars, measures eleven inches in height and six inches in width; together with the outer open-work decorations its height is fifteen inches and its width ten inches. The requisite slits through which the embroidered straps that hold the newspapers are passed are pro- vided at the top and bottom of the frame. These straps are usually of silk or satin ribbon, and should be worked with bright colors. A chain of Daisies or a running vine of the Trailing Arbutus is a very appropriate designs. Mg. 9 represents a paper-receiver, and will be found a useful fancy article for letters, pamphlets, etc. The standard is formed with two pieces of rattan, eighteen inches long, and two hori- zontal pieces fourteen inches long. A round piece of wood, sawed in two, hollowed out in the center, will furnish the stand with feet. Fasten together with tacks and glue, and varnish Fig. 6. I / Ul' ^»*^»*"^^^^ 174 LADIES' WORK BASKET. black when the standard is firm. Cut a piece of jjasteboard — the cover of an old box will answer this purpose — twelve and a half inches wide and thirteen inches long. Cover both sides with any desired shade of silk by- sewing the silk edges together. This forms the center of the pa- per-case, which has two pockets. The fronts of the pocke ts a re made of silver perfor- ated board, and are eight inches long and twelve inches wide, and the pattern is worked in corre- sponding shades of silk and wool. The heavv black lines are nar- _ row black vel- ^^- ^• vet, worked with silk in cross-stitch. The half-diamond shape i« iilled in silk cross-stitch, or may be filled in satin stitch. The center pattern may be worked in darker shades of silk or wool. Cut two pieces of silk eight inches long and six wide; make a narrow hem for the ends of the pockets; sew this to the silver board, which should be lined with the same shade of silk. Sew firmly eight inches from the bottom of the center pasteboard to the middle of the silk end; make one plait each side of the / r LADIES' WORK BASKET. 175 center-board, then sew the silk covering of the pasteboard, the silk which forms the end, and the silver board together at the bottom. Finish with box-plaiting of narrow ribbon all around. Fig. 10 is a wall protector, with pockets, to hang over a wash- stand. This article is very serviceable in either a chamber or Fig. 10. bath-room. It is made of light brown oil-cloth, and provided with pockets for combs, brushes, etc. It may be finished off all around by a ruching or braid of scarlet worsted. On the pattern of the cover the place for the pockets and the arrange- ment of the pocket parts for the combs are indicated. For the latter, three parts, graduating in size, are requisite; these are each bound at the top with braid, and then all three together sewed to the i)rotector, but in such a manner that they do not 176 LADIES' WORK BASKET. lie flat, but a little hollow. The top part of the brush-pocket is also bound with black braid, a deep plait laid at the bottom, and the pocket then sewed to the protector, according to the space designated for it in the pattern, and trimmed to corres- pond with the edge of the protector. Three brass rings affixed to the top serve to hang it up. The rack in the center holds a Fig. 11. basket, in which soap and the like may be placed. Sponge, towel, etc., may also be hung on the rack. Fig. 11 is intended to hang over the wash-stand. This may be made plain or very elaborate. The protector in the illustra- tion is made of oil-cloth, twenty-three inches wide and thirty inches long, cut into curves and lined with gray percales. It is bound around the edge with braid and decorated with black china buttons. The binding is edged by two rows of cord of different shades, and confined by over-hand stitches of thick LADIES' WORK BASKET. 177 black silk. The Arabesques are made in a similar manner, of cord, and are connected by gray linen folds, fastened to the oil- cloth by means of black buttons. The surface of the protector is decorated by two pockets for the reception of brushes, and a little tin shelf, sur- rounded by a lambrequin of oil-cloth, to which a hook is attached to hang sponge or wash-glove. Another more fancy article may be made from dotted muslin and trimmed with lace and bows of ribbon. Fig. 12 shows a wall- pocket, appropriate for the sewing or sitting-room, but better known by the appel- lation of housewife. It is very easily made, and no housekeeper should be with- out one, for it may be made of so small a size that it can be carried in the pocket ^9- 12. without the slightest incon- venience. Our illustration shows one, six inches wide and ten long; the outside of maroon morocco and the linings and pockets of maroon colored silk. It may be bound with braid, quilled ribbon, or anything that fancy may suggest. The spools are held by a piece of strong wire, which is fastened at one end into a round pin-cushion, and at the other fits into a piece of pasteboard, covered with silk. A piece of tin, bent in the shape of a half- tube, is placed between the outside and 12 178 LADIES' WORK BASKET. lining, and fastened there; a round pin-cushion closes one end and the pasteboard the other. The pin-cushion is fastened in by only half a dozen stitches, so that the wires on which the spools are strung may be movable. Slipper- (Sa^e. ^g. IS is an illustration of a slipper case, which may be made with very little expense. It is a useful appliance for Fig. la Fig. 14, the keeping of shoes and slippers, which are apt to become dis- placed in the bottom of some closet, and, when required, must be searched for. No lady or gentleman should be without this convenient appendage to their bedroom. Cut from very heavy pasteboard a back, shaped like the toes of two slippers placed together and merged into one above, end- ^^^^^^^■"^^^^■■^^■^^■■^^■^ ^^■^^■■^^■^^■^^i^M (1 ing in a gracefully f^urved point at the top, similar to Fig. U, which shows th*^" back. The pasteboard pieces being thus cut out, may be covered md finished in various ways, either with black satin embroidered on the toes and upon the top of the back, lined with muslin and trimmt*d with cord and tassels; or, having covered the front of back and toes with bronze or orna- mental paper, and marbled or any other kind on the back and inside of toes, paste handsome-colored pictures upon the toes and back, and with strong needle and thread sew the toes to the back, commencing at the outside. This curved side being made fast will cause the inner x^oints to curve in against the back exactly into the proper position, doing away with any necessity for stitching, which would be difficult in this place. The stitches may then be covered with a narrow border of gold paper, which also edges the back and fronts of the toes. Another pretty way of covering is with brown paper leaves, cutting the heavy brown hardware paper into triangular pieces, folded in the center into leaves, stiffening with glue, and sewing one over the other like scales, and finally varnishing with copal. Monograms worked in silk and bullion are also set on the toes, and look very effect- ive. Cardinal satin embroidered with clusters of Pansies and Forget-me-not, and trimmed with corresponding shades of rib- bon, makes an elegant looking slipper-case. From being mere unwieldy contrivances to shelter from draught or the heat of the fire, screens have come to be among the prettiest ornaments of a modern home. They are made in every conceivable design, but the three illustrated here are very pretty and are easily made. Mg. 15 is a, folding screen made in leaf -work. A frame of suitable size is covered with brown linen or serge, which must be stretched tightly, when autumn leaves, pressed and dried, 7 '^^^^^l^^M^teBrf^^^ I I i .; ii ii Fig. 16. 180 ■ LADIES' WORK BASKET. 181 may be neatly gummed on iji the design shown, or may be varied according to taste. This screen may also be made entirely of light wood, and when the leaves are on and the gum has become dry, a coat of copal varnish must be laid with a soft camel's hair brush lightly over the surface, and the work will be complete. The lines separating the portions left to be ^Ued with leaves may be drawn in dark brown oil col- ors, and give great- er distinctness and consequent greater beauty to the work. Fig. 16 is a very pretty design for a fire screen, the re- sult of the united labors of the cabi- net-maker atid the ladv of the house. Walnut wood is an appropriate mater- ial for the frame; and the design of Pig_ 10 the wool work, of course, may be varied according to the taste and skill of the worker. The group of flowers and enclosing wreath are appro- priate for the character of the frame illustrated; but for a design of a geometrical kind, a more formal pattern for the wool-work may be employed, and the suggestions of the designer of the frame will be useful. An elegant specimen of a window screen is shown in Fig. 17, LADIES' WORK BASKET. which is especially useful and appropriate for a dining room window. The materials required are coarse curtain net, crochet thread No. 40, and black sewing cotton. The flowers are of the richest character, crocheted and fastened on the net in a graceful group, as a ct^nter piece, tind arranged in the corners and singly around the edge as a border. Delicate patterns of muslin embroidery may be appliqued on the net in bouquets of flowers, Watteau figures, etc. Etchings look exceedingly beautiful done in colors. Another pretty pattern is made by basting Swiss muslin upon the net, and tracing a pattern of grapes and grape leaves, both for center and corner pieces. Then work the outline with ,i M,: m LADIES' WORK BASKET. 183 n fine embroidery cotton No. 18 in chain-stitch, the grapes in satin-stitch, and, after all is completed, cut away the muslin from the foundation, leaving only the design. When the work is finished, lace it over a frame of polished rods fitted to the size of mg. 18. the window. The net must be cut somewhat smaller than the frame. Such screens are exceedingly elegant, and give a beau- tiful finish to a window. •JPorffoCio. Fig. 18. A very pretty note-case or portfolio is worked in two pieces, the dark part being of leather and the light of fine r» ir^Mt~ <~ii I ~ f~ ~ ~ ~ tiJ 184 LADIES' WORK BASKET. canvas. A dark brown leather with the work upon it in green, the leaves in satin stitch, and the stem and tendrils in chain-stitch, is very pleasing. The center is worked upon very fine canvas, leaving the ground plain, the flowers in very bright silk, the initial in any color to suit the taste, and it may be taken to a book-binder and the margin-line on the leather stamped in gold. The case may be made of any size to suit its purpose. The two sides should be of one piece of leather. JYg.19. Fig. 19 illustrates a very pretty piece of work done in emboss- ing. The materials required are two pieces of bristol-board, one white and the other pink, each seven and a half inches long and two inches wide, twice the quantity of fine white flannel or opera cloth, and one-half yard of pink silk ribbon an inch in width. To execute this fascinating work, trace the design on the wrong side of the paper, and with a fine sewing-needle pierce flowers, leaves and blossoms; the paper being placed over a soft pin- cushion. Stems and tendrils are indicated by a few perforations; then turn the paper and pierce them on the right side. When both cover-parts of the bristol-board have been completed, cut a t i t I LADIES' WORK BASKET. !. . 185 double layer of flannel somewhat smaller than the covers, and scallop all around or button-hole stitch with pink embroidery- silk. In order to connect the flannel leaves and the cov- ers, pass a narrow pink ribbon through holes made in the covers and flannel, and tie with a pretty bow, as in the en- graving. For clos- ing the book, two ends of the ribbon, each four inches in length, are passed through holes bored g- for the purpose in 1 5> the cover parts, and stitched to them. The materials for Fig. W are English rubber, brown cloth, dark green velvet ribbon, one and one • half inches wide, green plush for lin- ing, cord and tas- sels, old gold, black, red, white and blue floss-silk, and dark and light brown twist- silk, etc. The foundation of the cushion consists of English rubber, a / ^M^MI^I f^l\ I gray cloth covered with loops, is fifteen inches square, is deco- rated with bright colored embroidery and applique work, lined with green plush, and finished off with green cord and tassels. The center-piece represents a sphinx cut of brown cloth and embroidered with brown silk, and is surrounded by a frame, ten inches square, of green velvet ribbon, button-hole stitched at the Fig. 21. edges with brown silk. The corner figures and Arabesques are embroidered with a tasteful blending of all the given shades, which should be very bright, as the curly ground of the rubber has a tendency to subdue them. Fig. 21 illustrates a cushion with a lace tidy. It is eighteen inches square, and looks pretty made of two' contrasting colors of silk, satin or velvet, or it may be made of two shades of the same color. The center-piece is finished with a square ol puff- ing, with bows of ribbon at the corners, and the cushion is finished with ruchings of different widths of ribbon. A very I t r< r%\ ^ ^ wn ^ ' ■ LADIES' WORK BASKET. 187 elegant cushion is made from cream-colored satin. The center is decorated with blue and pink clusters of Corn-flowers. The cushion is finished with pink and blue mixed cord and tassels. Fig. 22 is a pretty cushion of gray satin, eighteen inches long and fourteen inches wide. The upper coVer is embroidered. \ Fig. 82. with bright-colored silks in feathery sprays of Daisies and Dandelions, with a scarlet Poppy and Convolvulus blossom thrown in among the Arabesque patterns. It is finished with a border of cord, and a suspen- sion ribbon and bow of pearl gray satin. A beautiful and easily made piece of fancy work is shown in the cushion Fig. 23, which will answer equally well for table covers, curtain borders and chair bolsters; indeed, a complete set made in this way will be found exceedingly handsome, and within the jPig, 83. reach of a very slender purse. The foundation is of ermine or flame dotted flannel, and each figure or dot is edged with button-hole stitching of every con- ceivable shade of silk. A border of scarlet flannel is pinked iT^^ii irii I i I ,1' % 188 LADIES' WORK BASKET. out on each edge and worked with white. Pinked rosettes of white ilannel or opera cloth are fastened on the scarlet border with such colors as fancy may suggest. This pattern also makes an elegant cradle-spread, or is very ornamental thrown over the back of a sofa or lounge as an Afghan or rug. The beautiful sofa cushion, Fig. ^^, is a most elegant speci- men of applique embroidery, and is composed of the richest colors and combinations of beautiful materials, being a group of wild flowers with gorgeous butterflies, etc. The ground is of dark brown velvet; the group shaded in every rich and resplendent color. The large leaves are all cut from green velvet of various shades, the edges button-holed and the veins made of yellow, scarlet and brown silk, accord- ing to taste; and when laid on the cloth these are in some cases raised with a little edge turned over. The Strawberries and some flowers have a little cotton laid beneath them, to give a rounded appearance. The grass and stems are made mg. 21 with silk, in satin and chain-stitches. With the blue Corn- flowers, green leaves and sprigs are mixed, some of very light colors and others of brown in various shades. Close to the clusters of Fox-gloves, which is the most projecting flower, a stately bough of Lilac Campanulas is placed; at the side a cluster of unripe nuts of pale green, shaded over into brown, and white Strawberry blossoms peep forth from between the dark green leaves, and have an extremely pretty effect, contrast- ing, as they do, with the vivid scarlet berries, dotted with pale LADIES* WORK BASKET. 189 yellow. The small golden Dandelions en^'"^en the whole, as they stand out in all their bright, saucy preianess from the long- pointed leaves, and the red blossoms of the beautiful Heath are scattered over the whole with fine effect, giving a light, airy look to the group. Work all the fine leaves in various shades of green silk, and add the beautiful tints of wood-brown, put- ting several shades of pink at the points of the small, feathery Fig. 26. sprays. The curving border of contrasting colored velvet is to be applied with herring-bone stitches of old-gold silk. Our model, Fig. 25, is made of muslin or any firm-textured goods for foundation, and is seven inches square. It is covered with red satin, and is decorated with a square of Guipure lace. The crosses are of white silk, embroidered in red. The cushion is edged with blonde lace, and headed by a quilling of white satin ribbon. Each corner is decorated by a dainty spray of flowers resting on a bow of ribbon, which looks exceedingly pretty for a toilet cushion. 1 Another very elegant cushion may be made from pale blue satin, with apple blossoms painted or embroidered in the center and the edges finished with two rows of pearl beads; or, if a cardinal satin, a broken Calla Lily, or several Pond Lily buds look exquisite, either painted or embroidered, for a center- piece. The edges may be finished with white chenille cord. A pink satin looks elegant decorated with Blue Convolvulus blos- soms, and the edges finished with blue silk cord and tassels. Mg. 26 represents a handkerchief case which is made with two pieces of cardboard twelve inches long and eight inches Fig. 86. wide. Blue silk, fine white sewing silk, fine gold cord, thick silk cord, fancy buttons with little tassels, white muslin and batting are all the requisites. The parts of the cardboard are covered on the inner- sides with blue silk, wadded, and then quilted in diamonds with white silk. The bottom part is smoothly covered with silk; the top is provided with a cushion, embroidered with any simple design. The outside cover is elab- orately worked in Arabesques, with gold cord and fancy stitches. The outer edges of both parts are finished with thick silk cord; the inner edge with a pink silk ruching; the corners are finished with fancy cord and tassels, or fancy buttons and tassels. > rr LADIES' WORK BA.^l T "H 191 i We give another elegant model in Fig. 27 ^ whi< h inad^^ with two pieces of cardboard each fourteen inches sqiiai with blunted corners. It is covered with a diamond quilting of jjink satin, and finished on the inside with white silk quilting. The edges are trimmed with heavy silk cord, and the cover decorated with a fan quilting of lace and bows of ribbon. The monogram in the center is made of pearl- headed pins. A small sachet can be made from two pieces of Pig 87 different shaded silks, decorated with some fancy picture and filled with per- fumed batting, and fastened to the inside upper cover. The case may be closed with a button and loop. Fig. 28 illustrates an elegant pin-cushion five inches square, and filled with iron filings and bran. The top is covered with quilted cream colored silk, and the sides with blue satin puff- ing. Four pointed drapes of cream-col- ored silk, embroid- ered or painted with vagrant sprays of tng.as. r=:r: ^^■^■^^■^^"^^■^^^ ^^■^i^^^a^^^^K 192 LADIES' WORK BASKET. Forget-me-nots, meet at the corners, and are fastened with bows of blue satin ribbon and tussels. Mg. 29 shows a beautiful footstool, made by cutting out a square of lioor oil-cloth, rounding the corners and hollowing out the center of each side, as shown in the illustration. Cut also a strip of the same six inches high, and with a strong needle and coarse thread sew this along the bottom, uniting the ends at one of the sides, then stuif it with corn-husks, hair or moss; cover it with coarse muslin, and the case or foundation is ready for the after em- bellishments. Make a case of crimson velvet, velveteen or any desired material, by cutting a square one- third larger than the oil-cloth bot- tom; also a piece to fit the sides; sew the ends ^g- 89- of the latter together, and, dividing it into four equal parts, sew; tit the square, also divided into four parts, to this, and gathering the edges, sew these two firmly together and fit over the stool, sewing the bottom securely around the oil-cloth, and finish with a thick woolen cord. Next take two strips of ecru- colored ribbon, cross them to form four bands, and embroider them in Arabesques with rich colors — the corner pieces of gray satin may be worked in contrasting shades of silk ; when finished, baste it closely on the hassock, trimming the edges with gold cord. A wooden handle with the cord passed through, and tassels and fringe around the nicies and on the corners, finish f^ ! LADIES' WOUK BASKET. 198 L, this beautiful stool, wliich is sufficiently elegant for parlors handsomely furnished. An exceedingly handsome brioche is shown in Flf/. 30. It has for its foundation a strong case of canvas or carpeting stu'Ted very tightly, and tied down on the top in the way that mattresses are upholstered. The cover in the rnodel is cretonne^ but any other material may be used. Around the sides is a plaited ruffle edged with gimp and tacked in every un- der-plait ; against the canvas side piece a heavy cord is sewed and around the bottom edge, and a quilling Fig. 30. two and a half inches deep covers the raw edges around the upper part, with full bows of the same at each corner. Fig. 31 shows a unique and very artistic work-basket in tat- ting and bead work. The materials are gray silk twist, steel beads (No. 3), colored lining and ribbon, and for the bottom a piece of cardboard seven inches long and six inches wide. The corners are cut square. For the walls of the basket procure four thin frames, each one and three-fifths inches square, four other frames one and three-fifths inches high and five inches long; and for the cover, which consists of two parts, two frames, as shown in the illustration. Two oblong rings of steel springs serve for handles. The bottom of the basket is covered with silk. The frames are covered with silk ribbon, the edges fastened together on the inside. The beads decorating them are 13 194 LADIES* WORK BASKET. affixed when the tatted insertion is sewn in. Each comer rosette has for its center four closed loops, connected with each other at the side; each loop consists of five stitches, one short purl, five stitches, one long purl, one stitch, one short purl and five stitches. Now, with the aid of a crochet-needle, slip three beads over the long purl and fasten it where the loop meets. Fig 31. For the wall parts repeat the larger loops of the corner rosettes, decorate all the purls with beads, and continue so till the basket is finished. Trim the cover with ribbon ruching. Fig. 32 is an oblong basket with braided handle, is elegantly fitted up, lined with white silk and decorated on the outside by a lambrequin worked with beads on canvas, and finished with a ruching of white ribbon. The lambrequin is decorated at the bottom by a twisted fringe of beads, and is sewed beneath the outward curved rim of the basket. The white silk lining is frilled on the sides of the basket and stretched over a cushion ■^ ^ ^ l»^H^lll»*MI LADIES' WORK BASKET. 195 The at the bottom, edged with a ruching of white ribbon, handle is decorated with bows of ribbon. The elegant basket shown in Fig. 33 is of brown wicker- work, ornamented with yellow cane. The lambrequin is embroidered in Oriental style on black cloth, with Kensington stitches; the appliques, light blue side stripes and red center Fig. 88. piece, are fastened to the black ground with button-hole stitch worked in white silk. The three single figures on the side stripes are surrounded by golden yellow Arabesques edged with white, and the long stitches within them are of red, while the elongated branch and the five long stitches at the top are black. A row of light blue Kensington stitches marks the lower edge of the lambrequin between the stripes and borders and crosses the red applique, which, in its four curves, is embroidered alter- ■ i ■^^■^^■^^iv^^ia^^ / j LADIES WORK BASKET. 196 nately with black and white and black and green silks, and in its center with black and yellow. The interlaced ring below the Fig. 33. Fig. 84. applique is of yellow, with purple knots, and the center star is of red and white. All the Arabesques are of old gold; the clover leaves green, with dark brown veins and green stems; the border LADIES' WORK BASKET. 197 is dark red interspersed by white curves. A tassel is suspended from each point. Any old basket may be utilized and arranged into the handy and pretty article represented by Fig. 3^. The basket is covered inside and out with white dotted Swiss, lined, with colored silk or paper muslin; the pockets are cut of card-board, rounded at the bottom, and covered in the same manner as the basket, to which they are sewed with very close stitches. A deep fall of lace decorates the basket all around, caught up at four places by bows of ribbon of a color to match the lining. The pockets and top of the basket are edged with narrow lace. A bow of ribbon decorates each pocket. Fig. 35 is a bright, fanciful looking bag, the central part of which is covered with stripes, one of heavy, the other of open work, placed in a diagonal direction, the lower points of which stand out beyond the firm foundation. The bottom consists of six firm pieces of stuff, each four ahd three-quarter inches deep, and four inches wide at the top. These points are sewn to the bag part, made of chain crochet work. Scarlet merino stripes, with rosettes of tatting, and various intermediate stripes of green, yellow, white, etc., each embroidered with some con- trasting color, as buff with scarlet, black with green, blue with white, scarlet with black, and white with pink, would make a beautiful contrast. Fig. 36 is a very handsome bag, made by crocheting an upper part, and fitting it around an embroidered bottom, made of six Vandykes of linen, embroidered and finished at the top with shaped lambrequins to correspond. These bags can be made very effective and showy, by hwing the upper part made of crazy work in the brightest of colors, and the under part of Macram6 lace. ; I ! ! 198 LADIES' WORK BASKET. There are a great many persons who prefer white covers for sofa and chair cushions, tidies, and other articles of wlite mus- lin, lace or net. These will no doubt hail with delight an oppor- tunity for making, in their spare moments, various beautiful Ri:-« KM ^St Fig. 36. Fig. 36. designs for this kind of work, which is inexpensive, as the mate- rials are different textures of netting, cotton or linen floss. The style shown in Pig. 37, with the various squares used in making it, is of great beauty and well worthy of imitation. In this pattern, the divisions of diamond squares, which make triangles at the corners, are worked in a straight net foundation. Each LADIES' WORK BASKET. 199 Fig. 37. diamond is of forty- four net holes on each side, these being first run round plain with the floss, and after- wards filled in, the plain spaces being left for colored ribbon. Elegant bed-spieads and pillow-shams may be made from this kind of work; the center of each should be worked with white floss, in scroll or wreath pat- Fig. 38. / i * n r I pn mm pi 1 III HI 1 200 macramS lace. tern. The border worked in Arabesques with scarlet embroi- dery cotton, and this lined with either pink or blue paper- muslin, looks exceedingly beautiful. Fig. 38 illustrates a lace mat in etching, the center being a branch of Cornflowers, surrounded by a border, which exhibits three beautiful patterns, each easily executed, and which may be rapidly accomplished. VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVViVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV :M:':i:':i:":irfiiiii"ij:';i:"ii:";if:jnK":ii":ii*'iii"ii;"ii;ij;';^^ ll MilCRAME LACE. || :|: :|: :|: :|: li ', II II II il II i' il II II li li 11 II I 11 !! II II II !I il i| II !i !l 1! li II li II II II II il I! il II 11 'i li li II II II II II il il il II [ATERIALS: A cushion, pins, heavy and fine Macrame thread, according to the texture of the lace desired. This thread comes in all colors, and may be purchased either at a dry goods store or ship chandler's. The cushion must be heavy, of an oblong shape, and should rest upon a small table. Begin by pinning the foundation or top line at each end of the cushion with strong pins. The line should be of double thread, and cut the length of the lace required. The lace is made by knotting threads together. One thread is held firmly over the other as leader^ and each single thread is knotted twice on to it. When a leaf is worked from right to left, the leader is held in the left hand, and when a leaf is worked from left to rsTi ! / ^^■•^^^^^^^■^^^^^^^■^^^«^^^^«^^^*%tf macramG lace. 201 right the leader is held in the right hand. Pin on as many straight lines as are required for the pattern. In commencing a pattern, fasten the threads for working on the top line as follows: Pass the two ends of each thread under the line, pointing them up; then draw them back through the loop; repeat to the end of the cushion; then put in a pin between every four threads; then loosen the second line, hold it firmly in the right hand, and knot each thread twice on to it with the left hand. The straight lines are always worked in this way. The lace, as a rule, should be worked tightly, as it adds much to its beauty and durability. Fig. 39 shows the foundation knots of the lace. Fig. 39. Take two threads, hold one straight in the left hand, knot the other thread on to it once, with the right hand; hold this thread straight in the right hand, and knot the other on to it with the left. Repeat. This is made in the same way as the single chain, but with four threads, using two threads each time, instead of one. i m ^w I 1 202 MAGBAME LACE. Take four threads, commence with the two at the left side, hold the lirst of these in the right hand as leader, knot the second twice on to it with the left hand, pass the same leader to the left hand, knot the same thread as before, twice on to it; take the next two threads, hold the tirst thread in the right hand as leader, knot the second thread twice on to it, pass the leader to the left hand, knot the same thread as before twice on to it, hold the lender still in the left hand, and knot the lirst leader twice on to it with the right hand; knot the remaining thread at the left side twice on to it, leaving a loop before drawing it up tight. Pass the same leader back to the right hand, and knot the same thread twice on to it with the left hand. Then take up the two threads at the right side, hold the under one in the right hand, as leader, knot the other thread twice on to it, leaving a loop as before. Pass the same leader to the left hand, and knot the same thread twice on to it. Hold the leader still in the left hand, and knot the leader at the left side twice on to it; knot the remaining thread at the left side on to it, leaving a loop as before. Then pass the leader back to the right hand, and knot same thread twice on to it. Take four threads, hold the two center ones straight, pass the thread at left side loosely over these. Take the thread at right side, pass it over the first thread and under the center ones, and up through the loop at left side; draw it up tight. Then take the right-hand thread, pass it over the two center ones loosely, take the left thread, pass it over this, under the center ones, and up through the loop at the right side; draw it up tight to meet the first part of the knot. This forms one Solo- mon's knot. i. II rmr^i H~i m^'^^'^^f^m =j / MAVliAME LACE. 208 The Raised Picot mostly comes between two leaves. Take the four center threads — two from each leaf — hold the two cen- ter ones straight, and make six Solomon's knots on to them, pass the two center threads down through the opening between the two leaves; take one of these threads and knot it once to the thread at the left side, take up the other and knot it once to the remaining thread at the right side. Fig. Ifi is commenced by pinning on the straight lines in the usual way. The threads for this pattern should be one yard long. Pass the two ends of each thread under the line, pointing them up; then ^■^g 40. draw them through the loop; loosen the second line at the right side, and knot each thread twice on to it with the left hand. Then make a row of Solomon's knots with every four threads to the end, after which loosen the third line and knot the threads on to it as before. Then take four threads and make three Solomon's knots with them; repeat this five times; then make two more chains exactly the same as last. Take six threads, hold the first in the right hand as leader (the leader should always be at the top and the threads underneath), and make a leaf of two rows; then take the next six threads and make a, leaf of two rows; then take the center threads of each leaf and make a row of six Solomon's knots; then pass the two center threads of these four between the two leaves, pointing them down, and knot these threads to the other two to form the Raised Picot. Then take the center thread at the left side, hold it in the left hand as leader, knot til 1 ♦ • 1 1 1 1 ['■ !( 1 ii' l^ f I I m h i> ■ i I H it 1 204 MACRAM& LACE. the threads on with the right hand to make the lower leaf at the left side, make three more chains and another star of four leaves, with Raised Picot in the center; repeat to the end of the cushion. Loosen the fifth line, and knot each thread on to it as before; take four threads; make three Solomon's knots with these; repeat to the end of cushion; sixth and seventh are done in the same way. %o SFuvbfv Off l-fvc clmctfioiv. Keep the last line pinned on at both ends; take two threads, draw the second one up under the line in a loop, pass the ends of both threads through this loop, draw them up tight, to form a knot, same as the one at the top line. The threads will now be in front between the two last lines. Pass these threads to the back, one at each side of the knot, tie them firmly together at the back; sew these threads neatly to the work, on the wrong side, with a needle and thread. Repeat to the end of cushion, and then cut the threads close. Fig. 1^1 requires the threads for this pattern one and a half yards long. Begin by fastening on the threads in the usual way; then loosen the second line, hold it in the right hand, and knot each thread twice on to it with the left. Take four threads, hold the three first ones iji the left hand, knot the fourth thread three times over them with the right Repeat to the end of Fig. 41. i r maceam£ lace. 205 cushion. Take two threads from each, hold three in the right hand, and knot the iirst tliread three times over them with the left. Repeat to end of cushion. Then loosen the third line, hold it in the right hand, and knot each thread twice over it with the left hand. Take eight threads, make a Solomon's knot witli the tirst four, hold the eighth thread in the left hand as leader, and knot each thread twice on to it with the right hand, take the eighth thread again as leader, and make a second row same as the last; take the next eight threads, make a Solomon's knot with the last four, then take the first thread, hold it as a leader in the right hand, and knot each of the seven threads twice on to it with the left hand. Then take the eight threads again, and make a second row; then make eight Solomon's knots with those threads. p.g 42 After this, take the first thread at the left side, hold it in the right hand as a lef^der, and knot each of the seven threads twice on to it with the left hand. Repeat for a second liDe. Then take the thread at the right side, hold it in the left hand as leader, and knot each thread twice on to it. Repeat for a second line. Take the first four threads, make a Solomon's knot; the same with last four threads. Then take the next four threads, hold two in each —.J 1 'I. I i I' !!' 1 " ! f !| I ! 206 MACRAMf: LACE. hand, and make twelve double chains; make two more rows of double chain. Repeat for two more lines. Take the center thread at the right side, hold it in the right hand, and knot the live threads on to it with the left hand. Repeat for two more lines, then take the next four threads, and make a row of open chain, then repeat with the next four threads to the end of cushion. Then loosen the sixth line, hold it in the left hand, and knot each thread twice on to it. Take the first four threads, make a Solo- mon's knot. Repeat to the end of cushion; loosen the seventh line, hold it in the right hand, and knot each thread twice on to it. The next part of insertion is made like the first, and to finish off keep the last line pinned on at both ends; take two threads, draw the second one up under the line in a loop, then pass the ends of both threads through the loop, draw them up tight to form a knot; the two threads will then be in front, between the last two lines. Pass these threads to the back, one at each side of the knot, tie the two threads firmly together at the back, sew Fig. 43. rows of ) center :not the fo more of open en the ch side 5k, sew i>^i».»"ii^ " iirf CRAZr WORK. 207 them neatly down on the wrong side, repeat to end of cushion, and cut off the ends close. Figs. 4^ and -fi represent patterns which are very appropri- ate for furniture decoration. The reader will see that all the patterns are given in Fig. ^7, with the exception of the scallop. *©o ^lahc tfvc ScaCfop. Take six threads; hold the first thread in the right hand, and knot the other five threads twice on to it with the left. Repeat three times more. This forms the first leaf. Then take the next six threads; hold the sixth thread in the left hand, and knot the other five threads on to it with the right hand. Repeat three times more. Join the leaders of both these together by holding one straight, and knot the other twice over it; tlieii take the next six threads, hold the first thread in the right hand, and knot each of the five threads twice on to it. Repeat three times more to form the leaf. Then take the next six threads, hold the sixth thread in the left hand, and knot the others twice on to it with the right. Repeat three times more. When this leaf is finished hold the leader still in the left hand, and knot six threads twice on to it. Repeat three times more to form tho leaf. Then take the six threads that were used in makiuu" tho second leaf of the scallop; hold the first of these in the right hand, and knot each thread twice on to it with the left. Repeat three times more for the leaf. Then join the leader of this leaf to the leader of the leaf next to it. Repeat till the scallop is completed. Crazy work, Kaleidoscopic, Kensington patterns, are some of the technics bestowed upon this remarkable needle work, that has become a mania for home decoration. This work is not at m^^m^^^^m^^m ^ta^^«i^%M^^w .1: 1 I i i 4 i f *' • ! 1 i I ' 1 1 1 ( ^^■^PW^W^^^w^i ^^^^"S^^ 208 WOMAira WORK AND VICTORY. all expensive, and if done artistically, is very pretty and effective. All that is necessary is to cut square pieces, of any desired size, of cotton or calico, for lining, and on these baste the pieces of silk, satin or velvet to be used. Tiny pieces, inch-square strips, triangles, or any shaped pieces may be used. Silk and velvet are the prettiest, and in these days of handsome ribbons are quite easy to get. Where the pieces overlap and join, they are worked in fancy stitches with different shades of embroidery silk. ' No two pieces of silk should be alike, if a variety of pieces can be had to make this possible, and every conceivable design may be etched or embroidered on the larger pieces — initials, monograms and small flowers may be embroidered and painted. Cupids, horse-shoes, and anything from grandfather's silk hat to grandmother's spectacles, may be appropriately introduced. This work is used for sofa pillows, chair-tidies, table-covers, etc., and, when worked in with plush or velvet borders, looks exceedingly beautiful. But the piece-de-resistance of this work is the bed spread; here full scope may be had to exercise both taste and imagination, until a beautiful kaleidoscopic scene is presented. These articles, when properly finished, are very expensive. One small spread having Oscar Wilde (as center piece) in aesthetic costume, with a lily in one hand and the orthodox sunflower in the other, sold at a recent fair for $150. In 1870 the wife of Geni^ral Garfield wrote a letter to her hus- band, which was intended for no eye but his own. It is so prac- tical, and seems so closely associated with the preceding topics on woman's work, that we yield to our desire to give it in this connection. It is an admirable advocate for the necessity of ! busy hands and cheerful hearts, and although not intended for publication, it was made use of bj'^ President Hinsdale, of Hiram College, in a lecture, and was afterwards published in the college paper of that institution. The extract from the letter is as follows: "I am glad to tell that, out of all the toil and disappoint- ments of the summer just ended, I have risen up to a victory; that silence of thought since you have been away has won for my spirit a triumph. I read something like this the other day: 'There is no healthy thought without labor, and thought makes the labor happy.' Perhaps this is the way I have been able to climb up higher. It came to me one morning when I was mak- ing bread. I said to myself, ' Here I am, compelled by an inev- itable necessity, to make our bread this summer. Why not consider it a pleasant occupation, and make it so by trying to see what perfect bread I can make ? ' It seemed like an inspira- tion, and the whole of life grew brighter. The very sunshine seemed flowing down through my spirit into the white loaves; and now I believe my table is furnished with better bread than ever before. And this truth, old as creation, seems just now to have become fully mine, that I need not be the shirking slave to toil, but its regal master, making whatever I do yield me its best fruits. You have been king of your work so long, that may be you will laugh at me for having lived so long without my crown, but I am too glad to have found it at all to be entirely disconcerted, even by your merriment. " Now, I wonder, if right here does not lie the 'terrible wrong,' or at least some of it, of which the woman suffragists complain. The wrongly educated woman thinks her duties a disgrace, and frets under them, or shirks them, if she can. She sees man triumphantly pursuing his vocation, and thinks it is the kind of work he does which makes him grand and regnant, whereas, it is not the kind of work at all, but the way in which, and the spirit with which, he does it." 14 ^^^^■^^i^ta^^^^B^^^^ ^■^^■^M^^ ^^^i^^t^^mi^^m I I' • ^\ % \ 1 ^ I '■ 3?^ ^^^^^k^^^^ ^^^^M"*^^*^^^^*"^^ lasiaiaaiaiiiaaia^aBaiaiiaiaiaaiaiaaaiaiaiaiiiaiiBCiiiiiiitsBiii^RijiiaBsaBiaiaaB By prof. W. W. TRACY. 'r?^^ HE careful reader of the foregoing pages cannot fail to see that one great essential to success in ornamenting and beautifying the home is true and correct taste, or knowledge and appreciation of what is true beauty, so that the formation and development of such taste are most important elements of our work. How shall we secure this ? It is certainly true that no high degree of perfection in any knowledge or art can be attained without constant intercourse and contact with examples of the highest types of that art. Now, without the philosophical discussion and proof by which we might establish the proposition, we will simply state that the ultimate source of all human rules of beauty is in the thought of the Creator, as expressed in the material world, and surely there is no i)art of the creation which is richer in things of perfe^^t beauty than the vegetable kingdom., which seems to have "oeen especially formed to ornament and beautify this earth. If tluMi 210 ! I ^H^l ^S i^ >«^a CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS. 211 L ^n~i ri r we would develop and increase the appreciation of the beautiful, and our ability to enjoy the marvelous beauty which is every- where around us, if we would prevent our children from grow- ing up into mere human animals to whom " A yellow primrose by the river's brim Or by the cottage door, A yellow primrose is to them — - And nothing more," we must have the educating and refining influence of plants and flowers in the home. But you say " I have no luck with plants." We think the failures in the past have come largely from the want of knowledge how, and persistent endeavors to grow them. We hope the information contained in the following pages will enable you to overcome the first diflSculty. As an incentive to effort to overcome the latter, we mention the case of Mrs. J. C. Loudon. Up to middle life she not only " never had any luck with plants," but did not care to have; yet after her marriage with Mr. L , who was a noted horticulturist, she came to love them dearly, and was not only one of the best writers on Flower Culture, but one of the best practical growers of them, her plants competing successfully for premiums with those raised in the finest green-houses, and the production of the most skillful gar deners in all Europe. We know of hundreds of such instances, and they are so common that we do not hesitate to say that with a few plain and simple directions, such as we aim to give, and a little persistent effort any woman can grow beautiful house- plants which will make her home pleasanter, herself happier, and her children better by their influence. But you say " I have no time to care for them " Analyze your expenditures for the past year and see if at least one-half of that amount, even though you have tried to be as economical as possible, has not been to please the eye. That calico dress would have been as serviceable if made of unbleached ^^^a^^ma^^m^^m^^^m^^m^^m^^^ J I s*'| l! ! I cotton and as a simple gown gathered by a cord at the waist, and the expense would have been much loss. The printing of the cloth and the shaping of the dress was half the labor, and were solely to please the eye. Your house would be as warm and last as long if coated with coal oil instead of the more expensive but 'more beautiful paint. Even the common needle must be gold- eyed and wrapped in a gilded paper before it can be sold. In fact there is nothing that man uses, from the cradle to the coffin, but what a large share of the labor to produce it was expended for the sake of the beautiful, and fully one-half of all the labor of the past has been to please the eye; but there is no other way by which we can secure so much beauty by the expenditure of so little labor as in the culture of flowers. Is it wise, then, to neg- lect this, the best means of securing that which we are working for. "But I cannot have flowers because the children would destroy them." We think this is a mistake. The Michigan State Horticul- tural Society has been anxious to secure the planting of flowers and trees about the school-houses, but was continually opposed by the argument that they could not keep them, "the children would destroy them." Last year, as an experiment, a collection of thirty varieties of flower seeds was sent to every school that applied for them. Some eighty received and planted the seeds, and made their reports. In all these schools there was not a child which disturbed the plants, but, on the contrary, all came to give them loving care. Every child is born with a love for the beautiful, which makes him delight in, and enjoy flowers, and if, as he grows older, he cares little for them, it is because this love has been smotliered from want of opportunity to exercise it. Make your plants from the flrst our flowers and we are cer- tain that your children will not only not injure, but will come to love and care for them. But you say: " I have no good place for plants." ^^tai^^B^^M^^HiMi^^ka^^^Mi^^tai^^^^M ~ i"" ~ ~ n r ist, and r of the id were a,nd last sive but )e gold- )ld. In e coffin, cpended 16 labor Ler way ire of so to neg- ;7orking . would orticul- flowers opposed children )llection ool that le seeds, IS not a dl came e for the ers, and use this exercise are cer- ill come od place This is also a mistake, and comes from the popular notion that plants will thrive only in windows fully exposed to the south. It is true that in many cases plants are grown largely for winter blooming, and that they will fiower better in abun- dance of light, but it is also true that there are many beautiful plants which do well with very little sunlight. One of the finest lots of window plants we ever saw, was grown in a small window facing due north, and that in a location very near the 45th degree of north latitude. So we unhesitatingly say that there is no human habitation which has a window but what some plant may be made to thrive there. No, my friend, there is no valid reason why you should not have the educating and refining influence of flowers in your home. And we ask your careful attention to the following simple directions for growing and caring for them: When one is a little cramped for room and wants but a few plants, one or more shelves will be better than any form of stand. They may be supported in many ways, but we think the neatest method is to have each shelf separate and supported by the iron shelf-brackets, which may be purchased for a few cents at any hardware store. The lower one should be below the level of the window, so that the top of the pots will be about even with the bottom of the glass. This is much better than to have them placed as they usually are, because, first, the pots do not shut off so much light; second, the plants look much better when looked down upon from the inside of the room, and the effect from the outside is incomparably better; and last and most important of all, by this means we protect our plants from what is one great cause of failure, namely, the killing of the roots by the direct rays of the sun on the sides of the pot. Where a second shelf is placed above the first we urge that a fi[ ir— * If J v. strip of green wire-netting, or other similar material, about as wide as the pots are high, be tacked to the casing to protect these pots from the sun and to hide them from view from the street. Where there is more room and more plants are wanted, a plant-stand is desirable. There are many forms of wire stands made which are very pretty, but some of them are objectionable in that when loaded with plants they are so unstable as to be moved with difficulty. We think the handsomest stand we have ever seen was constructed as follows: A circular table or stand four feet in diameter stood on strong, well-braced legs about one foot high, with very large, easy -running castors; it was surrounded by a rim raised about three-quarters of an inch, and fitting nicely to this was a zinc pan made water-tight, so that, if desired, it could be filled one-half inch deep with water. Standing in the center of this, but entirely distinct from it, was a small circular stand of three shelves, the upper one two feet from the pan and about eight inches in diameter, the other two concentric with this, and about six inches wide, leaving about eight inches of tlie bottom stand as a lower shelf. A little leaf- mould was placed in the center of the zinc tray, covered with moss, and a few plants of some of our large, coarse growing native Ferns set out in it. The upper shelves were then placed in position and the whole covered with tastefully arranged plants, the pots of those on the lower shelf being concealed with Moss and growing Ferns, while these plants concealed the pots on the upper ones, and the Ferns, peeping out from the inside here and there, united to form a beautiful pyramid of foliage and flower. There are many advantages in stands made on this principle. First, they can be made very strong and stiif, so that even when filled with plants they can be moved from place to place to secure sunlight or p oid frosts. Second, the plants can be freely watered, and even s^ nkled with an ordinary watering- pot without injury to the .di )et; the water-tight tray catching r CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS. 216 all the drip and throwing it off again in vapor is most refreshing to the plants in the hot, dry air of our over-heated rooms. And, lastly, during the summer months the upper stand can be put away and the bottom one filled with Moss and shells in which cut flowers can be placed, forming the best possible central orna- ment. Whatever form of stand is used, see that, first, it is low enough to bring the lower pots below the level of the window; second, la. ■> is strong and stiff enough to move without shaking, even v. hen covered v i^^ plants; third, that it has large easy-running castors. §1 ovuet- !Dofe>. 'l^^^B In this connection we wish to call attention to a few facts in regard to plant growth. First, the roots of plants naturally extend to great distances, those of such a plant as we would grow in a two quart pot occupying a circle from two to six feet in diameter. When we pot such a plant the roots soon reach the inside of the pot, and then in their constant effort to extend themselves go around and around cL se to it, so that nearly all of the roots are on the outside of the ball of earth in which the plant is growing. Again, roots are very susceptible to injury from heat or want of water, but, on the other hand, are equally sensitive to an over supply, or to stagnant water, and can only thrive in cool, moist (not wet) soil. Still another thing to be remembered is, that as our plants grow they must be removed into larger pots. What is desired, then, is a pot which is not injured by the damp earth, which will protect the roots from injury from the hot, dry atmosphere of our rooms, will allow the abundant watering the plant needs and yet allow all surplus water to pass off, and with the inside so shaped that the plant can be removed to a larger one with as little injury as possible. All these conditions are nicely met in the ordinary flower pot, such as florists use. The porous clay is not only a poor con- » r ■^■^■^^■1^ 216 CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS. ductor of heat, but allows all surplus water to pass slowly through it to the outside, where it is rapidly evaporated, and thus the pot and earth cooled. The shape is such that when suitable soil is used, the ball of earth and roots can be removed unbroken, by simply inverting the T)ot and giving it a slight tap on the edge. These pots are frequently injured by efforts to improve them— such as glazing or painting the outside. This makes them better conductors of heat, prevents the filtering through and evaporating of water, thus tending to make the earth sour and soggy, and, in many ways, they ar j far less desira- ble than the common form. We admit that the simple earthen pot is not handsome, and the better it is doing its work the more unattractive it appears; the filtering water keeps the outside con- stantly damp, and thus encourages the '>wth of mould and discolors the clay. To avoid this, pot covers are very desirable — very neat and pretty ones are formed of lattice work, and are for sale at all seed stores and florists. When there is plenty of light and a south window, plant boxes may be used to advan- tage. They should be set low so that the top is level with the window. Very handsome earthen ones are to be found at the stores, but pretty ones can be made at home by covering a box of the desired shape and size with some appropriate pattern of oil floor cloth, or any desired pattern can be drawn on paper and finished as directed for pot covers, and this fastened to the box by cement, and then the whole coated with one or two dressings of varnish or shellac. Boxes for the outside of the window should have a false side one-half inch thick nailed in so as to leave a one-half inch air space between it and the outside. This will prevent the true side warping off, and wUl protect the earth and roots from the heat of the sun. i^^ia^^a^^a^^M^^B^^H ■^^^^■^^^^■■^^■■Mi^^P^^*^^B|^^#>i%^* I CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS. 217 When we consider that we are asking a plant, which naturally would forage through several square yards of earth soil for its food and drink, to grow and thrive in one or two quarts of earth in a little pot, we can see that the composition of that earth is of great importance. Where small quantities only are wanted, it is easier to get it already prepared from the florists, but where this cannot be done it may be made as follows: Sods from an old turf are piled up and allowed to thoroughly decay. Of the soil thus formed we take one bushel, and add to it one of leaf- mould, one-half bushel of coarse sand, to which we add one or two quarts of wood ashes, one-half bushel of well rotted manure, whi' \ has been sifted through a sieve with half inch mesh, and thoroughly mix them together. By leaf-mould we mean the rich earth formed by the decay of leaves or other vegetable mat- ter. It is found in the little hollows in the woods where the leaves have accumulated for years, or beside some old stump or fallen log. Similar and equally good soil is frequently found where a pile of vegetable matter has stood for a long time, or in a fence corner where there has annually been an immense growth of large weeds. This is the general composition of the best pot- ting soil, but the proportions need to be varied according to cir- cumstances. Thus, if the sods come from a heavy clay soil we add more sand. If, on the other hand, they were from sandy soil, we use less sand and add some clay. To this general pot- ting earth we make additions for different plants. For Azaleas, Camellias, Orange and Lemon trees, and such hard-wooded plants, we add to each bushel of the potting earth one-half bushel of coarse sand, about the size of grains of wheat, and an equ&l amount of clay. For Geraniums and other rapidly growing soft- wooded plants we add more manure and some clay. j / f 1 ' i ! I i 218 CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS. It is impossible to describe in words the many indications which show to an experienced grower that a plant needs re-pot- ting. We can only say that, generally, when a plant has reached twhat seems a disproportionate size for its pot. and the new shoots start vigorously, but soon cease growing, it is probable that it needs re-potting. For this purpose prepare soil suitable for your plant, and see that it is of the right degree of moisture, which may be known by gently pressing a handful of it, when it will form a ball or lump, but will crumble into fine earth again if struck or pinched with the fingers. If too wet, the ball will form but will not crumble; if too dry, it will only form by very hard pressure. Select a pot one or two sizes larger than the old one, and see that it is perfectly clean inside. If particles of dirt or mould are left adhering to the sides the new soil will adhere to them, so that it will be difficult to remove the plant when desired. Place a large piece of broken pot over the hole at the bottom so that it will cover the hole with an arch, surround this with smaller pieces, and cover them with a little earth. Place the hand over the top of the pot containing the plant with the plant-stem between your fingers, invert it and remove the ball of earth by striking the edge of the pot downward upon the edge of the table. If the previous potting has been well done, the ball of earth will come out entire. Place it in the new pot so that the surface will be as high as before, and fill in the earth, pressing it firmly with the fingers, and settling it by giving the pot a sharp rap on the table. If the new pot is clean, and the. earth in good condition, you ought to be able to remove the new ball of earth without its crumbling, but it should fall to pieces upon slight pressure. Where plants have stood in the same pot for a long time, have been in glazed pots or been over- watered, so that the earth is sour and muddy, it may be well to remove it. This is done by sloshing the ball of earth up and down in a pail - ; . i j'. i ' i: i i ' i • [: / ^^^^^«^^«^^ CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS. 219 of warm water until the roots are perfectly clean. In such cases, take care in repotting to sift the earth evenly in between the roots so that each will be entirely surrounded by the new soil. Water is most essential to the development of plants, for by it nearly all the food finds its way into the circulation, and with- out a uniform and proper supply there can be no healthy growth; so a few words in regard to its action may be of use. If a square inch of soil was magnified one hundred or more times, it would appear like a pile of broken stone, such as builders use, thrown loosely together, with many irregular shaped air spaces between them, through which air and water could readily circulate. Crowding their way through, and constantly changing the relative position of the particles, are the roots, from the surface of which there project innumerable little hair-like tubes, with very thin walls — these are the true mouths of the plant. They creep along the sides of the particles of soil ^nd imbibe the moist- ure found upon them, pass it to the roots from which it goes upward through the stems and branches out into the little veins which we save in skeletonized leaves, and is spread out in the green portion of the leaf. Here it is subjected to the chemical inliuence of the air and light, by which much of the water is thrown off, and the concentrated sap returns into the growing portioDS of the plant to sustain them. Now, the water itself contains very few of the elements of plant growth; the most essential of them are fuvnished by the decomposition of the par- ticles of the soil, and the decay of bits of animal and vegetable matter scattered among them, and circulate in a gaseous form through the spaces between the particles, are absorbed by the water gathered on the surface of the particles, and thus conveyed into the plant. If there was no water to carry it, the roots might be surrounded with the best of plant food, and yet the plant A ll II .^1 41 t I t '\ would starve, and if the spaces between the particles were filled with water, there would be little opportunity for the develop- ment and the circulation and absorption of this gaseous food. The most favorable conditions are where the particles of soil are kept constantly moist so that there is an immense surface of water exposed for the absorption, and ample opportunity for the circulation of air to hasten the production of this plant food. In attempting to secure this condition, we must keep in mind that the amount of water passed through the plant is enormous, but the quantity varies greatly, being many times larger when the plant is in vigorous growth and exposed to the bright sun- shine than when it is dormant or in a dull light. For these rea- sons, it is impossible to give definite directions as to the precise amount of water plants need; this can only be learned by expe- rience, but a few hints may be of use. Aim to have the soil always moist, never wet or muddy; examine the plants every day, but only water when it is needed. In judging as to when water is needed, keep in mind the fact stated above in regard to the amount the plant needs, varying with its condition of growth, and also that the soil in a pot will appear much wetter than it really is after a number of days of dull, cloudy weather, and much dryer than it really is during a bright, sunshiny day. dw»ect Sivcwiea, ^iaeo-ae*, Slmi^ru ^rovM. cFtoat. The most common and evident destroyer of house plants is the green fiy, or aphis. They are green lice a little larger than a pin head which gather in great numbers upon the fresh leaves and shoots, and, puncturing the skin, suck up the sap, and thus injure and sometimes destroy the plant. The only effective way to get rid of them when once established is to fumigate with tobacco. If your husband and his friends do not do this for you it may be accomplished by removing the plants to some C ^^^^^^^^^0m CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS. 221 back closet, or in want of that to a large dry goods box, covered with an old carpet, and then setting among them a dish of live coals, on which a handful of tobacco has been laid. The tobacco should be moist, or even wet, so that it will smoulder but not blaze up, as this is very injurious to the plants. Care should be taken not to create too dense a smoke as it might injure the leaves. Heliotropes and Roses, in some conditions of growth, are quite liable to injury in this way. Jied Spider. — Much less conspicuous than the former, but more injurious. They are sc jmall that th^y can hardly be seen with the naked eye, appearing like little reddish-gi'ay specks, but which run rapidly about if disturbed. Th*^y live on the under side of the leaves, but their work sho^ a on the upper sur- face, first as minute gray dots, which rapidi y increase in numbers until the whole leaf is grey and f '^n soon with rs and dies. They delight in a hot, dry atmosp]'erc> and the most effectual preventive is to keep a pan of water on the stove or iu'imce and others sitting among the plants. Where they have gained a foothold they may be dislodged by frequent syringing or sprinkling with water; or better still, by a careful washing off of each leaf with whale-oil soap suds and then thorough rinsing in clear water. Maley hug, Scale. — The first looks like a bit of cotton in the angle of the leaf and sten and of the second there are many forms, all looking like a iilde scale, shaped something like the shell of a turtle, and sticking tightly to the leaves or bark. They are more comm /nly seen on hardwooded plants like the Lemon, Oleander, Camellia, etc. They must be removed by washing with whale-oil soap and then rinsing in water. They never appear on well cared for plants. Mildew. — Mildew appears as a result of want of ventilation, a draft of cold air, an insufficient or over supply of water, or of anything which tends to decrease the vigor and strength of the / 3 i| , ? n ; K .,},. plant. It is to be avoided by keeping plants in the most vigor- ous condition, and may be checked by dusting the plants with sulphur, applying it on a bright day and when the room is very warm. Treatment of plants which have been frozen. — If possible, remove them before thawing out to a dark cellar, where they may thaw out gradually and in the dark. In doing this, handle them with the greatest care; the least jar or motion while frozen is very injurious. If not possible to move them, sprinkle imme- diately with ice-cold water and protect them from the light and direct rays of heat. If a* portion of the plant is evidently killed and there is hope that the root is alive, cut away the injured portion immediately. (Seii^ctal Sltana^e latent o^ eJCow-ae ^tcvntx Under this head we cannot do better than to quote from Mrs. F. A. Benson, in Our Continent: "It is frequently asserted by amateurs that a knack or witchery is requisite to be successful with house plants, which they do not possess. There are many persons who apparently take little pains with their window gardens, yet their plants thrive excellently and bloom throughout the season, while with others who are continually fussing over the growth in their win- dows, and perchance coddling it too persistently, the result will be yellow leaves and never a flower. It is well to remember that house plants are very much like infants — they are entirely dependent for their well being upon the Judicious care of those who nurse them. Ladies very often fill their windows With fine plants and then consign these to the tender mercies of the parlor maid, with instructions to water occasionally, and possibly to give them a breath of fresh air once in a while. As a matter of course the poor things will become sickly and pine away, when their owner will wonder *what ails them,' and probably declare y CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS. 223 she 'has not the gift of making plants grow.' Now common sense, careful judgment, and only a little attention are requisite to have windows full of bloom and stands covered with healthy, thrifty plants. Those who do not love them well enough, how- ever, to give them personal care need not expect to keep them in first-rate condition. . "Do not expect too much of plants. You may purchase one that is just entering upon its season of rest, when nature requires it to remain dormanjt. If it shows no inclination to put forth new shoots all there is to be done is to keep it clean and water it moderately. Frequently plants are purchased just as their foliage is at maturity, when within a short time they will wither and droop. This is particularly the case with Maiden Hair Ferns, which are the finest just before their fronds shrivel. A lady brought to a florist the other day the most pitiable looking Adiantum, which she had purchased but a week before, when its quivering, wiry stems hung luxuriant with green, lacy foli- age. She indignantly inquired if 'that was the kind of plants he kept.' Like many others selecting Adiantums she had picked out one for its beauty, when just at its full maturity. Very soon its leaves began to turn, when it drooped, and cer- tainly presented a most dejected appearance. Had its owner but cut off the limp fronds and bore patiently with her fern, in a few weeks it would have uncurled fresh fans of foliage to tremble with every wave of air. "House plants are usually kept too warm. A temperature from 55 degrees to 70 degrees is better than warmer for the varie- ties generally cultivated in windows. Give them air, but never expose to draught, which is disastrous. If fresh air can be admitted through an adjoining room it is safer than to open the window at the top. Never lift them from the bottom in winter. As a rule house plants suffer from lack of moisture in the atmos- phere; this is especially true where there is furnace heat and ■I f>: I 11 P ,! ii i I I i i ii gaslight. It is a very good plan to set pans of water on the plant stand, and to fill the Vases in the room with water. This makes a healthier atmosphere for people as well as plants. It is often the case that the only person in the house who will have blossoms on her plants will be the cook, whose windows will be gay with roses and geraniums, because the steam from the boiler and kettles will provide the desirable moisture." It is highly important to keep the foliage of plants clean, not alone for their beauty, but their health's sake. Wash the leaves inside as well as outside, as often as they are dusty. A soft sponge and tepid water are the best for this purpose. To polish Ivy leaves, or those of Palms and Rubber trees, use soft tissue paper. It will make them like satin. Every day pick off any dead leaves or twigs, as these but interfere with the strength of those alive. Blossoms should not be left on too long; they prevent others from forming in perfection. Never permit bloom to wither on the stem. Newspapers may be pinned about plants when rooms are swept to protect them from the dust. They can be shielded from the cold in this way if the fires get down on occasions of severe nights. Stirring up the soil in pots will contribute to the well being of plants. Care should be taken not to dig down too deep and wound the roots. AU blooming plants require sunlight; nearly all foliage plants will spindle and grow " white livered " without this great invigorator. It may be readily determined when plants need moreli^ht, as they become "drawn" — a term used by horticulturists to denote the lengthening of stems seeking light. ^t^opa. With our first success in plant culture will come requests from our friends for slips or plants like ours, and such requests the true lover of flowers is always willing to gratify; so that a knowledge of how to propagate or increase our plants is desirable. f ■ /' '•■r-' ^]viTy vigorous branch contains plant food enough to sustain some growth and development and the propagation of plants by- cuttings depends upon the utilizing of this stored food for the development of roots, thus converting the dependent branch into an independent plant. In order to secure this result the cutting must be in a vigorous condition and supplied with an abundance of water, in order to assist in the distribution of the food to the place where it is most needed; at the same time any excess of water or contact with decaying vegetable matter is to be avoided, as it tends to cause decay of the cuttings, which have much less power to overcome such tendency than when they were connected with the parent plant. Gardeners have carefully prepared propagf.ting beds, so arranged that they can control the temperature, not only of the air, but of the soil or sand in which the cuttings are placed, and can regulate it so that the soil is at all times a few degrees warmer than the air above it. This bottom heat, as it is called, has a marked influence in causing the development of roots and where it can be maintained at a proper degree, success is almost certain. But nearly as good success is reached by amateurs by means of much simpler arrangements. One of the best is the following: Secure a small pot, about three inches in diameter and with thin walls of very porous clay, dress out the hole in the bottom until it can be easily closed by a long plug or stopper, which should reach to the top of the pot; secure another pot at least three inches larger than the other and fill it with pieces of broken pot until the smaller pot placed upon them will come about half an inch above the other. Place the smaller pot in the center, and fill the space around it up to the level of the outer pot with clean, sharp, plastering sand. Before using, the sand should be washed in an abundance of water so as to remove all the vegetable mould, clay, lime or other impurities, as it is very important that it should be per- is / (■ i: I ! 1 1~ n =1 226 CAEE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS. fectly clean. Now select good vigorously -growing shoots which have been fully exposed to the light, and make the slips or cut- tings by cutting them off Just below the second leaf. If the plant has two leaves on opposite sides of the stem, cut just below the second pair of leaves. Cut off the lower leaf or pair close to the stem, and, making a little hole in the sand with a pencil, put it in so that the bottom will slant in towards and almost touch the inner pot. Press the sand firmly about the cutting and add others if desired, the cuttings forming a ring around the inner pot. This should then be filled with warm water, and, as often as convenient, let the cold water out of the pot by remov- ing the plug from the hole in the bottom and refill with warm water. If the whole can be covered with a bell-glass it will be an advantage. As soon as they show by their growth that they are rooted the plants should be removed from the propagating pot and set in soil. A second and very popular method is the saucer system. Common saucers are filled with clean, sharp sand, and the cut- tings inserted close enough to touch each other; then water until the water stands above the surface, and place the dish on the window-sill in the bright sunshine. The sand must be kept con- stantly saturated to insure success. If permitted to dry but for a few moments, the cuttings will wilt and all the labor will be lost. When using this method, the cuttings should be removed to pots as soon as they have formed roots half an inch long. T" / W#"^^^^IN< li 'g^TcinrcirafcitrxTitnft^rsa^ra^^ f ■^ f -) f ^ JK- -^ f ^ £ ^ ^^ f -) rTTTTTTTTTTTtTTTTTTnTTTTnTTTTnTT. NE of the most attractive and joyous embellishments of the home, one which, next to the presence of flowers, most gladdens and makes the heart throb, is found in that ever-welcome songster — the canary. No home is now considered complete until this little visitor has taken up its abode in the window-garden or some quiet nook, and we propose to devote a few pages to the proper treatment of this, the most attractive of all domestic pets. Of first importance to those who propose to keep canaries is the selection of proper cages. The cages in general use are alto- gether ill adapted to comfort, being open to the air at every point, and admitting a succession of draughts from morning till night. The brass open-barred cages, with sliding doors, now so much in vogue, should be avoided, as water lodging on the brass presents gangrene, and, when this is tasted, produces sometimes ^~Wirf~Mlt~M m^^m^^mt^^ (I t H Ill q ;| '«ll 1 : a sudden death. The best cage is made from mahogany and wire. It should be about thirteen inches long, eleven inches high, and eight inches deep, having the top, back, and one of the sides of wood and the other side and front of tinned wire- work, so as to admit the air and at the same time exclude a draught. The cage inside should be painted white. A long, square, but narrow perch should run from end to end, about the center of the cage; and a second of a similar kind, directly behind the two tin pans inserted at the front of the cage, one on either side, to hold the seed. In the middle of the wire-work, at the front, let there be a hole sufficiently large to admit the bird's head while drinking. By having two perches only, the bird's feet will be kept clean and he will have plenty of room for exercise, without injuring his plumage. In addition to the water supplied in the tin, it is always expedient to have a square earthenware bath, fitted in a mahog- any frame, ready for use. Breeding cages for canaries are required of larger propor- tions. The top and sides should be made of wood, the front of strong tin wire. Three or four perches should run across the cage, and a little chamber, or rather one large chamber divided into two, should be made immediately under the top of the cage to hold the nest-boxes; in front of these should be circular holes, to give ingress and egress to the birds; and behind, in the side of the cage, doors by which you can yourself gee access to them. Beneath the nest-boxes should be a ctmall cage separated by wires from the larger one. This is for the young birds after they have left the nest. A distinct apartment of this kind is rendered necessary by a habit which the old birds have of pluck- ing off the feathers of their young to line the nest for their next brood. The arrangements for food and drinking water should be the same as in the inner cage; but breeding birds will not require the bath. The wires of cages should not be painted; the ^^ta^Mv^^Bi^tai^^H m^^m^^m^^i^^m^^m^^ti^^m^^m / paint is liable to be pecked oil, and, being eaten by the birds, proves injurious to them. The best material for this purpose is tinned iron wire, which can always be kept clean and does not rust. Birds are known to be old that have blackish, rough scales on their feet, and strong, long claws. A fine, rich, clear, healthy, mealy hen, paired with a healthy, clear, yellow cock, if both are bred from clear yellow stock, will produce handsome jonque birds. There are two classes of clear canaries, of a darker or lighter shade of color, designated by the synonymous terms, yellow and white, jonque and mealy, orange and white, and gold and silver. To match birds of the same nest for breeding is considered unadvisable, as it will in every respect weaken them. To breed crested birds, if one has a fine crest, match it to an opposite. Good birds may also be obtained by having one parent hand- somely pied, and the other clear yellow or mealy. Cinnamon- colored birds are to be obtained by matching a green male and clear yellow or mealy female, or the reverse. Some persons pair their birds the latter end of February; others a month later. As soon as the birds are paired, keep feeding them high, and add a little moist sugar to the bread and egg until the hen has commenced laying, as it will prevent her becoming egg-bound. General ^^rca^wen^t. In winter canaries should not be allowed to remain in a cold room; in summer it is proper to allow them fresh air, which they enjoy, and in the light and heat of the sun they sing gayly and freely. Wholesome air and a lively situation will keep your birds in spirits and health; but beware of placing them in draughts, as many birds contract colds, asthma, and other dis- eases from that cause. i iil !!■! 1 p I Cleanliness being a great preservative against most of their disorders, at the bottom of the cage a false bottom should be made so as to draw out, that it may the easier be cleaned and covered with sifted gravel or sand; some persons recommend sea-sand, the saline properties of which are considered good. Keep the birds' feet clean, and fresh water should be given them every day. The cages and birds must be kept free from vermin; examine the crevices and cracks of your cages, and if you find vermin, remove the bird and wash the cage with a mixture of tobacco and sulphur placed in boiling soap and water; should the bird have any parasites, syringe him daily with this mixture when cool, and while the bird is damp sprinkle over him Scotch snuff. In the course of a week he will be free from insects. If a piece of old mortar and plenty of gravel are kept at the bot- tom of the cage, it will aid in keeping the birds healthy. Canaries should not be put up for breeding too early in the season. When the nests are made, the hens soon commence laying. A canary lays, on the average, from two to five eggs, and the time of sitting is thirteen days. If three days after- wards any of the eggs remain as they were, remove them with a warm hand and place them gently in some water. If they are alive, you will then, by watching, see some evidences of the fact, and must tenderly replace them; if you do not, they may be destroyed. When birds are sitting, it is not desirable that they should wash themselves all over, but it should be remembered that the canary loves a bath, and that she should be judiciously indulged in this way. German canaries are the most delicate, and, in our capricious climate, are not long livers; it is not well, therefore, to use them for breeding purposes. The Belgian birds are large, give a healthy stock, and are most solicitous in attending to the wants of their offspring. / / The materials for nest- building can be purchased of the deal- ers, but before using they should be freed from dust and dirt, and well washed in clean hot water to destroy any vermin that may be lurking therein. Should the parent bird neglect to feed the young — a result which sometimes follows pairing at the wrong time of year, or from pairing birds before they are old enough — j>rocure a piece of stale wheaten bread, the best; grate, and mix with some bruised and scalded rape-seed and a small portion from the yolk of a hard-boiled egg. Remove the nestlings to a warm corner and cover the cage up to exclude draughts. Feed with this preparation every quarter of an hour, using, by way of spoon, the finely pointed end of a short stick. Occasionally let a drop or two of water fall into their open beaks. Young birds, unless neglected by the old birds, should not be removed until they are five weeks old, and their food should be very gradually changed. Afterwards keep them in a warm room, and within hearing of a good songster. During breeding you must not pry too closely into the proceedings of your birds. When it is found either desirable or necessary to feed the young birds by hand, they should be removed from the nest when they are about eight or nine days old. The average duration of a canary's life, in a state of celibacy, is from sixteen to twenty years; but when kept for breeding it will last scarcely half as long. In feeding your birds see that the canary-seed is large and glossy, and the rape or flax-seed large and new; and in mixing them together, use the two last in smaller proportions. Give a very little bruised hemp-seed occasionally. Great care should be taken with the food while breeding. Birds should have green food occasionally, but not too often; and for this purpose it should be gathered dry and given fresh. It is cruel to keep a poor little prisoner within sight of such a tempting luxury as ^ i^M^t^^H^^^^Mi ,.li 1 282 CARE OF CANARIES. green food, and yet neglect to gratify him now and then with a gathered leaf. When you are in the habit of letting your birds loose, to fly about the room or in the aviary, and want to catch them, use a circular hoop-net of stout string, made deep and fa^- jed on a wire hoop attached to a pole about six feet long — not ess. By the skillful use of this net, you may secure the bird without destroying the beauty of its plumage. The canary is generally a very tame bird, and if made a pet of, will acquire or may be taught many amusing little tricks, expressive of his appreciation of your love, and consequent attachment. Of all birds, he is the least shy and suspicious. Canaries will sometimes acquire the habit of picking out their small feathers and thus disftguring themselves. The only way of combating this habit is by suspending a counter attraction for them to pick at — such as a piece of packthread saturated with sugar and water, and hanging nearly as low as the perch. When a canary moults in July or August, according to the warmth or coldness of the season, all you need do is to keep him quiet and free from draughts. Fe^^d him with a very small quantity of raw beef, scraped and moistened with water, once a week, and occasionally a little of the yolk of a hard-boiled egg, with now and then a piece of sponge-cake, and ripe chickweed in full flower. As birds are attacked with various diseases, we enumerate the following symptoms: — Placing their heads under their wings; lowering their wings; their feathers becoming bristled, uncom- pact, or loose; a cough, whine, or moan, as if they were in pain; panting in their breathing, etc. Great negligence is often dis- played in not, immediately they appear unwell, administering in h their food or water such medicines as are essential to their cure. In all cases where milk is administered in warm weather, remove it before it becomes acid. Asthma. — This disease arises from neglected colds, exposure to draughts, or from the birds being kept in very hot rooms. The symptom is a gasping as if for breath. Pure mild air and salutary food may in this case benefit, but it is seldom cured. Chick weed, groundsel, t>i watercress, will sometimes ease the bird; lettuce and endive leaves are also recommended. Castor oil, with fresh milk and bread, sulphur in the seed, and a small quantity of camphor in the water, are given to birds suffering from this complaint. Consumption^ or decline. — Atrophy is the form this disorder sometimes assumes in its earlier stages, produced from impure air or improper food. In addition to their ordinary food, give millet-seed, a little fresh milk and bread, watercress, or chick- weed; place in the water a small piece of camphor, and in the seed a small quantity of sulphur occasionally. ^e7eps2/— I'^is disease exhibits itself in sudden fits. The readiest method of treating is to syringe the bird well with water. Some persons have recourse to cutting the bird's toe-nail until it bleeds. Ulcers. — If soft ulcers arise on the head or other parts, anoint them with sweet or olive oil. Tumors require opening and drawing. Oiddiness. — Some birds, that have been in cages open at the top, acquire the habit of twisting their heads and necks so far back as to overbalance themselves. When this is the case, remove them to covered cages, or place a dark covering over the top of the cage. Baldness. — Should your canary become bald about the head or neck, and be given to moping, there is no doubt that he has the " surfeit." This arises from the bird being fed on bad seed. r ( 1 1 II ; I' 284 CAJtE OF CANARIES. 1 or unripe green food, causing a humor of an acrid nature to exude from the skin. Wash the bird's head night and morning in salt and water, drying it with a soft clean cloth. Then rub in on the bald places a little lard or fresh butter. Repeat these operations for a week. This will cure the disorder, and in the spring the feathers will again begin to appear. Huskiness. — When this disorder is detected the bird should be kept warm and free from draughts. Its food should consist of finely-scraped beef, mixed with hard-boiled yolk of egg^ with a little cold water to dilute. Before giving this, put some boiled milk into the drinking glass; do this for two days and then give the prepared meat. \ t N the preceding pages we have mentioned numer- ous varnishes, compounds, etc., which the opera- tor may find difficult to purchase. Some of them being expensive and frequently impure, we give the recipes for making the most important of these, so they may be made at a trifling expense, and used while pure and fresh. Take three ounces of fir-balsam, two ounces of ninety-five per cent, alcohol, and one ounce of rectified spirits of turpentine. Shake well together. Strain, if requisite, and it is ready for use. Spirit* Sawbazac ^a-rma^. Six ounces of pulverized sandarac, two ounces of pulverized shellac, four ounces of pulverized resin, four of turpentine, thirty-two ounces of alcohol. Let the vessel you make it in be surrounded with warm water gradually made hot. When all the gums are dissolved, strain, and in a few days it will be ready 235 ^■^^ ^^^^^1 ^^M ..J 1 1 I lii , I ^ V-; MS ,'P if ' in }! n ii < ■!>= Jii M! for use. This is good for vamishing anything that is wanted to dry quickly. To six ounces of fir-balsam add twelve of rectified spirits of turpentine, shake well together, strain if requisite, and it la ready for use. This is good for transferring engravings, and holds the ink firmly. It is sometimes used for varnishing maps, engravings, etc. Silastic ^(xzAxi^h. Dissolve (without heat) six ounces of bruised mastic in twelve ounces of rectified spirits of turpentine; when dissolved, strain it into another bottle, cork it and place where the sun will strike it. After a time there will be a precipitate, and the clear por- tion may then be put in another bottle. This is good for maps and engravings. eJiovo to Slta^e ^^zan^fcv ^opeZ'. Take an opaque color and mix it with a very weak solution of gum water. The opaque colors best for this purpose are Indian red, yellow ochre, chrome yellow, and white. When mixed, coat it over thin drawing paper with a flat brush; when dry it is ready for use. It is very serviceable to transfer your sketch made on the tracing paper. For oil pictures, for instance, when you have made your sketch on the transparent tracing paper, place your transfer paper the color side to face the can- vas. Fit on your trace and mark all your drawing with a bone tracer or with the point of a sharpened pencil stick, when a very legible outline will be transferred to the canvas of whatever color your transfer paper is. Of course you will choose a color that will show. Chrome or yellow ochre shows quite sufiiciently on light colored canvas. After removing your paper it is well to mark over on your canvas with lead pencil. V V y In making the transfer paper be careful not to put too much gum in, or the color will not leave so freely as is requisite for tracing. Get a sheet of fine tissue paper and rub it all over thinly with clarified linseed oil, when it will be quite transparent; hang it up to dry; it takes some time to dry, but it must be allowed to dry thoroughly before using it, or it may spoil the picture or engrav- ing you trace from. With this kind of tracing paper, being transparent, you have merely to place it over pictures or engrav- ings, and with a lead pencil mark over your drawing with a steady hand. This recipe has never before been given, although large sums have repeatedly been offered for the secret. All other recipes are worthless, and no other preparation will stand the test of time as this has done. Take one ounce of pure Venice turpentine, mix well with two ounces of pure spirits of turpentine, warm in a large bottle. In another bottle put four ounces of best fir-balsam {it must be pure) with two ounces of ninety-five per cent, alcohol, shake each bottle frequently for six hours or more, then mix both preparations in the large bottle. The whole should stand in a warm place for several days before using. To one gallon of alcohol add six ounces of gum sandarac, three ounces of gum mastic, one-half ounce turpentine varnish, put all in a tin can and in a warm place, occasionally shaking. Twelve days or so will dissolve the gums, strain and it is ready for use. This varnish is good for any kind of wood work, vio- lins, etc. •r / / M |\, ■I ( !! I : I 1 mm |ii «,; m i To one gallon of oil of turpentine add five pounds of pow- dered resin, boil for thirty minutes, strain it; when cold it is tit for use. Take one pint of boiled oil and three-quarters of a pound of litharge, boil them together for three hours, occasionally stirring it up, when cold let it settle for a few days, pour off the clear liquid and it is ready for use. An excellent method is, in the first place, to saturate the sur- face with pure olive oil, and then apply a solution made by dissolving gum arable in boiling alcohol. This will give to the furniture a most brilliant appearance. Another mode is to dissolve a pound and a half of potash in a gallon of hot water, then add a pound of virgin wax, and after boiling it for half an hour allow it to cool and the wax will rise to the surface. Put the wax into a mortar and \'ork it with a marble pestle, adding soft water until it becomes o' the consist- ency of soft paste. Lay this on the furniture and rub it care- fully, when dry, with a woolen rag, and a beautiful brilliancy is soon obtained. Take two drachms of isinglass, moisten it with water, and let it stand until softened; add as much proof spirit as will rather more than cover it, and dissolve with a moderate heat. Take one drachm of gum mastic and dissolve it in two and a half drachms of rectified spirits. Mix the two solutions and stir in one drachm of gum ammoniacum, in a fine powder and rubbed down with a little water. Keep it in a bottle tightly corked. When required for use, put the bottle in warm water and apply / the cement with a brush to the article to be cemented, which should have been previously warmed. Use a very thin layer. This cement is easily kept and is very useful. Poplar, or white wood, may be made to assume the appear ance of the finest black walnut by treating as follows: Thor- oughly dry and warm the wood, and coat once or twice with a strong aqueous solution of extract of walnut peel. When half dried, the wood is brushed with a solution compounded of one part, by weight, of bichromate of potassa in five parts of boiling water, and, after drying thoroughly, is rubbed and polished. To stain wood red, take two ounces of Brazil wood and stir up well in a quart of water; add two ounces of potash and let stand in a warm place for several days. When ready to use, heat this liquid until boiling hot and apply with a brush to the wood till the desired depth of color is obtained; with another brush, dipped in a solutiou of alum and water, brush over the wood before the stain is da > ? when a beautiiul and durable red will be formed. A pink or rose stair rfuiy be made by using more of the potash. To stain wood black usr- a decoction of logwood and then brush over with good blsick ink. All light woods may be dyed by imrrersion. A fine crimson is made as follows: Take one pound of ground Brazil wood and boil in three quarts of water, add one-half ounce of cochineal, and again boil for the same lengtli of time. The wood should be Pear wood or Svcamore. To stain wood purple, take one pound of logwood chips, soak in three quarts of water, boil well fur an hour, and add four ounces pearl ash and two ounces powdered indigo. I ' I I mc rr ■J - \ I' lii #■ m ' 1(1;! P .; r 240 VALUABLE RECIPES. To stain wood blue, put one pound of oil of vitriol in a glass bottle, in which there are four ounces of indigo; lay on the same as black. A fine green: Three pints of the strongest vinegar, four ounces best powdered verdigris (poison), one-half ounce sap green, one-half ounce indigo. A bright yellow may be stained with aloe; the whole may be varnished or polished. To improve the color of any stain, mix in a bottle one ounce of nitric acid, half a teaspoonful of muriatic acid, a quarter of an ounce of grain tin, and two ounces of rain water; mix two days before using and keep the bottle well corked. y I 1 ■ '' J 1 ^''j 1 ii -,i 11 * I 1 -V" .iiF'i^M^^H^aw^^ii^^i^^ ^'^m^m^^i^^mi^mii^m^ytm^'^i^r'm^ri^^^^^m^^m '\^imM~m\t~^f^t~m^-^^m^^wfm il^W'y w i 11 W't I ^ 4 ' CQ . / 09 1^^"^ w m^ By Prof. H. A. FORD. Geog^ap^ico^. HE Dominion of Canada comprises the whole of British America north of the United States, except Newfoiindhind, to whicli are attached, for governmental i^urposes, the island of Anticosti ^ and a part of Labrador. The subdivisions of the Dominion are the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, British Columbia, and Manitoba, with the District of Keewatin and the Northwest Territories. Newfoundland, with its dependencies, will undoubtedly join the confederation sooner or later. The total area of the Dominion is 3,470,392 square miles, including an estimated surface of 100,000 square miles for the Arctic islands attached to the Northwest Territories. It is a vast country, stretching from its southernmost point in Lake 243 ii / i ^ '!, V I ^1:: Erie, at 41° 30' north latitude, to an indefinite line beyond the Arctic Circle, and from ocean to ocean. ' The population of the Dominion, by the census of 1881, exclusive of the Northern Indians, was 4,324,810. In 1871 there were 3,906,810-1,082,940 French, 846,414 Irish, 706,369 Eng- lish, 649,946 Scotch, 202,991 German, 29,622 Butch, 23,036 Indians, 21,496 African, 7,773 Welsh, 2,962 Swiss, 1,623 Scandi- navians, 1,036 Italian, 879 Spanish, 607 Kussians, 126 Jews, and 39 Greeks. The number of Indians oflicially reported in 1877 was 99,660. The capital of the Dominion is Ottawa, formerly Bytown, a city of 30,000 people, pleasantly situated on the banks of the Ottawa river, at the mouth of the Rideau, ninety-seven miles above the St. Lawrence. Ontakio, formerly known as Upper Canada, or Canada West, is the principal province of the Dominion in population as well as commercial and political importance, and contains the Dominion capiiai. It covers 101,733 square miles, lying on the north side of the upper St. Lawrence and of Lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron, and Superior. It is bounded on the west by Lakes St. Clair, Huron and Superior, and the District of Keewatin; on the northwest and north by the Northwest Territories; on the east by the province of Quebec. Its north line reaches the par- allel of 60° 30', its west line the meridian of 90° 30'; extreme length from southeast to northwest, about 760 miles; from southwest to northeast, 600 miles. Most of the northern half is still a wilderness. The province has a magnificent water front of about 3,000 miles, with many excellent harbors. Minor inland lakes of some importance are Simcoe, Nipissing, and Nipigon; smaller bays than the great Georgian are Nottawa- saga, Long Point, Burlington, and Quinte, and Owen Sound. Besides the lordly St. Lawrence, the province has the Ottawa ! ^~i ri rii i~m ,1. BISTORT OF CANADA. 245 (which mostly separates it from Quebec), with numerous tribu- taries, the French, Severn, Grand, Thames, Trent, and other rivers, besides the Niagara, Detroit, St. Clair, and St. Mary's, upon which, as on the St. Lawrence and the great lakes, juris- diction of the waters is shared with the United States. Ontario had a population in 1881 of 1,923,228, of whom 627,262 were Irish, 635,835 English, 378,536 Scotch, li3,H94 German, 102,743 French, 22,103 Dutch, 6,397 Welsh, 15,825 Indians, and 12,097 Vfricans. In 1791 it had about 65,000 inhabitants; in 1821 .^,716; 1830, 210,437; 1839, 407,615; 1848, 723,292; 1861, 962,004; 1861, 1,396,091; 1871, 1,620,861. It is subdivided into forty-nine counties, which constitute eighty- four electoral or representative districts. Its capital is Toronto, with a population in 1871 of 66,092, and in 1881 of 86,415. Unlike its neighboring sister, Quebec, the province has a number of other large cities and towns, as Ottawa, Kingston, Hamilton, London, Brantford, St. Catharine's, Belleville, and Guelph. Twenty-four Senators and eighty-eight Commoners represent it in the Dominion Parliament. The representation of all the provinces in the Dominion Parliament will be materially increased as soon as the new apportionment is made, upon the basis of the census of 1881. Quebec is the province of the Dominion formerly designated as Lower Canada, or Canada East. Although nowhere densely populated, except on a broad belt of the St. Lawrence, it is an empire in size, covering 188,688 square miles of area, from 45° to 63° 30' of north latitude, and 57° 8' to 79° 30' of longitude west from Greenwich. The Northwest Territories and Labrador bound it on the north; Labrador and the Gulf of St. Lawrence on the east; the Bay of Chaleurs, the province of New Bruns- wick and the Federal States of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and New York on the south; Ontario on the west and southwest. 1 I J] I I IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) ^ // A^> < V\^ y. ^ ^ o^^ JS /, w ^ ^ 1.0 I.I 11.25 1^12^ |25 Ui ^ |22 HA U 11.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation 73 WIST MAIN STRUT WUSTHN.Y. MSSO (716) •73-4503 Unlike the latter province, it occupies both shores of the St. Lawrence, which is its chief inland water, whose navigation has bf m improved by a splendid system of ship canals, at a cost of many millions of dollars. The province has a coast line along the Gulf of 1,164 miles. There are many fine lakes in the Northeastern wilderness, but none of them large except the St. John, about thirty miles long by twenty -five broad, lying one hundred and twenty miles north of Quebec city. The Saguenay and St. Maurice are principal rivers on the north of the St. Lawrence; the Chateaugay, the Richelieu or St. John's, the St. Francis, and the Chaudidre, those to the southward. In 1871 the province had a total population of 1,191,516, the vast majority (929,817) of French origin, with 123,478 Irish, 69,822 English, 49,468 Scotch, 7,963 German, and 148 African, besides less than 7,000 Indians. The census of 1881 found 1,359,027. The old province in 1676 had 8,415; in 1734, 37,252; 1770, 91,078; 1780, 127,845; 1827, 423,378; 1831, 511,920; 1844, 690,782; 1851, 890,261; 1861, 1,111,566. There are sixty-one electoral districts. Quebec is the capital, and the strongest, most important military position in the Not* World. Montreal is the only other large city, strange to say. Three Rivers, the next largest city, having in 1881 a census of but 9,296 people. Most of the inhabitants speak French, and the public laws are printed in both French and English. Nearly all of them are also Roman Catholics. The representation in the Dominion Parliament is twenty-four Senators and sixty-five members of the House of Commons. New Brunswick is one of the smaller, but not least import- ant, provinces of the Dominion. It has 27,174 square miles— a little larger area than Scotland — lying between Quebec and Maine on the west, Quebec and the Bay of Chaleurs on the north, the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Northumberland Strait on the east, and the Bay of Fundy and Nova Scotia on the south. Its coast line measures 545 miles, upon which St. John is the chief harbor. Here debouches the river St. John, a fine stream of 450 miles length, forming in part the boundary of the United States and the Dominion. Fifty-six miles from its mouth is situated Fredericton, the capital of the province. There are no other cities of size in New Brunswick. In 1784 the population was 11,457; in 1824, 74,176; 1834, 119,457; 1840, 156,162; 1851, 193,800; 1861, 252,047; 1871, 286,694, including 1,403 Indians; 1881, 321.233. Much of the interior is rocky and infertile, but there are dense belts of population along the coast and in the valley of the St. John. New Brunswick has twelve Senators and sixteen Commoners in the Dominion Parliament. Nova Scotia ("New Scotland") is yet smaller than New Brunswick, comprising only the peninsula of Nova Scotia (16,966 square miles) and the closely neighboring island of Cape Breton (4,775), covering a total of 21,731 square miles. It is, however, much more thickly settled than New Brunswick, having in 1881 a population of 440,572, mostly of Scotch and English origin. Inhabitants in 1784, not far from 20,000; 1806, 67,515; 1817, 91,913; 1827, 142,678; 1838, 208,237; 1851, 276,854; 1861, 330,857; 1871, 387,800. The chief town and seaport is Halifax, which is also the capital and a strong military post. Eighteen counties occupy the province, with a Parliamentary (Dominion) representation of twelve Senators and twenty-one Commoners. It is nearly surrounded by water, only an isthmus of fourteen miles width connecting it with New Brunswick; and the coast line is 1,160 miles long, without reckoning the countless indentations of the land. A large lake, called Bras d'Or, covers about one-sixth of the surface of Cape Breton Island. /■*■ ^ 248 mSTORT OF CANADA. Prince Edwabd Island, the smallest of the provinces, was called Isle St. Jean (St. John) by the French, but after the English occupation it was changed to its present name, in honor of Edward, Duke of Kent, father of Queen Victpria. Until 1873 it declined to enter the confederation. It lies in the south part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, separated by the Strait of Northumberland from New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, with a length of one hundred and thirty miles and breadth varying from four to thirty-four. Area, 2, 133 square miles. Population in 1841, 47,034; 1848, 62,478; 1861, 80,857; 1871, 94,021; 1881, 108,891. Most of the people are farmers, but extensive fisheries are carried on. Counties, three. Capital, Charlottetown, a seaport of about 10,000 inhabitants. Representation in Domin- ion Parliament, four Senators and six Commoners. Manitoba, long known as the Red River or Selkirk Settle- ment, from the Earl of Selkirk, who colonized a large tract on both sides of the Red River in 1812, is the only province of the Dominion north of the United States boundary of 49°, except British Columbia. It occupies a fertile tract of 123,200 square miles between the United States and Lake Winnepeg and the Saskatchewan, the Ontario boundary on the east and longitude 101° 30'. It was erected as a province by the Dominion Parlia- ment in 1870, with four great counties, and allowed a represen- tation of two Senators and four members of the lower House. The population of the region in 1823 was about 600; in 1843, 6,143; 1849, 5,291; 1856, 6,523; 1871, 12,228; 1881, 65,964. The opening of a railway from the United States into the province, with the extraordinary fertility of its soil, has induced a rapid growth of late years. Capital, Winnipeg, formerly Fort Garry. British Columbia became a province of the Dominion in 1871. It includes the former British Columbia in part, and also il was the nor Qtil nth of h a ing ion 181, lies a lin- fcle- on the ept are the ide iia- en- Lse. 43, rhe ce, pid 1 ry. in Iso J i : .- . , -■«">«^^.f. .*;"■; \ *' f - \ i i ^ g n Vancouver's and Queen Charlotte's Islands, united with it in 1866. Area, 341,305 square miles, bounded south by the United States, east by the Rocky Mountains, west by the Pacific Ocean and Alaska, and north by the Simpson and Finlay rivers. Its fisheries, which include whaling and sealing, are perhaps the richest in the world. Gold was discovered on the Fraser river in 1857, and a rapid increase of population resulted. There were 20,000 immigrants the next year. In 1871, the province contained 10,586 people — 8,576 white, 1,548 Chinese, and 462 negroes, besides 35,000 to 40^000 Indians. Population in 1881, 49,459. Capital, Victoria, on Vancouver's Island; in Dominion Parliament, three Senators and six Commoners. The Northwest Tebbitories designates the whole of the Dominion west and north of Ontario and Quebec, except Mani- toba and British Columbia. They comprise a vast space of inland waters and wilderness, — called by one explorer "the fag end of the world," — covering, with the Arctic islands and Keewatin, an area of 2,665,252 square miles. Down to 1870 this tract was called the Hudson's Bay Territory, and was governed by the Hudson's Bay Company, which the previous year transferred its territorial jurisdiction to the Dominion for a consideration of £300,000. The company, however, maintains its existence and operations in the Territories. Its population, including Indians and half-breeds, was 56,446 in 1881. The employees of the company number about 3,000. The govern- ment consists of a Lieutenant-Governor and Council of five, appointed by the Governor-General of Canada. Capital, Battleford, 500 miles northwest of Winnipeg. The most important place, however, has been York Factory, on Hudson's Bay. Keewatin (a corruption of "Keewaydin," the Chippewa word for northwest wind), names a District north and east of f I ■ i»Nb^» 0>» »; , !i 1.1 m^^t^^t^^t^m^mi^m^im^ ^'^i^'^^t^^m i^MWB 250 HISTORT OF CANADA. Manitoba, extending to Ontario. It was organized from the Northwest Territories, by act of the Dominion Parliament, October 7, 1876, and comprehends 395,000 square miles, bounded on the south by the United States, east by Ontario, west by the Northwest Territories, and north by Hudson's Bay. Rich silver mines on the north shore of Lake Superior have brought in many miners, and a large Icelandic immigration is populating the rich country west of Lake Winnipeg. The eastern terminus of the Canada Pacific Railway has been fixed at Fort William, on the Kaministiquia river. Newfoundland, provision for whose admission into the Dominion is made in the act of confederation, is a large island of 370 by 290 miles, with an area of 40,200 square miles, at the mouth of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Population in 1869, 146,536: 1874, 161,486. Chief town and capital, St. John's. Labrador, along the coast from Cape Chudleigh to Blanc Sablon, with 120,000 square miles and 6,000 people, including 4,000 Esquimaux, was attached to Newfoundland for govern- mental purposes in 1809; also the island of Anticosti, in the Gulf, a barren tract of 2,500 square miles and a population in 1871 of 102. The rest ot the old Labrador has been transferred to the Dominion, and divided between Quebec and the North- west Territories. rr:::=n /■ f ::♦♦♦■.-. 1L HISTORICAL w |HE first men of European stock to see, and no donbt to visit, the coasts of Canada, were the Northmen from Greenland. Their first recorded voyages to the southward were in 986, under Bjame Herjulfson, and in 1001, under Leif Erickson, who went ashore some- where on the Labrador coast, and explored it for a long distance. A few years later a colony was planted in New Eng- land, and the country called Yinland, from the abundance of wild grapes found. By this name some of the old maps desig- nate a vast tract extending far into the present Canada. There is evidence, indeed, that the Icelanders and Norwegians planted colonies about the same time in Newfoundland and Nova Scotia; but none of them, nor that further south, became permanent. Less than five years elapsed after the fresh discovery by Columbus before, on the 24th of J-jTie, 1497, John Cabot, a Venetian sailor in the English service, accompanied by his son Sebastian, sighted land in Labrador, probably near the Straits of Belle Isle. He was the first discoverer of the American main- land. He also saw an island, which he called St. John, and is presumed to have been Newfoundland or Prince Edward Island. Upon the return of Sebastian Cabot the next year, he unmis- takably reached the Newfoundland shores, and coasted far to the northwest, until the great ice fields compelled him to turn his prows. He sailed to Florida, looking for the passage to East India and China, and thence went home. 261 / / l^i^W^W H 262 maroRY of oanada. ■I In 1600 came the Portugnese Gaspar de Oortereal from Lis- bon to Labrador, which he named Terra Verde, or the Green Land. Cabot had called it Prima Vista, or the First View. Cortereal entered the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and probably landed here, since he bore away and sold into captivity fifty-seven natives, whose description fits well what is known of the Indians of Acadia. He met his own deserved fate the next year, when he again set sail with his slave-ships for America, but was never more heard from. Pour years afterwards (if not before Cabot, indeed) the hardy Basque and Breton mariners made a beginning of the since magnificent fisheries on the Newfoundland Banks. The island of Cape Breton, now a part of Nova Scotia, is named from the latter. Newfoundland was at first named Baccalaos, then the local word for codfish. The French were now at the front of exploration in this quarter. In 1506 Denys of Honfleur pushed into, explored, and made a rude map of the Gulf. Into it also sailed Aubert of Dieppe, two years after. Ten years more (1618), and the first serious attempt — only an attempt — was made by the Baron de L6ry to plant a colony. He left some horses and cattle on Sable Island; and that is about all that came of it. In 1524 John da Verrazzano, a Florentine exploring far France, came up the coast from the North Carolina way, where he had first sighted the continent. He sailed to 50° north latitude, and then away. He discovered nothing important; but made his voyage memorable by giving the entire country he had coasted the since-renowned name of New France, and to the French King a claim of dominion over all. At last, in 1634, forty-two years after Columbus landed and thirty-seven after Cabot found Labrador, came the hero of Canada's earliest history, Jacques Cartier, or Quartier, as the old French historians style him. He was a native of St. Male, i i .!■: ! HISTORY OF CANADA. 253 born in IGOO, became a bold and skillful pilot, and was now sent by King Francis I. to push discoveries for Prance in the New World. He reached and named Cape Bona Vista, on the New- foundland coast, May 10, and presently rested in St. Catherine's Haven, five leagues southeastward. Thence he skirted a good part of what is still called the French shore, passed the Belle Isle Strait, sailed south to Cape St. George, on the other side of Newfoundland, then to the Magdalen Islands, and thence west to New Brunswick, where he probably landed near Miramichi Bay. From this sailing to the north, on the 9th of July he entered a line bay, which from the intense heat that prevailed he entitled the Bale des Chaleurs, or the Bay of Heats. Exploring this carefully, and visiting the present Gasp^ harbor, he here set up a cross thirty feet high, bearing a shield with the lilies of France and an inscription signifying the occupation of the country for his King. Thus began the formal reign of France in thie New World. Cartier sailed home from Gaspd, after some further explora- tion. But he had heard of the great river from the natives, and in the summer of 1535 he returned to seek it. On the 10th of August, St. Laurent's festal day, he entered a bay at the mouth of the St. John, and called it St. Lawrence, the name since grandly ennol:)led by its extension to include one of the might- iest rivers and greatest gulfs on the globe. Five days after, he reached the island now called Anticosti, which he piously named L'Assomption. He now sailed boldly into the huge river, and on the 1st of September cast his anchors at the frowning mouth of the Saguenay. Further up, the Isle aux Coudres he named from the abundant hazel-nuts upon it, and the Isle de Bacchus (now the Isle of Orleans) from its grapes. A little above this, at the foot of );he mighty cliflf where now frowns the citadel of Quebec, was the Algonquin village of Stadacond, the residence of the chief Donnacona. The narrowed river here was called by i ^ i 254 msTour OF Canada. the natives Kepec, or strait, which in the French writing easily became Quebec. Cartier was kindly received at Stadacond, but soon hastened up the stream to a larger village of which he was told, named Hochelaga. The Indians below had mentioned an indefinite place above as Kannata, or a collection of wigwams; and it is supposed that Cartier, thinking this a name for the whole coun- try, designated it as Canada. He found Hochelaga a Huron town on a large, fertile island, the same upon which Montreal now stands. He named the island Ste. H61dne, from his wife, and the lofty hill near it Mont Royal, which afterwards, in slightly corrupted form, gave the name to the great city at its feet. Returning to Stadacond in early October, Cartier made an apparent beginning of occupation and settlement by erecting a stockade near his vessels, defended by cannon. His men were sadly afflicted with cold and sickness during the winter, losing twenty-five of their number; and as soon as he could get out the next spring, May 6, 1636, he set sail for France with all the sur- vivors, and with Donnacona and four other chiefs, whom he had treacherously seized at a banquet. In 1540 Jean Francois de la Roque, Sieur de Roberval, was made Viceroy and Lieutenant- General of New France. The next year Cartier came again, but did not dare to land at Stada- cone, where he had stolen away the friendly Algonquins, not one of whom lived to return. At Cape Rouge, however, some distance above, he made a temporary settlement under the pre- tentious name of Charlesbourg Royal. He revisited Hochelaga, but could not pass the Lachine Rapids to go further, as he desired, and returned to Charlesbourg, where he wintered. Two small forts protected the place; but the Indians had become so hostile that when the opening spring allowed he re-embarked his people and started home. Roberval had meanwhile sailed VI / ^^^^^^^^^^'^^^^^^^^^^^^^^k^^k^^^^^H^P^^Vi^^^^a^PB^ HISTORY OF CASADA. 255 for his new domain, and met Cartier at St. John's, whom he ordered to return to the St. Lawrence. But the bold Jacques did not relish subordination to Roberval, and had had enough of savage Canadian life; so he spread his sails in the night and fled away from the humbled Viceroy. He never returned to Canada, but remained in favor with the King, was ennobled, and after his death his heirs received license to trade in the new land for twelve years. Roberval went on to Cartier' s late post at Cape Rouge, also planted a colony, wintered there, and explored the Saguenay in June, 1543; but, wearied of hardships, sickness, and Indian dangers, he likewise abandoned the field and returned to France the same year. In 1549 he adventured another expedition with a colony for the St. Lawrence; but it met an unknown fate on the high seas. With this disaster for the most part ended the efforts of the sixteenth century to colonize New France. On the 5th of August, 1583, Sir Humphrey Gilbert, with four armed ships and a strong party of colonists, sailed into the harbor of St. John's and formally, in the name of Queen Elizabeth, announced the sovereignty of England over Newfoundland. Fifteen years later, the Marquis de la Roche was nominated second Viceroy and Lieu tenant-General of the French possessions in America, and invested with power "to grant leases of lands in New France, in form of fiefs, to men of gentle blood." The feudal system so introduced, as modified by Cardinal Richelieu into seignories, lasted more than two and a half centuries, or until 1854. Pursuing his plans of colonization, the Marquis sailed with an expedition for Nova Scotia, and while .looking for a site landed forty convicts upon the barren Sable Island. He was frightened off the coast soon after by a great storm, without retaking them on board. When sought for by the King's orders in 1606, only twelve were living. They were returned to i» m^m^^^^m^^^^^ti0m 256 mSTOBT OF CANADA. France and pardoned, by reason of their hardships and suffer- ings. The Marquis also died, after sacrificing his fortune with- out accomplishing his objects. Just one more effort was made to establish a colony before the century went out. In 1699, Chauvin, a Huguenot captain in the French navy, at the instance of Pontgravd, a merchant of St. Malo, who had obtained a similar patent of powers to that granted De la Roche, reached Tadoussac, where he wintered and tried to found a trading post. But his men suffered intensely from hunger and cold, and must have perished but for food obtained from the Indians. Chauvin abandoned the post, but came back with Pontgravd, and was preparing for a third expe- dition in 1602, when he died. A small stone building at Tadous- sac, the first put up in Canada, was the only permanent memo- rial of their visits. The seventeenth century was to be very greatly distinguished for exploration and settlement in New France. Eymond de Chaste, Governor of Dieppe, succeeded to Chauvin' s commis- sion, and a strong company of Rouen and St. Malo merchants and others was formed to prosecute trading enterprises. Port- gravd was leader of the new expedition to Tadoussac, and with him sailed the renowned explorer and naval captain, Samuel Champlain. They went up to the Lachine Rapids (then the Sault St. Louis), where Champlain made a chart of the island and the river for the King. De Chaste died, and Champlain' s services were next secured by Pierre du Guast, the Sieur de Monts, who obtained a patent, Nov. 8, 1603, as Lieutenant- General of the new-created Territory of Acadia, extending from the latitude of Philadelphia to the forty-sixth degree, and from ocean to oceau. The conflicting claims of France and England to American territory, and their long struggle for supremacy in the Western 1 I *> iw»»"^i^i ^■i^Na^^M^^M^^tai^^BB^^ ^■^^■^^1^^ ■ ^■l^»^M»^ i I i i World, were foreshadowed two and a half years afte: wards, in the grant by James I. to the Plymouth Company of all that part of North America lying between the 34th and 45th paral- lels, or from the mouth of Cape Fear River to Passamaquoddy Bay. A mighty belt of five degrees' width (40° to 46°) was now covered by both English and French grants. Twelve years afterwards, when the Plymouth Company was merged into the Council of Plymouth, a grant was made to the new corporation, in fee simple, of the entire tract between the fortieth and forty- eighth parallels, or three degrees north of Montreal, embracing more than a million of square miles! It is needless to say that the Council actually confined its jurisdiction to a very small part of this great territory. De Monts, with Champlain, Pontgravd, and the Baron de Poutrincourt, brought out a colony the next spring, and sailed into the Bay of Fundy, where Poutrincourt obtained from De Monts a grant of the Port Royal site (now Annapolis), upon condition that he should colonize it within ten years. The St. John river was discovered and named, and then the St. Croix, at the mouth of which the party wintered. But the site was unfavorable for a colony, and De Monts removed to Port Royal, where the foundations of the first permanent French settlement in America were laid Nov. 14, 1605. This he trans- ferred to Poutincourt, returned to Prance, and again, in 1608, with Champlain and Pontgrav^, came out on a mission of colon- ization and trade. They passed up the St. Lawrence, named the Falls of Montmorency from the French Admiral of that time, and on the 3d of July planted a small colony at Quebec, under protection of a rude fort. The next year he and two comrades assisted the Hurons and Algonquins in a campaign against the Iroquois, during which he found and entitled the beautiful sheet that still bears his name. For several years he continued his explorations in the region of the great lakes and far to the MN^^M'^Mi^kMl^ta^^n^NMI^Ml^^M^^M^^H Nl^^n^^^^M^^H^^M ■^^i^ta^^i^^i^V^^^^^^^^i^^aiMa^taB^M^H^Ma ^>^^»^^»^^»^^*^ ^#"^^^^^l^^^^^i^^i^p^w r:r\ northward. In 1612 he was appointed Deputy Viceroy of New France, and in 1620 the first Governor of Canada. When Que- bec was captured by the English nine years after, he was carried as a state prisoner to England, but returned in 1653 to resume his governorship, and closed a long and honorable career by his death at Quebec in 1655. The English had likewise been pushing their explorations with some vigor. Sir Henry Hudson in 1610 had ended an adventurous and useful life in a search for the Northwest Pas- sage through the great water since named from him, amid whose ice-fields he was set adrift in an open boat by a mutinous crew, and never again reported. "He was the first that ever burst lato that unknown sea." It was nearly two generations before another Englishman came to the frozen North, in 1667, following the lead of two Frenchmen named De Grosselier and Raddison, who had made a water transit from Lake Superior to Hudson's Bay, and now offered to show how the far "fur countries" could be reached by ships through the Bay. A Mr. Gillam, who was already in the Newfoundland trade, penetrated Baffin's Bay to parallel 75°, then sailed south to 51°, where he named Prince Rupert's River, and put up a small fort. His report to the persons who had fitted out his vessel led to the formation of the powerful Hudson's Bay Company, chartered by Charles II. May 2, 1670. Mr. Bailey was sent out at once as Governor, and built Forts Rupert and Nelson, to which three other posts, Albany, Moose, and Severn, were added by 1686. Nelson River was occup 'd in 1682. All this was in defiance of the claims of the French, who in 1656 had sent an overland expedition through Labrador, in command of the Sieur Jean Bourdon, Attorney-General of New France, purposely to lay claim to the Hudson's Bay territory. By 1682 the French traders were on the St. Therese or Hayes ^^^M^^^ia^^M^^^M ■^^^^1^^ sume y his ■?!. H 1' z' t /■ " i u 41 \ 2 5) § i 1 J.' 1 i 1 I / - ^■^^■■^^^^■^^■■^^^^■^^'^^■^ u X: *i .'■ s River, at no great distance from the English. The resultant quarrels culminated four years afterwards in the capture by the Chevalier de Troyes of all the English factories (at Forts Rupert, Moose, and Albany) on James's Bay. All the posts were sub- sequently taken and retaken by the contending parties; but the Treaty of Ryswick, in 1697, left the English only Fort Albany on James's Bay. Their trade in this region was a light one for the next seventeen years, but the Treaty of Utrecht €nally gave them full jurisdiction, reserving, however, freedom of movement to the French, either by land or sea. In 1612, upon the pressing solicitation of Champlain, the Prince Charles de Bourbon, Count de Soissons, was prevailed upon to become patron Of New France, and was commissioned Lieutenant-General, with Champlain as Deputy. The Prince died soon after, and was succeeded by his son Henri de Bourbon, "the great Conde," so renowned in the war of France against Spain. Upon the imprisonment of Conde during the political troubles, he sold his Viceroyalty to the Due de Montmorency, Admiral of France. The Viceroyal residence was at the castle of St. Louis, Quebec, where its foundations were laid by Cham- plain in 1620, and which was occupied by viceroys and govern- ors till its destruction by iire in 1834. Montreal was founded as a trading-post by Champlain in 1611, upon the spot now occupied by the Hospital of the Grey Nuns. The Company of St. Malo and Rouen, for which he was operating, fell into difficulties after some years, and upon the accession of Montmorency its powers were bestowed upon William and Emery de Caen, one of whom was sent out as Superintendent. His arbitrary conduct greatly disaffected Champlain and the colonists, many of whom returned to France. In 1624 a royal decree restored peace. Three years after, the charter of the De Caen Company was revoked, and the Company of New France (or "of One Hundred Partners") \ 1 i I ' was formed by the famous Cardinal Richelieu, with almost imperial powers. In 1630 the colonists in the Hudson's Bay country formed the Beaver Company, for purposes of trade. Bu Luth built a trading-house at the mouth of the Kaministiqua in 1678, and now gives the name to a flourishing city in the State of Wisconsin, at the head of Lake Superior. The missionaries of the Cross had not been less energetic than the missionaries of traffic. The first masses in Canada were said in 1615 by the four RecoUet fathers who came with Champlain — B'Olbean and Du Plessis at Quebec, and Jamay and Le Caron at the Riviere des Prairies. The pioneer Jesuits came in 1625. About thirty years later, missions were founded among the Indians by Fathers Mesnard, Chaumonot, Le Moyne, and Bablon. The first of these perished in the wilderness in 1660, on his way to the Hurons of Lake Superior. During the previous years Monseignor de Laval came to Quebec as Vicar- Apostolic, where he had a long and eminent career in behalf of religion and education, and died there in 1708. The missions of Father AUouez to Lake Superior in 1665, of Dablon and Mar- quette at the Sault Ste. Marie in 1668, of Marquette at St. Ignace, near Mackinaw, in 1671, and other pious enterprises of the century, should also be noted here. The great lakes to the northwest had been visited, it is believed, by a young Frenchman named Jean Nicolet, in 1634, who is thought to have reached Green Bay. Fathers Jogues and Raymbault visited Lake Superior in 1641. AUouez and Dablon pushed on to the Illinois region in 1670 and 1672, where they first heard of the Mississippi. Marquette, however, with Joliette, under commission from Talon, was its discoverer, in 1673. They floated down to the Arkansas. But Rend Robert Cavelier, Sieur de la Salle, was the great explorer of the cen- tury. He discovered the Ohio in the winter of 1669-70, and went down it to the Falls at Louisville, explored the Illinois and i 1 m^fm^m^^i^m LOSt Bay ide. c[iia bate etic ada dth nay uits ded Re, s in the Lcar- f of IS of lar- St. 3 of t is 634, ues and lere j^ith in :)ert ;en- and a.nd , ! I J , SN ':■',?. / '^«', '% \ \'' •* ii f '":.:.•■. y ■\ Mississippi to their moaths in successive voyages, 1678-80, and finally perished March 20, 1687, by the hands of his companions, after a vain attempt to colonize the Texas coast. By 1688 the French had a chain of military posts from Quebec to the Illinois, and were in full possession of the great Northwest. In September, 1621, the King of England, in pursuance of his claims to sovereignty, made a grant to a Scotch gentleman named Sir Wm. Alexander, afterwards the Earl of Stirling, of a tract embracing the present Provinces of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, and the Gaspd Peninsula, the whole to be called Nova Scotia. Charles I. confirmed the grant in 1626, and cre- ated an order of Baronets of Nova Scotia, which is still extant. But before he could eifect a settlement, war broke out between France and England. The first ships sent to Canada by the Company of One Hundred Partners were captured; Tadoussac and Port Royal were .taken by Sir David Kertk in 1628, and Quebec the next year. But in 1632, by the Treaty of St. Ger- main-en-Laye, all Canada, with Nova Scotia and Cape Breton, was confirmed to France. Near the close of the century, in 1689, another war was declared between the countries, during which the Iroquois destroyed Lachine, above Montreal, and massacred its inhabitants; attacked Montreal and captured the fort; and for ten weeks desolated the settlements. Frontenac soon took the war-path, caused Schenectady to be burned and its people slaughtered by a party of French and Hurons, and much other mischief to be done in the English colonies. They undertook an unsuccessful expedition against Quebec in 1690, and another to Montreal the next year. Peace was restored by the Treaty of Ryswick in 1697. Sir William Alexander made no new settlements in Nova Scotia, and in 1632 Charles I. relinquished all claims to the country, which was now undisputed Acadia. Poutrincourt was succeeded as Governor in 1633 by De RazDlai, in 1647 by / I - M^^l^^BB^^l^^H^ta .J De Charnizay, in 1662 by De la Tour, in 1685 by Manival, and in 1687 by De Villebon. The French had suflPered terribly from the Indians, who waged fierce and unrelenting war upon them in 1656-57. The French Government was advised the next year that if immediate help were not afforded, the country must be abandoned. But the Indians presently desisted from their attacks, which were not renewed for several years. The Indians always took a very active part in the French and English wars. The Due de Ventadour succeeded his uncle Montmorency as Viceroy in 1625. Champlain followed in 1633, and was suc- ceeded temporarily by De Chateaufort on his death in 1635, until De Montmagny, the new appointee, arrived the next year. His successors were D' Ailleboust, in 1647; De Lauzun, a leading member of the Company of One Hundred, in 1651; D' Argenson, 1658; D'Avangour, 1661, and and De Mesy, 1663. Hitherto the government had been in the hands of the Company of One Hundred; but that was dissolved by royal order in 1663, and the royal authority resumed, with a Sovereign Council at Que- bec, and other reforms. The trading interests of the province passed to the West India Company in 1664. In 1665 De Tracy came as Lieutenant-General, De Courcelles as Governor, Talon as Intendant— a strong trinity of rulers. The renowned and able Count de Frontenac succeeded De Courcelles in 1672, and upon the extinction of the West India Company two years after, he received full authority as Royal Governor. He remained in office, with an interval 1683-89, when De la Barre and De Denonville were successively Governors, until his death in 1698, at an advanced age. De Callieres, previously Governor of Montreal, took his place. In 1647 Canada had an opportunity to join the league of American colonies proposed by New England; but declined, H 1 I fmimmmmipm since the English would not accept the condition that they should join the French in war upon the Iroquois. Three Riversi was settled in 1634, and the trading-post and I fort at Caturnqui, now Kingston, was erected by De Gourcelles in 1672. The eighteenth century opened auspiciously for New France. It was to be less an era of exploration and of Indian warfare than of material growth and of prolonged struggle with England .for supremacy in the New World. In its first year (1701), De la Motte Cadillac, Governor of Mackinaw, was sent with one hundred colonists and a Jesuit missionary to make a settlement at Teuchsa Grondie, the Huron village at Detroit, or "the Strait." A fort was built, and the beginnings of that large and beautiful city made. It is probable that there had previously been a small stockade and trading-post here. "Queen Anne's War," or the War of the Spanish Succession, broke out the next year, hostilities being declared May 16, 1702. De Rouville, with parties of French and Indians, moved against the English settlements at Haverhill and Deerfield, Mass., where dreadful massacres and devastation were perpetrated. The New England seaboard was harried by the savages, and the whole country put in alarm. In May, 1704, the colonists attempted reprisals by an expedition against Acadia, under Capt. Benjamin Church. He destroyed and plundered to some extent, and took a few prisoners; but his main attempt, against Port Royal (Annapolis, which now had about 500 inhabitants) was unsuccessful. Land forces were then set on foot, to move against Quebec and Montreal. An army, including many of the Iroquois Indians, was collected at Lake Champlain; but it was not strong enough to attack without aid from England, which was awaited in vain, and the expedition was abandoned. Later, however, in 1710, Acadia was reduced, and the next year, upon rail" ■~iBl~ii ^H^^taa^Vai^k^r^^aB^^a^^H^^ta a^M^^^Bi^ta^^ai^Ptaaitftaa (f ■ ^^^^■■^■^■>^ rrrr, 264 mSTOBT OF CANADA. the arrival of 6,000 troops from the mother country, an attempt upon Quebec was made by land and water; but it failed, through the wrecking of half the fleet and the inability of the rest to co-operate with the land forces. April 11, 1713, the Treaty of Utrecht ended the war, and transferred Acadia, Newfoundland, and the Hudson's Bay Territory to the British Crown. The same year Cape Breton, which remained in French possession, was colonized, and the strong post of Louisbourg was fortified In the second year of the war De Callieres died, and was suc- ceeded as Governor by the able and accomplished Marquis de Vaudreuil, who remained in oflSce twenty4wo years, or until his death in 1725. In 1718 Fort Prince of Wales, at the mouth of the Churchill river, in the Hudson's Bay region, was built, to protect the English trading interests in that quarter. Two years ai-erwards Charlevoix, the distinguished traveler and writer, visited New France and traveled widely over it, making a history of the explorations and settlements, and writing accounts of his travels. In 1726, upon the death of De Vaudreuil, the Baron de Lon- gueuil took the helm of government for a year, and was fol- lowed by the Marquis de Beauharnois, who administered affairs for twenty-one years. In 1728 he sent a large detachment against the Western Indians, which made its victorious way beyond Chicago to a point not far from the upper Mississippi. He also built Fort St. Frederic at Crown Point, on Lake Cham- plain, and took other measures, including the exile of all Eng- lish residents at Montreal, to resist the encroachments of Great Britain upon the French territory or other interests. An extensive scheme of exploration westward was undertaken in 1731 for a company of Montreal merchants, by M. De la V6ren- drye, with his sons and a brother. Starting from Lake Superior, they filled several years with minute researches in the country between Superior and the Saskatchewan, whence they moved / rri try ed EI8T0BT OF CANADA. 265 south and west by the upper Missouri and the Yellowstone to the Rocky Mountains, which two of the party reached in 1743. In the second year of their exploration they built Fort St. Charles on the Lake of the Woods, Fort Maurepas on Lake Win- nepeg in 1734, and afterwards Fort Rouge on the Assiniboine, Forts Dauphin and De la Reine on Lake Manitoba, Fort Bour- bon on Cedar Lake, and Fort d la Corne on the Saskatchewan. This was the French outpost on the west until 1763. In the far Northwest the Strait of Juan de Fuca is thought to have been seen by Sir Francis Drake in 1678; but its discov- ery was not made fl^rtain until 1779, when it was entered and partly explored by Captain Mears, of the Royal Navy. During the previous year the ill-fated Captain Cook had explored the coast to Nootka Sound. In 1792 Captain Vancouver sailed through and named the Gulf of Georgia (from George III.), and also gave the names to Vancouver's and Queen Charlotte's Islands. Important discoveries were also made in the North by John Hearn in 1771, and later by Sir Alexander Mackenzie, from whom Mackenzie river is entitled. The great and final conflict for the doiniuatiou of colonial America was now at hand. In 1745, during "King George's War," or the War of the Austrian Succession, the French and Indians moved out from Fort St. Frederic in a successful raid against the English hamlets, while the fisheries of Nova Scotia and merchant vessels of New England were mercilessly attacked by privateers from Louisbourg. The colonies, led by Gov. Shirley, of Massachusetts, promptly sent a naval force under Sir William Pepperell, to reduce that place, which was triumphantly accom- plished on the 17th of June. Not only Louisbourg was surren- dered, but the whole of Cape Breton. They were, however, given back to France by the Treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1748, which afforded but temporary rest to the contestants in the wilds of America. ■# i By the middle of this century, the French posts and settle- ments had been pushed westward and southward to the Maumee, the St. Joseph's, and the Illinois rivers; to Green Bay, beyond Lake Michigan; to Vincennes, on the lower Wabash; toKaskas- kia and Fort Rosalie, where Natchez now stands, on the Missis- sippi; and the Bay of Biloxi, on the Gulf. The English had their outposts only at Oswego, on Lake Ontario, and in a weak scatter of cabins in West Virginia. If a line of French posts were run south from the post at Presque Isle (now Erie), on Lake Erie, the English would be cut off from the great Missis- sippi and Ohio valleys, the latter of which the French had not yet occupied. In 1749 Galissoniere, for two years Governor of New France, while Jonquidre, successor of Beauharnois, was held prisoner .by the English, dispatched Bienville with a force from Detroit, to plant inscribed plates of lead at the mouths of all principal rivers falling into the Ohio, in token of the juris- diction of France; while a letter warning off the English traders was sent to the Governor of Pennsylvania. The French had doubtless been incited to this action by the formation, in the early part of the year, of the Ohio Company to which George II. granted half a million acres of the fertile wilderness, to be located between the Kanawha and Monongahela, east of the Ohio, or on the north bank of that river. It sent an explorer into the Ohio country, but made no lodgment there. The other plan of the French was vigorously prosecuted. With Presque Isle as a base of operations, they moved south- ward and built Fort Le Boeuf on French Creek, a tributary of the Alleghany, and Fort Venango, on the latter stream. Eng- lish traders on the forbidden territory were seized; rumor came that Du Quesne, now Governor of Canada, had sent twelve hun- dred colonists to settle the land; and in October, 1763, a young surveyor named George Washington was commissioned by Gov. Dinwiddle, of Virginia, to bear a paper to General St. Pierre, at j, ;tle- lee, ond ias- }sis- had eak osts , on 3sis- not irof was brce IS of aris- ders had the orge o be the lorer ited. )uth- ryof Eng- came hun- oung Gov. i:e, at 1 i ' ," ''' ' ''.^ ',' .' ^■- '' -■: y ''^ « * . ^ "■ ,!' ■'-. t- ■ /../ - "••- ., ^ !• 1 '* . 'i ' "*. '■' ■^* / • ' t ■, '-.:'• ' : ".' "v ■ I , '. • : i V ' ■ 1 ,/ , ■•; % f " - ■ ■1 ' - ■ '■ .- i . i.i ,.,,. ■ v' -. < ^ y '«•„■'■ f ' • f — -"• ■•■■- • • • ■ -, , . > . ,■ '1 .:., ' • i Presque Isle, commander of the French forces in the West, warning his Government against further intrusion. He met St. Pierre at Venango, but to no purpose. The remonstrance of the Western Indians at a great council held the preceding spring at Logstown, on the Ohio, was equally fruitless. "The land is mine, and I will have it," haughtily replied the Frenchman. In the spring of 1764 both parties were pushing for the important strategic point at the head of the Ohio. The English reached it first, and built a rude stockade; but were driven out by the French in April, who enlarged the work and named it Fort Du Quesne. Washington set out in May to retake it, and defeated a French force marching against him, but was himself overpowered, and surrendered his position at " Fort Necessity," where he had long and vainly awaited reinforcements. The attempt of the colonists, at their first Congress, held in Albany about the same time, to form a federation or league, had failed; but England was now fully awake to the dangers of the situation, and although war was not declared until May 17, 1756, she moved a force of two regular regiments to America more than a year before, under Gen. Edward Braddock. With these and some colonial militia, and Col. Washington on his staff, he marched into the wilderness to recapture Fort Du Quesne, but was assailed in the dense woods near that post on the 9th of July, by nearly nine hundred French and Indians, and defeated with terrible carnage and utter rout. Another expedition, to co-operate with Braddock by reducing Fort Niagara, was conse- quently abandoned. But the movement against Nova Scotia under Gen. Lawrence and Col. Monckton, which was a part of the general plan, was successfully executed, and resulted, in part, in the painful banishment of the French Acadians from their happy homes in the Basin of Minas, and to some extent elsewhere. Hi ! Still another expedition, one of the four movements proposed by Gen. Braddock, in conference with the colonial governors, was led by Sir Wm. Johnson to the capture of Fort St. Frederic, at Crown Point. To this post had come the Baron Dieskau, a brave and able general lately arrived in Canada with a formid- able force. He did not wait for Johnson, but moved out to meet him, overthrew a detachment under Col. Williams, and on the 8th of September, 1755, attacked Johnson in his position at Fort William Henry, at the head of Lake George. Johnson was too strongly posted, however; and after Dieskau had been wounded and taken, his men were forced to retreat without attempting Fort Edward, on the Hudson, which was Johnson's main stronghold and the objective point of the French expedi- tion. But Johnson was too weak to go farther; and this move- ment also was a practical failure. A strong work had just been built at Ticonderoga by the French, and named Fort Carillon. Successful but minor cam- paigns had been conducted in their own States by the Virginia and Pennsylvania volunteero, when, in the spring of 1756, the British Government sent a force of veteran troops and supplies for the colonists, under the Earl of Loudon and Gen. Abercrom- bie. War was formally declared; De Levis captured Fort Bull, between Schenectady and Oswego; and the Marquis de Mont- calm, who had succeeded Dieskau, reduced and destroyed the forts at Oswego, and strengthened St. Frederic and Carillon. The English in large force remained idle at Albany, save for some ditch-digging and other useless military operations. In the summer of the next year Loudon moved against Louisbourg with a superb naval and land expedition, but without effect, from his slowness and cowardice. The next year, July 28, 1768, the stronghold was captured in a brilliant campaign by Sir Jeffrey Amherst, and never returned to the possession of France. Cape Breton and Prince Edward Island were lost with it. Returning to 1757, we find the French taking the initiative in movements from the north. In March Fort William Henry was again attacked, and the attack again defeated. But in August, after Fort Edward had been assailed with some success, Mont- calm in person led another army against William Henry, and took it after desperate resistance. The surrender was fol- lowed by a treacherous massacre, and leading some two hundred English into captivity, by Montcalm's ferocious Indian allies. He destroyed the fort, and retired. The settlements on the Hudson and in the Mohawk valley were soon after desolated by the savages and French. Loudon was superseded in 1758 by Abercrombie, who in July undertook the siege of the fort at Ticonderoga, but was dis- gracefully and signally defeated by Montcalm in front of that position. Col. Bradstreet immediately afterwards partly redeemed the reverse by his gallant capture and destruction of Fort Frontenac, on the present site of Kingston. Later a large English detachment, under General Forbes, compelled the evacu- ation of Fort Du Quesne, which was reconstructed and named Fort Pitt, from the English premier then in office, who also gives the name to Pittsburg, the smoky city that has risen upon its site. Gen. Amherst took chief command of the British forces. The next campaign, that of 1759, was even more disastrous to the French, and completed the destruction of their power in America. It did not open until the year was more than half gone. Fort Niagara was taken by Sir William Johnson July 10. Carillon and St. Frederic (Ticonderoga and Crown Point) were abandoned the same month, before the advance of Gen. Amherst with a strong force. Major Rodgers, moving from Crown Point with a party of provincial rangers, penetrated rap- I idly to St. Francis, on the St. Lawrence, surprised the Indians who inhabited the village, and punished them very thoroughly for the massacres and depredations for which they had long been infamous. Six hundred English scalps were found in their lodges. Only the renowned capture of Quebec remained, to complete the war. General Wolfe, with 30,000 troops, going up the St. Lawrence, appeared before it June 26. After much cannon- ading and change of position, with some indecisive combats, on the night of the 12th of August Wolfe sent 8,000 men in boats up the river, answering the hail of the French sentinels with their countersign, which he had learned from deserters, and landed them without opposition in a little bay above the city, since called Wolfe's Cove. The heights were successfully scaled during the night by a convenient ravine, and the entire forQB stood arrayed in the early morning upon the Plains of Abraham. Montcalm, now in personal command at Quebec, moved out courageously with 4,500 soldiers to the attack, but was defeated after a short action, in which both Wolfe and Montcalm lost their lives. A monument to the memory of both brave leaders stands upon the battle-field, a little out of the city. Quebec was soon occupied by the English, but the citadel was not surrendered until the 18th of September. In April, 1760, Gen. De Levis, with a force from Montreal, ipade a sharp attack at Ste. Foye, in the rear of the city, and forced the Eng- lish to retire to the shelter of its walls; but upon the arrival of reinforcements for General Murray, then holding the post, he had to retreat. Further movements this year secured the whole of the St. Lawrence and Champlain valleys to the English pos- session, Montreal being surrendered to Gen. Amherst in Septem- ber without a battle. The long struggle of a century and a half, for supremacy over a mighty tract of the New World, was over. ~lM~^~nM~l in» CD o ^ § oa g O § /■ SN, // i \i r /■ Detroit and otlier posts further west were surrendered a pursu ance of the capitulation of De Vaudreuil; and on \\v i'>tli at Halifax, the present capital. Cape Breton was annexed in 1763. Much sympathy with the rebellious colonies was felt in parts of the Province at the outbreak of the Revolution, and some members of Parliament, representing the disaffected dis- affected districts, were not allowed to take their seats. The great century not yet closed opened hopefully for Canada, but without any stirring events until the war of 1812-16. In 1805 the "X. Y. Company," which had been formed by a number of discontented members seceding from the Northwest Company, was consolidated v;ith the parent institution, and a formidable rival to the Hudson's Bay Company was again in the field. Many troubles, even robberies and murders, were results of their eager competition. The next year the first French newspaper, Le Canadien, was started in Quebec, which had an English journal, the Gazette, as early as 1764. The Montreal Gazette began in 1778. In the sister province the first paper was the Upper Canada Gazette, founded at Niagara in 1793. By 1871 the number of newspapers and periodicals in the Dominion was four hundred and twenty, of which nearly fifty were daily. The number now can hardly be less than five hundred. The same year (1806) the militia of Nova Scotia were organized. Simon Eraser, one of the Northwest Company's employees, made an exploration from Lake Athabaska beyond the Rockies, and gave the name to Fraser Lake and River, upon the former of which he established a trading-post. The militia of Lower Canada were called out and organized the next year, to demonstrate the loyalty of the French residents, in view of already threatening relations between England and the United States. The first Canadian steamer, the "Accommodation," was floated at Montreal in 1809, making her initial trip to Quebec J r / I November 1-4. No steamboat was built in Upper Canada until 1816, when the '^Frontenac" was launched at Ernesto wn. In 1811 Thomas Douglas, Earl of Selkirk, a Scotsman of unusual intelligence, enterprise, and energy, was Governor of the Hudson's Bay Company. Observing the importance of the Red River country as the fertile seat of settlement, and as fur- nishing strategic points for defense against the aggressions of the Northwest Company, he secured the grant of 16,000 square miles of land, and at once proceeded to colonize it from his estates in Scotland and, some years afterwards, with Swiss and French Canadians. Fort Douglas was built where Winnipeg now stands, at the forks of the Red River and the Assiniboine, and the officers and employees of the Northwest Company were ordered away; but, so far from fleeing the country, they armed, organized, and drove off the colonists repeatedly, in at least one case (in 1816) with considerable bloodshed. But Lord Selkirk was persevering and courageous, and in the face of most formidable difficulties established his settlements, which now, as a part of Manitoba, promise to become the most populous and wealthy district of the Dominion. In 1821 the forty-years' struggle between the rival companies ceased by their combina- tion, and thereafter there was peace on the Red River. The Hudson's Bay Company had then undisputed sway from the Labrador coast to the Pacific. Fifteen years afterwards the land granted to Lord Selkirk, and not yet conveyed to settlers, was bought back' by the company, for £84,000. Sir George Simpson was mp,de Governor of the Territory, and remained in that office for forty years. The growing irritation of the United States against Great Britain, from the impressment of seamen and other causes, cul- minated in a declaration of war by the Federal Congress on the 18th of June, 1812. Most of the land-movements in this conflict were to occur upon the soil of Canada. Gen. Sir Isaac Brock I' ! I ! iS ^^^^■^p^^ was Lieutenant-Governor and commander of the forces in Upper Canada, and moved with promptness and energy. Some minor captures were made within a month after the declaration of war, and on the 17th of July, under his orders, the Mackinaw fort and island were taken. The Americans had invaded Canada from Detroit; but Brock's strategy compelled their retirement on the 7th of August, and on the 16th Gen. Hull, commanding at Detroit, was intimidated into the surrender of 2,600 men and thirty-three guns, without a battle. An armistice prevailed until September, when hostilities were resumed. On the 13th of October another invading force, under Gen. Van Rensselaer, was defeated at Queenston, but at the cost of Gen. Brock's life and that of his aid. Col. Macdonnell. A fine monument on Queenston Heights marks the fatal scene. The Americans were also discomfited in further attempts at invasion above Niagara Falls and from Lake Champlain, and the year ended with little encouragement to their arms, except from successes on the sea. The year 1813 opened with the victory of Proctor over the Americans below Detroit, the sequel to which has given it the sad name of " the massacre of the Raisin." Toronto was taken by the Americans in April, and Fort George, at Niagara, in May; while the British were successful in their movements about Ogdensburgh. The American Gens. Chandler and Winder were made prisoners in a night attack near Hamilton, and their command forced to retreat. Another detachment of invaders, under Col. Boerstler, wns taken by an inferior force at Beaver Dams, on the Niagara frontier. A number of forts and villages on both sides of the Niagara were destroyed by the contending parties. In September the first important victory was obtained by the Americans in the Battle of Lake Erie, won by Commo- dore Perry over Barclay; and the next month another in the Battle of the Thames, in which a land-force under Gen. Harrison, afterwards President of the United States, overthrew Gen. Proc- ^■^^^■^^■^p^^. )per inor var, fort lada lent ling and iled L3th aer, life i on vere ^ara ittle sea. the the iken L, in ents ider heir lers, aver ages iing Lned imo- the son, roc- ■^ OS i a / -.■*"■ ■"»'<»*T'-! • I, . ' ;. :n5>- h % / I ■■a i .1 3, --■•■• IV, / HISTORY OF CANADA. 277 tor and killed his great Indian ally, Tecumseh. In Lower Canada an army under Gen. Hampton, invading the province from Lake Champlain, was obliged to retreat by a greatly smaller force in command of Col. De Salaberry. A large detach- ment under Gen. Wilkinson, co-operating in the movement against Montreal, was met Nov. 11 at Chrysler's Farm, on the St. Lawrence, and defeated with heavy loss, including the oflBcer immediately commanding, Gen. Covington. The next year, the concluding year of active operations in this quarter, an attack was made by Wilkinson March 31, upon the post at LacoUe Mill, eight miles from the foot of Lake Champlain, but was beaten back. A British attempt upon the forts at Oswego in May was successful; but the nesrt, at Sack- ett's Harbor, proved a failure in the very moment of apparent victory. Fort Erie was taken by the Federal forces July 3, and Gen. Eiall driven back at Chippewa two days after. The Amer- icans won another victory July 15, at Lundy's Lane, near the Falls, in which their Gen. Scott was wounded, and Gen. Riall wounded and taken. Gen. Drummond failed to recapture Fort Erie August 16; but the Americans retired from it in November, when their naval power on the great lakes had become weak, and the British marine strong. On the other hand, the Amer- ican navy had achieved a signal victory in the Battle of Platts- burg, on Lake Champlain, fought Sept. 11. The same month Washington City was seized and partly destroyed, and there were some other British successes. Peace, liowever, was jeady at hand, and on the 24th of December the Treaty of Ghent was signed, with no great advantage on either side. Had an ocean telegraph then permitted intelligence of the peace to be flashed at once to this country, the lamentable Battle of New Orleans, fought January 8, 1815, with its great destruction of human life, would have been prevented. It is the boast of Canada that the struggle closed without the presence of an armed invader upon her territory. Her mil- itia had borne the brunt of the war in the North, and, almost unaided by regulars, had won brilliant victories at Chrysler's Farm and Chateaugay. The patriotism and loyalty of the provinces had for the first time been fully developed, and many gallaut sons of the Canadas had sealed their devotion with their blood. Agriculture and other industries of peace suffered much by the '^ar; but some compensation was had in the very large expenditures made here for the material of military and naval service and in maintaining the campaigns. Particularly N ova Scotia, upon which very little of the real burdens fell, was benefited by the vast sums expended by the Home Government. The year 1815 was distinguished by the beginnings of the magnificent system of ship-canals, by which the commerce of the Dominion has been so greatly facilitated. In February, a joint committee of the Upper Canadian Parliament submitted a report on canal connection between Lakes Erie and Ontario, and some other works to improve navigation. Money was appropri- ated for surveys on the Erie and Ontario route, and down the St. Lawrence to Montreal. The matters thus in hand by 1821 were referred to a commission appointed that year, which reported in favor of the work now famous as the Welland Canal. A company for its construction was formed, the labor begun in 1824, and ia five years (Nov. 30, 1829) the first vessels passed from Lake Ontario to the Welland river, amid the acclamations of the people. The whole was completed in 1853, and about twenty years thereafter, to answer the imperative demands of larger vessels upon the lakes, an enlargement was made, so that the locks are each 270 feet long, 45 wide, and 12 deep. The canal is 28 miles long, with 27 locks, making a total lift of 330 feet, and has cost about $10,000,000. Since its construction was begun, the Lachine (8^ miles long), the Beauharnois (Hi), I I fa o the Cornwall (11^), Farran's Point (f), Rapide Plat (4), and the Galops (7f), canals have been made for the passage of the several rapids of the St. Lawrence, at a total cost of about $7,600,000. The Rideau Canal, from Ontario Lake to the Ottawa river, was projected in 1826, and the Kingston Marine Railway the next year. A desolating fire broke out at St. John's, Newfoundland, in 1816, with a loss of $500,000. The next year about four times as much property was lost by two fires in the same city, causing a famine and bread riots, which were generously relieved from both Old and New England, and other quarters. This city has since been repeatedly scourged, one fire in 1846 destroying about 2,000 buildings. In 1817-18 a joint commission of survey, under the Treaty of Ghent, ran the boundary line between the United States and New Brunswick, a part of which, from the source of the St. Croix to its intersection with the St. John, was confirmed by the Ashburton Treaty in 1842. The year 1819 is chiefly memorable for the sad and singular death of the Governor-General of Lower Canada, the Duke of Richmond. While on an official tour up the Ottawa river, he was bitten by a tame fox, and died the dreadful death of hydro- phobia, August 27. The population of the provinces was now rapidly increasing, chiefly by immigration from the British Isles. During this year 12,434 immigrants, principally Irish, arrived at Quebec. In 1823 a scheme for the union of the two Canadas was pro- posed by the Home Government; but, after much discussion by the people and in the Parliaments, so much opposition was developed to the plan, that it was not pressed. Political agita- tion for several years was marked by great acerbity, in some cases proceeding to violence. The editor of the Quebec Spec- tator was twice arrested for libel, and the editor of the Colonial il Advocate, at Toronto, had his office raided, and the type thrown into the Bay, for which the raiders had linally to pay damages. The first census of New Brunswick, taken this year, showed a population of 74,000. The era of internal improvement reached Nova Scotia the next year, when an act was passed for the construction of the Shubenacadie Canal, to connect Halifax with Cobequid Bay. The great fire of New Brunswick's history occurred in the fall of 1825, for which a hot, dry summer had prepared. Early in October 6,000 square miles of field and forest, extending from Miramichi to the Bay of Chaleurs, including two towns and a million dollars' worth of property, were swept by the flames. One hundred and sixty persons lost their lives, and many others were seriously burned. In 1827 the first overt act of the so-called "Aroostook War" was committed. Some friction had previously existed between the settlers of Maine and New Brunswick, from uncertainty as to the possession of about 12,000 square miles of territory south of the St. John, which was claimed by both Great Britain and the United States. During this year a small party of Ameri- cans under one Baker entered the Madawaska District and raised the Yankee fiag. It was promptly captured by a sheriff, and Baker sent to Jail. The Governor of Maine summoned his militia, and troops on the New Brunswick side stood ready to meet the threatened invasion; but more peaceful counsels allayed the irritation without bloodshed, and the boundary difficulties were referred to the King of the Netherlands for arbitration. He gave the larger part of the disputed tract to the United States; but that did not satisfy the people of Maine, and troubles continued until in 1837 war seemed imminent. Ten thousand Maine militia were called out, and an army prepared to march to the border. The Governor of New Brunswick placed two regiments there, as an "army of observation," and Nova Scotia offered ample aid in troops and money. But Gen. I / BISTORT OF CANADA. 281 Scott, the hero of Lundy's Lane, now commander of the United States forces, promptly countermanded all hostile demonstra- tions preparing in that State. Lord Ashburton and Daniel Webster negotiated a treaty within the next four or five years, by which most of the territory went to the United States. The year 1831 was a fateful year of cholera in the provinces. The disease was greatly aggravated by a foreign immigration of 50, 000, principally Irish peasantry, which arrived at Quebec in the summer, and scattered thence through the St. Lawrence Valley. About this time the splendid reconstruction of the fortifications of Quebec, after designs by the Duke of Welling- ton, then Prime Minister of England, were undertaken. The cholera returned in 1834, with yet more fatal and wide visitation. Port Garry, still standing at Winnipeg, was furnished and occupied by the Hudson's Bay Company in 1835. An important commission was appointed by the English Government, to inquire into the political grievances of Lower Canada, growing mainly out of race hostility between the French and British elements of population, especially as alleged in the famous Ninety-two Resolutions, passed by the House of Assembly in the Interest of the French inhabitants. They received severe criticism when the report of the commission was discussed by the Imperial Parliament in 1837, and some of them were voted down by heavy majorities. Upper Canada had in turn its fierce agitation the next year, upon the sudden creation of fifty-seven Church of England rectories by Sir John Colborne, just before his retirement from the Lieutenant- Governorship. The Liberal opposition to the Government was now very formidable. It was led in Lower Canada by Papineau, and in the Upper province by Mackenzie, editor of the Colonial Advo- cate, whose office had been mobbed ten years before. No important redress of alleged grievances was had from the Home Government, and political feeling became so intensified that ^^mi^^^^m^^m^^m^^m^0i^^ rebellion was organized. Secret enrollments were made, coun- cils held, and plans matured. Exciting addresses to the people were issued, and met by warnings from the clergy, the loyal leaders, and the Governments. November 7, 1837, the first outbreak occurred in the streets of Montreal, when the ''Sons of Liberty ' attacked a party of loyal volunteers. Both sides now armed more generally, and many skirmishes took place during the month. Martial law was proclaimad in Lower Canada. Early in December Toronto was menaced by a force Tinder Mackenzie; but the insurgents were dispersed after a short contest. Mackenzie took his following to Navy Island, near Niagara Falls, where more Canadians and many Americans joined him. Col. MacNab, with 2,600 men, watched them from the Canadian side, seized their supply vessel, the Caroline, fired it, and let it go over the Falls. Artillery was presently brought to bear upon the island, when the rebels crossed to United States territory and fled. Two concerned in the Toronto affair were hanged. During the next year several ineffectual attempts were made to invade the provinces from the United States. The more important were those in November, at Napierville, Lower Canada, and near Prescott, Upper dianada. In the latter case a Polish refugee named Von Shoultz held the stone windmill still remaining at Windmill Point with a party of insurgents for three days, when the position was taken. The leaders in both attempts were hanged, and their followers exiled or transported. (In 1849 a general amnesty act relieved from further penalties all surviving members of the insurgent parties.) During the winter some feeble efforts were made from Detroit against Windsor and Sandwich, but they came to nothing, in the absence of general sympathy on either side the boundary, and the rebellion was soon a flat failure, on its military side. But there was at least one important result. The Earl of Durham, sent out as Governor-General in 1838, was also made \ ^■^ta^^l^^H^ ■ r~M<~BIII~M HISTORY OF CANADA. 283 Lord High Commissioner to inquire into Canadian affairs. His duty was discharged with great diligence and efficiency, and an elaborate report made, in which, among other recommendations, the union of the Canadas was strongly urged. In November, 1839, the Special Council of Lower Canada (formed at the out- break of rebellion two years before), consented to the plan, as did the Legislature of Upper Canada the next month. In July, 1840, the Act of Union was passed by the Imperial Parliament, and under royal proclamation it took effect February 10 of the next year. Thenceforth, until the Dominion was instituted July 1, 1867, the two Canadas were one. In 1837 occurred the firat of the great fires that have deso- lated the beautiful city of St. John, New Brun&wick. It destroyed 115 houses and $1,000,000 worth of property. The last of these afflictions fell June 20, 1877, when three-fifths of the city, including more than 1,600 buildings in its most import- ant districts, and several millions of property, were swept away. In 1838 the Executive-Legislative Council, previously a part of the Government of Nova Scotia, was dissolved, and separate Executive and Legislative Councils organized. A confederation of all the provinces was proposed, and a deputation sent to the Governor-General at Quebec, to consult as to the proposed changes in the local constitution. " Responsible government," however, — a system responsible to the Legislature, and through that to the people, — was not introduced until 1848. The year 1841 had great political importance in Canada. It was the first year of the Union, which provided a single Legisla- tive Council of at least twenty-five members, named by the Crown, and a Legislative Assembly of eighty-four members — forty-two from each of the late provinces, elected by the people. An Executive Council of eight Ministers constituted the Cabinet of the Governor-General, with seats in the Legislature, and power to hold their portfolios only so long as their measures • oommanded its assent ("responsible government" again). The public debt of the provinces, of which Upper Canada had much the larger burden, mainly from its splendid public works, was made a charge upon the common, treasury. Bills involving expenditure of public money, which before might be introduced by any member, were to be moved by the Government only. Kingston was selected as the new capital, and the Right Hon. Charles Poulett Thompson, now created Baron Sydenham and Toronto for his efforts in promoting the union, was made the first Governor-General of United Canada. He had scarcely opened an administration of unusual intelligence and vigor, when it was terminated by a fatal fall from his horse in Septem- ber, 1841. The first United Parliament met at Kingston in June, and instituted measures concerning municipalities, the currency, the customs duties, popular education, the public works, etc., which proved of great and enduring benefit. A Board of Public Works was created, and a loan of £1,600,000 obtained in England for its disbursements. In 1843 the Hudson's Bay Company leased Vancouver's Island and the adjacent coast from the Crown, founded Victoria, now capital of British Columbia and a flourishing town of 7,000 people, and established trading- posts there and at other points. In 1846 the international line was determined as midway of the channel between the island and mainland. But just here was the island of San Juan, of much military importance as com* manding the entrance to Fraser River; and both nations claimed it. After the gold discoveries on Fraser in 1868, the* forces of the United States occupied the island, and a corps ot British marines was also sent to it at once. The hostile bands remained quietly in joint occupation, however, until arbitration gave permanent possession to the United States. Upon the grant of it in 1849 to the Hudson's Bay Company, Vancouver's Island became a Crown Colony. In 1866 it was K H H / O \« S «D » o o OS HISTORY OF CANADA. 285 reunited with British Columbia, and with that province became an integral part oi! the Dominion in 1871. The seat of Government was removed from Kingston to Montreal in 1844. Sir Charles Bagot, who had succeeded Lord Sydenham as Governor-General in 1841, died at Kingston in May, 1843, and was followed by Sir Charles Metcalfe. He remained in office but two years, when he retired from ill- health, and Lord Cathcart, Commander of the Forces in British North America, became Governor-General ad interim^ until the Earl of Elgin and Kincardine came to relieve him in 1847. This was a year of heavy immigration from Ireland, in which famine and fever had wrought fearful havoc. Seventy thousand arrived at Quebec by the 7th of August. Pestilence came with them, and 4,000 soon died of it, notwithstanding every effort of public and private charity. This terrible year had, however, at least one bright spot for Canada, in the introduction of the magnetic telegraph, whose wires now reach nearly all settled parts of the Dominion, and stretch across vast spaces of wilder- ness. In 1858 the first ocean telegraph was landed in New- foundland, and operated imperfectly for a few days, when there was silence beneath the sea until the cable of 1866. In 1848 New Brunswick began to enjoy the blessings of responsible government, similar to the Canadian system. The Navigation Laws, by which commerce had been seriously obstructed, were repealed by the British Parliament in 1849, and this measure, with the previous repeal by the Canadian Assembly of differential duties on imports from foreign coun- tries, practically emancipated the colonial trade, although some embarrassment was at first felt from the repeal of the Naviga- tion Laws. The financial state of the province was eminently satisfactory, and the general feeling was hopeful. But one event of 1849 had for the moment clouded the situa- tion. The passage of a bill for indemnifying residents of Loiver Canada for losses sustained in the Rebellion, was followed by a riot in Montreal, during which the Parliament House was burned, and several houses of obnoxious Ministers and members of Parliament were wrecked. The Governor-General was attacked, but escaped without serious injury. The capital was thereupon removed to Quebec and Toronto, each for alternate terms of four years, until Ottawa became the capital in 1857. A law for free banking was enacted in 1850, and another for a uniform postal rate of five cents per letter within the province the next year. A great railway convention at Portland, Maine, attended by Canadian and New England delegates, met in July, 1850, and prepared the way for the construction of the European and North American (from the United States to New Brunswick and Nova Scotia), the Grand Trunk, and other important iron roads. The next year the ground was broken for the Northern Railway of Canada by the fair hands of Lady Elgin, wife of the Governor-General. The same year another impetus was given to Canadian prosperity by the successful exhibit of provincial products made at the first World's Fair, in London. Li 1853 the House of Assembly in Parliament was increased from 84 to 130 members. In 1854 the Reciprocity Treaty with the United States was procured, under which practically free trade with that country was enjoyed, with great benefit to both sides, until 1866, when, partly as a retributive measure for asserted Canadian sympathy with Southern rebels during the Civil War, the treaty was abrogated. Seigniorial tenure, which had replaced the feudal tenure long before, was gradually abolished in Lower Canada in 1855-57, and after 1854 the proceeds of the clergy benefit lands reserved in Upper Canada were devoted to municipal purposes. In the latter year Lord Elgin closed his able and generally popular administration, and was succeeded by Sir E. W. Head, who was followed in 1861 by Lord Monck, The Legislative Council was made elective by the people in / ■^^^»^^«*"^^ / mSTOBT OF CANADA. 287 1866. A line of ocean-going steamers to Great Britain was started. The next year a financial and commercial stringency came npon the country, and lasted in many of its phases until after the great conflict in the United States had ceased. The seat of Government was fixed in 1857 at Ottawa, and the erec- tion of superb public buildings was begun. When the Domin- ion was created ten years later, it was again chosen the capital. In 1858 the convenient decimal system of currency was adopted, and this year and the next a route from Fort Garry westward was explored for the Canadian Pacific Railway. In the latter year and the following the statutes of both Canadas were codified and published. The Prince of Wales came in 1860, and was received everywhere in the provinces with great enthusiasm. He formally opened the great Victoria Bridge at Montreal, and laid the corner-stone of the Parliament buildings at Ottawa. During the next four years the great rebellion in the United States gave Canada some trouble; but nothing very serious resulted except the St. Albans raid in 1864, and the repeal of the Reciprocity Treaty in 1866. To prevent- further raids from Canada, the Government placed thirty volunteer companies along the frontier. Many Southern refugees and Northern sympathizers, and Northerners fleeing from the drafts, took temporary refuge in the provinces. Armed inroads from the United States were attempted in 1866, by parties of Irish Fenians; but were repelled with some bloodshed in one case, a skirmish at Limeridge, near Fort Erie. About 20,000 volunteers offered their services; but few of them were actually needed. By 1866 the old scheme of confederation had gained very hopeful headway. On the 28th of the next March the new Act of Union, passed by the British Parliament, became a law, taking effect the 1st of July following — a date since patriotically observed every year as "Dominion Day." The act constituted 288 mSTOBT OF CANADA. the Dominion of Canada from the provinces of Upper and Lower Canada (designated as Ontario and Quebec), New Bruns- wick, and Nova Scotia, but provided for the subsequent admission of all other subdivisions of British North America. Each province was allowed its separate Government, with a General Government and Governor-General for the whole. The first Dominion Governor was Lord Viscount Monck, last Chief Executive of united Upper and Lower Canadi. He was suc- ceeded the same year by Sir John Young, Baron Lisgar, and he in 1876 by Lord Dufferin, an exceedingly able and popular ruler, whom the Marquis of Lome, son of the Duke of Argyle and son-in-law of the Queen, followed two years after. In May, 1870, the Red River country was organized as the Province of Manitoba. In 1869-70 the standard of rebellion was raised in that region by a Frenchman named Riel, at the head of a party of half-breeds, over a land question; but nothing more serious resulted than the capture and occupation of Fort Garry and the killing of a citizen or two. The last decade has been marked by no great events in Canada, but rather by healthful and large progress, and the immense extension of the railway and telegraph systems. The census of 1881 showed a growth in population during the next preceding ten years of 18.05 per cent, in Ontario, 14.01 in Que- bec, 13.61 in Nova Scotia, 12.44 in New Brunswick, 29.80 in Manitoba, 65.28 in the Northwest Territories, and 76.66 in British Columbia; or an average increase for the whole Domin- ion of 18.02 per cent. The last bulletin of information from the Canadian railways, brought down to July, 1881, gives the splen- did total of 7,597 miles, representing stock to the par value of $199,427,980, a bonded debt of $84,891,313, and net earnings during the preceding year \.. ^7,866,091. The growth of the Dominion in other material liters has hardly been less, and its future is radiant with p omii^e and hope. ^Wi^SBa^^a^^Wa^^a^^M , -'/.>' ^>^^^ > ''■MM i ? ;^>* Y c^\i,rS^'«^)>^ ^^:^ k?^ By p. C. HEADLEY, Author of "History of t. Two Americas." UTHENTIC American history dates back only about four centuries. Previous to that period, through an almost unlimited age, the existence of a vastly numerous and pre-historic race may be ^ traced through the ruins of their cities, their won- derful caves, and subterranean habitations, in which skeletons of some of their ancient inhabit- ants, stone implements of warfare and husbandry, and pieces of pottery and earthen vessels of rare and peculiar workmanship and coloring, are found. In some of these more perfectly con- structed mounds, tools of copper, brass, and silver, and vases of 19 289 ^^^^ I pottery, ornaments, and preciou«» stones, have been found. These ancient inhabitants also worked the copper mines of Lake Superior, and their old pits are still called the "ancient dig- gings." In one of these mines a mass of copper was found which weighed over forty tons, and whi(;h had been separated from the original vein by removing the earth and ore, and the surface made smooth by pounding. About this huge piece of copper were found the very tools those ancient miners had used — stone hammers, copper chisels and wedges, as if the workmen had departed, intending soon to return. Upon some of these deserted mines the largest forest trees are found growing, and upon a mound near Marietta, Ohio, were found trees which, at least, must have seen eight centuries. The most marvelous and peculiar of all the relics of these ancient i. bitants are found in the valleys of Arizona. Here almost every hill-top within a range of 10.000 square miles is covered with broken pottery, so perfectly glazed that its bright and varied coloring is well pre- served. Here, also, are ruins of buildings four stories in height, and with walls two feet thick, reservoirs, irrigating canals, and fortifications, where multitudes of caves are cut in the solid rock, and closed by mason-work of stone and cement, which is well preserved. These caves are only a(!cessible by means of ladders, and the larger ones are bastioned and loop-holed; and an entmnce, large enough to admit one person only, was made at the top, which connected with a series of chambers that honey-combed the whole mountain, while their wnlls are still black with the smoke from the fires of their ancient dwellers. These subter- ranean caverns were evidently prepared with a vast amount of labor as asylums against a fierce and invading foe; and long and cruel must have been the warfare whi(!h forced them to forsake their villages and cultivated fields and make their homes in the rocky depths of the mountains. AVhere and how the last of this numerous and wonderful race were blotted out of existence, ■^^■^^■^^■^R^^^ V r i\ GREAT mSTOBIOAL EVENTS. 291 leaving behind no tradition of its origin, will forever remain a mystery. ' The ruins of Spanish cathedrals and towns which were in all their glory, when a few half-starved English refugees from oppression were struggling for existence on the shores of the Potomac Kiver and Plymouth Bay, are still scattered over the wilds of New Mexico and Arizona, but their earliest records give no account of these wonderful ancient inhabitants. Neither did intelligent and semi-civilized Montezumas, nor the vast tribes of Indians subject to them, have any knowledge or dim tradition even, concerning these naonuments of a long-forgotten age and people. T fie figures at the right hand refer to the pages in an extenme work entitled The Histort OP Two Americas, where a detailed account will be found, Chinese tradition alleges the discovery of Mexico Iceland discovered by the Normans 3 Greenland discovered by the Normans 2 The Danes peopled Greenland under Eric Raud 2 Biron, an Icelander discovers Newfoundland, and Nova Scotia (the good wine country) supposed to be the coast of New England 2 Natives discovered in Newfoundland 2 Adventurers from Iceland repeatedly visit the New World, explore the country and barter with the natives 2 Thorin Karlsefni, a wealthy Icelander spent three winters on the coast of Massachusetts. His wife bore him a son whom he named Snorri, supposed to be the first child born of European parents on the American contment. A Welch prince, named Madoc, supposed to have discovered America. . .2 •158. 8G1. 689. 085. 1002. 1004. 1003-06, 1006. 1170. 1447. '1461. 1467. 1470-74. 1474. 1492. COLUMBUS. Christopher Columbus born at G&noa — exact date disputed 5-76 He goes to sea at the age of fourteen — his first voyage on the Mediter- ranean 5-76 At the age of twenty he visits Iceland and the Northern seas 5-76 He conceived the idea that by sailing west he would reach the East Indies — that another continent must lie in that direction He applies to the Senate of Genoa tyjd the courts of Portugal, Spain and England for aid. He is refused 5-77 April 17. — Ferdinand and Isabella of Spain grant him a commission. Isa- bella fitting out the expedition at her own expense; August 3. — He Si^r^s from the port of Palos with three small vessels and ninety men; August 13.- -He I t~ »~i »~i r~ ^^Na^^i^^^a^^H 292 GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. • : arrives at the Canary Islands; September 6. — He left the Canaries, and, when out of sight of land his men become dejected and beg of him to return. He encourages them and restores confidence ; October 1. — Not having discovered land his officers and crew threaten mutiny, but with great effort he quiets them; October 12. — Land discovered, when his men prostrate themselves at the feet of Columbus and bej^ his forgiveness. On landing he finds tho shores lined with naked inhabitants. Columbus named this island San Salvador, and continued his voyage in search of gold; October 28. — He dis- covers Cuba and numerous other small isluiids, all of which are inhabited, and finds small quantities of gold; December 6.— Columbus sailed eastward; December 24. — One of his vessels is lost in a storm off the coast of Hayti. The natives assist him in landing and treat him with kindness. . . .78, 89, tf-8l 1488. Columbus leaves Hayti for Spain, leaving l)ehiud him a colony of thirty- eight men; March 15. — He arrives in Spain iiiid is received with every mark of gratitude; September 25. — He returns on his second voyage to the West Indies with a larger fleet consisting of seventeen ships and fifteen hundred persons; November 22. — He arrives at Hayti and finds his colony destroyed, but plants another, naming it Isabella 6-82, 83 1494. Columbus suppresses a conspiracy at Hayti and sends the leader to Spain. He discovers gold in large quantities; May 4. — Continuing his voyage among th j West Indies he discovers Jamaica and Porto llico ; September 27. — He returns to Havti and finds his brother Bartholomew whom he had sent to the Court of England in 1481 6-83, 84 1496. June 11. — Columbus learning that enemies in Spain were working his over- throw repaired to court with products of his adventure in gold from the New World, and convinced his patrons of his success and the value of his enter- prise 7-85 1497. June 24. — John and Sebastian Cabot, Italians, sent out by Henry VII and discover Labrador and Newfoundland 10 1498. May. — Sebastian Cabot sets out upon his second voyage to the New World and explores the coast from the extreme nortli to Florida 11 May 80. — After a delay of nearly two years Columbus sails from Spain on his third voyage with ten ships; July 31. — He discovers Trinidad and the Orinoco; August. — He discovers the continent of South America 7-8G 1499. May 16. — Americus Vespucius, after whom America is named, sailed from Spain to explore the new world. He follows the course of Columbus. .18-87 1500. Columbus is sent to Spain in irons liy Bovadilla; November 5. — Col- umbus upon his arrival in Cadiz meets Ferdinand and Isabella, who being ashamed of their course toward him, invite him to court and openly apolo- gize for their conduct 7-88 1501. Negro slaves are imported into Hispaniola. 1502. May 9, — The Spanish government send Columbus upon his fourth and last voyage .7-89 1503. The Spaniards introduce negro slaves into the West Indies 96 1504. August 13. — Columbus again arrives at St. Domingo 8-90 1506. May 20. — In the fifty-ninth year of his age Columbus dies at Valodolid. The gold mines of Hayti yield great wealth to Spain 8-91 1508. A Canadian Indian seen in France. 1512. Juan Ponce-de-Leon discovers Florida 94 1513. September 26. — After exploring Central America, Balboa crosses the Isth- mus of Darien and discovers the Pacific 94 lien He red ieta V08 tho 3an dis- ed, rd: yti. -81 rty- arlc the een )ny 88 tin. ago f t to 84 irer- [ew ;er- -85 tnd .10 rid .11 on the -sa i om i -87 i Joi- ns >lo- -88 ast -89 90 -90 id. ■91 94 th- 94 GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. 293 (51S. ISIO. << 1817. 1C18. 1510. 1690. 1691. 1691. 1528. 1694. 1696. 1696. Alonzo de la Rua, a Spaniard, begins the exploration of Peru. Nata, the first Spanish city founded on tho Pacific coast, The Rio de la Plata discovered 04 Charles V. grants a patent for an annual import of 4,000 negroes from Africa 96 Mexico discovered by Grijalva, and gold in considerable quantities found .98 MONTEZUMA AND COUTEZ. Cortcz commissioned with 600 men to explore and conquer Mexico, 119. He receives a letter from the officers of Montezuma, the Mexican monarch inquiring tlie object of his visit. Cortez assures Montezuma of his friendly intentions by sending him presents 119, 120 August 80. — Cortez plants a colony at Vera Cruz and renounces his allegiance to Cuba; November 8. — Cortez enters the city of Mexico by invitation of Montezuma; December 4. — Cortez cowardly betrays the confi- dence of Montezuma, malces him prisoner in his own capital, burns his son and five officers in a fire made from weapons taken from the armory. .121-124-125 Through fear of Cortez, Montezuma surrenders his supremacy to the King of Spain 126 March 81. — Patagonia discovered by Fernando Magalhaens (Magellan). De Alyon discovers Carolina, kidnaps some of the natives and carries them into bondage 286 July 8. — The Mexicans make a general onslaught on the Spaniards and drive them from the city 180 November 7. — Magellan ascends the straits which have since been named after hiro 184 April 28. — Reinforced with ships from Hispaniola Cortez again attacks the City of Mexico; July 8. — He destroys the principal part of the city, but is repulsed by the Mexicans; July 27.- Cortez renews the attack and Augtut 18 the Mexicans surrender 182-188 After three years and twenty-one days St bastian del Cano, commander of one of Magellan's ships (The Victory) sails round the world, being the first person who ever circumnavigated the globe 184 October 15. — The government of Spain appointed Cortez Governor of New Spain (Mexico). He rebuilds the Capital, enslaves the Indians and compels them to work in the mines 185 Bermuda Islands discovered by Juan Bermudez. Cortez sends Padro Alvarado to conquer Central America, and in two years he subdues the whole country. North America explored by Verazzani who calls it New France 11 Cortez orders sixty Caziques and four hundred Nobles burned at the stake at one time 185 PIZARRO AND THE CONQUEST OP PERU. Francisco Pizarro sailed from Panama to attempt the conquest of Peru . 136 Ponce de Leon commissioned by Charles V. proceeds to Mexico to inquire into the conduct of Cortez, and if guilty of treason to arrest and bring him to Spain 135 Ponce de Leon dies without executing his mission 136 Sebastian Cabot sails along the coast of Brazil, enters the Rio de La Plata and follows it up 120 leagues, finding numerous inhabitants 11 294 OREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. load. Plzarro explores Peru, the inhabitants were decently clad and cultivated tlio soil ; gold and silver were abundant and were used by the natives as mater- ials for vessels of common use. 1528. Pizarro returns to Si)ain and meets Cortez 187 1S81. Piznrro with three small vessels and 180 men sails upon an expedition to conquer Peru , 187 1682. Plzarro founds the first colony in Peru, naming it St. Michael. Athunlapa and Uuascar, sons of the former Emperor of Peru being at war with each other for the supremacy, did not disturb Pizarro, but eacn made overtures to him, but he preferred to remain neutral \nitil he should learn the strength of each. Under professions of friendship, Pizarro marched to Caxamalca, the seat of Athualapn, who receives him with much display, offering him many valuable presents. Inflamed by the sight of so much gold Pizarro and his soldiers resolve to iniprison Athualapa in his own capital and take posses- sion of the country. Father Vincent Valverde, a Spanish priest with a crucifix in his hand, demanded submission to the Catholic religion and the King of Spain ; refusing to accept the Spanish religion upon such authority, Pizarro and his soldiers rushed upon Athualapa, taking him prisoner and destroying thousands of his subjects. Pizarro proceeded to plunder the city, the booty exceeding his greatest expectations. The captive monarch, per- ceiving their thirst lor gold offered Pizarro an incredible ransom for his lib- erty. He proposed to nil the room in which he was imprisoned (which wjw 22 feet long by 16 feet wide) with golden vessels as high as he could reach. Pizarro agrees to the terms and the golden treasures, pour in for the ransom of the King. 189 1588. Pizarro melted the gold and divided it among his soldiers according to their rank. So vast was the quantity, that after reserving one-fifth for the (Town, there remained over 11,500,000 to be divided between Pizarro and his sol diers 140 Pizarro on pretense, refuses to release Athualapa, who submits to baptism by Father Valverde, and is condemned to be strangeled 140 1688. Pizarro's success inflames the minds of the Spaniards in Panama and Nicar- agua, who rush in. in great numbers 140 1584. King Charles extends the dominion of Pizaro and confers great power upon liim. James Cartier circumnavigated the island of Newfoundland, and soon after he sailed into the river St. Lawrence; Septembers. — He returned to France 11 Havana destroyed by the French. 1535. Pizarro founds the City of Lima and establishes his palace and the capital of his empire there 141 1535. May 19. — Cartier sailed on his second voyage; he pursues his former course and sails up the St. Lawrence 11 1535-50. Money coined in Mexico and a printing press introduced. — A tmiversity and several colleges founded. 1536. The Peruvians, 200,000 strong, attack all Spanish settlements and destroy them. They surround Cuzco and Lima. The whole Spanish army at these two points are shut in and besieged for nine months 143 A fort and trading post was established on the site of the present town of Asuncion, S. A., which ^ve it 73 years the precedence of Jamestown, the first European settlement in the United States. 1687. Cortez discovered the peninsula of California. w ( 1589. May 80. — Ferdlnando do Soto nrrives upon the western coast of Florida with 9 vessels, 600 men, 218 horsctt, and a nurd of swine. 1540. August 23. — Carticr arrived at the port of 8t. Croix upon his third voyage. 1541. In the spring Cartier visits Newfoundland en route for France, where lie finds three ships with 200 persons of both sexes, on their way to Canada to found a colony, under command of Lord lioberval 14 July, — The colony arrives at St. Croix and establish themselves at the fort left by Cartier. They pas-s a tedious winter, HulTering from sicltness and pri- vation, and return to Franco the following summer 14 De Soto discovers the Mississippi. 1642. King Charles decides to change the form of Government in the American provinces— abolishing slavery of the nations and military despotism 145 1545. Silver mines discovered at Potosi, South America. 1548. PizaiTo publicly executed 149 1553. The entire Indian popul Uon in Cuba bcccne extinct through the cruelty of the Spaniards. 1554. The mines of Santa Barbara and San luan discovered. '• Havana again destroyed by the; I^'reni *i. 1568. Negro slavery first introduced into 'le West Tndies 218 1576. June — Martin Frobisher sailed from Englan with two small vessels. 1577-80. Sir Francis Drake sailed along the coast f California, taking formal pos- session in the name of the Queen of Eng.vud; tliinJf'ng to find a northern passage back into the Atlantic, he c."'?) north till he < .;ched the region of eternal cold, but found no gap in t' io ic"! bound coasL. Fearing to meet the Spaniard cruisers he sailed westwai X aud reached England after circumnav- igating the globe. He accomplished his purpose and reached Kitgland in 1580, after an absence of nearly three years. This was regarded as an immense achievement. Frobisher sailed for a third voyage to Labrador, with a fleet of 16 vessels. Sir Humphrey Gilbert obtains a patent from Queen Elizabeth to discover and appropriate all lands unoccupied by Christian powers in North America in the name of the Crown of England 213 Gilbert attempts the settlement of Newfoundland, establishes the cod-fish- eries, from which England has derived more profit than she would if the island had been filled with gold mines. The territory from Canada to Florida granted by Queen Elizabeth to Sir Walter Raleigh 213 Richard Granville Vii'r. 7 vessels and 108 men land at Roanoke 214 Davis's Straits discovered by John Davis, an Englishman. Tobacco first introduced into England by Mr. Lane 16 Virginia Dare, the first child borne of English parentage in North America. Attempts mad 3 to colonize Nova Scotia. Some authors declare that it was attempted ^ early as 1515. Bartholomew Gosnold, an Englishman, in a small vessel and but 80 men saHed directly west and reached the shores of America upon Massachusetts Bay, naming the point where they caught many codfish Cape Cod. He dis- covered Martha's Vineyard 17, 215 EXPEDITION OF CIIAMPLAIN. 1608. Champlain, with two small vessels, sailed from France and entered the St 1678. 1688. 1584. 1585. 1587. 1587. 1598. 1602 ~i i~i ■(" r~i r I" i ^«^i^^"^ 296 GBEAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. Lawrence river. He passed the promontory upon which Quebec now stands to the island upon which Montreal is built. 1604. With a motley crew Champlain again visited Canada and attempted a set- tlement on an island in Pas8amaqu the English, who were led by three refugee French Cal- vanists. Boston, Cambridge, Roxbury, and Dorchester founded 244 John Winthrop, first governor of Massachusetts Bay colony 59 First General Court held at Boston. Fifteen hundred Puritans with a fleet of 17 ships, arrive at New Eng- land 244 The Puritans pass a law restricting all participation in public affairs and all citizenship to church members 244 ^ FIRST IRON WORKS. I'iSI First iron works in the U. S. built at Lynn, Mass. Country north of Hudson Bay explored by Capt. James, an Englishman. First vessel built in the U. S. and called the Blessing of tfie Bay. 1633. June. — James I. granted a charter of land to Lord Baltimore, which, in honor of the Queen, he named Maryland 277 Canada restored to the French. 1638. Maryland settled by a Roman Catholic colony under Lord Baltimore. . .2V7 First house erected in Connecticut at Windsor. 1634. Maryland settled by Leonard Calvert, Lord Baltimore. Roger Williams banished from Massachusetts 246 1636. Hartford, Conn., settled. July 4. — Providence, R. I., founded by Roger Williams. 1637. Mrs. Anne Hutchinson banished from Massachusetts for contending for freedom of debate in religious meetings. A number of prominent ministers were among her followers 348 Harvard College founded. 1688. A fleet of 20 ships arrives in Massachusetts with 3,000 emigrants. ... .248 Another massacre of the colonists of Jamestown, aud 500 killed 225 April. — First settlement in Delaware by the Sweeds. FIRST PRINTING PRESS IN NORTH AMERICA. 1639. First printing press in North America set up at. Cambridge, Mass., by Stephen Day. Corn-planting enforced by law in Maryland, and a grist mill erected. First public hospital founded in America at Quebec. 1640. Montreal founded. First powder mill in the United States erected. New England numbered 2,100 inhabitants 250 1642-45. Indian war in Maryland. 1644-45. Rebellion in Maryland and war with the Indians in Virginia. NEW ENGLAND "BLTTELAWS." 1644-46. "Blue Laws" passed among which are to be found these peculiar enact- ments : Blasphemy, idolatry, adultery, and witchcraft were punished by death, and for any crime committed on Sunday, the additional punishment of cut- ting off an ear was added. Kissing a woman on the street was punished by . flogging, which punishment was actually inflicted about a century later upon an JEnglish sea-captain, who saluted his wife on a street in Boston, after a long separation. Intemperance and all immorality were punished with great rigor, and keepers of inns and public houses were required to be persons of approved character, and possessed of a competency, as they were held re- sponsible for the conduct of their guests and the morality of their houses— a •' blue law " which would be well for the country were it now in vogue. 1645. First trial and execution in New England, of four persons for the "crime of witchcraft." 271 Clayborne's rebellion in Maryland 278 y • ' i'l m If '1646. John Elliot preaches to the Indians in their own tongue. 1647. Massachusetts made the support of schools compulsory, and education universal and free. 1647. Stuyvesant arrives at New Amsterdam. 1651. Navigation act passed by England restricting the commerce of the colonies 264 The English Parliament attempts to subject the colonies of Virginia, but is defeated by the colonists 236 Thirty lashes were inflicted upon Obcdiah Holmes for preaching Baptist doctrines in Massachusetts 255 1652. The first regular book-seller in America was Hezekiah Usher, of Boston. PERSECUTION OP THE QUAKERS. 1656. Quakers first arrive in Massachusetts. Their persecution by the Puri- tans. Religious intolerance was carried to such an extent by these mis- guided zealots that they actually tormented and put to death, by scores, the only Christian sect in America who advocated the doctrine of peace, and who denied the right of man to take life under any circumstances 255 1659. Four Quakers executed on Boston Comraoa. 226 1660. Quakers proliibited from emigrating to Virginia under severe penalties. A duty of 5 per cent, was levied by the English government upon all mer- chandise of import or export in the American colonies 226 Qreat English navigation act established 227 1662. Th'-ee persons hung for witchcraft in Hartford, Conn. 1668. Remarkable earthquake lasting with short intervals for six months. The face of the country in some localities entirely changed. First pettlement in North Carolina. 1664. Elliot translated and printed the Bible in the language of the American In- dians 258 First permanent settlement in New Jersey. 1666. June 12. — New York City incorporated. 1666-75. Marquette explored the Mississippi River. 1666. Death of Lord Baltimore 281 1669. First settlement in South Carolina. Foundation of modern Charleston laid, which soon became the port of trade and the capital of Carolina 293 A war broke out between the Carolina colonies and the Indians, which was speedily terminated by the Governoi v>ffering a bounty upon every captive Indian 293 Indians were sold to the West Indies as slaves, in exchange for rum — 293 WILLIAM PENN. 1681. March 14. Pennsylvania granted to Wm. Penn, who colonized it 826 " Penn starts a colony on the Delaware River 828 1682. Oct. 24. Penn arrives in America 328 Penn makes a treaty with the Indians, and pays them for their lands. .329 The city of Philadelphia founded 830 De La Salle takes possession of the country on both sides the Mississippi River, calling it Louisiana. ..381 GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. gQi 1688. *" First Legislative Assembly held in New York 808 Second Assembly held in Philadelphia, and a new Constitution adopted and new laws passed 880 Roger Williams dies in his 84th year. 1686. King James, thi-ough Governor Arnold, cancels the charter of Rhode Island, and extends the royal government of New England to that depend- ency 267 Arnold proceeds to Hartford with a body of troops and demands the sur- render of their charter. The Assembly were in session. They artfully con- ceal the charter, and refuse to give it up 267 1687. Fi^st printing-press established near Philadelphia by William Bradford. A WOMAN EXECUTED FOR WITCHCRAFT. 1688. A woman executed in Boston for witchcraft, after a long and solemn investigation, and a book was published with a full account of the proceed- ings, to which was added a preface, by the Rev. Richard Baxter, in which he declared, "that any one who disbelieved the truthfulness of the account was a Sadducee. " 271 1689. Sir Edmund Andros seized and imprisoned in Boston, and sent home to England. The people rise in mass and resort' to arms 268 1689-97. King William's war between the French, with their Indian allies, and New England 269 1690. The colonies attack Quebec, under Phipps; reinforcements failing him, he retreats with a loss of 1,000 men 269 FIRST PAPER MONEY. 1690. First paper money issued in Massachusetts. 1691. Trial and execution of Leisler and Milbourne, at New York, on a charge of treason. New England contained 150,000 inhabitants. 1692. Massachusetts made a royal province, and Pennsylvania taken from Wil- liam Penn. A PLAGUE ASCRIBED TO WITCHCRAFT. Witchcraft in Salem, and many people put to death. A strange and epi- demical distemper, resembling epilepsy, appeared in Salem, which baffled the skill of the physicians, who, failing to account for it, or produce a cure, persuaded the poor victims to ascribe it to "Witchcraft." Impelled by a dark and cruel superstition, the " Christian people," declared these unfortu- nate creatures to be " possessed of the devil." Accordingly, solemn fasts and assemblies for extraordinary prayer were held by the clergy. Inflamed by a fanatical zeal, and inspired by a'spirit which was a relic of the dark and bar- barous ages they were just emerging from, these deluded yet truly conscien- tious and pious people, resorted to the most cruel punishments aiiil death, to exterminate a plague which their solemn fasts and long-continued pray s and protestations had failed to cure .271 1693. First printing-press established at New York by William Bradford. 1694. Penn's rights in Pennsylvania restored. 1697. Close of King William's war. 1698. French colony arrive at the mouth of the Miasissippi. CAPTAIN KTDD. 1699. Capt. Kidd, the pirate, apprehended at Boston. n \f*m\rs r>\ f>m^nm^>m^ ' "■y f 1700. 1701. 1703. 1704. 1710. 1712. 1713. 1718. 1730. 1721. 1722. 1725. 1733. 1733. 1740. 1741. Lead mines discovered by Lc Suer, a Frencli explorer, at Dubuque, Iowa. Detroit, Mich., founded by the French. Duty of £4 sterling laid on imported negroes in Massachusetts. An Indian war, instigated by the Spaniards, was prosecuted with ffreat violence in South Carolina. But Gov. Moore speedily suppressed it, and the enemy surrendered and submitted to English rule. The colonies lost 800 men. Fourteen hundred Indians were colonized in Georgia. Maryland passed an act to " prevent the growth of Popery." First newspaper (Boston News-Letter) published at Boston by Bartholomew Green. Catholics persecuted by Protestants in Maryland 285 MASSACHE IN MASSACHUSETTS. French and Indian Massacre at Deerfleld, Mass. They burned the village and killed 47 persons, taking 112 captive, among them many women and young children, who were compelled to march through dense forests and over deep snows to Canada, many perishing by the way 646 First colonial post-office at New York. MASSACRE IN NORTH CAROLINA. Indian massacre in North Carolina. One hundred and thirty-seven of the colonists killed at first attack. Assisted by South Carolina, the colonists make a general attack upon the Indians and defeat them with great slaughter, and drive them from the province 299 Close of Queen Anne's war. Slaves are transported to South Carolina, by British ships, in great num bers. to cultivate rice. Impost duties laid by Massachusetts on English manufactures and English ships. . Tea first introduced into New England. Inoculation for small-pox introduced into N. E 405 Paper money first used in Pennsylvania. First newspaper in New York (N. Y. Gazette) published by Wm. Bradford. Tobacco and corn made legal tender in Maryland. BIRTH OP WASHINGTON. Birth of Geo. Washington in Washington parish, Virginia. Carolina divided into North and" South Carolina 352 FIRST MASONIC GRAND LOUOK IN AMERICA. July 30. — First Grand Lodge of Freemasons on the American continent, constituted in New England, and called St. John's Grand Lodge, by Henry Price, a successful merchant of Boston, who received his appointment from Anthony, liord Viscount Montague, Grand Master of England. Mr. Price is considered the father of Masonry in the United States. Freemason's lodge held at Boston. First stove (a cast-iron fireplace) invented by Dr. Franklin, upon which he refused to accept letters patent offered him by the Gov. of Pa., wishing to give the benefit of his discovery to the people. "General Magazine and Historical Clironicle" published by Franklin. July 18.— Vitus Behriug, a celebrated Russian explorer, discovered Alaska. .352 1743. 1746. 1751. 1753. 1754. 1755. 1756. 1757. 1758. 1759. 1760. 1763. Faneuil Hall, built by Peter Faneuil. England and France determined to wage a war of extermination upon each other in their American colonies 358 Sugar-cane first cultivated in the United States by the Jesuits, on the banks of the Mississippi River, above New Orleans. The plants were brought from San Domingo. WASHINGTON'S PERILOUS MISSION. George Washington, at the age of 21 years, was sent by Gov. Dinwiddle, of Virgmia, to the French commander, on the banks of the Ohio, to confer in regard to a settlement of rights of territory. Unsuccessful in his mission, he returned on foot, a distance of over 500 miles, through a wild and danger- ous country, with but one companion. The Indians followed liim and attempted his life by shooting at him from an ambush 354 Tennessee first settled. April 3. — Col. Frye was sent with a regiment of Virginia troops, aided by George Washington, wlio waB second in command, to occupy the fort of the Allegheny and Monongahela rivers. Finding the French haa already erected a fort, calling it " Du Quesne," they hastened to attack the French, surpris- ing and defeating them. Col. Frye dying, Washington took command of the regiment, and, collecting his troops at the Great Meadows, he erected a stock- ade, calling it " Fort Necessity." April 14. — Gen. Braddock arrived from England in Virginia with a large force. May 19. — War declared with France by Great Biitain. " Fort William Henry taken by the French. The Indians fall upon the retreating garrison and massacre the sick and wounded. Fifteen hundred were killed or carried captive into the wilderness. The British forces undei- Gen. Abercrombie numbered 50,000 men — the largest army that had ever been marshaled in America. Peace with the Indians was secured between the Ohio River and the lakes 357 George Washington elected to the Virginia House of Burgesses. Sept. 13. — Battle before Quebec, on tlie Plains of Abraham. Gen. Wolfe commanding the American forces, surprised and attacked the French army, under Montcalm, at break of day. A desperate battle was fought, during which, Wolfe and Montcalm were slain 358 Sept. 18.— Surrender of Quebec 390 Montreal capitulates, and the French surrender Canada 359 Feb. 10 — France surrenders all her possessions in North America, east of the Mississippi River, to Great Britain 359 Canada ceded to England by France. Feb. 10.— Peace concluded between the English and French at Paris. . .488 CHIEF PONTIAC'S WAR. A sagacious Ottawa Chief and a former ally of the French, secretly effected a confederation of several north-western tribes of Indians, for the purpose of expelling the English Within two weeks he seized nearly all the English posts west of Oswego, but he was soon subdued and his war brought to an end. *'i ii': 304 1766. 1766. 1767. 1768. 1769. 1770. 1771. 1772. 1773. 1774 GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. TUB STAMP ACT. March 23. — Passage of the Stamp Act. This act required the people to purchase for specified sums, aud upon all written documents, Government stamps must be placed. This act caused the most intense excitement and indignation in America. First Medical College cstablisliud in Philadclpliia. Oct. 7. — A congress of 37 dolifgatcH convenes at New York, and publishes a declaration of rights and rules against tlie Stamp Act. March 18. — Stamp Act repealed. Methodism first introduced into America by Philip Embury and Capt. Webb, a British offlcer whom Wesley had ordained as a local preacher. June. — Tax laid on paper, glass, tea, and painters' colors 868 MASON AND DIXON'b LINE. Mason and Dixon's Line, run by surveyors of that name, sent out by the heirs of William Penn and Lord Baltimore, to define the boundaries of their possessions. It afterward became the acknowledged line between the free and slave States. The British Government stationed a military force in Boston. This was the beginning of hostilities, which rapidly engtrndered a spirit of resistance in the American colonies toward the mother country 364 Boston refused to receive goods from Great Britain, and sent them back. March 5. — Boston massacre. A mol) composed of citizens of Boston attacks the British soldiers, and during the fray three citizens are killed and five wounded 366 THE NORTH CAROLINA REBELLION. Rebellion in North Carolina against Hk; Government officers by the Regu- lators, a band of citizens who determined to resist the oppression of the English Government, and redress tiie poophf. May 16. — The rebellion supprcHsc-d by Governor Tryon, and six Regulators hanged, which created intense liatred against the British Government. June 9.— A British man-of-war, the Gaspe, burned in Narraganset Bay, by a party of Americans from Providence. First Methodist Conference, consisting of ten preachers, all of foreign birth. DESTRUCTION OP TEA IN IIOSTON HARBOR. Dec. 16. — The citizens of Boston tlirow a cargo of tea into the ocean, which was sent by Great Britain in op(;n disnjgard and violation of the act of the colonies against receiving any mercliandlse subject to tariff 368 Shakers founded by Ann Loe. an Englisli woman. General Gage arrived in Boston harbor as commander of the royal forces of North America 371 June 6.— Boston harbor was blockaded by the English, and all commerce interdicted • -368 The members of the Mtissachuscstts Assembly resolve themselves into a Provincial Congress 371 The colonies all unite in iipjiroving tlu- spirit of resentment shown by Mas sachusetti-, against the oppressive taxation of Great Britain 371 Gen. Gage was reinforced by two rtJgiments of soldiers 871 / GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. 805 1774. The colonies proceed to enlisl and drill a portion of the citizens as minute- men, and appoint committees of safety and supplies 878 Massachusetts calls for 13,000 men to be equipped for service 878 Oreat Britain prohibits the exportation of military stores, upon which the people of Rhode Island seized 40 pieces of cannon from the public battery, and proceed to arm the inhabitants. FIRST CONTINENTAL CONGRESS. Sept. 14. — Representatives from twelve colonic met in Philadelphia as a Contmental Congress, to enact measures for the regulation of order, and for the protection of the people 373 They prepared an address to the King, declaring their loyalty, but demanding redress for their grievances 374 All the colonies, except New York, heartily concurred in the proceedings of the Continental Congress 875 Great Britain prohibited all the colonies, except New York, Delaware, and North Carolina, from Ashing upon the coast of New Foundland, and from trading with the West Indies 373 These colonies spurned the favor, designed only to arouse a spirit of jealousy and disunion among the other colonies, and submitted to the restric- tion, much to their pecuniary disadvantage 373 Parliament passed an act to provide for the government of the province of Quebec. 1776. April 14.— First Society for the Abolition of Slavery was formed in Phila- delphia, with Benjamin Franklin as President. BATTLE OF LEXINGTON. April 19. — Battle of Lexington was fought. This was the beginning of open hostilities. The British, with 800 soldiers under Lieut. -Col. Smith, marched from Boston on the night of the 18th to destroy the stores of the colonists at Concord 381 The people were warned of their intentions, and at 5 o'clock in the morn- ing a small company of militia met at Lexington to resist them. Major Pitcairn, a British officer, rode up to them, ordering them to disperse, dis- charging his pistol at them, and ordering his soldiers to fire at the ' ' rebels. " 381 The militia dispersed, but the British soldiers continued to fire upon them, and they returned the fire ; a few Americans were killed 381 The royal forces marched to Concord, destroyed the stores, and spiked the guns, throwing 500 pounds of balls into the wells. John Butterick, Major of a minute regiment, approached the British with a company, when they fired, kiUmg Capt. Isaac Davis 381 A skirmish ensued, and the British began a hastv retreat toward Boston. But the people, aroused by this bold act of the British, had assembled in arms, and pursued them, attacking them from every direction 381 TheBritish were reinforced at Lexington by a detachment of 900 soldiers under Lord Piercy. Having two pieces of cannon, the colonists were kept at a great distance, but they kept up a continual, but irregular fire, which did great execution 381 The British reached Bunker's Hill at nightfall, and the next morning crossed Charlestown Ferry and returned to Boston, with a loss of 93 men killed and taken prisoners, and 185 wounded 381 '20 u , 1776. 1775. The colonists had 60 killed and 28 wounded and niiasing. There wore never more than 400 of the Americans engaged at one time, and no discipline was observed among them 881 The Congress of Massacluisotts calls up(m the N. E. colonics for an army of 80,000 men, ^Iivssachusetts pledging 18,000 of the number 381 May. — Gen. Gage is reinforced from Gront Britain by a large body of soldiers under Gens. Howe, Burgoyne, and Clinton 388 May 10. — Ticonderoga and Crown Point wore taken by Ethan Allen, aided by Col. Benedict Arnold and Col. Seth Warner 388 Col. Benedict Arnold captured a British sloop of war, and gained com- mand of Lake Champlain 888 June 15. — George Washington was appointed commander-in-chief of the American array 380 BATTLE OF DUNKEU HILL. June 17 — Battle of Bunker's Hill fouiyht. The American Commanders order 1,000 men to intrench on Bunker's Hill the night of the 16th. By mistake Breed's Hill was selected, and before morning a redoubt of eight rods square was thrown up 383 The British began firing upon them at daylight from their vessels. At noon they landed a force of 3,000 men under Gen. Howe, and marched towards Breed's Hill. Thej' kept up a constant artillery Are, under which the Americans continued work on the intrenchments 383 The British set fire to Charlestown on their way, and the citizens of Boston and the surrounding country view the awful scene from every pinnacle and height, and the hill-tops are co v'cred with thousands of an.xious inhabitants . 383 The American forces engaged numbered but 1,500. They reserved their fire till the enemj' was within a few rods, when they poured such a fierce and incessant volley upon them, that they were forced to retreat in dis- order 383 The British oflScers urged their soldiers at the point of the sword, and as they approached, the Americans again reserved fire, and when near, sent a second volley with such terrible effect, tliat tliey again retreated 388 The British made a third attack, bringing their cannon to bear upon the intrenchments. The fire from the ships, batteries, and artillery were redoubled, and the intrenchments attacked upon three sides. The Americans, finding their powder nearly expended, ordered a retreat. The soldiers reluctantly obeyed, fighting with their gunstocks until the enemy hiid taken possession of tlie trenches 383 The British attempted to flank them, but were met with so much resist- ance that they desisted, and the Americans retreated to Prospect Hill, and proceeded to fortify themselves. The British retired to Bunker's Hill and prepared for defense. Their loss in this battle amounted to 1,054, among whom 19 were commissioned officers, and 70 more wounded. The loss on the American side was 139 killed, among them the brave Gen. Warren. The wounded and missing numbered 314. The Americans lost five pieces of cannon. July 13.— Gen. Washington took command of the American Army at Cambridge. The combined forces numbered but 14.000 men, unacquainted with military discipline, and destitute of everything which renders an army formidable '. 383 Wtatf^rt ^M^^^P^H#^ ^m^^^^m^^i^^^^mi^^ /■ L 1776. Gen. Montgomery, with a command of 1,000 men, attacks St. Johns, Can- ada, capturing the town and a large number of cannon, tluld pieces, and small arms, taking 600 prisoners 388 At the same time Col. Ethan Allen was taken prisoner near Montreal. lie was loaded with irons,' and sent iu tluit condition to England W6 Col. Benedict Arnold, with 1,000 men. succeeded in reaching Quebec by traversing the wilderness of Northern Maine and Canada, and sailing down the St. Lawrence 890 A navy of 13 vessels ordered by Congress. Congress ordered the issuing of $5,000,000, paper money. Benjamin Franklin appointed first Postmaster-General. 1776. Col. St. Clair ma hcd, with a regiment of soldiers, from Pennsylvania to Canada during the extreme cold of a northern winter 891 March 4. — Washington fortifies and takes possession of Dorchester Heights. March 17. — The British evacuated Boston with 7.000 men, leaving their barracks standing, and stores to the amount of £30,000 896 June 7. — Richard Henry Lee made the first motioi^ in Congress for declar- ing the colonies free 407 INDEPENDENCE DECLARED. July 4. — The American colonics openly declared their independence and freedom from British sovereignty 407 Eleven of the thirteen States establish a second branch of Legislature, calling it a Senate 409 The States unitedly agree in appointing for each a Governor, or head of each State 409 The States agreed in deriving their powers of government from the people ; and in no case was the smallest title or power to be exercised from hereditary right 409 AH hereditary privileges and religious establisliments were declared abol- ished, therebjr destroying the alliance between Church and State, and leveling all social distinctions 409 BATTLE OP LONG ISLAND. Aug 27. —The battle of Long Island was fought 409 The British forces were commanded bv Gen. Clinton, assisted by Generals Grant audDe Heister, tlie latter conunancling a regiment of Hessians 400 Gen. Washington, aided by Gen. Sullivan and Lord Sterling, had command of the American troops. The first attack was made very early in the morn- ing by the Hessians. Tlic action was well supported on both sides for several hours, but the BUperior numbers and discipline of the English, together with a large force which cut off the rear of the Americans, intercepted a retreat 401 Tlie Americans fled precipitately, and many of them were lost in the marshes. Their total loss amounted to over 1,000 men, including the wounded and prisoners; among the latter were 83 oflicers, including General Sullivan and Lord Sterling 401 Gen. Washington called a council of war, and it was determined to remove the army, the greater part of which he had placed upon Long Island, to the city of New York. The wind being favorable, and a dense fog coming on. the troops were all removed during the night, before the enemy was aware of the movement. .401 ^^^i^^i^hm^^m^mK^m ^^^m^^t^^m^^m rNSrCCESSFUL MI8BI0N. 1778, Lord Howo sends OoiuTfil Sullivan on pnrolo with a message to Ccngress, requesting an interview with a committee of ttiuir members as " private citi- zens," lie not having authority to recoii:nize the American Congress, but declared that he was, with his brother. Gen. Howe, empowered to compro- mise the dispute between them 401 Congress declined to send n committee in a private capacity, but delegated Dr. Franklin, John Adams, and Edward liutledge, to confer with Lord Howe in an official capacity 401 They were received with great politeness, but Lord ITowo failed to satisfy them that his authority extended farther than the power to "grant pardons upon submission to English rule. Btit the colonies were not suing for par- don, nor were they willing to relinquish their independence 401 Oct. 38.— The battle of White Plains was fought. Congress convened in Baltimore, and resolved upon prosecuting the war, redoubling their energies. Volunteers began to flocli to tlie army from all departments of life 408 1777. During this year Great Britain established the infamous prison-ship system 484 Inhuman treatment of American prisoners by the British, both in England and America 484 Jan. 3. — Battle of Princeton. July 8.— Battle of Fort Anne. ARRIVAL OF LAFAYETTE. July 31. — Lafayette arrived from France with troops and supplies, and offered his services to the colonies 414 Aug. 10. — Battle of Bennington fought by Gen. Starke. ... 439 Sept. 11. — Battle of Brandywine under Gen. Washington. Gens. Lafayette and Woodford were wounded 413 Sept. 19.— Battle of Stillwater 430 " 30. — British troops under Sir Wm. Howe enter Philadelpliia 437 Oct. 3 and 4.— Battle of Germantown - 434 " 6.— Capture of Forts Clinton and Montgomery, on the Hudson, " 7. —Battle of Saratoga 433 " 17. — Surrender of Burgoyne to !Maj. Gen. Gates at Saratoga 433 Dec. 8. — Washington and his army encamped on the Valley I* orgo. Des- titute of sufficient clothing and food, the army suffered incredible hardships in the midst of a rigorous winter 436 1778. Jan. 5. — Capt. Cook explored the coast of Alaska. A YANKEE DEVICE. "Battle of the Kegs." A contrivance of the Americans to destroy the British fleet. It was composed of a large number of little machines resembling kegs, containing explosive materials which they thought would set the British shipping on fire. The British were very much astonished at their appearance, and called out their forces to meet their new and mysterious enemy. It re- sulted in little harm to the fleet, but much consternation to the British, which caused great merriment to the Americans. Bills were passed by the British Parliament granting all that the colonies had asked, but Congress rejected their offers. It V =1 r i i i i i ! GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS, 809 1778. The British loss, up to this date, amounted to 20,000 men and S50 vessels. Feb. 6. — France acknowledges the independence of the United States. .484 March 1. — $1 in specie exchanged for $1.75 in napcr money; Sept. 1, for |4; 1779, March 1, for|10; Sept. 1. for $18; 1780, March 18, for $40; Dec. 1, for $100; and 1781, May 1, for from $200 to $000. June 28.— Battle of Monmouth 440 July 8, 4. — Massacre at Wyoming. Over 1,000 Indians and Tories fell upon the inhabitants, and cruelly put to death the greater part of them, de- stroying everything in their savnge fury 4S5 June 16. — War between England and Spain. JONES' NAVAL VICTOnY. Sept. 8. — Paul Jones' great naval victory oflf the coast of Yorkshire, Eng- land. This was the flrst American naval victory, and was the most sangui- nary battle ever fought between two ships. Paul Jones wos commander of a squadron of S ships. The Bon Homme Richard, his own ship — an old and clumsy vessel of 42 guns — engaged a British man- of -war, the Serapia, a new ship of 50 guns, commanded by Commodore Richard Pearson, and manned by 820 picked men. A desperate flglit ensued. The Serapis swung around, by the force of the wind, square alongside of the Bon Homme Richard, and their yards being entangled, Jones lashed the two ships together. Then began the most fearful encounter recorded in naval history. The cannon of each ship touching, and amid their incessant war and crashing of falling masts, both vessels took Are. At this terrible crisis, the captain of the Alliance, one of Jones' squadron, began firing broadsides into the stern of the Bon Homme Riclmrd, causing her to leak at a fearful rate. This dastardly and traitorous act was caused by personal hatred toward his superior commander. The Are increasing in the ship, Jones' ofRcers endeavoured to persuade him to strike his colors, but he refused to yield, and soon the Serapis surrendered. 1779. Dec. — Coal first used in America by some Pennsylvania blacksmiths. Death of Patrick Henry, aged 68. 1780. Feb. 6.— Congress calls for 85,000 men 464 NOTABLE DARK DAY. 1780. May 19. — Notable dark day in New England. A dense and mysterious darkness covered the land, continuing from twelve to fifteen hours, filling all hearts with wonder, and multitudes with fear and consternation — the super- stitious regarding it as the "da^of doom," and the learned and scientific wholly unprepared to account for the wonderful phenomenon. The dark- ness at midday was so dense that people were unable to read common print, or determine the time of day by clocks or w^atches, and at night, although at the full of the moon, the darkness was so impenetrably , thick that traveling was impracticable without lights, and a sheet of white paper was equally mvisible with the blackest velvet. The atmosphere seemed charged with a thick, oily, sulphurous vapor, and streams or water were covered with a thick scum, and paper dipped in it. and dried, appeared of a dark color, and felt as if it had been rubbed with oil. TREASON OP ARNOLD. Sept. 28.— Treason of Benedict Arnold, and arrest of Major Andre. Maj. -General Benedict Arnold was an officer of high rank, and had been greatly admired for his bravery and uncomplaining fortitude and endurance during the first years of the war. He had been promoted from the office of Captain to that of Maj. -General, but, being of a proud and haughty nature, 1 I ! j ■ \ 'i A i ■ li 1780. and exceedingly ambitious, his envy at Seefng others rank above him, laid the foundation of his treachery and treason, which Anally culminated in the betrayal of his country to its enemies. He had been stationed in Philadel- fthia while unfitted for service from wounds received in a battle near Still- water, and while there his reckless extravagance caused his censure by Con- gress, and a trial by court-martial and reprimand from the Commander-in- chief of the army, which was approved by Congress. This disgrace was more than his proud, imperative nature could brook, and he immediately began plotting to betray his country. His correspondence with the British commander, Sir Henry Clinton, was conducted through Maj. Andre, an offi- cer, of great distinction and merit, in the British army. He was captured upon his return from an interview with Arnold, within the American lines, by three privates, John Paulding, David Williams and Isaac Van Wert, who searched his person and discovered the treasonable documents in his boots. Arnold learned of the capture of Andre, and succeeded in making his escape but a short time before the arrival of Gen. Washington, who had appointed to breakfast with him 407 HANGING OP MAJOB ANDRf . 1780. Oct. 2. — Major Andre was hung after a trial by court-martial, upon the unquestioned evidence of his guilt. Great sympathy was manifested by both friends and enemies for Major Andre, but the inexorable demands and usage of war, and the safety of the country, necessitated his execution as a spy. Oct. 7.— Battle of King's Mountain 462 Nov. 20.— Battle of Blackstock 462 Dec. 2. — Greene takes command of the Southern army 473 Dec. 20. — War between England and Holland 469 Dec. 30.— National Thanksgiving 482 1781. Jan, 1. — Revolt of Pennsylvania troops at Morristown 470 Bank of North America established at Philadelphia. Expedition of the British into Virginia under Benedict Arnold 472 Jan. 17.— Battle of the Cowpens. , 473 ' ' 19. — Cornwallis joined by Leslie at Charleston 474 Feb. 2.— Battle of McGowan's Ford 474 " 16.— Battle of Guilford's Court-house 473 .Tan. and Feb. — Remarkable retreat of Gen. Greene through South Caro- lina '^ 474 April 22. — Surrender of Fort Watson to Gens. Marion and Lee 476 " 25.— Battle of Hobkirk's Hill 476 May 9. — Surrender of Pcnsacola. " 10. — Camden evacuated 476 " 12. — Fort Schuyler (Utica) destroyed by fire. " 12.— Fort Molt taken 476 " 15. — British abandon Nelson's Ferry 477 June 6. — Augusta, Ga., capitulates 477 " 18-19.— Siege of Ninety-Six, S. C. July 6. — Battle of Green Spring. Aug. 3. — Arrival of the French fleet under De Grasse 476 \ - / GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. 311 1781. Auff. 14.— American ajid French allied armies march from the Hudson, near New York, to Virginia. Cornwallis hemmed in at Yorktown 481 Sept. 6. — Burning of New London by Benedict Arnold 482 Massacre at Fort Griswold, Conn. Sept. 8.— Battle of Eutaw Springs; a splendid victory under General Greene 477 Oct. 6. — Bombardment of Yorktown 481 " 19. — Surrender of Cornwallis at Yorktown. Gen. Lincoln appointed by Washington to receive his sword 481 Oct. 34. — Indian battle at Johnstown. National tnanksgiving proclaimed. FIRST STEAMBOAT. 1782. First boat propelled by steam was placed upon the Potomac River, by James Rumsey, a Bohemian, which was seen and certified to by Washington. Feb. 6. — Resolutions passed in the House of Commons in favor of peace. April 17. — Holland acknowledges the independence of the United States, and a treaty of amity and commerce secured through negotiations of John Adams 488 LAST BATTLE OF THE REVOLUTION. June 24. — Last battle of the Revolutionary War — a skirmish near Savan- nah, and some slight skirmishes in South Carolina, in one of which the gal- lant young Col. John Laurens lost his life. July 11. — Savannah, Ga., evacuated by the British. Aug. — War closed between the United States and Great Britain. Nov. 18. — Preliminaries of peace between the United States and Great Britain signed at Paris 489 Dec. 14. — Charleston, S. C, evacuated by the British. LOSS DURING THE REVOLUTION. 1783. Seventy thousand men estimated to have been lost during the Revolution- ary War. Oliver Evans introduced the first improved grain mill. Fur-trading established in Alaska. Feb. 5. — Independence of United States acknowledged by Sweden. Feb. 25. — Independence of United States recognized by Denmark. March 24. — Independence of United States acknowledged by Spain. April 11. — Peace proclaimed by Congress. " 19. — Peace announced by Washington to the army 494 July. — Independence of United States recognized by Russia. Sept. 3. — Definitive treaties of peace between England and the United •States, France, Spain, and Holland. Oct, 18. — Proclamation for disbanding the army. Nov. 2. — Washington's farewell orders 494 Nov. 25.— New York evacuated by the British 494 Dec. 23. — Washington resigns his commission 495 178 J. Great distress prevailed in the United States owing to scarcity of money. Treaty of peace with the Six Nations iit Fort Schuyler. iTrr I :i f i il 812 OBEAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. 1784. First a^icultural society in the United States at Philadelpliia. Methodist Church organized by Bishop Coke. < Feb. — First voyage made from China to New York. 1785. Commercial treaties between United States and Prussia, Denmark, and Portugal. Thomas Jefferson sent as Minister to France. John Adams Minister to London. He was the first ambassador from the United States to Great Britain. Copper cents first issued froRi a mint at Rupert, Vt. 1786. Financial embarrassment threatens the peace of the country. Death of Gen. Greene 473 First cotton mill in the United States built at Beverly, Mass. shay's rebellion. Dec. — Shay's rebellion in Massachusetts. After the war there occurred a series of outbreaks against the Government, which were caused by the impov- erished condition of the country, and the feeling of discontent and dissatis- faction of the soldiers, who as yet had received Tittle toward satisfying their claims, and also, as a consequent result of war, by a demoralizing influence which was ready to be kindled into a flame by every appeal to passion or sel- fishness. A rebellion was organized under the command of Daniel Shay, Luke Day, and Eli Parsons, which attempted the overthrow of lav/ and order, and the establishment of mob force. They proceeded to march upon Spring- field, and prevent the sitting of court, and if possible, seize the arsenal. But Governor Bowdoin summoned the militia, numbering over four thousand, under command of Gen. Lincoln, and by prompt and decisive measures it was quickly suppressed. 1787. May to Sept. — Convention held in Philadelphia of the States to form a Fed- eral Constitution 446 .Sept. 28. — The Constitution as it now stands, minus the amendments since added, was laid before tlie Continental Cougress, whicJi sent it to the several States for approval. iirvTirTioN OF inoN kuidges. 1788. Iron bridges invented by Thomas Paine, tlio author of "Common Sense" and "Age of Reason." He made a niotlel for an iron l)ridge to be built over the Schuylkill, with a single arch of iron of 400 foot span. The idea was suggested to his mind \»f observing th«i construction of a spider's web. FinST CONSTITUTIONAL CONGRESS. 1789. March 4. — First Congress under the National Constitution assembled at New York. Mackenzie, in the employment of the Northwestern Fur Company, made an overland journey to the great polar river named for him, which empties into the Arctic Sea. Aug. 33. — John MtcJi exhibited a boat on the Schtylkill. at Philadelphia, jrro- petted by steam, aud afterward a stock company was formed, which built a steam packet that ran till the crmpauy failed iu*1790. THE OUIOINAL THIRTEEN STATES. When the National Government was established, the number of the States was thirteen, viz. : New Hampshire, Massachusi-tts, Rhode Island, Connec- ticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carohna, and "Georgia. i i ^ ■>n5ir>" ! 1789 i 1790. 1791. 1792. Congi-ess passed first tariff bill. Tiie departments of State, War, and Treasury created. THE FIRST PRESIDENT. April 30. — Inauguration of George "Washington as President, and John Adams as Vice-President 496 John Carroll the first Catholic Bishop in the United States First Temperance Society formed in the United States by 300 farmers in Litchfield county, Connecticut. Laws passed — ordering a census to be taken ; to provide for payment of foreign debts ; naturalization law; patent law; copyright law; law defininjj treason and piracy: penalty for both, hanging; status of the slavery question settled ; State debts, etc. Congress removed to Philadelphia. District of Columbia ceded to the United States by Maryland, for the loca- tion of the National Government. Oct. 17-22. — Harmar defeated by the Indians on the Maumeo in Indiana, near Fort "Wayne. Gen. Harnier, with a force of 1453 men, attacked the Indians with small detachments of his force, and was twice defeated with great loss. First rolling mill introduced into the TJnited States. April 17. — Death of Benjamin Franklin 485 May 29. — Death of Major-Gen. Israel Putnam, at Brookline, Conn,, aged 72 years. Gen. Putnam, although an illiterate man and a backwoodsman, was one of the bravest and most trulj' patriotic Generals in the American Army. FIRST CEKSUS. First census taken— population 4,000,000. Samuel Slater, the father of cotton manufacturing in the United States, set up first machinery for spinning cotton. United States Ban IrVartered by Congress vith a capital of $10,000,000; stock all taken the flrrt iay. Congress laid a tax im; \vh\sky — the first internal taxation to raise money in the United tjliilfcis. First patent issued *or tiireshing-machiues. Gen. "Wayne appoi? led Commander-in-Chief of the American forces. . .498 Canada divide ' into Upper fii d Lower, or afterward, East and "West Canada. ST. clair's DrrEAT. Nov. 4.— St. Clair's defeat hy the Indians. While encamped with his whole army, 2000 strong, upon a stream tributary to the Wabash, he was surprised early in the morning by a large force of Indians, nnder the chief "Little Turtle." Tlic surprise was so complete, the troops having just been dismissed from parade, and Ger. St. Clair not being able to mount his horse, that the militia, who were first attacked, fled in utter confusion 489 Law passed for establishing a mint. Congress passed an act apportioning representatives under the new census, whieh gave Congress 105 mcmbei. . Great opposition to the tax on whisky. n\ i! J;t 'ifi ^^^■^^■^^M^^V^M 314 ■ ik^i i^B^^^^H^^n^ GREAT niSrORICAL EVENTS. 1792. May 7.— Capt. Grny, commander of the American ship Colui^ia, discov^ ered tlie Columbia River, naming it after liis sliip. Academy for the education of girls opened at Litchfield, Conn., by Miss Prime. First daily paper established. Oldest canals in the United States dug around the rapids in the Connecticut River, at South Hadley and Moptague Falls. 1793. Washington Inaufi^uratcd the second time as President, with John Adams again as Vice-President. Fugitive Slave Law passed. John Hancock and Roger Sherman die. •invention of the cotton gin. Cotton gin invented by Whitney. A machine for separating seeds from cotton; an invention whicii revolutionized the cotton trade, and which added more to the wealth and commercial importance of the United States than any other invention or enterprise could have done at that time. YeUmo Fever first visited the United States at Philadelpliia. Automatic signal telegraph introduced and applied in New York. Steam first applied to saw-mills in Pennsylvania by Gen. Bentham. President's salary fl.xed at $25,000. WHISKY REBELLION. 1794. Great whisky rebellion in Western Pennsylvania, caused by the tax levied upon whisky. A large district in Pennsylvania, where the crops of grain were over-abundant, and no adequate market except the great Monongahela distillers, openly resisted the tax by resorting to mob law. Otticials and loyal citizens were whipped, branded, tarred and feathenid, and great excite- ment prevailed in all t&e Northern States. The Union was imperiled, and Washington headed an army to meet the crisis. The rebellion was soon sup- pressed, and law and order established 498 First woolen factories and carding machines in Massachusetts. wayne'h great victory. Aug. — Wayne's great victory over the Indians, under "Little Turtle." Gen. Anthony Wayne, or " Mad Anthony," as he was called, on account of his reckless courage, attacked the Indians upon the Maiimee, in Ohio, and by his determined and impetuous charge, he routed the whole Indian force from their favorite fighting ground, and drove them more than > wo miles through thick woods and fallen timber in the course of one hour, causing them to sue for peace on the conqueror's own terms. Their confederacy was com- pletely annihilated 498 Act passed for building ships of war, which laid the foundation for the present navy system. American vessels were prohibited from supplying slaves to any other nations. First sewing thread ever made from cotton produced at Pawtucket, Rhode Island. 1795. Great opposition to the treaty with Great Britain. War imminent, but the great firmnesis and decision of Washington averts it 499 First large American glaas factory built at Pittsburg. 1796. John Adams and Thos. .lefferson elected President and Vice-President. 500 Dec. 7. — Washington's last speech to Congress, declining further olflce.SOO * ^■•^^■I'^H^^taai^^ia ': GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. 315 1797. March 4. Inauguration of John Adams as President 500 No peaceful nations were to be interrupted by privateering, under penalty of $10,000 fine and lOyedrs imprisonment. France, incensed at the neutrality of the United States, in their war with England, banished the U. S. minister (Mr. Pinckney) from Paris 503 The treaty of alliance with France revoked by Congress, and authority given for capturing armed French vessels 503 Provisions made for raising a small regular army 503 FIRST CAST IRON PLOW. First cast-iron plow patented by Newbold of New Jersey. The patentee expended $30,000 in perfecting and introducing the plow, and the farmers refused to use it, alleging that it poisoned the land and promoted the growth of rocks! Commercial Advertiser established in New York. 1798. A direct tax and additional internal revenues were laid 503 Navy department created and a number of war vessels ordered to sea, in expectation of war with France 503 Washington appointed Commander-in-Chief of the army, by President Adams 503 THE "state's rights TIIEORT." Congress passed alien and sedition laws, wliich called out the first expres- sion of the " State's Rights Theory." 1799. Naval engagement between American and French ships of war. America victorious, and terms of peace are secured 503 First teachers' association, called the Middlesex Co. Association, for the improvement of common school?, composed mostly of teachers. Death of Washington, first President of the United States. VON HUMBOLDT. Humboldt visited South America, and explored the mountain regions, and gathered new collections to his vast stores of scientific facts and natural curi- osities. — 1800. — 1800. 1801. 1803. Removal of the seat of Government to Washington 503 General bankruptcy law passed. May 13. — Disbanding of the provisional army 503 Nov. — The Denwcratic, or old Republican party elected its first can- didate for President. ]March 4. — Inauguration of Thomas Jefferson as President of the United States, with Aaron Burr for Vice-Presidont 503 June 10. — War with Tripoli commenced ; 504 June 14. — Death of Benedict Arnold 431 Port of New Orleans closed by the Spanish Government, and United States vessels were forbidden to pass down the Mississippi River. First public library founded. A< aJomy of Fine Arts established in New York. First pjiteuts issued for making starch from corn and potatoes. I m Mi 4 m > h it 1808. American fleet sent to punish pirates in the Barbary States and North Africa 504 First undenominational tract society formed, and called " Society for Pro- moting Christian Knowledge." Adam and Wm. Brent began the manufacture of pianos in Boston. First effort made toward teaching mutes. LOUISIANA PURCnASB. April 30. — The territory lyin^ between the Gulf of Mexico and the British possessions, the Mississippi Rfver and the Pacific Ocean — over 1,000,000 square miles — purchased of France for $15,000,000. This vast territory con- stituted the original State of Louisiana 504 1804. Feb. 4. — Frigate President destroyed at Tripoli by Decatur 505 Fort Dearborn built — the present site of Chicago. Lewis and Clark exploring expedition starts across the plains. The Delaware Indians cede to the United States an extensive tract of land lying east of the Mississippi River, and between the Ohio and Wabash Bivers 505 DUEL BETWEEN ALEXANDER HAMILTON AND AAEOr BTJJRR. July 11. — Alexander Hamilton. ex-Secretary of the Treasury, shot and killed in a duel with Aaron Burr, Vice-President of the United States. !S05. Sitka, Alaska, founded by the Russian-American Fur Company. Ice first became an article of commerce in the United States. England seized several armed American vessels and insulted the national flag. March 4. — Thomas Jefferson re-inaugurated as President, with George Clin- ton for Vice-President . .503 COLUMBIA RI Zll AND OREGON EXPLORED. Nov. 15. — Clark and Lewis arrived at the Columbia River on their explor- ing voyage. 1806. Scoresby, in command of a whaling vessel, reached the latitude of 81 deg.— within 680 miles of the North Pole. SPOTTED FEVER. The spotted fever appeared in Massachusetts, spreading over the other States, and continuing imtil the year 1815, and proved very fatal. First Relief Society for widows and children, founded in New York by Joanna Bethune. Total eclipse of the sun at midday. Nov. 21. — Rtnapnrie's "Berlin Ikcree" which forbade the introduction of English goods into any port of Europe, even by the vessels of neutral powers 506 1807. British vessels oidored to leave United StaVv's waters 507 June 22. — Attack on the American frigate Cliesapenke by the British ship Leox>ard 506 AARON liURR TRIED FOR TREASON. Aaron Burr was trieu for high treason, and was also charged Tvith a con- spiracy agji'nst the Government, and with being ambitious for dominion, and with contemplating founding a new empire, witli himsi^lf for sovereign. But the prosecution failed in its legal proofs, and ht was acquitted. Congress ordered the first coast survey. / \ ' r /■ SLAVE TKADE DECLARED TO BE PIRACY. 1807. Importation of olavea forbidden by Congress, and the traffic declared to be piracy. Wooden clocks first manufactured by machinery in Connecticut, by Eli Terry. Dec. 23. — Embargo laid by the United States upon all commerce preventing American vessels from sailing for foreign ports, and all foreign vessels from taking out cargoes, and all coasting vessels were required to give bonds to land their cargoes in the United States 606 FULTON'S STEAMBOAT, * FKrst succesfful steamboat built by Robt. Fulton, a native of Pennsylvania, and called the Clermont. Mr. Pulton made his trial trip on the Hudson River, from New York to Albany, and thousands of curious spectators thronged the shores to witness the failure of "Fulton the Fanatic." None believed, few hoped, and everybodjr jeered. An old Quaker accosted a young man who had taken passage, in this manner: "John, will thee liak thy life in such a concern? I tell t/iee she is the most fearful wildfowl living, and thy father ought to restrain tJiee." But, on Friday morning, the 4th of August, the Clermont left the wharf, and went puffing up the Hudson with every berth, twelve in number, engaged to Albany. The fare was seven dollars. Fulton stood upon the deck and viewed the motley and jeering crowd upon the shore, with silent satisfaction. As she got fairly under way and moved majestically up the stream, there arose a deafening hurrah from ten thousand throats. The passengers returned the cheer, but Fulton, with flashing eye and manly bearing, remained speechless. He felt this to be his long-sought hour of triumph. They were cheered all along the passage from every hamlet and town, and at West Point the whole garrison were out and cheered most lustily. At Newburg, the whole surrounding country had gathered, and the siue-hill city swarmed with curious and excited multitudes. The boat reached Albany safely — 150 miles in 33 hours, and returned in 30. The Clermont was a success, and Robert Fulton was famous. 1808. Jan. 1. — Slave-trade in the United States abolished. First -printing office icest of the Mississippi River established at St. Louis, by John Henkle. First Bible Society founded in Philadelphia. 1809. First woolen mills set up in New York. March 1. — The Embargo repealed 507 " 4.— .Tames 3Iadison and Georaje Clinton inaugurated President and Vice-President 507 bonapaute's orders. 1810. Napoleon Bonaparte ordered the sale of 133 confiscated American vessels and cargoes, valued at $8,000,000. March. — Rnmhnuillet Decree issued by Napoleon, ordering all American ves- sels io be seized and condenmcd 507 Manufacture of steel pens begun in Baltimore. First agncnUnralfair in the United States held at Georiietown, D. C. 1811. May 16.— Engagement between the U. S. frigate President and the British sloop of war Little JMt 508 Depredations upon Amerieau ves-icls by England and France continued. 506 j I i 1811 1812. 1813. Plim for plfitlng vchsoU with Iron, as a defense against shot and shell, devised by R. L. ytcvens. The jirat steamboat for WeaUii'n waters, the New Orleans, built at Pitts- burgh. Nov. 7.— Battle of TipiMicame. Tecumsch defeated by Gen, Harrison. 510 Dec— Burning of a tlieatre in Jtichtmnd. The Governor of Virginia and family, and a large number of persons, perished in the flames. OllEAT EAIlTIItiUAKE. Great and extensive earthriuake at New Madrid. Mo., extending nearly 800 miles along the Mississippi, and 58, and 10,000 seamen were impressed. April 3. — Embargo laid for DO days. May.— Congress levied a tax of $8,000,000. WAU OP EKiHTKKN HUNnUED AND TWELVE. Junt' 18. — War deelart'd wltu Great Britain 508 " 23. — British Orders in Council repealed. July 12.— Hull invaded Canada 508 " 17. — Surrender of Mackinaw 508 Aug. 5. — Van Horn defeated. " 8.— Miller defeated. • " 13. — The Essex hilenced the British ship of war Alert. " 15. — Surrender of Gen. Hull at Detroit before the first blow was struck 508 Aucr. 19. — Capture of the British frigate Ouernere by the Constitution (•• Olcl Ironsides.") '. 509 Oct. 13. — Defeat of the Americans at Queenj-town. " 1^.— Capture of the British brig Frolic by the United States sloop of war Wnttp 508 Oct. 25. — Capture of the British frigate Macedonian by the frigate United 8ta(', Mass. GREAT GALE IN NEW ENGLAND. September 23. — Great gale and flood in New England. Immense damage was done to property, and much shippini' destnm'd in the harbors, and the loss of life was great. In Providence, Khode Islaiul, vessels were actually driven over the wliarves and tlirough the streets. The rain descended in torrents, and in many places families were rescued in boats from the upper stories of their houses. Majestic oaks, a hundred years old, were torn up by their roots, and twisted into shreds. In Stonington, Conn., the tide rose 17 feet higher than usual. There is no account of a stonn or gale, in all respects, so remarkable as was this in the history of the United States. In 35 hours the fall of rain reached 8.05 inches. The damage done by the flood almost equaled that of tht; liarricane. Millions of dollars of property and very many lives were lost. 1816. Second United States Bank chartered with a capital of $35,000,000. Steam first applied to paper-making at Pittsburg. James Monroe was elected President and Daniel C. Tompkins Vice- President 515 IMiss Emma Willard opened her famous school for girls in Troy, N. Y. This was known as the year without a summer. 1817. Pensions granted to Revolutionary soldiers. Indians in Georgia and Alabama subdued by Generals Jackson and Gaines 511 in^w~M~i I in i~ r~ r r~ r i ~ " — ^ ^ The .518 .518 .514 Vice- , . .515 y. 1817. 1818. 1810. 1820. 1831. 1833. Erlo Canal commencod. Publishing house of Harper & Brother founckil iu New York. The Columbiuu Print Ing-pross, invented by Geo. Clymer, was the first importaut improvement iu printing-presses in tliis country. Corner Stone of the present United States Capitol laid. U. S. flag permanently remodeled. Pensacola, Florida, captured from the Spanish by Gen. Jackson. FIU8T STEAMBOAT CUOSSED IJIE ATLANTIC. The American steamshij) SiintiuiaJi made the first steam voya;rr icross the Atlantic. ODD April 26.— Tlir- Thomas Wildey called Washin/jt nunabered by m FELLOWSHIP IN THE UNITED STATES. first immanent Lodge was formed in Baltimore, Md., by '1 Englishman, with a membership of live persons, and nlge, No. 1, To-day the membership of the Order is .,:' thousands. MISSOUUI COMPROMISE. Missoun Compromise ay reed to by Congress. In 1818 a petition was presented to Congress from the Territory of Missouri, asking authority to form a Constitution for a State. In Feb., 1819, Mr. Talmage, a New York Republican, moved an amendment prohibiting the introduction of slavery into any new State. A stormy debate of three days followed, during which Mr. Cobb, of Georgia, said, " A Are has been kin- dled which all the waters of the ocean ciumot put out, and which only .seas of blood can extinguish." To which Mr. Talmage replied: "If civd war, which gentlemen so much threaten, must come. I can only .say, let it come! .... If blood is necessary to extinguisli any fire which I have assisted to kindle, while I regret tiie necessity. I shall not hesitate to contrib- ute my own." The Senate struck out the amendment, and the measure was lost. In 1830 a bill was passed authorizing ^lissouri to form a Constitution without restrictions, but to which was attaclied a section prohibiting slavery in all territories north of latitude 36 deg. aO min. This clause is what is known as the " Missouri Compromise," and was warmly advocated by Henry Clay, and which was called "Henry Clay's Compromise Measure." Oct,— Cession of Florida to the United States for $5,000,000. and ratified by Spain 517 Heated discussions in Congress on the Slavery Question. Monroe elected President the second time, with Daniel C. Tompkins again 08 Vice-President. PETROLEUM DISCOVERED. Petroleum springs were first struck in Ohio, although their existence was known to tlie earliest settlers around the head waters of the Alleghany River, and oil-creeks were found in Pennsylvania and New York, from which the inhabitants gathered oil by spreading woolen blankets on the surface and wringing them out. IVIacadamized roads first introduced into the United States. Death of Daniel Boone, of Kentucky, an American pioneer, explorer, and huntsman of much renown. July 81.— Jackson takes possession of Florida 517 First cotton-mill built in Lowell, Mass. 21 IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) //^.*^!^ ^^^7 <■ ""'4^^' \^^ ■^ 1.0 ^ 1^ 1^ HI tU IMOO 1.1 V^^ — Hill |l.25 1 1.4 1.6 d.» ► ^ V '/2 ^ 0% /,. '^'4'^^ /A '/ PhotDgraphic Sciences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY MS80 (716) 873-4503 ,^^^^^M^" i,9 :yi;i!!i 11 ^'^^v^^^s^^^^^^^^^^^^k^^k^^k^^h^i^^^^^^^^i^^a^tf^^H^ 852 GREAT HISTOEIGAL EVENTS. POPE IN COMMAND. 1862. June 26. — Gen. Pope placed in command over the army of Virginia, 60,000 strong. June 26. — Battle of Mechanicsville between Fitz John Porter and Jackson. Heavy losses on both sides, the enemy retreating 570 June 27. — Battle of Gaines Mills. Gen. Porter engaced with 85,000 against Gen. Lee's forces of 60,000, under Gen. Jackson. McClellai) holding at the same time 60,000 troops on the other side of the Chickahominy, idly watching the rebels, who were stationed near with but 25,000 men. The Union forces were compelled to retreat from overwhelming odds, after a des- perate and long-continued struggle 670 June 27. — Hooker occupied Frederic City. " — Meade placed in command of the Army of the Potomac. June 28. — Hooker superseded by Meade. " —Rebel General Early invaded York, Pa., and levied a large sum of money upon that place. June 29. — Meade advanced to South Mountain. " — Longstreet and Hill march toward Gettysburg and order Ewell to meet them there. June 29.— Battles of Savage Station and Peach Orchard. June 30. — Battles of White Oak Swamp and Charles City Cross-roads, Jeflf. Davis and Lee attending in person. Union forces led by McCall, Franklin, and Slocum, reinforced by Hooker late in the day. June 30. — Battle upon the James river, with Commodore Porter's fleet and Heintzelman upon the field. McCall captured, and the Union forces retreat to Malvern Hill on James River 571 July 1.— President Lincoln calls for 600,000 volunteers. " —Attack of the rebels on Malvern Hill; their repulse and the decided victory of the Union forces 671 July 2.— Evacuation of Malvern Hill— where the army was strongly posted —by order of Gen. McClellan. The Union losses during the seven days' battles amoimted to 15,240. July 5. — Murfreesboro, Tenn., captured by the guerrilla chief ttun, Forrest. July 7. — Battle of Bayou de Cache, Arkansas. Gen. Curtis severely defeats Pike. July 7.— Raid of Morgan on Cjmthiana, Ky., and his repulse by Qrccu Clay Smith. July 8. — Surrender of Port Hudson by Gen. Gardner to Qcu. Banks. . .578 " — Gen. Lee withdrew his forces to Richmond. IIALIiECK GENERAL-IN-CHIEF. July 11.— Gen. Halleck appointed Commander-in-chief of the Union army at Washington. Gen. Grant succeeding him at Corinth 560 July 13.— Murfreesboro, Tenn., taken by rebels, capturing the garrison with Gen. Crittenden. July 14— Gen. Pope takes command of the Army of Virgina, and issues an address. July 15.— Battle of Fayetteville, Ark. Major Miller thoroughly beating Gens. Rains, Coffee, and others. x.m/'.mrmJ \ 1863. Julv 22.— Vicksburg canal completed and found useless. Siege post- poned. MARTIN VAN BUREN. July 24.— Death of Martin Van Buren, the eighth President of the United States. Aug.— Major Foster, with a force of 800 men, at Lone Jack, was defeated by Colonels Hughes and Coffee with a force of nearly 2,500 foot soldiers and cavalry, and Gen. Blunt in turn drove Coffer across the Arkansas line. Aug. 2.— Gen. Pope's advance crosses the Rapidan and occupies Orange Court-house 571 Aug. 3.— Gen. Halleck orders Gen. McClellan to retire from the Peninsula with all his forces 571 Rebel Gen. Jeff. Thompson defeated with great loss near Memphis. Aug. 4.— Draft of 300,000 men ordered, unless volimteering should pre- vent. Aug. 5.— Unsuccessful attack on Baton Rouge by the Confederates under Major-Gen. John C. Breckenridge, with a loss of 400 men and one of their Generals (Clarke) 567 Aug. 6.— Rebel ram Arkansas destroyed near Vicksburg by Com. Porter. " 6.— At Kirkville, Mo., Col. John McNeil, with a force of 1,000 cav- alry and 6 guns, attacked a band of Missouri partisans, numbering twice his own, under Col. Porter, and after four hours* severe fighting, defeated them, killing 180, wounding 500, and taking a large quantity of arms 563 Aug. 8. — Battle in New Mexico. Gen. Canby routing rebels under Gen. Sibley, who was killed by his own men. Aug. 9. — Battle of Cedar Mountain. Banks defeated by Jackson. Rebel Gen. Winder killed and Union Gen. Prince taken prisoner. Aug. 11. — Gen. Buell surrendered the garrison at Independence, consisting of 312 men, to a rebel band of 800 under Col. Hughes 563 Aug. 16. — Cavalry raid of Col. J. J. Phillips into Mississippi as far as Gre- nada, destroying fifty locomotives and five hundred cars. Aug. 24.— (Jen. Bragg's army invades Middle Tennessee and Kentucky, and Union Gen. George W. Morgan retreats to the Ohio river. Aug. 26. — Skirmish at Lewisburg between Union Gen. W. W. Averill and Col. George S. Patton 581 Aug. 28. — Union victory at Centreville under command of Pope, aided by Kearney and Sigel, and reinforced by Hooker and Reno late in the day, Longstreet commanding the rebel forces 573 Aug. 29-30. — Pope defeated near Bull Run and Centreville 673 Aug. 29. — Defeat of the Union force under Gen. Nelson at Richmond, Ky., by Gen. Kirby Smith. SURRENDER OP MEMPHIS. Surrender of Memphis to Com. Foote, giving the Union army the control of the Memphis and Charleston Railroad. RACE BETWEEN BRAGG AND BUELL. Gen. Bragg's raid into Kentucky, and race of 300 miles between Bragg and Gen. Buell, with their respective armies, to gain Louisville. Bragg being detained by a burning bridge, Buell reached Louisville in advance of uim. 23 ^ I ^^0^ 1862 Buell attacks Bragg, and a desperate battle fought at Perryville. Bragg retreats by night, taking an immense quantity of plunder. Sept.— The Union forces suffer several defeats and quite severe losses from ill-advised expeditions into Southern Louisiana 579 Sept. 1.— Battle of Chantilly, Va. Union army victorious, with the loss of Gk;n. Phil. Kearney and the brave Gen. Isaac J. Stevens 573 Sept. 2.— Gen. Pope sent to the North-west to conduct a campaign against the Sioux Indians 572 Sept. 2.— Attack on the rebels under Col. Poindexter at Chariton River by Col. Guitar, who drove them north, where they were met by Gen. Loan and again attacked by Gen. Guitar, who utterly annihilated the command. Sept. 3.— Gen. McClellan takes command of Pope's army. Sept. 4— Lee's army cross the Potomac at Poolesville, Md. General Porter was, in like manner, driven back upon Gen. McNeil by Gen. Loan, and compelled to disperse his command to save it from destruction. These skirmishes drove the enemy entirely south of the Missouri River, where they remained during the war 562 Sept. 14.— Battle of South Mountain, conducted by i IcClellan, Gen. Hill aiding the rebel forces. Union arms victorious. Maj.-Gen. Jesse L. Reno killed. 573 Sept. 15.— Surrender of Harper's FeiTy to the rebels by QexL Miles. . . .573 BATTLE OF ANTIETAM. Sept. 16-17. — Battle of Antietam, between Gen. McClellan and Gen Lee. Nearly 100,000 men engaged on each side. Battle raged for fourteen hours, extending four miles along the line. Gen. McClellan was aided by Burnside, Hooker, »Mansfleld. Sumner, and Franklin; Gen. Lee by Hood, Hill, Walker, and McLaw. The Union arms were v' jtorious. Lee retreated across the Potomac, leaving behind 40 of their colors and 25,000 men either dead or taken prisoners. Sept. 19. — Gen. Griffin crossed the river by night and carried eight rebel batteries on Virgmia Bluffs. Sept. 19. — Battle at luka. Rosecranz wins, against superior forces under Gen. Price, who retreats in the night with the loss of 1,438 men 574 Sept. 20. — Gen. Porter was ambushed by Gen. Hill and driven back to the river with great slaughter. Sept. 22. — Re-occupation of Harper's Ferry by Union forces under Gen. Sumner. EMANCIPATION PROCLAMATION ISSUED. Sept. 22. — President Lincoln issues a proclamation abolishing slavery in all the btates that should be in the rebellion on the Ist of January, 1863. Gen. Schofleld, in command of Missouri, was superseded by Gen. Curtis. Gen. Schofleld, with 10,000 men, drove the Confederates from Southwestern Missouri 568 Sept. 24. — Proclamation of suspension of writ of habeas corpus in miliUrj, cases. Oct. 3-4. — Battle at Corinth. Desperate fighting between Rosecranz and Price. A "Bunker Hill" encounter — the rebels throwing away their arms, and fleeing in wild disorder. The Union forces engaged numbered 15.700, and the Confederates 88,000 nT'i I: ^^^^1^^ ^pl^^^^^'^^^w 1862. Oct. 8-9 —Battle at Perry ville, Ky., between McCook's division of Buell's army and Gen. Bragg. Surprise and desperate charge by the enemy, then their defeat and precipitate retreat, through a timely and rapid charge by Phil. Sheridan 574 Oct. 10-13. — Stuart's rebel cavalry raid into Pennsylvania ; they seize and rob Chambersburg. Oct. — Buell superseded by Maj-Gen. Rosecranz 574 Oct. 22.— Gen. Blunt routs the rebels at Maysville, Ark. Gen. McClellan, after repeated orders, advances into Virginia. Nov. 8.— Gen. Burnside assumed command of the army of the Potomac, and began a rapid march toward Fredericksburg. Gen. McClellan relieved. burnside's expedition. Gen. Burnside, with 11,000 troops, and flag-officer Goldsborough in com- mand of the fleet, conduct an expedition against Roanoke. They destroy the rebel fleet and capture the forts, and gain command of the whole coast of North Carolina. Nov. 28.— Gen Blunt defeats the rebel Gten. Marmaduke at Cave Hill, Ark., with heavy loss. Dec. — Battle at Prairie Grove between Gen. Blunt, aided by Gen. Heron, and Confederate Gen. Hindman, resulting in victory to the Union arms; Gen. Stein, aide to General Hindman, was killed 563 BATTLE OP FREDEUICKSBURG Dec. 13.— Battle of Fredericksburg; 100,000 men engaged on the Union side, and 80,000 on the rebel. The Union army led by Burnside, Confederates by Gen. Lee. The rebels were thoioughly posted on the terraced heights above the city, and well supported, and the fighting on both sided was valiant and desperate. The Union army nearly destroyed the city, but failed to gain any advantage, and, at the earnest solicitation of his officers, Burnside withdrew from action, and at the close of the 15th removed his forces across the river. The Union loss this bloody day summed up 13,771, including killed, wounded, and missing. The rebel loss was 5,000. BANKS SUPERSEDES BUTLER. Dec. 14.— Gen. N P. Banks superseded Gen. Butler at New Orleans; But- ler having gained 4,000 soldiers, including three regiments and two batteries of negroes. He collected $1,088,000 by taxation and confiscation, after feed- ing the poor of the city to the extent of $535,000, he turned the balance over to the U. S. Treasury. His rigorous administration of law and justice caused a reward of $10,000 to be offered for his body dead or alive, by a leading rebel of Charleston, S. C 567 First issue of Greenbacks. Dec. 20.— Col. Murphy surrendered Holly Springs, with 3.000 men. includ- ing a large hospital filled with sick and wounded, and $4,000,000 worth of property to Gen. Van Dorn, of Sherman's command Dec. 23. — Jeff. Davis issues a proclamation outlawing Gen. Butler. " 26.— Com. Porter's gun-boats opened fire upon Vicksburg. _ Dec. 27-28.— Sherman attacked Vicksburg by land, and carried two lines of rifle-pits, but finding the city impregnable, he retired with a loss of 1,734 men. Dec. — Sherman superseded by McClernand. ill 356 !i GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. BATTLE OP MURFREE8BORO. * 1868. Dec. 81 to Jan. 8.— Rosecranz defeats Bragg after successive and exhaust- ing combats against superior numbers. The Union forces amounted to about i\^' ""^* ^^^ Confederate 60,000. Union loss 1,533 Icilled, 7,243 wounded, 2,800 missmg. The Itilled and wounded of the enemy amounted to 14,560. Dec. ^l.— Monitor founders at sea oflE Cape Hatteras. EMANCIPATION PROCLAIMED. 1868. Jan. 1.— Great Emancipation Proclamation announced to be in force. It waa long contemplated, but as a " war measure " was delayed until a propi- tious moment, when it was announced, and enthusiastically received at the North. By this act more than 3,000,000 slaves were made free. Jan. 1.— Gen. Magruder attacked the Massachusetts troops at Galveston, lexas, retaking the place. In co-operation with Magruder, three rebel rams attacked the Union fleet, blockading the bay. and capturing the 5a;Ti«« Lane, forced Renshaw, the commander of the Weatfidd, to blow her up, in which act he lost his life ' _ 573 LYMAN BEECHER. Jan. 10.— Lyman Beecher, D. D., died in Brooklyn, N. Y., at the age of 87 years. He was an American clergyman, and author of great eminence, and father of Henry Ward Beecher and Mrs. H. B. Stowe. Mr. Beecher enjoyed a large popularity as an eloquent and able minister of the Gospel, and bore an tmblemished reputation. In 1832 he was called to the presidency of the Lane Theological Seminary in Cincinnati, Ohio, which post he main- tained until his deatn. Jan. 11. — Gen. Banks attacks the enemy at Carney's Bridge, defeating them and destroying the gun-boat Cotton 678 Jan. 11.— Arkansas Post surrendered to Gen. McClernand. Jan. 12.— The gun-boat Hatteras sunk by the rebel privateer Alabama at Galveston 578 Jan. 21.— Two rebel gun-boats captured at the mouth of the Sabine. . .578 " 27.— Bombardment of Port McAllister, on the Ogeechee, by the Mon- itor. No results. Jan. 28.— Gen. Hooker succeeded Buniside over the Army of the Potomac. Feb. — Soldiers' Home established in Louisville by the Kentucky Branch Commission. Feb. 25. — Act to provide a national currency becomes a law. Feb. 28. — Rebel steamer Nashville destroyed by the Montauk on the Ogee- chee River. March. — Soldiers' Home established in Cairo by the Chicago Branch Com- inis.sion. March. — Col. A. D. Streight was captured by GJen. Forrest, after a running fight of nearly 100 miles. He was sent to Libby Prison with his men, num- bering 1.365. March 8.— Twenty -three rebel steamers captured up the Yazoo river. March 9. — Gen. Custer succeeded by Gen. Schofleld in command of the De- partment of Missouri 584 March 14. — Severe bombardment of Port Hudson, and attempt by the fleet to pass rebel batteries. i^^^f^m^^'^^'^^'^ GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. 857 1808. March 20.— Col. A. S. Hall defeated Qen. Morgan, a^ Ailton, against forces vastly superior to his own 576 March 25. — liebel fort destroyed opposite .the Union center, by springing a mine, and after a bloody encounter the Union forces took possession 518 March 80.— At Somerset, Ky., Qen. Oilmore, with a force of 1,200 routed the rebel Oen. Pegram, with two thousand five hundred men 588 April 1. — Farragut runs batteries at Grand Gulf and ravages Red River country. April 7. — Unsuccessful attempt by Com. Dupont to take Port Sumter, with serious slaughter to his fleet. April 10.— Van Dom repulsed at Franklin by Gordon Granger 576 *• 16. — Com. Porter successtully ran the batteries at Vicksburg with his fleet of gun-boats, losing but one boat, the Tigre»», and a part of the barges 677 April 27.— Chancellorsville campaign begins. " 29.— Com. Porter attacked the rebel batteries of Grand Gulf, but Gen. Gramt deciding to discontinue the assault, Porter ran their batteries without injury to his fleet 577 May 1.— Attack on Fort Gibson by McClemand, which, with Grand Gulf, were soon evacuated by the rebels 577 BATTLE OF CHANCELLOBSVILLE. May 3-6. — Battle of Chancellorsville under Hooker and Lee. Union forces engaged, 70,000; rebel forces, 60,000. Results undecided, but losses were very heavy on both sides. The rebel Gen. Stenewall Jackson mortally wounded, and Gen. Hooker stunned and insensible for a time, from a can- non-ball striking a pillar against which he was leaning. May 2. — Col. Grierson's force reaches Baton Rouge safe after fifteen days' ride through Mississippi. valakdigham's abrebt. May 4. — Arrest of Yalandigham for publicly expressing symijathy with the South, and for treasonable language against the military and civil admin- istration. May 10. — Death of Stonewall Jackson. " 15. — Battle of Edwards station. Enemy defeated by Grant, and pur- sued to Black River 577 May 15. — Battle of Jackson, Miss., Logan and Crocker defeating the rebels and taking their place. May 16. — Battle of Baker's Creek. Grant completely routes Pemberton, who loses 4,000 men and 29 guns. May 17. — Battle of Black River Bridge. Defeat and retreat of Pemberton to Vicksburg. Grant captures 18 guns and 1,500 prisoners. siege op vicksburg begun. May 18. — Gen. Grant closes in on Vicksburg and begins the siege 577 •' 19. — Haines' BlufE evacuated by the enemy 578 " 25.— Admiral Porter destroys $10,000,000 worth of property up the Yazoo. June. — A cavalry force under Col. Saunders enters East Tennessee, and captures 500 prisoners, burning several important bridges, and destroying a large quantity of rebel stores 583 r i \ 1868. June. — Qen. Rosecranz captures Shelby ville and Tullahoma en route for Chattanooga 588 SURRENDER OF FORT UIMDMAN. June 11. — Fort Hindman, or Arkansas Post, surrendered to Gen. McClernand with 17 cannon, 8,000 stand of arms, seven stand of colors, 5,000 prisoners, and large quantities of munitions. Gen. McClernand destroyed the works, and returned to Milliken's Bend. 577 REBEL SCARE. The rebels captured the Union rams Queen of the West and Indianoia, but blew up the latter on the approach of a counterfeit ram — made out of a flat- boat, with pork-barrels for smoke-stacks, and mud-furnaces — sent down the river by Com. Porter 577 Rebels under Lee moving North— Hooker starts to meet them. Henry Ward Beechcr visits England, and successfully meets the opposition to our Government amid vast and tumultuous mobs, silencing them, and winning applause instead of hisses. June 14. — Attack on the Union forces under Gen. Milroy at Winchester by the rebel Gens. Ewell and Longstreet, with a large force. Milroy having but a few regiments, maintained his ground until the afternoon of the 15th, wheu he retreated toward Martinsburg. Four miles out, he was again attacked by another division, and his force routed and dispersed. Hundreds of his fugitive soldiers were taken prisoners, and the loss of artillery and wagons was extensive. June 15. — The whole rebel army enters Pennsylvania, and marches North to within 13 miles of Harrisburg. Great excitement prevails in the Northern States. President Lincoln calls on the nearest States for militia, and is promptly responded to. June 17.— Rebel ram Atlanta captured by the Weehawken after an engage- ment of 15 minutes. " 26.— Andrew Hull Foote died in New York. He was an American Rear-Admiral. who served in the civil war with great distinction. June 28.— Gen. Meade supersedes Hooker. Lee's forces within four miles of Harrisburg. July 1.— Judge Cooley, of the New Orleans Bar, was shot in a duel by Col. B. B. Rhett, a political opponent. morgan's raid. July 3.— Morgan began his raid through the border States, capturing pris- oners and destroying property, and committing acts of depredation and hostilitv; robbing the mail, and plundering private citizens. He was cap- tured, with over 2.000 giierrillas, near New Lisbon, O., by Col. Shackle- ford, and, with several of his offlccrs, confined in the Penitentiary at Colum- bus, from which he escaped in November, and rcaclu'd Richmond, Va., and again entered the rebel service, and was killed the following year 581 battle op OETTVSnURG. July 1-4. — The battle of Gettysburg, between Gens. Meade and Lee, was one or the most bloody and hard-fought battles of the war. The armies were each about 80,000 strong. They fought desperately for three days, but finally victory crowned the Union arms. Total Union loss was 28.180. Meade cap- tured 41 flags and 13,621 prisoners. Lee made no report, but his supposed loss was 18,000 killed and wounded, and 10,000 unwounded prisoners 580 1868. BUItRENDER OF VICKBBURO. July 4. — Vicksburg, with 31,000 men, surrendered to Gen, Grant. Th«- CHmpaign had been carried on with gi-eat vigor for several montlis. Tlie inhaoitants bad been obliged to burrow in caves and holes dug in the ground to protect themselves from the llery storm of shot and shell which continually poured upon them. Destitute of ammunition and necessary provisions, the rebels at last capitulated. To Gen. McPherson was granted the honor of formally receiving the surrender. Julys.— Surrender of Port Hudson, with 7,000 men, to Gen. Banks, and the Mississippi is thus opened. M.\XIMILIAN DECLABED EMPEROR OF MEXICO. JWy 10. — The provisional French Government, set up in Mexico by the name of Assembly of Notables, numbering Sl.'i persons, assembled and declared for an imperial form of Government, and Archduke Maximilian of Austria was proclaimed Emperor. July 10.— Gen. Gilmore begins his attack on Forts Wagner and Gregg, Charleston. July 13. — Lee recrosses the Potomac into Virginia. RIOT IN NEW YORK. July 18-15.— Great anti-draft riot in New York. The mob destroyed the Draft-ofBce, burned the buildings and the whole block, preventing the fire department from doing their duty. Marching through the city, they took pos- session of, and destroyed every building which the Government officers occupied, gaining entire control of the city, and holding it for four days. Negroes were indiscriminately beaten and murdered in the most inhuman manner. $2,500,000 damages were claimed, and the number of lives lost was variously estimated from 500 to 1,000. The mob was finally quelled, partly by the efforts of Gov. Seymour and Archbishop Hughes, but chiefly by the untiring efforts of the police and the militia and the suppression of the draft. July 15. — Riot in Boston, which was soon suppressed, and one rioter killed and several wounded. Aug. 16. — Rosecranz begins his march upon Chattanooga. QUANTREIiL's RAID IN KANSAS. Aug. 21.— Ouantrell's raid upon Lawrence, Kan. A band of 300 rebel guerrillas, headed by Quantrell, a desperado, entered the quiet town of Law- rence early in the morning, and surprised the sleeping inhabitants, burning 185 buildmgs, and murdering in cold blood 140 men (many of them in their beds), robbmg stores, banks and private dwellings promiscuously. They then fled like so many wild savages of the forest from the avenging hand of Justice. The inhabitants pursued and killed 100 of their number. Aug. 23.— Shells thrown by the Union fleet into Charleston, nearly six miles. Beauregard protests. Sept. 3.— Gen. Burnside occupies Knoxville, Tenn. The loyal people of j^ast Tennessee receive him with expressions of intense joy at their deliver- East ance Sept. 6.— The rebels evacuate Forts Wagner and Gregg and Gilmore occu- py them. Sept. 9.— Surrender of Cumberland Gap to Burnside, with 2,000 men. .583 I Pi h Hi ^^ 1? It? BATTLE OF CIIICKAMAUOA. 1868. 8cpt. 10-20. — Battle of Ohicknmauga fought by Rosccranz and Gen. Bragg. Union army defeated I lie second day, and withdrew to Chattanooga, except Gen. Thomas, who stood hisgrounti, with a few divisions, for several hours, against the whole rebel army of 70,000 men, till night closed the bloody scene. The total Union loss was 16,331, and Gen. Brugg reported a loss 18,(H)0. .682 SUERMAJi'S MiUtCn. Oct. — Gen. Sherman, with his whole army, moved from Vicksburg south into Alabama, repairing the railroad and subsisting on the invaded country. 583 Oct. 2.— A large cavalry force, under rebel Gen. Wheeler, crossed the Tennessee and burned a train of eight hundred wagons— destined for Thomas at Chattanooga — at Anderson's Cross Roads, a large quantity»of supplies at McMinnville and Warren. Ho was repulsed at Murf reesboro and Farming- ton, and recrossed the Tennessee, having destroyed a million dollars worth of Government property, but with a loss of 2,000 men 588 Oct. n.— President Lincoln caUa for 800,000 more men. " 18. — Gen. Grant assumed command of the Department of the Ohio. Cumberland and Tennessee armies soon after arrived in Chattanooga. . . .688 Oct. 20. — Gen. Thomas succeeds Rosecranz in his command. " 27.— Gen. Hooker encamped in Lookout Valley. " 28. — Hooker's forces take Lookout Mountain. First Sanitary Fair, for the reUef of soldiers, held in Chicago, the net pro- ceeds of which were |72,000. First Fenian Congress held in the United States. Nov. 6.— Gen. Averill routed a rebel force, under Gen. Echols, at Droop Mountain 681 Nov. 6.— Col. Shackleford attacked at Rogersville by Gen. W. E. Jones, and 750 men captured. Nov. 7— Gen. Meade crosses the Rappahannock southward. Lee retiring. Col. Woolford, with 2,000 men, attacked by 7,000 of Longstreet's men, and after fighting several hours. Woolford cut his way out, leaving his battery and 82 wagons, but saving the most of his command 588 Nov. 17.— Longstreet begins the siege of Knoxville, occupied by Bumside. BATTLE OP CHATTANOOGA. Nov. 24.— Battle of Chattanooga, extending from Lookout Mountain, on the left, to Missionary Ridge, on the right. Hooker sweeps up the sides of Lookout Mountain and reaches the summit under a thick fog, driving the enemy down the precipitous eastern sides of the mountain, while Sherman attacks the enemy^ right at Missionary Ridge, and Gen. Thomas, with 25,000, attacked the center before Chattanoo^. The battle raged along the whole line, and at midnight the enemv was m full retreat, leaving their strong posi- tions with 6,000 soldiers, 40 pieces of artillery, and 7,000 stand of small arms in the hands of the Unionists. The Union losses amounted to 5,616; the rebel loss not reported 583 Nov. 28. — Morgan, and six of his officers, dig out of Ohio State Prison. " —Longstreet repulsed, with a loss of 800 588 " 29.— Rebels repulsed, with great slauarh^er, in their attack on Knox- ville. 1 I ^H^P^Pi'^MM^^ lUOX- . ij banks' expedition to TEXAS. 1868. Gen Bankb' expedition into Texas. He captures the rebel forts Enperanza, Brazos Island, Point Cubcl, and Brownsville, and drives out the enemv west of the Colorado. By order of the Government, Gen. Banks reluctantly abandoned Texas and returned to New Orleans 579 Erect i tn of the Great Organ in the Boston Music Hall, the largest and most perfect instrument of its kind in America. Its weight is 70 tons, and has 5,474 pipes. Its cost was $60,000. . Dec. — Rebel Gen. Forrest raided through W. Tennessee. " 1. — Meade crosses the Rapidan. Grant concentrates his army at Chat- tanooga. Dec. 5. — Longstrcet raised the siege of Enoxville and moved cost 588 " 6.— Monitor Weehuwken sinks at her anchorage at Charleston, and 81 men lost. Sanitary Fair held in Cincinnati. Net proceeds were |235,000. Dec. 8. — The President issues his amnesty proclamation. " 16.— Gen. Averill's raid destroys vast rebel supplies at Salem in S. W. Virginia. 1864. Jan. — Second voyage of Hall to the polar seas. " 1. — Emancipation anniversary celebrated by many colored people. The Union forces advance toward Richmond, and attack the enemy's works at Hatcher's Run, but failing of success, retire to their position before Petersburg 589 Jan. 35.— Congress gives a vote of thanks to Cornelius Vanderbilt for his gift to the United States of the steamer Vanderbilt, worth |800,000. Jan. 29.— Gen. Palmer occupies Tunnel Hill, Ga. ; the rebels evacuating in the night. Jan.— Gen. Rosecranz assumes command of the Department of Missouri. 587 Feb. 1— Draft of 500.000 men ordered. " 7.— Gilmorc's advance lands at Jacksonville, Fla., under Gen. Sey- mour. Rash and unsuccessful expedition of Gen. Seymour into Florida, and bat- tle at Lake City, where he lost half his force and guns. His retreat to Jacksonville, leaving the dead in the enemy's hands 586 Feb. 8.— Colt's armory, Hartford, Ct., destroyed by Are. Loss, $1,000,000. " n.—Housatonic sunk at Charleston by rebel torpedo-boat Dai^, which also sank. Feb.— Gen. Sherman advances to Meridian, destroying a great amount of railroad property, and capturing 400 prisoners, 1,000 white and 5,000 negro refugees 591 Feb 20.— Gen. Seymour, with Gilmore's troops, severely defeated at Olustee, Fla. ^ Feb. 21-33.— Gen. Smith has three days' running fight with Forrest and others, in Mississippi, and at last defeats them. Feb. 23.— Gen. Palmer drives the rebels at Tunnel Hill. Ga. kilpatrick's kaid. Feb. 28.— Kilpatrick's raid into Virginia. He approaches within two miles of Richmond. Gen. Dahlgren killed in the expedition. ! I 1 i I ()«■ m ■I'' i !i':'. |1(.' it nt:' ^^m^^^^^^aa^^^m im GEN. GRANT IN COMMAND. March 2.— Gen. Grant made Lieutenant General of the Union armies, and proceeded to re-organize the forces. March 4.— A free State Government for Louisiana was inaugurated, with Gov. Hahn at its head, before an immense and enthusiastic multitude in Lafayette Square, New Orleans 586 RED RIVER EXPEDITION. March. —Ad. Porter's expedition sailed up the Red River to Alexandria, capturing on the way Fort De Russa, with ten guns, and 283 prisoners. . .586 March 15.— The President calls for 200,000 more men to be drafted April 15th. ^ March 16.— Arkansas votes to become a free State. " —Alexandria surrendered to Porter without a struggle 586 " 17.— Geo, Grant assumes entire command of all the armies of the United States. March 28.— Battle of Crane River, La. Gen. Smith's forces defeat the rebel Gen. Taylor. March 31.— Juarez, with his Cabinet, Government officials, and a band of soldiers, took possession of Monterey, and established the national capitol. April 4.— Gen. Steele attacked by Kirby Smith, at Jenkins' Ferry, Ark , with superior forces under Price, but after a furious battle, Price was defeated, with a loss of 2,300 men and three Generals 587 April 4-23.— New York Sanitary Commission Fair, receipts over $1,000,- 000. April 8. — Defeat of Gen. Banks at Sabine Cross Roads by Kirby Smith. " 9.— Smith repulsed by Banks at Pleasant Hill 586 " 12. — Fort Pillow Massacre under orders of the notorious guerrilla, Forrest, which was a relentless and wholesale muider of colored men, women, and children, by the most cruel and savage means, many being fastened in the tents and burned alive, and the wounded and sick were made to stand up and be shot down like cattle; the only plea being that the loyal white Southerners were " home-made Yankees," and the colored troops "niggers." April 19.— Porter's fleet aground in Red River by low water 586 " 20.— Plymouth, N. C, surrendered to the rebels by Gen. Wessels, with 1,600 prisoners, 25 guns, and valuable stores 586 April 24.— Banks defeats the rebels under Gen. Bee at Crane River. — 586 " 28.— Washington, N. C, evacuated by Union troops; the ram Albe- marle controls the Sound. SHERMAN'S GRAND MARCn. May. — Sherman began his march to the sea through the heart of the South. He swept everything before him. Atlanta taken ana burned ; Fort McAllister captured; Savannah abandoned by the Confederates and taken; Columbia, 8. C, burned, and Raleigh, N. C, taken; the Confederate army under John- son surrendering at the latter place. Charleston also evacuated after a siege of 542 days. SHERMAN BEFORE ATLANTA. May. — Gen. Sherman, with 100,000 men, comprising the army of the Cum- berland under Qen. Thomas, the army of Tennessee under Gen. McPherson, and the army of the Ohio under Gen. Schofleld, together with 554 pieces of I 1864. artillery, began the campaign against Atlanta. The rebel army opposing him under Gen. J. Johnston, numbered 60,000, was divided into three corps, led by Generals Hardee, Hood, and Polk. May 2. — Col. Bailey builds dams across Red River, and by raising the water, saves Porter's entire fleet 586 May 4.— Gen. Butler, in co-operation with Grant, occupied City Point, up the James River, and began intrenchments, while Col. West, with a cavalry force, moved up the north bank and occupied Bermuda Hundred. May 4. — Grant's army crosses the Rapidau 587 " 5.— Sea-flght in 'Albemarle Sound with the ram Albemarle, which is driven off. BATTLE OP THE WILDERNESS. May 5. — The battle of the Wilderness began. This was the longest and most terrible engagement of the war. lasting from the 5th to the 2l8t, with great loss to both armies. The weather was intensely hot, the air still and stifling. The thickets caught fire, and amid the fearful carnage and din of • war, the flames added fresh horror to the terrible scene. The smoke and heat blinded and nearly suffocated the soldiers, who fought and fell amid the trampling legions which swept over them in their mad fury, leaving them to the mercy of the flames. General Meade reported the Union loss at 89,791. The rebel loss was not ^ ascertained. May 7. — Sherman advances from Chattanooga on his Atlanta campaign. " 9. — Gen. McPherson forces his way through Snake Creek Gap. " 10.--^Gen. Averill beaten at Wytherville by a heavy force under John Morgan 590 May.— Gen. Crook repulsed by Gen. McCausland near Dublin Station. .590 ' ' 10.— Johnson evacuated Dalton, and retreated to Resaca . . . . .' 591 " 11.— Sheridan's raid to the enemy's rear, destroying ten miles of the Virginia Central Railroad and a large quantity of supplies, and liberating 400 prisoners. Reaching the first line of works around Richmond, he encoun- tered the enemy and killed their General, Stuart. May 15.— Engagement between Gen. Sigel and Gen. Breckenridge, who commanded a large force. Sigel was defeated and driven to Cedar Creek, losing 700 men, 6 guns, and a part of his train 589 May 15.— Battle of New Market, W. Va. Sigel defeated. —Banks' troops defeat the rebels at Aroyelle's Prairie, La. ' ' —Johnston evacuates Resaca and retreats in the night to Oostenaula River, pursued by the Union army. May 16. — Butler attacked Beauregard at Drury's Bluff and was driven into his intrenchments with a loss of 4,000 men. May 19.— Howard's forged proclamation for 400,000 troops appeared. " 21.— Grant advances toward Richmond to the North Anna. " 23-24. — Grant crosses the North Anna. Lee still retiring. " 28.— Sheridan had a cavalry engagement with Fitzhugh Lee and routed him, with a loss of 800 to the rebels. May 28. — Attack of Johnston upon McPherson at Dallas. Johnston repulsed with a loss of 3.000 591 May 31. — Cold Harbor seized by Sheridan .588 L M 1864. June 1,— Sheridan skirmishes around the left of Lee and routs a body of cavalry, under Wade Hampton, at Trevillian Station, taking several hundred prisoners. June 1.— Johnston evacuates AUatoona Pass, and falls back to Kenesaw Mountain, and Sherman occupies it. BATTLE AT COLD HARBOR. June 3-8. — Grant's advance engage the enemy and hold their ground at a cost of 2,000 men. June 3. — Grant makes a grand assault op the enemy, which was resisted with terrible force. The engagement lasted but twenty minutes. June 5. — Gen. Hunter, having succeeded Sigel, had an encounter with Gen. W. E. Jones at Piedmont, completely routing him, ana capturing 1,500 pris- oners, 3 guns, and 3,000 small arms. Gen. Jones and a large number of his men wjre killed . .590 June 13. — Grant's army crosses the Chickahominy, and takes position on the south side of the James River. Grant hastens to Bermuda to aid Butler in the capture of Petersburg, which Butler had already attacked 589 June 13. — Gen. Burbridge defeats Morgan at Cynthiana, recapturing many prisoners. June 13-15. — Grant moves his army to the south side of James River. " 18. — Fugitive slave law repealed. " 14. — Engagement between Sherman and Johnson. Qen. Polk killed. " — Sherman still advancing. " 15. — Battle of Pine Mountain. Sherman drives the rebels back to their works. June 15. — Fifty Union officers, prisoners, placed under fire at Charleston by the rebels. GRANT AT PETERSBURG. June 16. — Grant makes a grand assault on Petersburg; Lee, with the most of his army, having arrived during the previous night. The day closed with heavy loss to the Union side, and no advantage gained 589 8IEGE OF PETERSBURG. June 18. — Grant again assaults the enemy before Petersburg, and is again repulsed with loss. He now intrenched his army, and besiegea the city. .589 June 18. — Hunter attacks Lynchburg, but finding it heavily reinforced by the arrival of General Lee, he retreats, sharply pursued accross the Alleghany to Meadow Bluflf, in W. Va 590 "KEARSARGE" sinks the "ALABAMA." June 19. — Naval flght between the rebel cruiser Alabama, Capt. Semmea, and the United States gunboat Kearsarge, Capt. Winslow, off Cherbourg, France. After an hours engagement the AU^ama ran up the white flag. Capt. Semmes jumping overboard, was taken on board the British yacht Deerhound. The Alabama sank immediately. The Kearsarge picked up a part of her crew. She did not lose a man in the action, and but one was mortally wounded. June 23. — Hood attacks Hooker at Kenesaw, and fails, with a loss of 800 men 592 June 33. — Emancipation amendment submitted to the States by Congress. I' I of 800 .592 ugress. ™!_ > GREA'l HISTORICAL EVENTS. 365 1864. June 33. — Butler oceupied Deep Bottom, ten miles from Richmond, and throws a pontoon bridge over the James at that point. June 34. — Maryland Constitutional Convention adopts emancipation clause. " 35. — Sheridan has a successful cavalry tight on the Peninsula. " 37. — Thomas and McPherson repulsed at Kenesaw, by Johnston's forces, with heavy loss. Gens. Harker and McCook among the killed. . .591 June 38.— Wilson and Eautz attacked, and their troops dispersed at Double Ridge, on Nottoway River. CHASE RESIGNS. June 80. — Salmon P. Chase resigned his post as Secretary of the Treasury, after a faithful and wonderfully successful discharge of the duties of the office 593 early's raid. July 3. — Early caused Sigel to retreat from Martinsburg to Maryland Heights, leaving heavy stores behind. July 3. — Sherman occupies Marietta and Kenesaw Mt., having flanked Johnston, and compelled him to evacuate 593 July 5-13. — Early's raid into Maryland. " 9. — Johnston retires to Opekka, and is soon superseded by Hood, who assumes the offensive 593 July 9.— Attack of the rebels upon (Jen. Wallace near Frederick, who was forced to retreat. July 10. — Rousseau, with 2,700 men, moves into Alabama on a raid. Reb. Gen. Bradley T. Johnson approaches Baltimore, robbing a Philadel- phia mail-train and the passengers ^. 590 J^ly 13.— Early's entire army within six miles of Washington. A skir- mish ensues, and discovering the Union forces to be more than double his own, he retreats across the Potomac with a vast amount of plunder 590 July 13-15.— Gen. Smith defeats Forrest and others in five battles in Mis- sissippi. July 15.— Six steamers, worth |800,000, burned at St. Louis by incendi- aries. July 16.— Gold about this time at its highest in New York, viz., 284 per cent. July 17. — Hood succeeds Johnston in command at Atlanta. — Jacques and Gilmore in Richmond vainly suing for peace. 18. — Rousseau destroys an immense value in railroads and provisions in Alabama. July 19.— Gen. Wright, following in pursuit of Early, was repulsed near Island Ford 590 July 30. — Averill defeats a division of Early's command, and captures four guns. hood's defeat. July 20. — Hood, with his entire armjr, assailed Sherman Ave miles from Atlanta, and was vigorously repulsed, with a loss ot J, 000, including several Generals. Union loss 2,500 592 July 22. — First publication of statements concerning the "Order of Amer- ican Knights." I i ^^v 1864. July 33. — Sherman advanced to withm two miles of Atlanta SOS " — Hood makes a grand attack upon Sherman without success, losing 13,000 men, 18 stand of colors, and 5,000 small arms. Union loss 3,739, including (Jen. MePherson among the killed 603 July 34. — Early, with a large force, falls upon the troops of Crook and Averill, driving them into Maryland, with a loss of 1,800 men, including Gen. Mulligan nflS July 38. — Hood again attacks Sherman, and was six times repulsed with heavy loss, when he retreated 003 Julv 30. — McCausland crossed the Potomac and approached Chamheraburg, and demanded a ransom of |500,000, which being refused, he set Are to the town and destroyed two-thirds of it. July 30. — Explosion of a mine under the rebel works of Petersburg, result- ing in the immediate loss of a garrison of 300 men, but which brought a worse disaster upon the Union forces which attempted crossing the crater; 4,400 were killed, wounded, and taken prisoners. farbagut's fight in mobile bay. Aug. 6.— Commodore Farragut's splendid achievement in Mobile Bay He silenced the forts at the entrance of the Bay, fought the whole Confederate fleet, and captured the monster ram Tennessee, with her attendants. Forts Morgan and Gaines soon after capitulated. Aug. 7. — Averill totally defeats McCausland and other rebels at Moorefleld, West Virginia. Aug. 7. — Gen. Sheridan takes command of the Middle Department. . . 590 " 8.— Fort Gaines, at Mobile, surrendered to Farragut and Granger " 10.— Canal at Dutch Gap, below Richmond, begun. " 18. — Battle at Reams' Station. Warren holds his position on the rail- road. Aug. 33. — Fort Morgan, at Mobile, surrendered to Farragut and Granger. " —The 5th Illinois captured by Shelby near Little Rock, Ark. . .587 " 25.— Second battle at Reams' Station— the rebels win. " 31.— McClellan nominated for President at Chicago COS EVALUATION OF ATLANTA. Aug. 31.— Hood hastily evacuated Atlanta, blowing up magazines and stores, destroying seven locomotives and 81 cars, and a large amount of cot- ton 603 Sept. 4.— The guerrilla, Morgan, shot by Gilman's men at Greenville. East Tennessee. Sept. 2 —Sherman's united forces occupy Atlanta, and he orders a removal of the citizens either North or South, as they should prefer. Sept. 16.— Rebels drive 3,500 cattle safe off from behind Gen. Kautz's lines. eault's retreat. Sept. 19.— Battle on the Opequan Creek, near Winchester, between Sheri- dan and Early, and precipitate retreat of Early through Winchester to Fisher's Hill, leaving behind his dead and wounded, and nearly 3,000 prisonors, with five pieces of artillery and nine battle flags. The Union loss was about 3,000, including Gen. David A. Russell killed. The rebels lost two Generals. . .590 Sept. 19. —Lake Erie steamers, Parsons and Island Queen, seized by rebels. .587 .S98 1864. Sept. 22. — Sheridan pursued Early, and again routed him at Fisher's Hill, taking 1,100 prisoners and 16 guns. Early continues his flight, with Sheri- dan at his heels, burning and devastating the whole valley in his passage, as far as Brown's Gap in the Blue Ridge. BATTLE AT PTLOT KNOB. \ Sept. 27.— Price attacked Gen, Ewing at Pilot Knob with a force of 10,- 000. Ewing, having but 1,200 men, stoutly resisted him till night, when he blew up his works and retreated to RoUa. Price moved North, and was fol- lowed by A. J. Smith, with 6,000 men 587 Sept. 29.— Battle of Chapin's Farm, near James River; rebel works taken. " — Butler captured Fort Harrison, one of the outposts of Rich- mond, with fifteen guns, Oct. 9.— Battle of Round Top Mountain. Torbert chasing Rosser twenty- six miles, Oct. 9.— Sheridan attacked by Rosser with a large body of cavalry, but he defeated him and took 300 prisoners and 11 guns, causing him to flee rapidly for 26 miles , 590 Oct. 12.— Death of Roger Brooke Taney, Chief -Justice of the United States. He was appointed to this high office by President Jackson, as successor to Chief -Justice Marshall in 1836, which office he held until his death. Oct, 18.— Price reached Lexington, driving Gen. Blunt, with a force from Kansas, before him 578 BATTLE AT MARAI8 DES CYGNES. Fight between Price and Pleasanton and the united forces of Curtis, on the Big Blue River, Ark. Price routed and fied southward, pursued by Pleasan- ton ; 587 Sheridan Tisits Washington, leaving his army under command of Crook 590 BATTLE OP CEDAR CREEK. Oct, 19. — Early being heavily reinforced, hearing of Sheridan's absence, made a forced and secret march, and reached the Union camps at Cedar Creek during the night. At break of day, under a dense fog, with a deafen- ing yell, and amid the blaze and crash of 10,000 muskets, he captured the camps, and the panic-stricken army fled in confusion before a line of battle could be formed. The army pursued to the third position, occupied by Gen. Wright, who covered the retreat of the fugitive army, himself retreating while the enemy were plundering the deserted camps 590 Oct. 19, — Rebel refugees from Canada rob banks and citizens at St. Al- bans, Vt. SHERIDAN'S RIDE. Oct, 19, — Returning from Washington, Gen. Sheridan slept at Winchester, and was leiaurely riding along, thirteen miles from the front, when he heard the sound of battle, and soon met the flying fugitives of his army. Putting spurs to his horse, he reached the front by 10 A. M., and cheering the dis- heartened soldiers with assurances of success, and assuring them by his pres- ence, the retreating and crestfallen army turned and were suddenly trans- formed into valiant soldiers, eager for victory. At 8 p. m. the order was given for the entire Union line to advance. In an instant it moved swiftly and solidly on the enemy's position, under a tremendous flre of artillerj' ana musketry. Falling back, they were again roused to one grand overwhelming -M^w^ I 1^ ^^ m * ! H 11: a-: ;;, i y 1864. charge by their gallant commander, when the rebels gave way, and the late victorious, and exulting rebel army were in turn now fleeing, a panic-stricken mob, before the charge of the brave and gallant Sheridan, who pursued them through Strasburg to Woodstock, fifteen miles beyond. The Union army slept that night, as it had fought all day, without food. They captured 1,500 prisoners and 23 guns, besides retaking the 24 lost in the morning. This notable victory closed the war in Shenandoah Valley 590 Oct, 25. — Price again routed by Pleasanton at Marias dea Cygnea, Ark., leaving 8 guns, 1,000 prisoners, two Generals, and other officers 587 LIEUTENANT CUSHING's FEAT. ' ' Oct. 37. — R^l ram Ahemarle destroyed in the Roanoke by a torpedo, which Lieut. Gushing secretly affixed to her, and ammming back under a heaz&y fire he escaped to the Union vessels in the offing 686 Oct. 31. — Plymouth retaken by a fleet under Com. McComb 686 UNION SUPPLIES BURNED. Burningof Union supplies and vessels to the amount of $1,500,000 at John- sonville, Tenn. The store buildings took flre from the Union vessels, which were burned to prevent their capture by the enemy 693 Nov. 8. — McClellan resigns his commission. LINCOLN'S RE-ELECTION. Nov. 8. — Abraham Lmcoln was elected by an overwhelming majority to a second term in the President's Chair, with Andrew Johnson of Tenn., as Vice- President, the soldiers voting nearly four to one in his favor — the Republican Elatform being " The Re-establishment of the Union without Slavery." The ►emocratic platform, with McClellan for its candidate, was either the separ- ation of the Union or its re-establishment with slavery 593 Nov. 11. — Sherman sent his last message by the telegraph connecting with the North, severed the last wire, and moved from Atlanta, scattering the rebel forces before him, and destroying the railroads, and subsisting upon the invaded territory, and accumulating stores for the future supply of his army. Nov. 25. — A gang of rebel incendiaries flre several hotels in New York, and Barnum's Museum, but fortunately without success. Nov. 30.— Battle of Franklin, Tenn. Hood attacks Schofleld, and after a fierce and savage fight with bayonets and clubbed muskets, the battle ceased at ten p. m., with victory on the side of the Unionists— the rebels losing 6,000 and Union loss 2,300 348 Dec. 1. — Hood prepares for siege before Nashville. SLAVERY ABOLISHED. Dec. 6 —The Thirteenth Amendment to the Constitution passed, abolish- ing and forever proWbiting slavery throughout the United States. Dec. 6.— Salmon P. Chase appointed Chief -Justice in place of Roger B. Taney, deceased. Dec. 10. — Savannah completely beleaguered, and Sherman communicates with the fleet. 595 Dec. 13.— Capture of Fort McAllister. " 15-16.— Battle of Nashville. Hood's army, fatally defeated by Gen. Thomas, fled in dismay, pursued by Wilson's cavalry. Dec. 20. — Evacuation of Savannah by Harden 595 ^»i^P" . I CAPTURE OF SAVANNAH. 1884. Dec. 23.T-Sherman enters Savannah with his army and captures 25,000 bales of cotton, 150 cannon, and large quantities of ammunition. He sends the news to ' President Lincoln as a Christmas present to the nation.". . .595 Dec. 18-20. — Gen. Stoneman. raiding in Southwestern Virginia, has a severe fight with Breckenridge, defeating him. Dec. 19. — The President orders a draft of 300,000 more men unless pi*e- prevented by volunteers. Dec. 24-25.— Butler and Porter attack Fort Fisher, N. C, in vain. War between Ecuador and Spain. 1866. Jan. — Surrender of the Republican forces in Mexico, under Diaz, to the Imperialists. War declared by the Argentine Republic against Paraguay. FREEDMEN'S BUREAU. Establishment of the Freedmen's Bureau, an organization to protect the liberated slaves, the refugees from the tyranny of the secessionists, and for the further protection of the rights of Government property, and of the loyal people in the South, and especially for the education and protection of the colored race. Gen. Oliver O. Howard appointed its head, or chief com- mander. Jan. 8. — Blair and Singleton visit Richmond to treat for peaca " 16. — Surrender of Fort Fisher to Gen. Teny, after a terrible resistance of three days, and the accidental blowing up of the magazine, killing and wounding 300 of the victors 596 Jan. 16 — Sherman sets apart lands for freedmen from Charleston south- ward. BOMBARDMENT OF WILMINGTON. Jan. 22. — Wilmington, N. C, surrendered to Gen. Terry, after suflfering a terrible fire for three days. The next morning the magazine blew up, killing 200 Unionists and wounding 100 more. Jan. 31. — Constitutional amendment abolishing slavery submitted by Con- gress to the States. Feb. 1. — Sherman leaves Savannah and starts northward 595 " 3.— President's conference with rebel commissioners. SURRENDER OF COLUMBIA. Feb. 17. — Columbia, the capital of South Carolina, surrendered to Sherman by Gen. Beauregard. Gen. Wade Hampton setting fire to the stores of cotton before he left, the flames were communicated by a high wind to the city.and a great portion of the city burn'^d in spite of the labors of the Union soldiers to prevent the spread of the flames 595 SURRENDER OF CHARLESTON. Feb. 18. — Surrender of Charleston by its Mayor, with all its surrounding forts, to Gen. Gilmore, and its occupation first, by a colored regiment, wear- ing the National uniform and bearing the National flag. The greater portion of the city was destroyed by the fire from the burning cotton, which the reb- els set, and the explosion of large quantitifes of powder. 200 persons were killed 595 Feb. 19.— Gen. Schofield captured Fort Anderson. Georgetown hastily evacuated 596 24 .IP i 1 w '1 1 ' 1 i! ill i t 1 •) • : * ■ :* i .11 m^m^m^^^t ■■^^■x ^' tm^m^^mi^m^^t^'^^ 1866. March 8-9.— Gen. Canby captures Spanish Fort and Fort Blakely, the defenses of Mobile. March 16.— Battle of Averysboro, N. C. Hardee withstands Sherman, but retreats in the night 596 Eniuncipation amendment thus far adopted by 16 States. March 19-20.— Battle at Benton ville, N. C. Johnston, with his whole army, attack a division of Sherman's army, under Slocum. Johnston hastily retreated during the night of the 20th 596 March 22. — Gen. Thomas sends a large force of cavalry, under Gen. James H. Wilson, to raid in Northern Alabama. They attacked Forrest at Boyle's Creek and completely routed him 596 March 25.— Rebels take Fort Steadman, before Petersburg, but are quickly expelled, losing 2,500. March 27. — Sherman turns over his whole army to Schofield and hastens to City Point to consult with President Lincoln and Gen. Grant 596 DAVIS FLEES PROM RICHMOND. April 2. — Last grand assjiult of the Ai-my of the Potomac upon the Con- federate forces under Gen. Lee, during which the rebel Gen. Hill was killed. A telegram the same day from Gen. Lee to Jeff. Davis reached him while in church, stating that Richmond must be evacuated that evening, sent conster- nation throughout the city, and Davis fled to the South, closely followed by Lee. FALL OF RICHMOND. April 3. — Richmond, the capital of the Confederate States, surrendered. Flight of Jefferson Davis, the Confederate President, and commander-in- chief of the Southern armies. The city was evacuated by night, and on the morning of the third. Gen. Weitzel, with a colored brigade, entered the city and planted the Stars and Stripes upon every prominent point. The morn- ing of the 4th President Lincoln arrived, and leading his little son by the hand, walked from the boat-landing to Gen. Weitzel's headquarters. The colored people thronged about him, olessing him as he passed, and he was joyfully received by the remaining white people — the rebel element leaving with the Confederate army. LEE PURSUED. Sheridan and Meade pursued Lee, who was fleeing with the remnant of his army toward Danville. April 5.— Selma, Ala., captured with large stores, 2,700 prisoners, and 82 guns. Forrest and Rhoddy escaping in the night. SHERIDAN CAPTURES LEE'S FORCES. April 6 —Sheridan attacked a portion of Lee's forces near Sailor's Creek, capturing 16 pieces of artillery, and a train of 400 wagons, and being rein- forced, a general attack was made, which resulted in a decided defeat of the enemy and a capture of 6, 000 or 7.000 prisoners, with Gens. Ewell and Custis, and several other officers of rank. April 7. — Grant demands a surrender of the Southern army. " 8. — Meade and Sheridan continue the pursuit of Lee, and capture his provision train and 25 pieces of artillery, intercepting his flight. president's address. April 9. — Address at the Executive Mansion, in Washington, of President Lincoln, to a vast concourse of people, on the reconstruction of the Govern- ^lent. M^ ^ ^m^m0^ m^^^F^^%^^m r \f^ \ r r~iiiii~i ~ kely, the ■man, but 596 tiis whole on hastily 596 en. James it Boyle's 596 •e quickly id hastens 596 1 the Con- vm killed, n while in nt conster- »llowed by irrendered. mander-in- ind on the d the city 'he morn- ion by the ters. The nd he was mt leaving nant of his rs, and 82 or's Creek, being rein- feat of the ind Custis, MY, japlure his President le Govern- 1868. SURRENDER OF LEE. April 9.— Last charge of the defeated enemy, and surrender of the South- ern army under Qen. Robert £. Lee to Lieut. -Qen. U. S. Grant at Appomat- tox. April 11. — Blockade changed by proclamation to legal closure of ports. " 12. — Canby's troops enter Mobile, the siege having lasted since March 11. April 12. — Montgomery surrendered to Wilson. " 18. — President Lincoln instructed the Secretarv of War to issue an order, putting a plop to further drafting, receiving of or purchase of war material; and announced the speedy removal of restrictions upon trade and commerce. April 14. — The anniversary of the surrender of Fort Sumter to the rebels; its old flag was again raised over the battered walls by the brave and gallant Anderson, who had so valiantly defended it in 1861. ASSASSINATION OF ABRAHAM LINCOLN. April 14. — Bv the hand of the assassin, John Wilkes Booth, President Lincoln was shot, while witnessing a play from a private box in Ford's Theatre, Washington, D. C. The bold perpetrator of the deed rushed madly to the front of the box, and, with a drawn dagger, leaped upon the stage below, and escaped, amid the terrible confusion which ensued. The unconscious and bleeding form of the President was borne across the street to a private house, where he expired at half-past seven the next morning, surrounded by his family, his Cabinet and the leading men of the Government. He was attended by the ablest medical skill of the city, but nothing could awake to life or consciousness the giant brain whose motion and thought was forever stilled by that fatal messenger of death. As the lightning sped the news of this terrible tragedy over the myriads of wires, from one ena of this vast republic to the other, there went up one universal and prolonged wail of grief and anguish from the hearts of its loyal millions, who loved and revered the name of Abraham Lincoln, as dutiful children revere the name of a beloved and honored parent. Never before was this great nation so shocked, so completely overwhelmed with grief, at the death of any man— ruler or civilian — as that caused by the fall of their chieftain. Strong men wept who were unacquainted witli tears, and a universal pall hung over the hearts of the whole people like the cloudy curtain which darkened the noonday sun at the Crucifixion of the Saviour; for, to millions of aching hearts he' had been a deliverer from a cruel bondage as well as the saviour of the country from the hands of its destroyers. There was not a hamlet so humble or remote that did not respond to the sorrowful tidings with tha emblems of mourning, and cities and towns seemed almost to vie with each other in their solemn and funereal pomp. The orators and poets gave vent to the universal spirit of sadness in lengthened lines of eloquent eulogy and measured metre of mournful song, and all hearts took up the refrain, "Gone, in his noble manhood, down, We blindly question, why ? When bells, and guns, and muffled drums Alone make sad reply." It was truly said that his funeral procession extended fifteen hundred miles — from Washington to Springfield, 111. For miles, in some places, the saddened citizens grouped along the railway, with heads uncovered and eyes over- flowmg with tears, as the solemn funeral train swept past. He was finally interred in a beautiful and appropriate tomb in Springfield, where his honored dust is revered as something sublimely sacred. X^^M^^^ ■' i iiO II Hi 1! Ih 1866. ASSAULT UPON SECRETARY SEWARD. April 14.— Attempted assassination of Secretary Seward by Payne Booth's confederate. He entered the sick chamber of Mr. Seward under pretense of brmgin^r a prescription from his physician— assaulted and wounded Mr. beward s son at the door, fell upon Mr. Seward upon his bed and stabbed him several times before he was arrested. Great consternation ensued when it was learned that it was a result of a great conspiracy, among tlie rebels, to assassinate the President and his Cabinet and take violent possession of the Ooverament. April 15.— Inauguration of Andrew Johnson as President of the United States. April 16.— Columbus taken by Wilson. —West Point, with its garrison, captured by La Grange 696 Sherman's peace. . ^VP] 18.— Agreement between Sherman and Johnston for suspension of hostilities with a basis for peace, which was rejected by the President. SURRENDER OP MACON. April 21.— Wilson entered Macon, and 1,200 militia, with five Generals, were surrendered by Gen. Howell Cobb 597 • CAPTURE op BOOTH. April 26.— Booth discovered in a barn in Virginia, and, refusing to surren- der, waa shot 59I JOHNSTON'S SURRENDER. April 26.— Surrender to Gen. Sherman and disbandment of Johnston's army upon the same terms of Lee's surrender. LOSS OP THE "SULTANA." April 28.— Steamer Sultnna burned near Memphis. 2,106. 1,500 souls lost out of Mav 1. — An alliance formed between Argentine Republic, Uraguay, and Brazil to conquer Paraguay. May 4. — Surrender of Gen. Dick Taylor to Gen. Canby. " 9. — Assassins of Mr. Lincoln put upon trial at Washington. CAPTURE OP JEFP. DAVIS. May 11. — Capture of the rebel President, Jefferson Davis, near Irwinsville, Ga., by a force of Wilson's company at Macon, commanded by Lieut. -Cols. Fritchard and Harden. He was disguised as a woman. GRAND REVIEW OP THE ARMY. May 23-24. — The Union army at Washington pasri la grand review before the President and Cabinet, Foreign Ministers, and a vast concourse of people 599 GEN. smith's surrender. May 26.— Surrender of Gen. Smith, with his entire command, to Gen. Canby, in Texas. LAST conflict. May 27.— Last conflict of the war on land took place on the Rio Grande. Gen. Stou^ton, with a superior force, drove Col. Barrett, with a loss of 80 men, into Brazos. 1 I 1865. May 20.— President Johnson proclaims an amnesty with 14 different excep- tions. May 80.— Second Sanitary Fair at Chicago. A fund raised of |200,000. BURNma OF UNION STORES. June 10. — Great fire at Nashville, burning eight or ten million dollars worth of U. 8. stores and property. June 15. — Last rebel fort yielded. Galveston quietly occupied by Admiral Thatcher. June 23. — Up to this datu the pirate Shenandoah had destroyed 10 whalers. Trade restrictions remoyed and blockade ended. HANGING OP THE ASSASSINS. July 7. — The assassins, Harrold, Payne, Atzeroth, and Mrs. Surratt, hung at Washington; the others, Arnold, Mudd, Spangler, and McLaughlin, imprisoned for life. July 18. — Barnum's Museum, New York, destroyed by fire. Aug. 15. — Wlrz, keeper of Anderaonville prison, put upon trial. Mississippi nullified secession ordinance and accepted emancipation. Sept. 12. — Alabama declared the ordinance of secession null and void, abolished slavery, and repudiated the rebel debf. Sept. 14. — Rebel Indian Chiefs sign treaty of loyalty with the United States. Sept. 15.— South Carolina repealed the secession ordinance and declared slavery abolished. Sept. 28.— Alabama Convention recognized emancipation. " 29.— Gov. Sharkey, of Mississippi, recognized by proclamation the rights of the negro. Oct. 2.— Government of Cuba surrendered the pirate StonewaU to the United States. Oct. 7. — North Carolina declared secession null and void, prohibited slavery in the State forever, and repudiated the rebel debt. Oct. 11.— Alex. Stephens and other prominent rebels released from Port Warren. Oct. 11.— Ferguson the guerrilla hung in Nashville, and Magruder the guerrilla hung in Louisville. Oct. 12.— Martial law declared ended in Kentucky by the President. " 25.— Florida annulled the secession ordinance. Nov.— rA^ pirate-ship Shenandoah cruised in the Pacific, capturing numer- ous Union merchant ships and whalers, and during this month proceeded to the Mersey and surrendered to the English Government. Nov. 10.— Wlrz executed at the old Capitol prison. " 18.— South Carolina passed the Constitutional Amendment. Dec. 1.— Writ of habeas corpus restored in the Northern States by the Pres- ident. Dec. 2. — Alabama ratified the Anti-slavery Amendment. " 4. — Georgia declared slavery abolished, and nullified her war debt. " 6. — Florida declared slavery abolished. I ^1 ^il I 1865. 1866. I ii 1 1867. „ /' 18.— Sec. Seward officially declared slavery abolished throuahout the United States. * Dec. 28.— Florida ratified the Thirteenth Amendment. Dom Pedro, Emperor of Brazil, emancipates the Government slaves. There were STA flres this year, where the loss was upward of §20.000. at Which property valued at $48,419,000 was destroyed. Losses by fire from 1855 to 1865, inclusive, amounted to $214,588,000. Smithsonian Institute at Washington badly burned; the meteoroloeical department suffered severely. o .^ . e Jan. 12.— Order by Gen. Grant for the protection of loyal citizens in ♦he South. Jan. 22.— Free School bill defeated in the Tennessee Senate. ^ -^P"; ?•— Proclamation of the President declaring the insurrection ended in the rebellious States. Apr. 2,— Civil Rights bill passed the Senate over the President's veto by a vote of 88 to 15, and the House on the 9th, by a vote of 123 to 41, and became a law. May 29.— Death of Brevet Lieut.-Gen. Winfleld Scott. FENIAN INVASION. June 1.— Fenian invasion into Canada, under command of Col. O'Neil, but which was soon suppressed by the Canada Volunteers after a sluirp skirmish. A number of the Fenians were taken prisoners, and nine Volunteers killed and several wounded. FOURTEENTH AMENDMENT. June 8. — The 14th Constitutional Amendment passed the Senate by a vote of 88 to 11, and the House, on the 13th, by a vote of 120 against 82. June 17.— Death of Hon. Lewis Cass, an American statesman. BUnNING OF PORTLAND, ME. July 4. — A fire caught from a firecracker thrown among some shavings in a cooper-shop by a boy. which spread, and swept away one-half of the city of Portland. Maine. Hundreds of families were made destitute, and scores of wealthy men became poor in an hour's time. 1,600 buildings burned; $15,000,000 worth of property was destroyed. July 23. — Tennessee Representatives and Senators admitted to Congress, by a resolution passing both Houses. July 27. — Successful laying of the Atlantic cable. '• 30. — New Orleans massacre. "Visit of Queen Emma, of the Sandwich Islands, to the United States. Indians massacred 98 soldiers near Fort Kearney, Neb. Military government established in the rebellious States over the veto of the President. Tenure of Office bill passed by Congress, limiting the powers of the Presi- dent to removal of officials. Jan. 4.— Congress passed the Confiscation and Amnesty bill. " 11.— A National Equal-Richts League Convention of colored men met at "Washington and adopted an address to Congress 601 1^*^*^^^*^ I at the KK). at ). ogical In «he dedin oby a lecame Bil, but irmish. killed a vote ings in he city scores )urned; mgress, 1867. 1868. nen met ...601 A DARING FEAT. The Nonpareil, or American Life-Raft, with three men, cros-scd the Atlantic Ocean, from New York to Southampton. It was a frail craft, 12 1-3 feet by 24, and was constructed by lasliing tliree pointed cylinders together and plac- ing a flooring of canvas and boards upon it. It arrived safely, without leak- age or damage of any sort. Jan. 18.— Samuel Downing, the last Revolutionary soldier, died in Edin- burgh, N. Y., aged 105. Jan. 20.— Death of Nathaniel Parker Willis, an American poet, essayist, and journalist of wide reputation. Feb. 7.— Mr. Peabody gave $2,100,000 for education at the South. March 8 Alaska was ceded to the United States in consideration of the sum of $7.'200.000. April 26 -Japanese Commissioners in Washmgton. >Iay.— By an act of British Parliament the Canadian provinces of Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, Prince Edwards Island, and Nova Scotia were federally united into one Dominion of Canada. Canada purchased the temtory belonging to the Hudson's Bay Co. May 18.— Jefif. Davis bailed for $100,000 by Horace Greeley and others. Negotiations opened for the settlement of the Alabama Claims 603 July 1.—" New Dommion of Canada " inaugurated at Ottawa. Aug. 12.— President Johnson removed Mr. Stanton, as Secretary of War, and authorized Gen. Grant to act in his place ad interim. Oct. 18.— Death of Elias Howe, inventor and patentee of the sewing- machine. Nov. 19.— Death of Gen. Pitz Greene Halleck, at Guilford. Ct., aged 77. The Fourteenth Amendment ratified by a majority of the States. Jan. 31. — Senate transfers jurisdiction over the Southern States from Presi- dent Johnson to Gen. Grant. Feb. 34.— House of Representatives voted to impeach President John- son 602 May 19.— Nomination of Gen. Grant for President at Chicago by the Sol- diers' and Sailors' Convention. May 32.— National Republican Convention met in Chicago and nominated Gen. Grant for President and Schuyler Colfax for Vice-President; Grant polling 650 votes of the Convention. May 23.— Brevet Brig. -Gen. Christopher Carson, better known as "Kit Carson," a famous mountaineer, trapper, and guide, died from a rupture of an artery in the neck at St. Lynn, Col. The President censured bv Congress for the removal of Gen. Sheridan from the Governorship of the Fifth Military District (Texas and Louisiana), June 1.— Death of James Buchanan, 15th President of the United States. MATHEW VASSAR. June 23.— Mat hew Vassar, founder of Vassar College, died in Poughkeep- sie, N, Y. He donated an aggregate of $800,000 for its endowment, repair, and furnishing. He died very suddenly while addressing the trustees at the anniversary of its opening. July 4. — The President issued a full pardon and amnesty proclamation. ^^^tai^^Ml^ta^^H^^M i !'ii 186a. July 4. — National Democratic Convention met in New York, nominating Seymour and Blair. July 28. — Mr. Seward, Secretary of State, issued a final proclamation that the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States had been adopted. Aug. 11.— Death of Thaddeus Stevens, an American statesman and re- former. Nov. 3.— Gen. Grant was elected President and Schuyler Colfax Vice- President. Dec. 14. — House of Representatives denounces repudiation of the national debt. Death of Franklin Pierce, the fourteenth President of the United States. IMFEACHMENT TRIAL. Feb.— Andrew Johnson, President of the United States, tried for high crimes and misdemeanors; thirty-five members found him guilty, and nine- teen not guilty; he was acquitted. Feb. 6. — Nolle prosequi ends prosecution against Jeff. Davis. •' 25.— Passage of the Fifteenth Amendment Bill enfranchising the col- ored man. March 4. — Inauguration of Gen. Grant as President. The Supreme Court pronounced Confederate money to be worthless. PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPLETED. May 10. — The grand event of the nineteenth century. The completion of the great Pacific Railroad— the length of which is, exclusive of branches, over 2,000 miles, and crossing nine distinct mountain ranges, which were tunneled in several places; also, many wonderful bridges >yere built, span- ning chasms of fearful and precipitous depth. This great enterprise was begun in 1862 and completed m 1809. GREAT PEACE JUBILEE. June 15-20.— A peace jubilee and musical festival was held in Boston in honor of the restoration of the Union of the States. There were 10.000 sing- ers and an orchestra of 1,000 instruments, and tens of thousands of specta- tors. It was held in the Coliseum, an immense building erected for the pur- pose, and was conducted by Prof. P. S. Gilmore. GRANT FAVORS LABOR. Eight-hour system with ten hours pay for Government employes ordered by President Grant. Colored People's Convention in Washington, Frederick Douglas presiding, pronounced against emigration to Liberia. July 11.— Irish National Republican Convention held in Chicago, adopting a resolution requesting Congress to [ass a law for the naturalization of for- eigners after one year's residence in the United States. July 24.— French Transatlantic cable laid in the Bay of Minon, near Brest, reached Duxbury, Mass. Aug.— National Labor Convention met in Philadelphia, reaffirming the eight-hour system. Aug. 7.— Total eclipse of the sun. Temperance and Prohibition Convention met in Chicago. :ri --■-■■ v^J J m^m0'm^Ki*^i^0m%0 ■ i^n ^^m^im^i^s^^m GREAT niSTORWAL EVENTS. 377 BLACK FRIDAY. 1869. Sept. 24.— The terrible Wall Street Panic. A memorable day in New York. The panic was produced by the gamblers in gold, -or the " bears " and "bulls" of Wall Street, controlled by the Fisk-Gould ring, who produced a "corner" on gold, selling in short sums until about $15,000,000 were thrown upon the market, when the " gambling " began. The railroad stock gamblers had for weeks been playing a desperate game, and the excitement becoming intense, the great gold "manipulators" of Wall Street began their raid. They ran up the price of gold from 137^ to 166. The "bulls " went into the fight determined to win if they ran gold up to 200, but at 166 they collapsed. The Secretary of the Treasury, Mr. Boutwell, with the advice and by order of the President, sold $4,000,000 of gold on the street. This broke up the "corner," and saved hundreds from ruin. The Fiak-Gould ring, designing to control the market, had implored the Secretary to loan them a large amount, but the Government preferred to place the gold in the market. The total depreciation in stocks and gold, for the week ending October 1st, amounted to $100,000,000. The Gold-room presented a scene of the wildest excitement. Money was loaned at 500 per cent, per annum. When the bids reached 155, men shrieked and raved like wild beasts. The room was filled with curses, and men rushed about in paroxysms of fury. Speyer, a large operator, became crazed, and raved like a madman, and was taken home by his friends. The Stock Exchange was deserted, all rushing to the Gold-room to witness the death struggles of the " bulls." The scene outrivaled any low gambling den — men at a "prize fight" do not so utterly forget themselves and their humanity, as did these great Wall Street brokers. They were more like a pack of fam- ished wolves coming sudd'jnly upon fresh blood. Outside the excitement was almost as intense, x^^ew Street was packed, and all travel was shut out ; all were watching with strained eyes the dial that marked the fluctuations of the Gold-room. The struggle to reach the Gold-room was worse than a scene at a large fire; men were pushing and jamming to get out, and fighting to get in. Pisk and Gould left the stret:ts, and could not be found. Men were everywhere threatening the life of Flsk. The bankers and brokers sent 2,233 messages over their wires on that day, and the other lines were in proportion burdened with the exciting dispatches. All confidence was destroyed in the markets and in trade. Millionaires were hourly becoming beggars, and mush- room operators suddenly found themselves worth millions less than nothing. Wholesale dry-goods houses refused to sell goods, as they could not deter- mine the prices to place upon them National Woman's Su^rage Convention, Hev. Henry Ward Beecher pre- siding. Dec. 10.— National Colored Labor Convention met and sent a delegation congratulating President Grant, and offering him the support of all colored laboror.H, because he had opened the gates of the navy yard, and other depart- ments of skilled labor, to their race. The census makes the value of the United States $31,000,000,000. Dec. 14. — Death of Edwin M. Stanton, LL.D., statesman and Cabinet officer. 1870. Aug. 14.— Death of David Glascoe Farragut, Admiral of the United States Navy, and one of the most illustrious of naval commanders. Aug. 22. — President Grant issued a proclamation of neutrality in relation to the Franco-German war, and also prohibiting the American forts from becoming depots for materials of war 605 El 1871. Admission of Revels, the first colored Senator, to Congress. Reconstruction oi the South accomplished by the admission of Representa- tives in Congress from Virginia, Misi>issippi, and Texas. Aug, — National Labor Convention held in Cincinnati, which voted the immediate fon/\ation of an independent political organization known as the National Labor Reform party. Aug. 23. — Proclamation of neutrality issued by President Grant, enjoining American citizens not to take any part m the Frauco-Gterman conflict. Irish National Congress in Cincinnati. KU-KLUX KLAN. ' Ea-Eluxism investigated, and a dark record of murder, whipping, and violence used to intimidate the Union men and negroes for political purposes by that secret and dangerous organization revealed. GEN. LEB. Oct. 12.— Death of Robert Edward Lee, LL. D., an American soldier and educator, and son of Gen. Henry Lee, " the Light-horse Harry" Lee of the Revolutionary war, the personal and political friend of Gen. Washington. Robert E. Lee was a graduate of West Point in 1839. He was a Captain in the regular army when the Mexican war broke out, and when Scott mvaded Mexico Lee was appointed chief -engineer of the army under Gen. Wool ; and Gen. Scott attributed the reduction of Vera Cruz to his skill; and in recogni- tion of his valuable services he was placed on the Generars staff, and after the battle of Cerro Gordo, he was breveted Major; and for his gallant and meritorious conduct at Contreras and Churubusco he was raised to the rank of Lieut. -Col., and in September of the same year he received the brevet rank of Colonel for services at Chapultepec. In 1853 he was assigned the important post of Superintendent at West Point, retaining his field rank. In 1855 Col. Lee took command of a cavalry regiment which had l)een ordered to Texas, where he remained till 1859, fighting Indians and performing gar- rison duty. He then returned to Washington and took an active part in cap- turing Jclm Brown, and hunting down his feeble band ; but it is recorded of him tnat his vigilance and firmness saved the prisoners from the fury of the mob. On the l6th of March, 1861, he was commissioned Colonel of the First Cavalrv, and on April 20th he sent in his i-esignation to Gen. Scott. He was soon after appointed commander of the Confederate forces in Virginia, and served ai'terward for a time on the coast with headquarters at Charleston; but he was shortly placed in command of all the Confederate forces, which posi- tion he occupied to the end of the war, or until his final surrender to Gen. Grant. Gen. Lee was a man marked by native genius, and highly endowed with manly courage and physical beauty, and was greatly endeared to the South, who truly moumea their chieftain. First narrow-goage railway in the world built— the Denver and Rio Grande. Manitoba made a separate province. The treaty of Washington. Impeachment of Gov. Holden, of North Carolina, for malfeasance in office. Labor Reform, Woman Suffrage, and Colored Conventions held in St. Louis. Meeting of the Alabama Claims Commissioners in Washington, Hon. Hamilton Fish presiding. i GBEAT HIST 7BICAL EVENTS. 379 1871. Congress passed an Act creating an immense public park near the head waters of the Yellowstone. Feb. 13.— Miss Alice Gary, an American poetess and literary writer of wide reputation, died in New York city. June 17. — Death of Clement L. Vallandigham, a Democratic political leader in Ohio. July 16.— First exposure of " Tammany Rmg " by the New York Times. BURNING OF THE CITT OF CQICAQO. Oct. 8-9.— This was the most destructive conflagration recorded m the history of civilized nations, sweeping over 2,134 acres of ground, or 73 miles of streets, destroying 17,450 buildint^ and their contents, with a loss of $300,000,000 and hundreds of human lives. GREAT FOREST FIRES. Oct. 9, — Great fires in the forests of Northern Michigan and Wisconsin, sweeping over large districts of heavily-timbered country, burning the green pine trees us though they were the driest tinder, and enveloping small villages, settlements, and savz-mills with a cordon of fire, rendering all efforts to escape futile. Millions of dollars in property and hundreds of human lives were thus destroyed. Hall made a third and last voyage to the Arctic seas. Nov. — Russian Minister Catacazy dismissed for discourtesy to the United ai IS authorities. > jv. 8.— Death of Capt. Hall on board the Polaiis in the Arctic seas. Visit of the Grand Duke Alexis, son of the Emperor Alexander of Russia, to the United States, his extended tour over the land, and his generous wel- come by the people. Death of Thomas Ewing. LL.D., an American jurist and statesman. STANLEY. Visit of Henry M. Stanley, of the " -ffem?^? Expedition," to Africa, in search of the lost traveler— Dr. Livingstone. British Columbia taken into the Dominion. The Ku-Klux bill passed by Congress 606 Civil Service Reform question agitated, and a board of civil service com- missioners appointed 606 Statistics of the United States census for 1870 published, giving the popu- lation of the United States 38.113,353 7 606 A Joint Commission appointed between the United States and Great Britain to examine all cases in dispute. The Commission met at Washington on Feb. 37th, and, after a lengthy discussion, the Washington treaty was signed 607 Agassiz started on a voyage round Cape Horn. * CREDIT MOBILIER. This year the great "Credit Mobilier" scandal, which involved several prominent Government ofllcials, including the Vice-President, wus developed. It was an extensive corporation of stockholders of the Union Pacific Railroad. of which Oakes Ames, a United States Congressman from Massaclmsetts, was the leading spirit. It was claimed, that, through bribery, prominent Con- 1871. gressmen and United States officials had voted laree sums of money for the Building of the Union Pacific Railroad. Large profits were derived from this money over the actual cost of construction, a share of which fell to the stock- holders of this corporation. SAMUEL F. MOBSB. 1873. Samuel F. Morse, LL. D., the inventor of the electric telegraph, a painter and author, died tiiis year. Mr. Morse was one of the founders of the National Academy of Design in New York, its first President, and a lecturer on fine arts at the New York Atheneum. Mr. Morse was also u fine gortrait painter. His great invention was virtually perfected while on a omeward voyage from Europe, in 1832, and the recording apparatus and essential -features were sketched upon paper before leaving the vessel, but it was not till 1885 that a line was put up, consisting of a half-mile of wire, and the experiment tested. In 1887 he gave publicity to his enterprise, by an exhibition at the University, and the same year filed his caveat at the Patent Office in Washington. Congress voted the abolition of all political disabilities placed upon the Southern people, excepting those who had been leaders in the Rebellion. Northwestern Botmdaiy Question settled by the Emperor of Germany, who acted as arbiter between England and America, granting and establishing the ^.ums of the United States. LABOR REFORM CONVENTION. Feb. — Labor Reform party held a Convention in Columbus, O., nominating Judge Davis, of 111., for President and Joel Parker, of New Jersey, for Vice- President. Mr. Davis declined, and a convention of workingmon met at Philadelphia and nominated Charles O'Connor, of New York for President. 607 COLORED CONVENTION. National Colored Convention met in New Orleans, indorsing Grant's Admin- istration, and tendering thanks to Charles Sumner for his continued efforts in behalf of the colored people 607 gbeeley's nomination. May 1.— The Liberal Republican party held a Convention in Cincinnati, Ohio, nominating Horace Greeley for President and Gratz Brown, of Missouri, for Vice-Rresident. June 1.— Death of James Gordon Bennett, a noted and remarkable. Jour- nalist. June 5.— Regular Republican Convention met at Philadelphia, nominating by acclamation Ulysses S. Grant for Preoident and Henry Wilson for Vice- Iresident. July 9.— Regular Democratic Convention held in Baltimore, indorsing the nomination of Horace Greeley by the Liberal Republicans. ALABAMA CLAIMS. • Pinal settlement of the Alabama Claims, which grew out of the acts of several vessels, some of them built and manned in Great Britain, and others sailed from Confederate ports under command of the secesHioniHtH, and won* used as cruisers by the rebels. They destroyed millions of dollurs wortlj of United States property on the seas, and were permitted to sail into Englisli ports and take on supplies of provisions and coal. $16,250,000 were awarded to the United States by the Commission. iDgthe EPIZOOTIC. 187S4. Sept. 30. — Firi3t appearance of the epizootic in America, in Toronto, Ontario. In New Yorlc, October 18, in ten days, 40,000 horses were attaclced by it, and in Brooklj^n, 13,000. In less than two months it had traveled over the entire Atlantic slope, appearing in Galveston, Texas, and reaching Colorado, Wyoming, and Nevada in Jan., 1873, and California a few days later. The disease proved to be a very old one under a new name. It began about 415 b. c, re-appeared in A. D. 330, and tit intervals, to tlio present time, although this was, perhaps, its first visit to the New World. It was evidently an epidemic, and during its prevalence was the cause of much inconvenience to man and great suffering to domestic animals, Nov. — At the election in Rochester, N. Y., Susan B. Anthony and fifteen other ladies voted, for which illegality they were duly arrested. Nov. 6.— Death of Gteorge Gordon Meade, LL. D., Maj.-Gen. U. S. A. THE NATIONAIi GUANGERS. A secret organization or movement among the laboring classes, espe- cially the farmers, to unite the people through a system of universal co-oper- ation between producers and consumers. The movement extended over nearly the entire Union, embracing all laboring or producing classes. Nov. 9. — A fire broke out in the heart of the city of Boston and destroyed 800 buildings. HORACE GREELEY. Nov. 29. — Horace Greeley, an American reformer and founder of the New York Tiibune, died in Westchester Co , N. Y. Mr. Greeley was born of poor parents, in the town of Amherst, N. H., in 1811, and worked upon a farm till he was 15 years of age, when he entered the printing-office of the Novthern, Spectator, m East Poultney, Vt. , as an apprentice, where he remained over four years, mastering his trade in all its branches. He then went to Erie, Pa., and found employment in a newspaper office, where he made many friends, and was offered a partnership in the business, though but twenty years old. In Aug., 1831, Horace Greeley arrived in New York with only ten dollars in his pocket, and a scanty wardrobe tied up in a bundle. He had never seen a city of such size, and was utterly ignorant of its ways and wonders. Ho began to search for work, but his verdant appearance was much against him, and he was told by Mr. David Hall, the editor of the Journal of Comtnerce, that he believed him to be a runaway apprentice from some country printing- office. Becoming discouraged, and his money about gone, he resolved to leave the city, but in the evening ho fell in with some young Irishmen who took an interest in the wandering printer, and directed him to tlie printing- office of Mr. John T. West, who had a piece of work so difficult that no printer acquainted in the city could be induced to accept it. It was the com- position of a miniature New Testament in a curiously intricate style of typo- graphy. But nothing daunted, this " ^reen country boy " undertook the job, and by laborious and constant application from twelve to fourteen hours each day he could earn six dollars per week. Mr. Greeley next entered the office of the Spirit of the Time», and becoming soon on intimate terms with the fore- man of the office, the two entered a partnership to establish a job printing- office, and took a contract to print a cheap daily newspaper to be sold on the streets. Owing to the incompetency of its editor it proved a failure, but the job office continued to prosper. His partner was soon after drowned, and he procured another, and in a short time the new firm started a weekly news- paper called The Neic Yorker. Mr. Greeley being the editor and his com- panion the publisher. This paper lived for over seven years, and arose from 1872. Ill ' 1878. one dozen subscribers to over 9,000, but being conducted on the credit system was a losing speculation financially. Next Mr. Greeley became editor of the Jefferaonian, a Whi^ campaign paper, which attained a subscription of 16,000, and was admirably conducted. During the Harrison campaign Mr. Greeley conducted the Log Cabin, which was subsequently mergea into the N. Y. Tribune, which paper Mr. Greeley was identified with till the time of his death. The original list of Tribune subscribers numbered 600, and at the end of the first year its success was established. The high character of that journal under Mr. Greeley's supervision is so well established that it is un- necessary to detail its history, Mr. Greeley was a Whig in politics, and a liberal thinker. He was elected to Confess in 1848 to fill a vacancy, imd never afterward was a member of any deliberative body except the late Con- stitutional Convention of New York. His greatest power was exer ed in the editorial chair, although his career as a lecturer was successful. Mr. Greeley was the author of several minor works, the most interesting of which was "Recollections of a Busy Life," which was his autobiography. Mr. Greeley joined the Republican party at its start, being one of its founders. When the war was over (wlxich he aided in every laudable way), he was exceedingly anxious for peace, and bearing no malice to the South, he became one of the bondsmen to Jeflf. Davis, which act lost him an election to the Senate and made him very unpopular for a while; but he still claimed he had done right. Upon his nomination to the Presidency in 1872, the stormy campaign and vituper(>us abuse of the press, together with the sickness and death of his wife, and lastly Lis defeat at the election, and his continued mental labors, all culminated in the wreck of his noble intellect and his sad death. But whatever may have been said of Mr. Greeley during the excitement of a polit- ical campaign, no man could bear him any malice, for his character was singularly pure and his nature one of the most frank and unselfish upon the political records of any nation or people. LL.D., an eminent American statesman, died at Wm. Henry Seward, Auburn, N. Y. Dec. 12. — Edwin Forrest, an eminent American tragedian, died in Phila- delphia, his native city. United States had 60,852 miles of railroad. A fatal and unknown distemper visited Brazil, and carried off. in three towns, 13,000 out of 18,000 inhabitants. April 1. — Wreck of the ocean steamer Atlantic. 535 lives were lost. MODOC MASSACRE. April 11.— Gen. R. A. Canby was murdered by the Modoc Indians in the Lava Beds of N. California. He was a gradiiate of West Point in 1839, in the same class with Gen. Halleck, and served in the Florida war from 1839 to 1842. He served through the Mexican war as First Lieutenant, Captain, Lieutenant-Colonel, Major of Infantry, etc., and attained distinction for his bravery and purity of character. He was employed by the Government to bring the Modocs to accept the terms offered them by the Government ; in which expedition, through the effort to use practicable measures and moral suasion with the savages, this noble and gallant ofiicer lost his life. COLFAX MASSACRc Massacre of over 100 negroes at Colfax, Gr Parish, La., by the "White League " settin" fire to the Court-house w' .r*. nearly 400 negroes were con- gregat<'d for defense, and shooting them '' jwn when they attempted to escape. / Is in the 1839, in ^m 1839 paptain, for his lent to |ient; in moral "White ere con- I escape. 1878. May 7. — Death of Hon. Salmon P. Chase, LL.D., an American statesman. Gov. of Ohio, Secretary of the Treasury, and Chief Justice of the United States. July — Beecher and Tilton scandal breaks out. ORGAT 8NOW STORM. Great and extensive snow storm and severe cold in Minnesota and Nebraska. Very many lives were lost. DIXON BRIDGE DISASTER. Falling of t^*^ h-' ' at Dixon. 111., which was covered with people wit- nessing a bap., nai . in the river. 100 lives were lost. oALARY GRAB BILL Salaries of the Government officers and Members of Congress increased, to which great objection was raised throughout the country. GREAT STORM. Aug. — A great storm raged along the Atlantic coast. 100 vessels went down in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and 176 sailing vessels and 12 steamers lost in the Gulf of Mexico. Aug. 37.— National Temperance Society held at Saratoga, N. Y. THE GREAT FINANCIAL CRASH. Sept. 19. — Upon this day culminated the pent-up volcano of financial cor- ruption which had for years been gathering its forces. For months it had been feared, and with terrific force its fury was now poured upon Wall Street, utterly paralyzing all business. The final crash was the news that the banking-house of Jay Cooke & Co., the best-known and most enterprising house in the country, had failed, and that the Washing on and Philadelphia branches of the firm had also gone under. Deposits by corporations and pri- vate persons were held by this firm to the amount of |5, 000, 000. The stock markets broke, and securities were sacrificed in the most reckless manner. Five important banks followed in the crash, and ruin and consternation spread tliroughout the country. The credit and prosperity of the country received a severe shock. The Secretary of the Treasury made the announce- ment, at the opening of the Forty-third Congress, "That to meet the falling off in the revenues of the Government, he must have recourse to taxation." Oct. 3. — Execution at Fort Klamath, Oregon, of the Modoc Indians, "Captain Jack," "Schonchin," "Boston Charlie," and "Black Jim," who murdered Gen. Canby and Peace Commissioner Thomas. THE "VIRGINIUS." Oct. 31. — Capture of the Virqinius, an American ship, near Jamaica, by the Spanish steamer Tornado. The Virginius was taken to Santiago de Cfuba, with 170 passengers, 101 of whom were shot by the Spanish authorities of Cuba under the pretext that they were filibusters. The United States and British Consuls protested in vain. Nov. 22. — Tweed sentenced to twelve years imprisonment. LOUIS AGASSIZ. Dec. 14. — Death of Louis Agassiz, the most eminent of modern scientists, also a naturalist and author, at Cambridge, Mass. Dec. — Escape of Tweed from the New York County jail. 1878. A decision was rendered by the Supreme Court of Illinois in the case of Myra Bradwell against the State of Illinois, refusing he a license to practice law, on the ground that she was a woman. Automatic signal telegraph was introduced and applied in New York. The free postal delivery was adopted in all cities containing 20,000 inhabi- tants, and the penny postal cards introduced. woman's crusade. 1874. This year witnessed the most widc-spiead and intense excitement upon the subject of temperance. It began in a small town in Ohio, and was the result of the effcr^ of a band of women who visited the saloons, holding grayer- meetings ana singing religious song^s and hymns. When refused admittance to the saloons, they held their meetings upon the sidewalk in front. In some places the saloon-keepers used violence in driving the women from their place of business and from the sidewalks, and in a few instances mobs of lawloss men congregated and insulted the women with coarse abd brutal language. KINO KALAKAUA. Visit of King Ealakaua, of the Sandyrich Islands. First instance of a reign- ing crowned head entering the United States. Senate passed a bill to resume specie payment in 1879. The revision of the United States Statutes adopted by Congi'et:; Inflation of the currency voted by Congress. Bill to increase greenbacks $400,000,000 vetoed by the President. Compromise currency bill signed by the President. Kellogg Oovernment overthrown in Louisiana and restored by the President in five days. CHARLES SUMNER. Mar. 11.— Charles Sumner, the eminent American statesman, scholar, and author, died iu Washington. FIRST REGULAR LADY PHYSICIAN. Mar. — Death of Mrs. Van Tassell, a missionary among the Ottawa Indians, who commenced her medical studies at 58 years of age. She was the first woman admitted to the full course of medical lectures in this country. She spent several years as a medical practitioner in Memphis, Tenn SECOND CHICAGO FIRE. Another extensive fire occurred in the newly built portion of the city, des- troying a great number of very fine buildings. The loss was estimated at 14,000,000. Gerrit Smith, an eminent American philanthropist, reformer, and states man, died in New York city. SIAMESE TWINS. Death of the Siamese twins, Chan{/ and Eng, at Mount Airy, N. C. These unfortunate creatures were for twenty-five years publicly exhibited in Europe ftiid America, when after acquiring a joint fortune of about $80,000, and at the age of 45, they settled down as farmers in Nortli Carolina, and married two sisters, by whom they had each a number of children, two of the number being deaf and dumb. They were connected together at the side by a fieshy CArtilagiuous band about eight inches in length, compelling them to partly ^^^■^^■i^^a^^H^^^ / states These lurope i at the ed two umber fleshy partly 1874. 1875. ». f^ ^ i f* ii» )ne the s quite a tele- jording eluding by Mr. Y "being Ring" he rob- lO were eapolis, I by fire ost. be oper- Beecher re sense poet, at nals and tailroad ;ona. Willow ■out the a lar^ ged his irts, and i weeks' Orange- ingomen xcessive Newell )ath 116 [ish Pos- Ihung 1878 July-Ai":— Unprecedented and prolonged heat all over the United States. Great sul jrM ; and many deaths in consequence. Aug 7-9. — Terrible storm in Central Illmois, sweeping across the State, domg much damage. A.ug -Sept —Chinese Embaaay, among whom were several Chinese ladies, visit the United States. Sept 3-8— Grand parade and national tournament of firemen in Chicago; procession three miles in length. m SILVER BILL. Silver bill passed both Houses of Congress by more than a two-thirds vote. It was vetoed bv President Hayes, but immediately passed again over his veto. Under this law the United States Mint proceeded to coin the new silver dollar. Dec. 17. — Gold was sold in New York at par. It was first sold at a pre- mium January 13, 1863. It reached its highest rate, |3.85, July 11, 1864. Dec. 27. — Death of Major-Gteneral Daniel Craig M'Callum, manager of mil- itary railways during the civil war, aged 64 years. BESUMPTION OF SPECIE PAYMENTS. 1879. Jan. 1. — The resumption of specie payments by the Government took place on January 1, 1879, as provided by law. It took place without producing the slightest unfavorable impression. The enormous exportation and dimin- ished importation of the previous year still continued, and soon enlivened the stagnant trade that had prevailed during the larger part of 1878. The conse- quence was a state of remarkable prosperity during 1879. Feb. 3.— Death of Richard Henry Dana, editor, poet, and essayist. March 7.— Death of Elihu Burritt, a scholar and philanthropist, born at New Britain, Conn., Dec. 8, 1810. April 31.— Death, in New York city, of General John A. Dix, ex-Governor of New York, in his 8l8t year. May 7.— The New York Legislature passed a bill fixing the legal rate of interest at six per cent June 10. — Both Houses unanimously passed a bill to erect a monument on the site of the house in which Washington was born. Sept. 18.— Death, in New York city, of Daniel Drew, aged 83 years. Oct. 9.— Collision at Jackson, on the Michigan Central Railroad. Fourteen persons killed and thirty-two wounded. Oct. 31.— Death of General Joseph Hooker, Commander of the Army of the Potomac. Nov. 1. — Death of Zachariah Chandler, a Senator, member of the Cabinet, and politician. He was born in Bedford. N. H.. December 10. 1813. Mr. Chandler took an active part in the Presidential campaign of 1876, being the hardworking President of the Republican National Executive Committee. He was during the greater portion of his life engaged in large business enter- prises, from which he had realized a handsome fortune. He was a man of commanding appearance, and possessed an excellent practical judgment, gi'eat energy, and peseverauce. 1880. Jan. 3. — Death, at Maiden, Mass., of Bishop Gilbert Haven, of the Matho- dist Episcopal Church, in his ROth year. ■^, i i 394 GREAT mSTORICAL EVENTS. 1880. April 18.— Tornado swept over parts of Western and Southern Stated, destroying much property and Iciliing many people. The town of Marahlleid. Missoui'i, was totally destroyed. One hundred killed and 150 wounded. The town of El Paso, Arkansas, was also destroyed. During April and May a large portion of Southern New Jersey was laid waste by forest fires. June 9.— The National Republican Convention at Chicago, 111., nominated James A. Garfield, of Ohio, for President, and Chester A. Arthur, of Now York, for Vice-President. June 84. — The National Democratic Convention at Cincinnati, Ohio, nom- inated Major-General Winfleld Scott Hancock, of Pennsylvania, for Prosident, and William H. English, of Indiana, for Vice-President. PRESroENT OABFIELD INAUGURATED. X881. March 4.— General Garfield inaugurated President with unusual civic and military displav. The General introduces a new feature by saluting his mother and wife with a kiss at the close. Senator James G. Blaine, of Maine, Secretary of State in the new Cabinet. Great pressure of offlce-seekers. THE PRESIDENT ASSASSINATED. July 3. — At the railway depot in Washington, on his way to attend tho commencement exercises at Williams College, of which he was a graduate, President Garfield was shot down by a pistol in the hands of Charles J Guiteau, a disappointed petitioner for office, who had watched his opportunity for weeks. The assassin was at once arrested. Profound sensation over all the civilized world, an<^ many telegrams expressing sympatuy and sorrow sent by crowned heads and other dignitaries. Sept. 3-7. — Michigan forest fires. Great loss of life and property. Sept. 19. — After a linge/ing and most painful illness, the President diea at Elberon, near Long Branch, N. J. Great grief throughout the nation. Sept. 20. — Vice-President Arthur privately takes the inauguration oath as President, and re takes it more formally and publicly at Washington , Sept. 23, when he delivers his inaugural address. Sept. 36. — The remains of President Garfield buried at Lake View Ceme- tery, Cleveland, O.. with great pomp and ceremony. The funeral pro(!OSHion was more than four miles m length. During the nine months ending September 30th, 560,000 emigrants arrive in the United States. GUITEAU INDICTE: Oct. 7.— Chas. J. Guiteau, the assassin of the President, is indicted for murder. Oct. 10.— Special session of the Senate opened, to consider President Arthur's Cabinet appointments. YORKTOWN CENTENNIAL. Oct. 13-31.— Centennial celebration of the surrender of CornwalHs at Yorktown, Va. Family representatives of Lafayette, the Count Roohaiubeau, and Baron Steuben, were present. On the 18th was laid the corner-stone of the Yorktown monument, to cost about $300,000, and be built at the national expense. Nov. 14.— The trial of Guiteau begins, before the Criminal Court in Washington. i w^^m^m^^m^m^ 1882. DAY OP DEATH, Jan. 7.— Death of Hon. E. "W. Stoughton, of New York, late minister to Russia; also of Richard H. Dana, Jr., of Boston, poet, essayist, and lawyer, and of Chief Justice John Pierpont, of Vermont. • GUITEAU SENTENCED. Feb. 4. — The assassin Chas. J. Guiteau, having been found guilty of the murder of President Garfield, was sentenced to be hanged on the SOtli'of June next following, at which date he paid the penalty of ms gigantic crime. Great floods prevail this month in the Ohio and Mississippi valleys, causing almost unprecedented destruction of property, DEATH OP A POET. March 24.— Henry Wadsworth Longfellow dies at his home in Cambridge, Mass., aged 75 years. The bill to restrict Chinese immigration passes Congress. It was vetoed by the President April 4, but on May 8 he signed a new bill subsequently passed, Umiting the time of restriction to ten years. March 27. — General S. A. Hurlbut, Minister of the United States to Peru, died at Lima, in his sixty-seventh year. TEKRIBLE RIVER DISASTER. March 30. — The steamer Golden City was burned at Memphis, with a loss of thirty-five lives. April 27. — Death of Ralph Waldo Emerson, "the Carlyle of America," at Concord, Mass., within a few days of completing his seventy-ninth year. ANOTHER AWFUL DISASTER. July 4. — The excursion steamer Scioto collided with a tug-boat near Mingo Bottom, on the Ohio, and went down with fifty-nine of her passengers. July 24. — The Hon. George P. Marsh, for many years minister to Italy died in that country, aged 81. Aug. 1. — A river and harbor bill, providing for unusually large expenditures, was vetoed by President Arthur, but was passed again by both houses of Con- gress the next day. ^ POLITICAL TIDAL WAVE. Nov. 7. — Result of elections a great surprise to the country. Democrats secure a large majoi-ity in the Lower House of Congress, and for the first time in the history of the Republican party elect Governors in Michigan and Kansas. They choose a Governor in New York by nearly 200,000 majority, and carry the elections by large majorities in Pennsylvaniti and many other States. TRANSIT OP VENUS. Dec. 6. — Transit of the planet Venus. Visible in North and South America. Europe and Africa. The entire transit (both ingress and egress) was visible only in America. Astronomers from all parts of the globe came to America to view this great astronomical phenomenon. Careful observntions were made by parties sent out by the U. S. Government with instructions prepared by a Commission on the Transit of Venus, aiithorized by Congress and xuiiler charge of the Secretary of the Navy. In the middle portions of the United States the weather was cloudy and* the observations made were not as satis- 896 GREAT HISTORICAL EVENTS. K I 1882. factory as ia the eastern and western portions. At the Lick Observatory, near San Francisco, the day was clear and upwards of 100 photographs of Venus were taken. At Princeton, New Jersey, 188 photographs were obtained. At Meriden, Conn., bells announced the beginning of the contact and the public schools closed. Seven telescopes, open to the public, were set on the grounds of liev. J. T. Pettee, a prominent local astronomer, and 6,000 persons looked thiough them. 1888. Jan. 10. — Horrible accident at Milwaukee. Burning of the Newball House, which took flre at 4 o'clock in the morning. At the time of the fire there were 180 persons in the bouse, 69 of whom lost their lives, many jumping from the third and fourth stories, only to meet death on the pave- ment below, while others were suffocated or burned to death. Hie scene was too horrible to describe more minutely. May 24.— Brooklyn Bridge, the largest in the world, completed. This bridge consists of single spans 1,595 feet long, suspended by cables 1^ inches in diameter; each cable consists of 5,484 parallel steel wires; the strength of each cable 11,200 tons. The approach on the New York side is 2,492^ feet and on the Brooklyn side 1,001 teet long. Total length of bridge, 5,084 feet. Height of towers at each end 277 feet. The span is 120 feet above high water. Width 85 feet, with tracks for steam cars, carriage ways and foot walks. The bridge was commenced January 8d, 1870; it will thus be seen that it was over tiiirteen years in construction, at a cost of fifteen mUlion of dollars. May 80— Decoration Day. — This being a legal holiday, thousands of people went to visit the new Brooklyn Bridge. For some cause a panic ensued, and people were crowded of the stairs at one end and trampled under foot by the excited crowd. About a dozen lives were lost. I m. h ADDENDA. 1881. May 24.— Frightful accident on the River Thames, London, Ont. 216 persons drowned by the sinking of the pleasure steamer "Victoria," from over-crowding. 1882. Apr. 20.— The Canadian House of Commons vote a request for home rule for Ireland. Feb. 20. — Death of Rev. Edgerton Ryerson, great Canadian pioneer of education, aged 78. 1883. Oct. 28. — Lord Lansdowne, successor to Lord Lome, inaugurated Gov. General of Canada. 1884. Jan. 2. —Shocking accident at the Humber, near Toronto, Ont. 26 men killed, while on their way to work, by a collision on the Grand Trunk railway. Feb. 7.— Great floods on the Ohio River, doing immense damage to property. Mar. 38.— Serious riots at Cincinnati, growing out of fraudulent trials of criminals. 15 persons killed and 188 wounded. July 1. — Semi-centennial of Toronto. Dec. 16.— Opening of the World's Fair at New Orleans. Nov. 4.— Grover Cleveland, Governor of New York, elected President of the United States, being the first Democratic President elected since 1866. 1886. Feb. 3. — Attempted assassination, in New York, of O'Donovan Rossa, Irish agitator. 26 men Trunk mage to \ trials of sident of 1856. )onovan •r. ^/.svA ^i^ ^1^ ^1^ nU 4^ 4^ ^ e =...v.^^ ^^ ■■■::::::=Geographical Discoveries.-d.. ^ ...._ - ^^ 861. 871. 050. 1002. 1844. 1845. 1864. 1418. 1440-45. 1446. 1448. 1449. 1471. 1484. 1486. 1492. 1498. 1497. Feme Islands, discovered about this time by a Scandinavian vessel. Iceland, discovered by some Norwegian Chiefs, who were compelled to leave their native country. According to some accounts, it had been visited before this by a Scandinavian pirate, Naddodd. Greenland, discovered by the Icelanders about this period. The flrst colony established there was destroyed by a pestilence in the 14th century, and by the accumulation of ice between Greenland and Iceland, all intercourse was cut off. Vinland dat Gode (Good Wine Land), a part of America, was discovered by the Northmen, Eric and Biorn. Madeira, the well-known wine-producing island, was discovered by Juan Gonzalez and Tristan Vaz, Portuguese. Canary Isles, discovered by some Genoese and Spanish seamen, having b3en known to the ancients. Guinea, the coast of, discovered by some seamen of Dieppe, about this period. Porto Santo, discovered by Vaz and Zarco, Portuguese. Senegal River, discovered by the Portuguese. Cape Verde, discovered by Denis Fernandez, a Portuguese. Azores Islands, discovered by Gonzalio Velio, a Portuguese. Cape Verde Islands, discovered by Antonio de Noli, a Genoese in the ser- vice of Portugal. Island of St Thomas, under the Equator, discovered. Congo, discovered by the Portuguese, under Diego Cam. Cape Bojador, or Nun, doubled for the flrst time by the Portuguese. Cape of Good Hope, discovered by Bartholomew Diaz. Lucayos, or Bahama Islands. These were the first points of discovery by Columbus. San Salvador, one of these islands, was first seen by this great navigator on the 11th or 12th of October in this year. Cuba, Island of Hispaniola, or St. Domingo, discovered by Columbus in his flrst voyage. Jamaica, St. Christopher's Dominica, discovered by Columbus in his second voyage. Cape of Good Hope, doubled by Vasco di Gama, and the passage to India discovered. Newfoundland, discovered by John Cabot, who flrst called it Prima Vista and Baccalaos. ggn i!; t' 1498 1490. 1501. 1502. 1606. 1503. 1508. 1511. 1513. 1518. 1515. 1516. 1517. 1518. 1519. 1580. 1521. 1524. Continent of America, discovered by Columbus. Malabar, coast of, discovered by Yasco di Gama. Mozambique, island of, discovered by Yasco di Oama. Guiana and Yenezuela, discovered by Ojeda and Amerigo Vespucci, under Portuguese flag. Brazil carefully explored by Amerigo Yespucci Labrador and River St. Lawrence, discovered by Cortecal, who sailed from Lisbon on a voyage of discovery for the Portuguese. Gulf of Mexico. Some of the shores of this gulf explored by Columbus on his last voyage. St. Helena, the island of, discovered by Jean de Nova, a Portuguese. Ceylon, discovered by the Portuguese. Ceylou was known to the Romans in the time of Claudius. Madagascar, island of, discovered by Tristan da Cunha, and revisited by the Portuguese navigator, Fernandez Fereira in 1508. This island was first called St. Lawrence, having been discovered on the day of that Saint Canada visited by Thomas Aubert. Known before to fishermen, who had been thrown there by a tempest. Ascension Isle, discovered by Tristan da Cunha. Sumatra, island of, discovered by Siqueyra, a Portuguese. Sumatra, more accurately examined by the Portuguese. Molucca Isles, discovered by the Portuguese. Sunda Isles, discovered by Abrew, a Portuguese. Maldives. A Portuguese navigator, wrecked on these islands, found them in occasional possession of the Arabians. Florida, discovered by Ponce de Leon, a Spanish navigator. Borneo and Java. The Portuguese became acquainted with these islands. South Sea. The Great Ocean was discovered this year from the mountains of Darien, by Nuguez de Balboa, and subsequently navigated by Magellan. The supposition of the New World being part of India now ceased. Peru, discovered by Perez dc la Rua. Rio Janeiro, discovered by Diaz de Solis. Rio de la Plata, discovered by the same. China, discovery of, by sea. by Fernand Perez d'Andrada. Bengal, discovered by some Portuguese thrown on the coast by a tempest. Mexico discovered by the Spaniards; conquered by Cortes in 1519. Magellan, Straits of, passed by Magellan with a fleet of discovery fitted out bv the Emperor Charles V. The first voyage around the world was under- taken by this navigator; and his vessel performed the enterprise, although the commander perished. Terra del Fuego, discovered by Magellan. Ladrone Islands, discovered by Magellan. Phillipines. This archipelago was discovered by Magellan, who lost his life here in a skirmish. New France. The first voyage of discovery made by the French under Francis the First, one of whose ships, after reaching Florida, coasted along as far as 50 degrees north latitude, and gave to this part the name of new France. , under ed from tubus OD. se. Romans isited by was first It wbo had )und them sc islands, nountains Magellan, d. a tempest. 9. fitted out vaa under- , although 10 lost his ich under Bted along le of new 1624 North America, travelled over from Florida to Newfoundland by Verri- zana, a Florcutme, iu the service of France. 1625. New Holland, discovered by tlie Portuguese about this time ; this immense tract was for some time neglected by Europeans, but was visited by the Dutch, at various periods, from 1619 to 1644. 1527. New Guinea, discovered by Sanvedra, a Spaniard, sent from Mexico, by Cortez 1580. Guinea, the first voyage to, made by an English ship for elephant's teeth. 1534. Canada, visited by Cartier, of St. Malo ;. a settlement having previously been made in 1528, by Verrizani, who took possession in the name of Francis I. of France. 1685. California, discovered by Cortez. 1587. Chill, discovered by Diego de Almargo, one of the conquerors of Peru. 1541. Labrador, discovered by a French engineer, Alphonse. India, the first English ship sailed to for the purpose of attacking the Por- tuguese. 1542. Japan, discovered by the Portuguese, Antonio de Meta and Antonio de Peyxoto, who were cast by a tempest on its coast. 1545. Potosi, mines of, discovered by the Spaniards. 1552. Spitzbergen, observed by the English, but mistaken for part of Greenland. "Visited by Barentz, a Dutch navigator in search of a north-east passage, in 1596. 1558. White Sea. This sea. which had not been visited since the time of Alfred, was now supposed to be discovered by Chancellor, the English navigator. Nova Zembla, discovered by Willoughby, an English seaman. 1575. Solomon's Isles, discovered by Mcndana. a Spaniard, sent by the Governor of Peru 1576. Frobisher's Strait, discovered by the English navigator whose name it bears Greenland further explored by Probisher, who also penetrated farther between this country and Labrador. 1577. New Albion, discovered by Drake, who was the second to attempt a voyage round the world, which he performed in three years. 1580. Siberia, discovered by Yermak Timophelevitch, Chief of the Cossacks. 1587. Davis' Straits, discovered by the English navigator whose name it bears, in his voyage for the discovery of a north-west passage. 1594. Falkland Islands, discovered by the English navigator. Sir John Hawkins. 1596. Marquesas, discovered by Mendana, a Spaniard, on his voyage from Peru to found a colony in the Solomon Isles. Solitary Island, discovered by Mendana on the above-named voyage. 1606. Archipelago del Espirito Santo, discovered by Quirns, a Portuguese sent from Peru. These islands are the cyclades of the Bougainville, and the New Hebrides of Cook Otaheite, supposed to be discovered by Guiros, who named it Segittaria. 1607-10. Hudson's Bay. discovered by the celebrated English navigator, Hudson, on his third voyage. Venturing to pass the winter in this bay on his fourth voyage, he was, witm^^ ^^M^SaB^a^^i*^^ jast, by orn. rs, who s ocean id down irered by ts name , of Asia, [>s8eB8ion om New a voyage a the ser- ; the con- ich other ring. A Govern- i le world, erguelen, ation by ge. 1773- Te, whicli ed as far >f opinion jand. In amed the i :l 1B04-5-6. The Missouri, (explored to its sources by Captains Lewis and Clarice, and the origin and source of the Columbia asceitaincd. 1819. Barrow's Straits, discovered by Lieut. Parry, who penetrated as far as Melville Island, in lat. 74 deg. 30 min. N. and long. 118 deg. 47 min. W. New South Shetland, discovered by Mr. Smith, of the brig William, bound to Valparaiso. 1819-33. North America, the northern llrnlta of, determined by Captain Franklin, frsm the mouth of the Coppermine Kiver to Cape Turnagain. 1831. Asia, the northern limits of, determined by Baron Wrangle. 1835-6. Nortli America. Franklin's second expedition, in whioli the coast between the mouths of the Coppermine and M'Fvcn/ie's rivers, and tlie coast from tlie mouth of the latter to 149^ W. long., wt i. discovered. 1837. North America. In August of this year. Captain Beechey, in II. M. 8. Blossom, disi overed the coast from Icy dapo to Point Barrow, leaving about 140 miles of coast imexplored between this Point and Point Beechey. Point Barrow is 156 i W. lon,^^*^^^^^>^^^^m SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 403 ate workmanship by which alone such thought could be insured fitting expression, the exact balancing of a period, the close scansion of feet, and the delicate ear-ringing of rhymes, have to the mass of writers of the present time the same picturesque and charming antiqueness that the stage-coach has to the hurried traveler who must perform his Journeys by express train. We flatter ourselves that we can do all that our predecessors did in much less time and with decidedly less fuss. This may be true; but still, when we examine closely, we discover that we are in a great measure reaping where they have sowed, and that our pres- ent haste is largely indebted to their leisure. And whatever we may say when we find our pens in request, and when study ia so much time wasted that might have been given to reproductive writing, the old ideal of the literary life is the only one that will commend itself to the truly literary man. Napoleon's instructions to his son, through his executors, were: " Let my son of ten read and reflect on history. This is the true philosophy. Let him read and meditate on the wars of the great captains. This is the only means of rightly learning the science of war." We believe the application of Napoleon's advice to his son the only correct way of learning Science in Letter Writing^ hence we publish as our "sample letters" let- ters from the most noted men and women of this and other coun- tries, including letters from every President of the United States and fourteen signers to the Declaration of Independence. In making this selection, we have endeavored to have them relate to as great a variety of subjects as possible, and every lover of pure society will welcome this volume, which is the result of the expenditure of great labor, time and money. eJCint* to CBotnpoaitiow. Cobbett's advice *'to know first what you want to say, and then say it in the first words that occur to you," is sound, and • ill' mv 404 SCIENCE OF LETTER WHITING. Miss Martineau, in her copious autobiography tells us that early in her career she gave up the practice of copying anything she wrote. "For," as she goes on to say, "I perceive that great mischiet arises from the notion that botching in the second place will compensate for carelessness in the first. It seemed to me that distinctness and precision must be lost if alterations were made in a different state of mind from that whi(!h suggested the first utterance. I have always made sure of what I meant to say, and then have written it down without care or anxiety, glancing at it again to see if any words were omitted or rex)eated, and not altering a single phrase." "As a rule, it is w^ell to banish all thought of ornament or elegance, and to aim only at expressing yourself i)lainly and clearly. The best ornament is always that which comes unsought. Do not beat about the bush, but go sti'aight to the point. Remem- ber that what is written is meant to be read; that time 1 3 short; and that — other things being equal — the fewer words the better. Rej)etition is a far less serious fault thnn obscnirity. Young writers are often unduly afraid of repeating the snme word, and require to be reminded that it is always better to use the right word over and over again than to replace it with a wrong one, — and a word which is liable to be misunderstood is a wrong one. A frank repetition of a word has even sometimes a kind of charm, as bearing the stamp of truth, tiie foundation of all excel- lence of style. Many conventional ex])ressions, partly common- place and partly vulgar, should be carefully avoided." Nearly all the writing of most persons is in the form of let- ters, and yet in many of our schools this kind of composition is sadly neglected. This neglect is probably due in some measure to the fact that a complete and systematic treatise on letter waiting has heretofore been wanting. When it is considered that in the art of correspondence there is much that is conven- tional, requiring a knowledge of social customs, which, if not SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 405 early taught, is obtained only after years of experience and observation, and that the possession or want of this knowledge does much to determine a person's standing in good society — the value of this art, and of a thorough text book by which it may be taught, will be duly appreciated. Much of the material has been gathered from original sources, and now appears in print for the first time. Great care has been exercised to give the best present usage in regard to all subjects treated. The selection of letters written by the various Presi- dents of the United States, and other persons of note, will be found especially valuable as examples of domestic and familiar correspondence. Paper. — In this paper age there is seldom an excuse for writing a letter on paper not esjjecially intended for the purpose. It may be had in nearly an endless variety, and suited to all tastes and wants. Formerly the preference was given to that size (about 8x10 inches) known as letter paper, and it is still to be preferred in business letters; but in social letters it has been almost entirely superseded by the size known as note. Gentle- men generally use what is known as commercial note (size about ,5x8 inches), \mt packet note, which is somewhat smaller, is more suitable for ladies' use. Besides the above, which are standard, there is a great variety of fancy note papers put up in boxes vvith envelopes to match. Never write a letter on foolscap under any circum- stances. If it is the only paper obtainable cut it down to note or letter size. Do not use a half sheet except for a business let ter. In a private letter it not only looks mean and stingy, but is disrespectful to the receiver. No color is more elegant and tasteful than white, and no other color should ever be used by gentlemen. Ladies may use ■■! 1 delicately tinted papers if they choose, but it is regarded as bad taste for a gentleman to use either tinted or perfumed paper. If you can write perfectly straight without a guiding line, by all means use unruled paper. It is more stylish, and allows one to write clo?ie or open as the occasion seems to demand. Envelope. — The envelope should be adapted both in color and size to the paper. Those known to dealers as Nos. 4 and 4^ are suitable for ladies, and Nos. 6 and 6^ for gentlemen's social correspondence. Nos. 6 and 6^ are generally preferred for busi- ness purposes. Both paper and envelopes should be of fine quality. It helps to create a favorable impression on the recipient, and beside is conducive of fine penmanship. Ink. — Good black ink can never be in bad taste. It is the most durable color, and one never tires of it. Purple ink is allowable, though not so much in vogue as a few years since. All other colors should be discarded entirely. Seals. — Seals have almost gone out of date since the intro- duction of gummed envelopes, being now little used except for valuable enclosures sent by express. Still a seal of wax neatly put on gives a much more refined appearance to a note, and adds something of distinctiveness to it. ■a ; M P m i r %^^ ic The heading consists of the place and date. On ruled paper it sliould begin on the first line, near the center of the sheet, and may occupy one, two, or three lines. It should of course occupy the same position on unruled paper. The place should include at least two items, the Postoffice and the State^ and if the place is not a large one, the county also, unless well known to the per- son for whom the letter is intended. When writing from a city where there is a free delivery, the street and number should also be written. The date should give the month, the day of the i month and year, and may also include the day of the week, social notes the year is often omitted. In elwt'&obucti.ow. The introduction includes two parts, the address and the salutation. The former consists of the name and title of the person written to, with his place of residence. The name should be written plainly and in full. Courtesy requires that some title should be affixed to the name, unless the person addressed is a member of the society of Friends. The ordinary titles are Mr., Esq., Mrs., and Miss. Master is used in addressing a boy. Two of these titles cannot be used, nor should they be used in connection with professional, literary or military titles, except in one or two instances. In case of a clergyman it is allowable to write Bev. Mr., ami if a married man has a professional or literary title, Mrs. may be used before it to denote his wife. The salutation or complimentary address is a term of polite- ness, respect, or affection with which we introduce a letter, such as Dear Sir, My dear Madam, Gentlemen. Most of the saluta- tions used in business letters are equally appropriate in many other letters. It would be absurd 'o attempt to proscribe set forms for all the varieties of socirJ coi r'« ^pcndence, the particular expression to be used depending on \he feelings or fancy of the writer, and his relation to the person addressed. The introduction may consi? i if the address and salutation, or the salutation alone. In the lattar case, the address is placed at the end of the letter. In business letters, not official, it should invariably precede the body of the letter; in military and other official letters it sometimes precedes and sometimes fol- lows. Both forms are allowable in social letfers. The address should begin on the frsl; or second line below the date line, from one-fourth to three-four tlx>i of an inch from * ^ ^ I^^M n y.ii iik If L. the left edge of the sheet, and may occupy one, two or three lines. The first line of the address should contain the name and title only, the second the Postoffice and State, oi*, if the street and number are given, they should occupy the second, and the Postoffice and State the third. Each succeeding line of the address should begin from half an inc^li to an inch further to the right, according to the size of paper used. The salutation should be written on the next line following the address, and may begin immediately under the initial letter of the first line, or half an inch or more to the right of the begin- ning of the last line. The arrangement of the address and salutation, as well as the punctuation of the same, will be best understood by reference to the following models: Sociaf oFot^i-MA. (Z>T%)4. '^^e^e €i-i>e^f/if 't^i-^ ^€4Sl4^ X2^€l44^, 0» -U^fld ^yn^^d^l €Ty7'^'e€\ |f!"i7 three ei and street i the E the ;o the )wing letter )egin- iis the nee to ^i^r/. '^*tif/' SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 409 p-UMn-e** croz-'VHa. cFc ,y^e6M^, GaU€^^, MUm^, <^a//u^ (^ Co, ^enllemeTi, Wt /imie ^eat^ Q^c^, — €'?ic/oAe€i /iJeaAe And ^^^■»^^>^^HI^^^^^iM^^l i ■ . ^^^^■^^■^^■^^■^^■^^■^^"•^^a "M N^^^"^*^^^^^^^" ■^'M' ^^^^— ^^^t'^^*'^^"^^^ 410 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. Wt Aa/UejiiM \Jl€ld'^-C'n^^'^^ €^: -Gx^ -^^^^ 'n^o^i'ii?4' ^ C€i/^ ■'i^u4 ^. ^«5d- ^i^. JuM ^u4 ^t^^^^k^^t^^ ■*^^k^^*«^^^»^^*^^^^^^^»^^»^^»^^»^^»^^>^^*^^^ SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 411 f5i'/^«''^^-^if?^c^^> _^ ■ I 'I — i~ I ii — ^ i~ I BOIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. ■kib * Kc/€4yU. dtat^e-i^-^ 'U'C-Udd', (^. o)Su^i1^c^^ cFotVHd. i IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) t/j Ze % 1.0 1.1 2.5 2.2 12.0 1.8 1.25 ill 1.4 i 1.6 V] Ta /a c%. ^^ Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14SS0 (7t6) 872-4S03 ■^ Ik^ ^>^^^^*^^N^^N^^^"^^ 416 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. \J €i^yi. d §i ctai cTOT'Vnd. ^<^ ^- .% ■■..;: /"> C^ ^^^i'^te ^^., 0»W! r. I !: .: i, i' ^^^^'^^'^^^^i^^m^m^f^^tm ■ ,^m^^^m^0m^0mm 420 6VIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. Model for the address of a letter of introduction. STAMP. Model for the address of letter sent in care of a third party. STAMP. J. S2^. SU^, 7' ^^€ii.e i2nr€i^n*^tto^*u/ ^ ^^oci. The above are models for the address of a business letter, showing the name of the county in different positions. ^»^^^li^ta^^^^M^taM ^^i^^i^^i^^M^ ')i4>^. 38 letter, ^ / SCIENCE OF LETTER WHITING. 421 Another arrangement of the preceding. i STAMP. J. J2^ ^U^, (^. V •/ d^'^^d^^e^^^^ (Z>y\)t^t>^. Model for a letter addressed to a foreign country. STAMP. i^Cdd't^, I .._j ^M^^^^M^^H^^^^ ;i I'iS 1 1 1 1 1 : .:i ^ffl 1 1 k 422 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. STAMP. J3i^ ■i^'^. The postage stamp should be placed in the upper right hand corner, right side up. Be sure and put on sufficient stamps to prepay the entire amount. It is an act of discourtesy, if not of meanness, to allow your correspondent to receive a letter marked Postage due. Letters that require an answer should be attended to at once. Promptitude in this respect not only facilitates business, but often preserves friendships. In answering a letter it is well to begin with some reference to its contents and recapitulate the important points, taking them up and treating them in the same order in which they occur. AMP. i/. ;ht hand ;ainps to f not of marked at once. ess, but well to ate the le same SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 423 |Y notes are meant those short and formal messages of transient and local interest by which persons in the same town or neighborhood make known to each other their wishes, compliments, or commands. They differ from letters in that they are more formal, gen- erally written in the third person, and are without signature, the use of the third person rendering it unnecessary. What has been said in regard to quality and color of paper and envelopes for letters, will equally apply to notes, but no rule can be laid down in regard to size or shape, as the styles are constantly changing. Both paper and envelopes may have printed or embossed upon them the monogram or initial of the writer. Cards were originally used only to make known a person's name, but of late years the uses to which they have been put have greatly multiplied. As now used, they may be classed as Visiting, Ceremonial, Professional and Official, and Business. 424 • SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. Whatever is here said of Notes will generally equally apply to Ceremonial Cards, as in reality they are simply notes on cardboard. Notes are, however, more appropriate for occasions of formality and importance, and also for accejitances and regrets. When notes or cards are to be sent through the mails an outer envelope of a coarser quality should be used to protect the envelope proper from being soiled. Upon the inside envelope should be written the name only of the person for whom it is intended. The outside envelope should contain the name and full address. The language of notes should be concise but courteous, the writing or engraving plain but elegant. Excessive ornament should be avoided, and the elegance allowed to consist of rich- ness of material, beauty of form, and harmony of parts. The following French words and phrases or their initials are sometimes used on notes and cards: R. 8. V. P.^Repondez sHl vous plait: Answer, if you please. P. P. C. — Pour pre7idre conge: To take leave. Bal Masque : Masquerade Ball. Le Cotillon: The "German." Costume de rigueuer: Full dress, in character. FHe Champetre : A garden party. Soiree Dansante : A dancing party. E. V.—Bn Ville : In town or city. Notes of Ceremony are embraced in two classes — In'oitations and Acceptances and Megrets. Among the former are invita- tions to Weddings, Wedding Anniversaries, Dinners, Social Parties, Balls, College Anniversaries, etc. Notes of accept- ance and regret are all embraced in two or three general forms. We append appropriate models of all of the above. ^l^^l^^^^H^H // apply ttes on casions es and ails an tect the avelope )m it is me and Dus, the :nament of rich- tials are if you \itations invita- Social accept- 11 forms. m^m^'^^^gm^^^^^0^^mi^fi^0m ^^^^^^^^^0m^0i^^m aClENCB OF LETTER WRITING. 425 dntiUci^ion to ^IVcbblng Ce^etvtoni^. ^. €1^^ ffiu4- «■ e€C^4 /^^M«»tai^«^^^^H^a^^i^^^^«^i^^i#«^^ W^^^^i^^M^W^^i^^l^^l ^ 1^^ ■n ^^m^m^m^m^m^^m m^^^^m^m^m ^^■^^■l* M ' ■i^ 1^^^ M =n 426 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. If a reception is to be given at the residence of the bride's parents, the following card should be enclosed with the invitation: Or the following more elaborate card may be used : '4. ^ u. (rA JCkHC ft . \/rea^ed ^'^ 342. ^^Lc4^^n^ d^'t^e. i.eeti^'V^i ^. (■^ka^tai^ta The invitation should be on crystallized cards. '•'-'/ \ 'iWC: u e^e-ni/t^e. The invitations are on silver-bordered cards. ©> ^aM4^«-w«.-'^C«-w^ -e-JC C'X^t^-C^ L. -e.JC^o—e--'/^C'f~ S^S Jtc-'«-«»-c»- C-^— €--€,. Full Dress Receptions are given afternoon and evening, the afternoon more particularly designed for elderly acquaintances, and the evening for young ladies and gentlemen. 28 ■M"»^**iiiM Tl 484 8CIKNCE OF LETTER WRITTNO. 9tlobel ^t- Svwitotiovi.. C?r%)^d. liU^^ed (^/h^, ^/y;■ ■^^■^^^^■^^I^^H n < 1 '^t jf a dis- •4^. It fi^m,^mm,^im,^m>,^^^mm^mm,^mm,^m,^imi^ m^mt^mi^mmi^mmi^ SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 485 SntHtation. ^ox> ^ca oltcccpHon. ^ /V^Z^c-**.. ^is^J^ielAlIZ^ c\^. kJ/^. -r- ^ /^ P^. xC^_.e. -^x-A_.< y -«Z-.^ /\J -x^ 01^ ^.^.^.^ -**--*^'^ y^—xi^ --e-c- .^^^ ,.^v.,..'^^f,*.e. ^iriJ^-*-^. <=:^^ ^^^ <^:i&.^ d -xji^e. jI i^i»^^^ ^^i^M^^^^^^^^^^^^^tai^tai^ta^Sii#^^^^NN^«i^ki^^i^H^n^^^^^^^^i^^^^^^^^iM^^^I^ w 486 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. ^ 3vivit;ai:ioH< to Cfi-ifb'a Q^ixXhhax^ ^UatioM', 2// ^2^if^iii^i4>€/ -^Aee/, O^-^. (^Qa^^^^ C^^^dJ!^ 'lea^4,ed/id ^^ ^i^i^^jr... ^■«^ <»^^ ^I^^P^i^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^i^^^'^^^^^^^i^^^r^^^i^ta^^i^^B^ta^^a^H^^^^ ^^^^^■^^■^^^■^^^^■^^■^^■^^■^Km J i ^Ud /!yn^, f^. ^'e&f. yji '^, J aOIENOB OF LETTER WRITING. 487 tlccept^ancc c^ ^intte^ dvvuii^aUoi^. h. €ia^e/ ^4d. ^iay^ned J^. C^^H€i^^^n> '€'Ce'3'n<'V^ ^^ ■l^^^^^^i 6Decft4'vatio*i. c^ invitation. ''3^e /^^'/^^y C>W^i^^^^ ^^^^«^^^^^ JftSJ^^^^^^-^^ ^^^f^^^C^ 1 ,. ^^^^^^^^^ l^^^^^i^^B^^H^^^r^^^^M ^^M^^^^V^^^^i^^l^^M^^B^^Bii^^Bi^^^MM^^^MMi^^il^^M^^l^^Htf^ M OOL, /C-«-»-^ rs should mt ^ ^^mt^^^^^^^^^^ ■i^">^^i^ " >*l ■rf^^^^i^^^^ :::n BCIENCE OF LETTEli WRITING. 489 Visiting cards are so familiar as to hardly need a descrip- tion, but we append a few forms that will indicate what is now regarded as the best taste. . 440 BOJBNCS OF LETTER WRITING. W. ^^. ^. c^^,4d^i^u*e. ^asSk/^/.QtU '@t4«»bai^ in ^attuai^. The above forms are suitable for a married lady or widow, the last indicating her "at home,'* or reception days. Mother and daughters visiting together may use the following card : /8d S:u/<^/, Qkd/. ^^■^^■^^■^^■i^ta ^^■^^I^^B^M^^^^ i^^^^^m^^m^^^^m^^m^m^^^^i^^m^^^^^^^^^^f^^^i^^ ■I widow, Mother mt^m0am^m^''^^^0mn0am^mm^ ^^^^■«^i«^^^i^ ^0mm^m^^^^^m^^^m^m^m^m^m0m^^^m^^t^*^mm SClJUyOE OF LETTER WRITING. Or this form. Form for eldest daughter : /%-J^.-**. -Gi^i^^-^-^^*^- 441 C^4^. ^^md • . 3!. ^m^^/^^Mf^. O^MMlr^ <^«r4^«#w. 23S Fort St. Wtft. 1 ; ^m i r r? «^^i^^t^*^#^^^^^^*^^^^*^^"^^"^^'^^"i^***^fHi^pM ^^^^^^^^^M 442 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITIi^a. The other sisters use full names. C^T^tdd S^^^ J2^ ^^U/^^c^i'tJ'e. The address may be added on either of the above if desired. /r^t /CyC^ J desired. SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 443 The following are samples of gentlemen's hand-written cards. The address may be added in the lower left-hand comer, if desired. 1 « ■ ! .!■ 1 I 444 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. ©fficiaf Ca^b. .i^^. (^^t4/Jl. Cyf^eye^. CHIEF SIGNAL OFFICER U. S. A. $&o^e»»ioHa{ (^t^. Sv JS^t'^^ ^e^^s4d>^y»^^ ■\\ Ottici, No, r s Lafayette Avanua. Hours, 9 to 10 and 2.30 to 4. d =L /SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 445 An English custom rapidly gaining favor in this country is the sending out of Cards in Memoriam to friends to announce a death, of which they might remain in ignorance but for this mark of respect. 1 1' f » ' r i ) ' Btjisiness Correspondence — AND— Nlercantlle Forms. A business letter should be brief and to the point, yet clear- ness should never be sacrificed in order to secure brevity. Endeavor to make your meaning perfectly clear, and use as few words as possible to do it. In penmanship avoid everything in the nature of flourishes, and as well a careless style of writing that renders words indistinct and liable to be mistaken for others. Mistakes are expensive — they cost both time and money — and one-half that are made in business transactions might be avoided by a very little care. It is a most excellent rule in business to copy every letter in which anything is said that there is the least possibility of being referred to in future. It not only enables one to be sure of Just exactly what he said, but affords a current history of a man's business that is useful in many ways. In answering letters follow the same order that is observed therein, discussing each subject thoroughly before proceeding to the next. If one's business correspondence is at all extensive the letters should be filed away in alphabetical order as soon as answered, so that any letter may be readily found when reference is desired to be made to it. Full information regarding materials, forms of address, super- scription, etc., will be found in the general remarks in the open- ing chapter on letter writing. Below are given samples of letters embracing a large range of subjects, and illustrating the prin- ciples underlying correct business correspondence. 446 // •> clear- revity. as few ling in writing ten for ae and jactions etter in 3f being oijust a man's ibserved )ceeding e letters iswered, desired [s, super- le open- )f letters the prin- 8CIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 447 Chicago, 111., April 8, 1882. My Dear Sir: I have the honor of iatroducing to your acquaintance Mr. John Darling, whom I commend to your kind attention. Very truly yours, „ „ _ ROBERT T. WUiSON. Mr. Samuel Thompson, Dayton, Ohio. Setter dnt«obucin<} (^entfeman SeeAivi^ £ocaUo>i ^oz SSudinedd. Chicago, June 9, 1882. J. P. Gaylord, Esq., Qrand Rapids, Mich. Dear Sir: — We recommend to your attention and favor Mr. Daniel Long, a promising young business man of this city. He is seeking a suitable loca- tion for opening a general dry goods store, and will be in your city for that purpose in a few days. He is a gentleman of energy and business capacity, and would be a valuable acquisition to any city. I am, respectfully yours, JOHN SUNNING. Boston, March 29, 1882. Henry Watson, Esq., Charleston, S. C. Sir,— We recommend to your particular favor and attention the bearer, Mr. Geo. Holmes, eldest son of Mr. Wm. Holmes, of the highly respectable hou^ of Holmes, Martin & Co., of this city. Our esteemed young friend is about to visit the Southern States, by way of Charleston, on business for the house; we therefore request you, most earnestly, to afford him your advice 'and assistance, and to render his stay in your city as agree- able as possible. He is clever, steady and unassuming, and we are convinced that on a near acquaintance will prove himself deserving of your esteem and good will. Command us freely in similar cases, and be assured we will use our best eudeavors to do justice to your introduction. We are, respectfully yours, HENRY MINER & CO. 1 / 448 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. x^^^^i^^ oRecoHtiHeuMn^ a "Seacfict. Detroit, Mich., Mar. 4, 1882. John Miner, Esq., Chairman, Sydney, Ohio. Dear Sir:— The bearer, Mr. Abram Morton^ who is about to leave this district, where he has been engaged in teaching, is, I am pleased to say, of good standing here, both as a teacher and member of society. His character is above reproach, and I cheerfully recommend him to a position in one of the district schools of your town. I am, respectfully yours, ANDREW P. WILUS, Chairman School Committee. SlecotHtHcnbin^ a QU/t^. Denver, Col., May 9, 1883. Messrs. W. W. Barton & Co., Omaha, Neb. Gentlemen: The bearer, Mr. Walter Beard, being about to leave our employ, it gives us pleasure to testify to his merit j as a clerk, the capacity in which he served us. He has been with us the past four years, and during this time has dis- charged his duties with skill and ability. He has been punctual at his work, courteous in his manners, and by his care and attention to our business has made himself specially valuable. He bears a good character as a gentieman as well as a man of business. Yours very truly, F. D. VINING & CO. Buffalo, N. T., Jan. 10, 1882. To whom it may concern : ^ The bearer, Mr. Thomas Myers, is personally known to me -ms a young man of sterling worth. He is a graduate of Yale College, is of good vnmlly, possesses an unblemished character, and as a member of society is highly esteemed. I cordially recommend him to good people everywhere, and especially to those to whom he may offer his services. Very respectfully, BDwlftD C. GRAHAM. i ! I Jl ,1882. to leaye , of good is above 3t schools 7ILU8, >inmitt66. 9.1882. ur employ, which he (16 has dis- his work, has made well as a ING & CO. t 10, 1882. to me M a od vRiiiLly, J esteemed, to those to GRAHAM. SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 449 Application for a (Sfetftiifvip. Port Huron, Mich., July 17, 1882. Messrs. F. B. Dickerson &> Co., ^ 47 Earned St. West, Detroit, Mich. Dear Sirs:— Learning from a friend (Mr. Jas. Johnson) of the vacancy of the position of junior clerk in your house, I take the liberty of making application for the same. I have not had much business experience, but have a good common school education and can write a plain hand rapidly. I am eighteen years of age, and have relatives in your city, with whom I would make my home. For information as to my character, please inquire of J. B. Hanson, Esq., of your city. Very respectfully, JAMKS BBOWN. 0lpp{icaUon ^ Soition of SSoo^^eepec. Grand Rapids, Mich., July 17. 1882. M. W. Ellsworth & Co., Detroit, Mich. Gentlemen,— In reference to the enclosed advertisement, which appeared in to-day's Evening Neva, I respectfully offer my services. I am at present bookkeeper for John Smith & Co., but desire advancement, t am perfectly familiar with the duties of the position applied for, and am at liberty to refer you to my present employers, who will, I think, satisfactorily answer any questions as to my character and qualifications. Very respectfully, WM. BROWN. (Cut out and enclose advertisement.) £lpp^cation ^o^ 3o»iUoH of Sa^Mman anb (5o({»cto«. Cincinnati, O., June 1, 1882. Messrs. Smith & Parker, Buffalo, N. Y. Gentlemen: I am recommended by Mr. George Brown to apply to you for the situation of salesman and collector, lately occupied by him in your warehouse. I am thirty years of age and have responsible friends residing in your city who will give bonds for'me if required. I have had experience in your line of business, 29 M :=.» ^^^^■^^^^■^^■»^^^»^^ n ^mm^a^^^^m^^^'^^'^^m^'^^i^^m^m^ 450 SCIENCE OF LETTER WHITING. and would be pleased to have a trial with you, if preferable, previous to a permanent engagement. I am at liberty to refer to J. C. Johnson & Co., of your city, in reference to my ability and character. Very respectfully, JOHN C. BRYAN. ClppCtcation fov an dnc«eade ot Satati*. New York, June 1, 1882. Messrs. D. Appleton & Co. Gentlemen;— Will you permit me to call your attention to a subject of considerable importance to me, namely, the question of an increase of salary. I have been with you nearly two years, in which time you have determined upon my disposition and ability to do the work required of me, and in calling your attention to this subject, I do so believing it has escaped your notice in the more pressing demands upon your attention. I have endeavored to perform my duties faithfully and punctually, and if I may venture to hope for encouragement from you, believe me ever ready and willing to respond to any demands your interests may require. I am, yours respectfully, FRANK C. CHAPMAN. •i:-; £ette« of Credit. Cincinnati, Ohio, May 9, 1882. Mr. Benj. Davis, N. Y. Sir, — Permit me to introduce to your acquaintance the bearer of this letter, Mr. Alex. Jones, who proceeds to N. Y. on his way to Eng. Should Mr. Jones desire to take up cash for the pajrment of his passage, etc. , you will please advance him any sum not exceeding $500, taking his draft at three days' sight on his house here, Messrs. Calkins, Vance & Co., in reimbursement. I shall feel greatly obliged by such marks of attention as you may be able to show Mr. Jones, whom you will find highly deserving of your regards. I am, respectfully yours, JOSEPH ELLIS. Mr. Jones' signature. AiiEX. Jones. permanent lur city, in 3. BRYAN. 7 .' le 1, 1882. to a subject >f salary. I id upon my lur attention ore pressing es faithfully you, believe f require. CHAPMAN. ay 9, 1882. bearer of this passage, etc., raft at three sement. ,y be able to JEPH ELLIS. »^ 1 1^ »^p%^i^^ »^™»^ ■^^^^^M^^H ^^^^^■^^■^^■^^" SGIENCR OF LETTER WRITING. 461 SiefuMil to (^«ant ttXUx of Ste^t. Cleveland, Ohio, May 1, 1882. J. 0. Boyer, Esq., Indianapolis, Ind. Dear Sir,— Your favor of the 19th ult., requesting a Letter of Credit on some house in New York, is just received. We regret to inform you that it is impossible, at present, for us to comply with your request. Hoping our inability to perform this service will not materially inconvenience you, We are, yours very truly, W. 0. BARTON & 00. Qpofoiju fo& SS'teci^in^ oSuftincdft €lppointmeHt. Flint, Mich., June 18. 1882. John C. Walters, Esq., Detroit, Mich. Dear Sir: — Owing to unforseen circumstances my failure to meet you yesterday, according to appointment, was unavoidable. I very much regret having disappointed you, and beg you to believe it was not willingly done. Hoping you will pardon me in this instance, I am, respectfully yours, JOSEPH M. BAKER. £ett&« (Soivtamtvwa ©tbez for (Soob^. Barnesville, Ohio, Dec. 15, '82. Messrs. F. B. Dickerson&Co., Detroit, Mich. Qentlemen, Enclosed please find an order for 100 copies "Our Deportment," with N. Y. draft for $117.45, to pay for same. I believe this order entitles me to 10 extra copies in the best binding, which please send with the order, as I shall need them to supply all my subscribers. I wish to deliver these books on the 23d and 24th. If you think they will reach here in time, send by freight; if not, by express. Trusting my order will receive prompt attention, I am, Very truly, JAMES M. PATTERSON. ii I m Eokomo, Ind., Dec. 6/82. Thoradike Nourse, Esq., Detroit, Mich. Dear Sir, Enclosed I hand you an order for a miscellaneous assortment of odds and ends in Stationery, of wliicli I see I shall run short before Holidays. Please get this order off at once by express. I also enclose my check for $887.40 to cover invoice of Oct. 8. The last bill (Nov. 80th) had not arrived up to last night. Please have the kindness to start a tracer after the goods, as I am needing some of them now. I am. Very respectfully, JOHN P. ALLBF. Hoopestown, 111., Feb. a6,'82. Gentlemen: Will you be so kind as to mail me youf latest catalogue of garden and field seeds, and also catalogue of flower seeds, if ready. I remain. Very truly, D. M. Ferrt & Co.. Detroit, Mich. HENRY HUNTER. Setter dlecj^edtm^ S»tivMate». Detroit, Mich., Oct. IS, '82. Mr. S. A. Gibson, President Kalamazoo Paper Co., Kalamazoo, Mich. Dear Sir, We hand you with this two samples of book paper. We would like to have you examine them and let us know at what price you can furnish us paper equal in quality and finish. Of the Rose tint we shall use from 875 to 400 tons. It is 21ix82 in., 60 lbs. to the ream, super-calendered. The flesh tint is 25x34 in., 75 lbs. to ream, and also super-calendered. We expect to use at least 500 tons of the latter during '88. ^1 ^ ^^^^^y»a^»M^ii ^■^^iH^kH^^a^NM^ta^Ma i' . 1 II ■ r ioH 9tl»tcfMi'nt Soficitin^ a (SonM^nntettt. Office of Oliver Cromwell, Commission Merchant, St. Louis, Mo., Oct. 4th, 1888. James Marlborough, Esq., Moberly, Mo. Dear Sir, I am informed that you have a large crop of apples this fall. If you anticipate disposing of them in this market I should be glad if you would consign a few oar loads to me. Having been brought up in the com- mission business, and giving my personal attention to all sales, I am sure that I can realize for you as large, if not larger, returns than any other house in the city. In regard to my.reliabillty and responsibility, I will refer you to McMillan & Oo. or the American National Bank. Trusting to hear from you favorably at no distant date. I am. Very truly, OUVEB CROMWELL. Detroit, Mich., Nov. 16, '82. A. Ouibord, Esq., Cashier First Nat. Bank, Plattsburg, N. Y. Dear Sir: Enclosed please find drafts for collection, as follows: No. 1283, A. G. Bardin, 80 ds $111 10 • 1284, ' " 80" 832 80 You need not remit until both are paid. Resp'y yours, F. B. DICEERSON & CO. / i i I > '1,1 P • • \ Leroy. Mich.. Nov. 18. 8d. Evening News AMOoiation, Detroit, Mich. Gentlemen:— I enclose with this, American Express Company's Money Order for fS.OO, for which please forward to my address the daily edition of the " Evening News " for one year. Very truly, U. COLEMAN, Ja. Bryan. Ohio, Oct. 10. 83. L. E. Oould. Esq., Toledo, Ohio. Dear Sir, I take the liberty to inquire if you can give me the address of some good live commission merchant in your city to whom I can send a large consign- ment of choice Catawba grapes. An immediate reply will greatly oblige, as the grapes must be shipped very soon. Trusting that opportunity will soon occur to allow me to reciprocate the favor now asked, I am, Very truly, E. H. AUSTIN. ill i ^ £1 (SotHHMdMOH 91Ce«c^ant ^mcComh^ oHiU of fio^n^ fo» <§oo^» to 6e Sof6 on Com*' tHiMiOn. Huron, Ohio, Oct. 11th, 8S. Oliver Cromwell. Esq.. Buffalo. N. Y. Dear Sir: — I thia morning received your favor of the 10th request- ing a trial consignment, and on the same mail a letter from my old friend, Hiram Hawley. speaking so highly of your facilities for handling fruits, that I have decided to send you some of my choice Catawbas to dispose of. You will accordingly find enclosed a Bill of Lading for 740 baskets, each con- taining 10 lbs. net. They were very carefully packed, and leave here in first-class order. Trusting you will be able to put them in a good market. I am. Truly yours, E. H. AUSTIN. / \ ; I ( i' 18,82 Company's ily edition CHAN, J». t. 10, 82. ess of some je consign- 1 very soon, e the favor I. AUSTIN. i 11th, 82. Oth request- lend, Hiram ave decided 8, each con- in first-class H. AUSTIN. i CORRESPONDENCE OP NAPOLEON AND JOSEPHINE. Napoleon was married to Josephine de Beaubarnais, widow of Count Beau- harnais, March 9tb, 1796. The marriage was dissolved December ISth, 1809. Bonaparte talcen prisoner to St. Helena August 11th, 1815— died May 6th, 1821, at St. Helena. Bonaparte to Jobbphinb. Marmirolo, July 17th, 1796. I have received your letter, my adorable friend. It has filled my heart with joy. * * Ahl I entreat you to permit me to see some of your faults. Be less beautiful, less gracious, less affectionate, less good. Especially be not over-anxious, and never weep. Your tears rob me of reason, and inflame my blood. Believe me it is not in my power to have a single thought which is not of thee, or a wish which I could not reveal to thee. ******* A thousand kisses. BONAPARTE. Bonaparte to Jobbphinb. May 16, 1800. I leave this moment to sleep at St. Maurice. I have received no letters from you. This is not liind. I have written you by every courier. * * * A thousand affectionate wishes for you, my good little Josephine, and for all who surround you. BONAPARTE. Josephine's marriage dissolved from Napoleon Dec. 15, 1809. The beautiful palace at Malmaison was assigned for her residence. She retained the title of Empress and received an income of $600,000 a year. 4f)5 I : f , < / 456 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. BOKAPABTE TO JOSBPHIKB. My Love: Wednesday, 1810. I see no objection to your receiving the King of Wurtemberg whenever you wish. I am just going to dine, all alone. Adieu, my love; never doubt my affection for you. If you do, you will be unjust and wrong. NAPOLEON JoaSFHERB TO BONAFABTB. April, 1810. A thousand, thousand tender thanks that you have not forgotten me. My son has just brought me your letter. With what eagerness have I read it, and yet it required much time, for there was not one word in it which did not make me weep. But these tears were very sweet. I have recovered my heart all entire and such it will ever remain. There are sentiments which are even life, and which can only pass away with life. * • * Adieu, my love, I thank you as tenderly as I always love you. JOSEPHINE. Sire: JoaSFHINB TO BONAPABTB. Navarre, March 21, 1811. Amid the numerous felicitations you receive from every corner of Europe, from all the cities of France, and from each regiment of your army, can the feeble voice of a woman reach your ear, and will you deign to listen to her who so often consoled your sorrows and sweetened your pains, now that she speaks to you only of the happiness in which all your wishes are fulfilled ? Having ceased to be your wife, dare I felicitate you on becoming a father? Yes sire, without hesita- tion, for my soul renders justice to yours, in like manner as you know mine. But it is from you that I desire to know if your child be well, if he resembles you, if I shall one day be permitted to see him ; in short, I expect from you unlim- ited confidence. Sire, of the boundless attachment I shall cherish for you while life remains. JOSEPHINE. Bonaparte to Josephine. My Love: March 30. 1811. I have received your letter. I thank you. My son is stout and very well, ^ ii^^i^ y, 1810. whenever r affection P0LE20N il, 1810. . My son and yet it I me weep, ad such it 1 can only iderly as I 3EPHINB. Jl, 1811. corner of army, can ;o her who speaks to ceased to Dut hesita- le. * resembles jon unlim- while life 3EPHINE. 33. 1811. very well, | I hope he will be prospered. * * * He has my chest, my mouth and eyes. I hope that he will fill his destiny. I am always pleased with Eugene. He has never caused me any dissatisfaction. NAPOLEON. Bonaparte to Josephine. June 20, 1813. I have received your letter of the 10th of June. I see no objection to your going to Milan, near the Vice-Queen. You will do well to go incognito. * ♦ » Never doubt my interest in your welfare, andtuy affection. N4P0LE0N. Bonaparte to Josephine. * August 25, 1818. I have received your letter. I see with pleasure that you are in good health. * * * Introduce order into your affairs. Do not expend more than $800,000 a year. Lay aside as much yearly. * * * » if you wish to please me, so manage that I may know that you have a large treasure. Judge how bad an opinion I must have of you, if I know that you are in debt, with a revenue of $600,000. Adieu, my love; take care of your health. NAPOLEON. April 11th, 1814, Napoleon abdicated. Bonaparte to Josephine. Dear Josephine: Fontainebleau, March 16, 1814. I wrote to you on the 8th of this month, and perhaps you have not received my letter. * * * i have no doubt that this billet will reach you. ♦ * * How many things have I to disclose! how many are the men of whom a fatal estimate is entertained! I have heaped benefits upon millions of wretches. What have they done in the end for me? they have all betrayed me: yes, all. I except from the number the good Eugfine, so worthy of you and me. Adieu, my dear Josephine. Be resigned, as I am, and ever remember him who never for- eets, and never will forget you. Farewell, Josephine. ^ NAPOLEON. \ f, 458 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. March 20th, 1814, Napoleon departed for the island of Elba, retaining the title of Emperor, with the sovereignty of the island of Elba, and a revenue of 6,000,000 of francs, to be paid by France. JosBPHiNB TO Napoleon at Elba. Sire: Malmaison, May, 1814. Now only, can I calculate the whole extent of the misfortune of having beheld my anion with you dissolved by law. Now, do I indeed lament being no more than your friend, who can but jpourn over a misfortune great as it is unex- pected. It is not the loss of a throne that I regret on your account. I know, from myself, how such a loss may be endured. But my heart sinks from the grief you must have experienced on separating from the old companions of your glory. You must have regretted, not only your officers, but soldiers, whose countenances even, names, and brilliant deeds in arms, deprived of their chief, who so often shared in their toils, must have struck your soul with unutterable grief. In that sorrow especially do I participate. You will also have to mourn over the ingratitude and falling away of friends, in whom you deemed you could confide. Ah, sire, why can I not fly to you! why can- not I give you the assurance that exile has no terms save for vulgar minds, and that, far from diminishing a sincere attachment, misfortune imparts to it new force 1 * * * * Say but the word and I depart. Adieu, sire; whatever I could add would still be too little. It is no longer by words that my sentiments for you are to be proved, and for actions your consent is necessary. JOSEPHINE. A few days after writing the above, Josephine died (May 29th, 1814), in the arms of her beloved children, Eugene and Hortense. Andrew Jackson's WiFR to Her Husband. My Dear Husband: February 8, 1818. Your letter of the 18th January from the mouth of the Cumberland River came safe to hand. It was everything to me. I rejoiced, £ was happy to hear you were in health. It was my nightly prayer to the Almighty God. My thoughts are forever on thee. Where'er I go. where'er I turn, my thoughts, my fears, ray doubts distress me. Then a little my hope revives again, and that keeps me alive. Were it not for that I must sink; I should die in my present situation. But my blessed Redeemer is making intercession with the Father for us to meet again, to restore you to my bosom, where every vein, every pulse beats high for your health. -I !: zii SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. •159 the title 6,000,000 y. 1814. of having ; heing no it is unex- now, from I grief you ory. You inces even, I shared in liat sorrow I friends, in i! why can- s, and that, new force I 5ver I could nts for you OSEPHINE. in the arms ry 8. 1818. Cumberland lappy to hear My thoughts my fears, my eps me alive, on. But my leet again, to your health. i your safety, and your wishes crowned. Do not, my beloved husband, let the love of country, fame and honor make you forget you have one. Without you, I would think them all empty shadows. ******* May the Almighty Ood of Heaven shower down His blessings, His mercy on you, assist you in the ways of life, in the ways of righteousness, be your shield in the time of danger, support you in all things, and keep you in the paths of wisdom, — the ways thereof is peace afar. Well, think on me, your dearest friend on earth. RACHEL JACKSON. Mr. a. Jackson. Gen. Georor Washington's Advice to Miss Nellie Cdstis (his Step- Daughter) IN THE Selecting of a Husband. — An Extract. Men and women feel the same inclination towards each other now that they always have done, and which they will continue to do, until there is a new order of things; and you, as others have done, may find that the passions of your sex are easier raised than allayed. Do not, therefore, boast too soon, nor too strongly, of your insensibility. * * Love is said to be an involuntary passion, and it is, therefore, contended that it cannot be resisted. This is true in part only, for like all things else, when nourished and supplied plentifully with aliment, it is rapid in its progress; but let these be withdrawn, and it may be stifled in its growth. Although we cannot avoid first impressions, we may assuredly place them under guard. * * When the fire is beginning to kindle and your heart growing warm, propound these questions to it. Who is this invader? Have I a competent knowledge of him? Is he a man of good character? A man of sense? For, be assured, a sen- sible woman can never be happy with a fool. What has been his walk in life? * * * Is his fortune sufficient to maintain me in the manner I have been accustomed to live, and as my sisters do live? And is he one to whom my friends can have no reasonable objection? If all these inter ogatories can be satisfactorily answered, there will remain but one more to be asked ; that, however, is an important one. Have I sufficient ground to conclude that his affections are engaged by me? Without this the heart of sensibility will struggle against a passion that is uot reciprocated. Yours affectionately, GEORGE WASHINGTON. 3 I' •i lii ^^■^^^■^^^l^^Bi^^H !f ' 460 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. The following is a f ac-simile of the original letter written by John Wesley, In the 70th year of bis age, to Mrs. Eliza Bennis, London, Eng.,Feb. 12, 1778. Given by her daughter to Dr. Wm. Gray, of Philadelphia, as compensation for medical services. Dr. Gray witled the letter to Julius King, of Cleveland, Ohio, and be presented it to Mr. Lou. Burt, of Detroit, Mich., in whose possession It now remains. 9* ^^^w »h year of 7fm. Gray, iliuB King, >ssession it | '/»J <^^(t> SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 461 ^^^- tf^^-O •ti/» ^ [CtoPT.] Feb. 12, 1778. My Dear Sister: When we draw near unto Gol in His appointed ways He will surely draw nigh unto us. Pray remind Mr. Olasbrook of using the same means and you will find the same bless- ing, and when you write, encourage Mr. Slater r,o do at Waterford as he did at Limerick. I am glad Mr. Scott has so much courage as to receive the preachers, and still more so, that Mr. Fleury is rather a friend than an enemy. This hath Ood wrought 1 » lean observe by Mrs. Dawson's manner of writing, a very considerable change in her spirit; more acquaintance with God; more humility, and more artless, simple love. She is an amiable woman. I love her much, and so I do all of the family that I know. Charles Harrison does not see with my eyes or he need have gone no farther than Athlone. I wish be does not make a foolish bargain at last, one that he will repent of aslong as he lives. He surely will if he does not acknowledge Ood in Hie way, but lean to his own understanding. As long as you trust, not in yourself, but in ll.m that has all power in Heaven and in earth, you will find His Grace suflQcient for you and His strength made perfect in your weakness. Look to Him continually and trust on Him, that you may increase with all the increase of God. I am. My Dear Sister, Tour ever affectionate Brother, _ J. WESLEY. Daniel Webster to Miss Phebe Coleman. Dear Phebe Coleman : I was much obliged to your mother for bringing you to see me when I was at the Astor House. I send you my autograph, and pray you to believe that, for your father and mother's sake, as well as your own, I shall always be your friend. DAN'L WEBSTER. Charles Dickens to His Son on Oomo to College. My Dear Harry: I have your letter here this morning. I inclose you another check for £86 Now observe attentively. We must have no shadow of doubt. Square up everything whatsoever it has been necessary to buy. Let not a farthing be out- standing on any account when we begin together with your allowance. Be particular in th«> minutest detail. I wish to have no secret from you in the relations we are to establish together, and I, therefore, send you Joe Chitty's letter bodily. Reading it you will know exactly what I know, and will understand that I treat you with per- fect confidence. * * * »»*»»# You know how hard I work for what I get; and I think you know that I never had money help from any human creature after I was a child. « * * * Whatever you do, above all other things, keep out of debt and confide in me. If you ever find yourself on the verge of any perplexity, come to me. You will never find me hard with you while y«u are manly and truthful. As your brothers have gone away one by one, I have written to each of them what I am now going to write to you. You know that you have never been hampered with religious forms of restraint, and that with mere unreasoning forms I have no sympathy. But I most strongly and affectionately impress upon you the priceless value of the New Testa- ment, and the study of that book as the one unfailing guide in life. Deeply respect- ing it, and bowing down before the character of our Saviour as separated from the vain constructions and inventions of men, you cannot go very wrong, and will always preserve at heart a true spirit of veneration and humility. Similarly I impress upon you the habit of saying a Christian prayer every night and morning. These things have stood by me all through my life; and remember that I tried to render the New Testament intelligible to you and lovable by you when you were a mere baby. And so God bless you. Ever your affectionate father, CHARLES DICKENS. John G. Whittibr to R. S. Rantoul. R. 8. Rantoul, Esq. : Danvers, Second month, 11th, 1880 I am not able to accept thy invitation to attend the meeting to morrow. I need not say I fully approve of its object. There may possibly be some differences Hi^Ni^MM^^B ) see me believe , be your SBSTER. her check . Square ig be out- particular } we are to [leading it 1 with per- » » never had » * in me. If will never )thers have ng to write 8 forms of But I most New Testa- ply respect- id from the will always apress upon 'hese things ler the New baby. And } DICKENS. nth, 1880 to morrow, ic differences of opinion as to the legislation needed for tiio relief of Ireland, and as to the share which unjust laws, oppressive landholders, and unthrifty tenants have had in pro- ducing the present distress, but the important fact to us is, that there is great suffer- ing, and that we are called upon to relieve It at once. It is an exigency which cannot wait for the slow remedies of wiser legislation, and social and industrial reforms. Starvation cannot be argued with; the gaunt spectre cannot be laid by speeches and resolutions. We must share our abundance of bread with the hungry. We are one great brotherhood, children of Him whom our encestors truly called the All -Father, and it is not for us to ask the old question of Cain: "Am I my brother's keeper ?" Whenever and wherever men, women and children suffer we are bound, irrespective of any considerations of nationality, creed, class or color, to relieve them. Massachusetts has never failed to respond to the call of need, and now, as heretofore, I doubt not the blessing of those who are ready to perish will come upon her. I am truly thy friend, JOHN G. WHITTIEH. John Wbslbt to John King (one op his Prbaohbrs in America). My Dear Brother: North Leeds, July 28, 1775. Always take advice or reproof as a favor; it is the surest mark of love. I advised you once, and you took it as an affront: nevertheless I will do it once more. Scream no more, at the peril of your soul. God now warns you by me, whom He has set over you. Speak as earnestly as you can, but do not scream. Speak with all your heart, but with a moderate voice. *###»#« O John, pray for an advisable and teachable temper! By nature you are very far from it: you are stubborn and headstrong. Your last letter was written in a very wrong spirit. If you cannot take advice from others, surely you might take it from your affectionate brother. JOHN WESLEY. Lady Jane Grey to her Father, three days before her Execution. Father: Although it has pleased God to hasten ray death by you, by whom my life should rather have been lengthened, yet I can so patiently take it, that I yield God more hearty thanks for shortening my woeful days, than if all the world had been given into my possession, with life lengthened at my own will. * » * » Although perhaps it may seem woeful, yet there is nothing which can to me be more lt| i 464 SCIENCE OF LETTER WHITING. welcome, than from this vale of misery to aspire to that heavenly throne of all joj and pleasure with Christ my Saviour, in whose steadfast faith (if it may be lawful for the daughter so to write to the father) the Lord that hath hitherto strengthened you, so continue tu keep you, that at the last we may meet in heaven, with the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. I am, Tour obedient daughter till death, JANE DUDLEY. Madam: Dr. Samtbl Johnson to Mrs. Piozzi. July a, 1784. If I interpret your letter right, you are ignominiously married; if it is yet undone, let us once more UUk together. If you have abandoned your children and your religion, God forgive your wickedness; if you have forfeited your fame and your country, may your folly do no further mischief. If the last act is yet to do, I who have loved you, esteemed you, reverenced you, and served you, 1 who long thought you the first of womankind, entreat that, before your fate is irrevocable, I may once more see you. I was, I once was, madam, most truly yours, SAM. JOHNSON. Sir: Mrs. Piozzi to Dr. Samuel Johnson. July 4, 1784. I have this morning received from you so rough a letter in reply to one which was both tenderly and respectfully written that I am forced to desire the con- clusion of a correspondence which I can bear to continue no longer. Farewell, dear sir, and accept my best wishes. You have always commanded my esteem, and long enjoyed the fruits of a friendship, rwcer infringed hy one harsh expression on my pa/rt during twenty years of familiar talk. Never did I oppose your will, nor can your unmerited severity itself lessen my regard, but till you have changed your opinion of Mr. Piozzi, let us converse no more. God bless you. Robert Burns to Miss Ellison Beobib. Lochlea, 1788. I verily believe, my dear E., that the pure genuine feelings of love are as rare in the world as the pure genuine principles of virtue and piety. This, I hope, will account for the iincommon style of all my letters to you. * * * I don't know how it is, my dear, for though, except your company, there is i SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 4(55 I all joy e lawful igthened with the UDLEY. nothing on earth gives me so much pleasure as writing to you, yet it never gives me those giddy raptures so much talked of among lovers. # # « * The sordid earth-worm may profess love to a woman's person, whilst in reality his affection is centered in her pocket ; and the slavisli drudge may go a-wooing as he goes to the horse-market, to choose one who is stout and firm, and as we may say of an old horse, one who will be a good drudge and draw kindly. I disdain their dirty, puny ideas. I would be heartily out of humor with myself, if I thought I were capable of having so poor a notion of the sex, which was designed to crown the pleasures of society. .' B. Bk 8, 1784. 1; if it is ' children rour fame ; is yet to who long vocable, I SNBON. 4, 1784. jply to one re the con- ommanded one harth ryppote your ve changed ea, 1788. e as rare in hope, will » * ny, there is Hbnrt Clay's Mother's Last Letter to Him. My Dear Son: Woodford, Ky., Sept'r 18th, 1837. Your kind favor of the 14th of August came to hand a few days ago. Rest assured, my son, I feel glad that you have got again to the bosom of your family, and found them well. I have been a great deal worse than I was when I had the pleasure of seeing you last. I can make out to cross the room, with the help of a staff or some one's arm. To-day I feel better, having had a good night's rest. My cough is not so bad as it was. Mr. Watkins still enjoys his usual health, and joins in love to Lucretia (Mrs Clay) and to the rest of the family. Pray write me when convenient. That God may bless you, my son, is the sincere prayer of your mother. ELIZABETH WATKINS. Mr. Hbnrt Clat. HAimAH Arnold to Benedict Arnold. Dear Childe: Norwich, April 12, 1754. I received yours of 1 instant, and was glad to hear that you was well; pray my dear let your first consem be to make your pease with god as itt is of all conserns of ye greatest importance. Keep a steady watch over your thoughts, words, and actions, be dutifuU to seperiors, obliging to equalls and afflbel to inferiors. from your affectionate, HANNAH ARNOLD. P. S. Your father and aunt joyns with me in love and servis to yourself, your sister is from home. To Mr. benedict arnold, at Canterbury. i»^** *^ BCiaNCK OF LKTTER WRITING. 469 I should wish to know whore Mr. Marks proposes to settle and what line of life he will follow. In every situation I should wish to render him and you every service in my power, as you may be assured I shall ever feel myself warmly interested in your happiness, and preserve for you that sincere love I have always borae you. My daughters remember you with equal affection, and will one of these days tender it to you in person. They join me in wishing you all earthly felicity and a continuance of your love to them. Accept assurances of the sincere attachment with which I am, my dear sister. Your affectionate brother, TH. JEFFERSON. Sir Walter Scott to Robert Southet on hib investiture as Poet Laureate. Edinburgh, November 18, 1818. I do not delay, my dear Southey, to say my gratulator. Long may you live, as Faddy says, to rule over us, and to redeem the crown of Spenser and of Dryden to its pristine dignity. »»##*»#* I was greatly delighted with the circumstances of your investiture. It reminded me of the porters at Calais with Dr. Smollett's baggage, six of them seizing one small portmanteau and bearing it in triumph to his lodgings. « « « « Adieu, my dear Southey; my best wishes attend all that you do, and my best congratulations every good that attends you— yea, even this, the very least of Provi- dence's mercies, as a poor clergyman said when pronouncing grace over a herring. My best compliments attend Mrs. Southey and your family. Ever yours, WALTER SCOTT. To A Gentleman Elected to Congress. Metropolisville, Nov. 5, 1875. Hurrah! the battle is fought and the victory won! Give me your hand, old friend, while I give it a good squeeze of congratulation on your election. The result has not surprised me in the least. I knew you would be elected, because I knew that you deserved to be, and that the people of your district had sense enough to know it too. Some say, "Principles, not men;" but I say, "Principles and men." This honor is as much a tribute to your personal worth as to the correctness of your prin- ciples. Just such men as you are needed in Congress — never more than now; and I believe you will fulfill every expectation, and honor yourself and your constituents. That such may be the case shall ever be the prayer of— Yours faithfully, Charles Goodman, Esq., Pleasant Valley, Utopia. JAMES HOPEWELL. i ^\i»«'. rit' A letter of condolence is one written to a friend who has suf- fered some grievous loss or bereavement. To write a good letter of condolence, one that shall comfort and console the sufferer, requires good taste and fine feeling. Persons often, by injudicious words, probe afresh the wound they are trying to heal. In offering condolence, do not call up the harrowing details of the sad event, nor attempt to argue the sufferer out of his (or her) sorrow. Reasons that appeal to the head cannot touch the heart. Above all, do not reflect any blame, directly or indirectly. What the bleeding heart most needs, in the first gush of grief, is sympathy — that genuine, tearful sympathy that lessens another's grief by sharing it. The expression of this in a few loving words, and a pious reference to the great source of consolation, are all that a letter of condo- lence requires. The following letters afford excellent illustrations of this kind of composition: To A Sister on the Death of a Child. [The following tender and touching letter was written by a celebrated American authoress. The bereaved mother said thai no other letter gave her so much comfort.] Sister Darling: I cannot write what is in my heart for you to-day; It is too full— filled with a double sorrow, for you and for myself. Tears blind me; my pen trembles in my hand. Oh, to be near you! to clasp you in my arms! to draw your* head to my bosom and weep with youl Darling, God comfort you, I cannot. 470 8- ./ / SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. 471 Another on the Death of a Babe. [The concluding sentences are very beautiful and appropriate.] My Dear Mary: Charleston, S. C, Dec. 4, 1875. I feel that a mother's sorrow for the loss of a beloved child cannot be assuaged by the commonplaces of condolence; yet I must write a few lines to assure you of my heartfelt sympathy in your grief. There is one thing, however, that should soften the sharpness of a mother's agony under such a bereavement. It is the reflection that little children are pure and guileless, and that " of such is the kingdom of heaven." "It is well with the child." Your precious babe is now a treasure laid up in a better world, and the gate through which it has passed to peace and joy unspeakable is left open, so that you, in due time, may follow. Let this be your consolation. Affectionately yours, Mbs. Mabt Browning, Norfolk, Va. SARAH TOUNQ. La Fatettb to Jefferson, announcing the death of Madams db La Fatbttb. [The following sadly beautiful letter, though not strictly a letter of condolence, relates to the subject of death, and therefore belongs to this class.] My Dear Friend: Anteuil, January 11, 1808. The constant mourning of your heart will be deepened by the grief I am doomed to impart to it. Who better than you can sympathize for the loss of a beloved wife? The angel who for thirty-four years has blessed my life, was to you an affectionate grateful friend. Pity me, my dear Jefferson, and believe me, for ever, with all my heart. Yours, La FAYETTE. fir- Thomas Jefferson to John Adams on the death of Mrs. Adams. [The following is probably one of the finest models of a letter of condolence that this kind of literature affords.] Monticello, November 18, 1818. The public papers, my dear friend, announce the fatal event of which your letter of October the 20th had given me ominous foreboding. Tried myself in the school of affliction, by the loss of every form of connection which can rive the human heart. I know well, and feel what you have lost, what you have suffered, are suffer- ing, and yet have to endure. The same trials have taught me that for ills so immeasurable time and silence are the only medicine. I will not, therefore, by use- ~ ~ — — — — — — ^J \ i; 472 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. less condolences, open afresh the sluices of your grief, nor, although mingling sincerely my tears with yours, will I say a word more where words are in vain, but that it is of some comfort to us both that the time is not very distant at which we are to deposit in the same cerement our sorrows and suffering bodies, and to ascend in essence to an ecstatic meeting with the friends we have loved and lost, and whom we shall still love and never lose again. God bless you and support you under your heavy aflSiction. TH. JEFFERSON. inintAtA>n>HaH>*««<H«aw^>nint><««>i '••M««S*«W«««Ha>ta»«l ' We append, in as concise a form as possible, tlie laws of business that are in most common daily use: Ignorance of the law excuses no one. The law does not require one to do impossibilities. Principals are responsible for the acts of their agents. The acts of one partner bind all the rest. Each individual in a partnership is responsible for the whole amount of the debts of the firm, except in cases of special part- nership. A receipt for money is not always conclusive. Signatures made with a lead pencil are held good in law. A contract made with a minor is void. Contracts made on Sunday cannot be enforced. No consideration is sufficient in law if it be illegal in its ncUure. I <''■/ lingling ain, but 1 we are cend in hom we ier your CSSON. iws of whole I part- w. in its % SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. V 473 An agreement without consideration is void. An oral agreement must be proved by evidence. A written agreement proves itself. The law prefers written to oral evidence because of its precision. Written instruments are to be construed and interpreted by the law according to the simple, customary and natural meaning of the words used. No evidence can be introduced to contradict or vary a written contract, but it may be received in order to explain it when such evidence is needed. A note made on Sunday is void. A note by a minor is voidable. A note obtained by fraud, or from a person in a state of ill ^irlcation, cannot be collected. J 'he time of payment of a note is not named, it is payable on demand. Value received should be written in a note, but, if not, it may be supplied by proof. The payee should be named in a note unless payable to bearer. The time of payment of a note must not depend on a contin- gency. The promise must be absolute. The maker of an accommodation bill or note is not bound to the person accommodated, but is bound to all other parties, the same as if there was a good consideration. Checks or drafts should be presented for payment without unnecessary delay. Checks and drafts should be presented during business hours; but in this country it is not compulsory except in the case of banks. If the drawee of a check or draft has changed his residence, the holder must use due and reasonable diligence to find him. If one who holds a check as payee, or otherwise, transfers it ''^^•mm^^^ a^^i^^H^^^^^^Mw ■ IJI HMIWWW IW WWI W ■ifc^M H ^ ^^m,^ ^^m^^m^»i>^^t^im^^tm^mm,^^t^m,^>m n^^ii i^^^^^^^^M :=q 't ' 474 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. to another^ he has a right to insist that the check be presented on that day, or, at farthest, on the day following. An indorsement of a bill or note may be written on the face or back. An indorser may prevent his own liability to be sued by writing without recourse^ or similar words. An indorsee has a right of action against all whose names were on the bill when he received it. A note indorsed in blank (the name of the indorser only written) is transferable by delivery, the same as if made payable to bearer. F ' note or bill is transferred as security, or even as payment of a pre-existing debt, the debt revives if the note or bill be dis- honored. The holder of a note may give notice of protest to all the pre- vious indorsers, or to only one of them. In the latter case, he should select the last indorser, and the last should give notice to the last before him, and so on through. Each indorser must send notice the same day or the day following. Neither Sunday nor any legal holiday is counted in reckoning time in which notice is to be given. If a letter containing a protest of non-payment be put into the postoffice, any miscarriage does not affect the party giving notice. Notice of protest may be sent either to the place of business or to the residence of the party notified. If two or more persons, as partners, are jointly liable on a note or bill, notice to one of them is sufficient. The loss of a note is not sufficient excuse for not giving notice of protest. The finder of negotiable paper, as of all other property, must make reasonable efforts to find the owner, before he is entitled to appropriate it to his own benefit. If the finder conceal it, he is liable to the charge of larceny or theft. ~l <~> ^-^■^-^^''^niB ^■^^■i^^a^^a^^ m^^m^^i^^m^^m r ~ ~ ~ i^^H^^^l^^M^Ml^^Bi i sented e face led by names r only ►ayable lyment be dis- he pre- ;ase, he ptice to ist send lay nor L notice (Ut into r giving )lace of Die on a r notice y, must entitled al it, he i ^ /- ft «- "M Commercial Forms. » SXcijotvaMc- 9Xote. ^<$p.40. ^€104^ ^. ^^lyUii <^^^4 r/d/e 0» ^44^^97^-ede ^ ^€ia^ *€t€t't^^. 475 »• 476 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING. S300.00. Clinton, N. Y., Sept. 1st, 1881. On demand, I promise to pay Clarke Evans, or order, TJtree Hundred Dollars, with interest. Value received, Harry Blodgett. $1,600.00. Sixty days after date, we or either of us, promise to pay to Hiram Sanford, or order, Fifteen Hundred Dollars. Value received. Robert Fulton. Ionia, Mich., Oct. 16, 1882. Charles Darwin. $100.00. Cincinnati, 0., Sept. 6th, 1881. Three months after date, I promise to pay Henry Holmes^ or (yrder, One Hund/red Dollars, with interest at the rate of seven per cent, per annum, from maturity until paid, without dtfalcation. And I do hereby confess judgment for the above sum, with interest and costs of suit, a release of all errors, and waiver qf all rights to inquisition and appeal, and to the ben^t (f all laws exempting real or personal property from levy and sale. Wesley Wood. $600.00. Chicago, III., May 3d, 1883. Three months after date, I promise to pay to the order of A. S. Brown Five Hundred Dollars, at the First National Bank, for volume received, with inter •■ at seven per cent, per annum from maturity until paid. Moses Watts. 9dk BIAL. Know all Men by these Presents; That I, the undersigned, am justly indebted to A. 8. Brown, upon a certain promissory note, of even date herewith, for five hundred dollars, value received, with interest at the rate of seven per cent, per annum, from maturity until paid, and maturing August 8d and 6th, 1888. Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises, I do hereby make, constitute, and appoint John W<1U o' » -v attorney of any court of record, to be my true and lawful attorney, irrevo ol> . and in my name, nlace. and stead, to appear in any court of record, in term time >,- in vacation, in ixix^ '-' j or Territory of the United States, at any time after said note becomes due, to waive the service of process, and confess judgment in favor of the said A. S. Brown, or his assigns, upon said note, for the amount thereof and interest thereon, together with costs and ten dollars attor- ney's fees; and also to file a cognovit for the amount thereof, with an agreement therein, that no proceeding in error or appeal shall be prosecuted, or bill of equity filed to interfere in any manner with the operation of said judgment, and also to release all errors that may intervene in the entering up of said judgment or issuing execution thereon; to waive all benefits which I may be entitled to by virtue of any homestead, exemption, appraisement or valuation law, now or hereafter in force, wherever such judgment may be entered or enforced, hereby ratifying and confirm- ing all that my said attorney shall or may do, by virtue hereof. Witness my hand this 1st day of May, 1888. MOSES WATTS. 13 $100.00. Hanover^ Ind., July ^th, 1882. On demand, for 'oalue received, I promise to pay J. P. Wilkins & Co., or order, One Hundred Dollars, with interest; payable without any relief whatever from valuation or appraisement Samuel Snover. j! I 478 SCIENCE OF LETTER WRITING cFot4tv o^ (E^ec^. 9l«. 342. i J 0e/i^, <:z^i:c^., G?^. 3, /cfglSi« a"'-^- -^"^ ^'".N c^/SvA aagaaaa:ia?i:iaaaaaaa TTHMIMIIIIF t/TSt wTn. ^Tni i^» •js. ^ " ;»^$^/^' -.%^ .».*' .^-\ m',"^^ .f'];;,^ @^a^5) .=^1^5!^ BY PROF. L. G. GORTON. \HT do we breathe f To purify the blood. How does breathing purify the blood f The oxygen of the air combines with the carbon of the blood, forming carbonic acid. Is the air we exhale ^ lighter or heamer than pure air? At first, being rarefied by the heat of the body, it is lighter, but upon cooling it becomes heavier and descends. Accordingly rooms should be ventilated both at the top and at the bottom. What is carbon? It is an elementary substance, and is found in great abundance in nature. It exists in three 479 ^^^^^^^^^^^^■^^^M ^^^t^^^"^^i ==^ 480 SCIENCE OF COMMON THINGS. forms, viz., charcoal, graphite and diamond. W7iy is it dan- gerous to burn charcoal in rooms f Because the carbon of the charcoal unifies with the oxygen of the air, forming carbonic acid. What are the effects of breathing carbonic acid f The blood is not purified, and this causes drowsiness, stupor, and finally death. Of what is the atmosphere composed? It is composed of twenty-one parts oxygen and seventy-nine parts nitrogen. What is oxygen f It is an elementary gaseous body, the most electro-negative element known. When united with twice its bulk of hydrogen it forms water, and is found in com- pound with nearly every known element. What is an element f An element is a body composed of but one kind of atoms. What is a compound? A compound is a body composed of two or more kinds of atoms. What is combustion? It is the rapid union of elements in forming compounds. Why does exercise make one feel warmer ? Because more muscular tissue is torn down, consequently more carbon is given oflf to unite with the oxygen, thus producing heat. Why does blowing a Jire make it burn brighter ? Because with each current of air it receives a fresh supply of oxygen. What is nitrogen ? It is an ele- mentary gaseous body, and the second electro-negative element known. It is found in the air, and in nearly all vegetable and animal tissue. What is the use of nitrogen in the atmosphere ? The nitrogen is used simply to dilute or weaken the oxygen, and is not changed by respiration. Why will a candle when placed under a closed vessel soon be extinguished? Because the oxy- gen has been consumed, and the nitrogen will neither burn nor support combustion. What is hydrogen ? It is an elementary gaseous body, the lightest known substance; when united with oxygen it forms water. Will it support life? It will not. Will it support combustion? It will not. Will it burn? When pure it will burn with a steady bluish light, but if mixed with air it will explode when brought in contact with fire. What is i =n dan- )i the ■bonic The ', and It is parts body, I with 1 com- Tnentf atoms, of two 3 rapid xerdse is torn Lth the e make eceives an ele- >lement jle and phere ? en, and placed le oxy- arn nor [lentary ed with Will When ed with Vhat is i the gas used to illuminate the streets? Hydro-carbon, or a compound of hydrogen and carbon; the hydrogen unites with the oxygen of the air, forming water, the carbon becomes heated to a glow, and thus gives the light. Is an escape of illuminating gas dangerous to life f It is dangerous to breathe, and is very liable to explode if a light is taken near it. How can we detect an escape of gas ? By our sense of smell. What are the other sources of hydro-carhon in our dwellings ? The decom- posing animal and vegetable substance of drains and water closets. Great care should be taken to secure effective drainage, and in keeping the drain pipes in order. What is heat ? Heat is a form of energy. It consists of vibratory motions of the par- ticles of matter or results from such motions, and gives rise to the well known sensations of warmth and cold. What are its effects? Expansion, fusion, evaporation, and decomposition. What are the principal sources of heat ? The sun, chemical action, mechanical action, sound, light and electricity Why do burn- ing glasses set fire to combustible substances ? 660*^ use they gather all the rays of heat that fall upon them to a single point or focus, thus making the heat more intense at that point. What is fire ? It is the rapid union of elements. What is smoke? Small particles of solid carbon, which have not been consumed by heat. Why does smoke ascend ? Because it is held In heated air; when the air becomes cold the smoke settles. Why does smoke ascend 7nore directly one day than it does another ? Because the air is not of the same density at all times. Hoio is heat diffused? By conduction, convection and radiation. What is conduction ? The process by which heat passes from the hotter to the colder part of a body. Why does not a piece of wood burning at one end become hot at the other ? Because wood is a bad conductor of heat. What is convection of heat ? The method of diffusing heat by actual motion of heated fluid masses; as when hot water rises from the bottom of a vessel, and 81 ! -> 1 482 SCIENCE OF COMMON THINGS. conveys heat to the colder water above. What is radiation of heat f The propagation of heat by ether. Can heat be r^ected ? It can. What is absorption of Jieat f The taking off of heat by the body to which the heat is transmitted. WJiy do some articles feel colder than others^ when all are of the same tem- perature? Because, being better conductors, they take away the heat of the hand more rapidly. Which are the better con- ductors^ dense or porous substances f The dense ones, gener- ally. Is air a good conductor of heat f No. Why is a piece of ice longer in melting when wrapped in flannel f Because the flannel is a poor conductor, and keeps the heat from reaching the ice. Why do iron articles feel mry cold in winter f Because iron is a good conductor, and takes the heat from the hand rap- idly. Why is it painful to touch tlie tongue to a mry cold iron ? Because the heat is taken from the tongue so rapidly the tongue is frozen. W7iy is it frequently warmer when a frost sets in f Because when a liquid is changed to a solid heat is given out. W?iy is it sometimes colder when a thaw sets in? Because when a substance changes from a solid to a liquid it takes up heat. How is ice cream frozen ? By placing salt on pounded ice. The salt melts the ice, and in melting the heat is taken from the cream. W7iy does sprinkling the streets make the air cooler f Because the water evaporates or changes into a vapor, and whenever a liquid changes to a vapor it takes up heat. Why does fanning the face make us cooler f It increases the evaporation of moisture from the face by bringing fresh, dry air in contact. What are the best reflectors of heat ? Smooth, bright surfaces. Why are white articles of clothing cool? Because they reflect the heat. Why are dark articles of cloth- ing warm ? Because black absorbs heat. WJiat is the cause of wind ? The temperature of different localities is unequal, con- sequently the air at some places is lighter than it is at others; the lighter air is forced upward by the heavier air, which, when i::^ n of )tedf heat some tem- away • con- jener- piece 36 the ching )cause d rap- iron ? ongue ts in ? n out. realise es up unded baken he air vapor, heat. es the ry air nooth, cool f cloth- luse of 1, con- others; , when =1 SCIENCE OF COMMON THINGS. 483 L it flows in, partakes of a circular motion which we call wind. If a great difference in temperature exists a sudden change of air takes place and forms a whirlwind, hurricane, or tornado. Why does a soap-bubble rise in the air ? Because being lilled with warm air it is lighter than an equal bulk of the surround- ing air. Why does air ascend the chimney f Because being heated by the fire it is lighter than the air of the room. Why does the flame of a candle terminate in a point ? Because the cold air rushes to the flame from all sid» s, and is carried upward. Why does hlowinfj sharply at a candle put it out ? Because too rapid a flow of air reduces the temperature jelow the burn- ing point. W7ty does a lamp chimney increase tite ^^nlliancy of the flame f Because it conducts an increase of nr to the flame. What has become of the candle whe^^ it has burr df It has been changed to carbonic acid and wat^r, 'he latter escap- ing as a vapor. Why does friction produce heat f Heat being a mode of motion of the particles of a body, friction or anything else that increases that motion produces heat. Why on a warm day does moisture collect on the outside vf an ice-pitcher? Because the moisture of the atmosphere is condensed by coming in contact with the cold pitcher. What causes deio f At night the earth and all objects upon it radiate the heat received from the sun during the day and become colder than the air, and the vapor of the air coming in contact vif h the cooler objects is con- densed and deposited in the form of dew. Why is dew heavier on some objects than on other f>? Because some objects are better radiators of heat thnn others. Why is but little dew formed on cloudy nights f Because the heat radiated from the earth is reflected baclv by the clouds and the earth is thus kept pX nearly the same temperature as the air. Why do heavy dews foretell rain f Because they show that the air is well charged with moisture. What is hoar frost ? Frozen dew. What are clouds ? When the air is cooled the moisture in it is partially ■^^^^^^^^^^^^" ^^^t^mi^m^ 484 SCIENCE OF COMMON THINGS. Cirrus Clouds. condensed and thus rendered visible as clouds. W/iat are fogs ? Clouds near the earth. Why do they disappear soon after sunrise ? Because the heat of the sun expands and disperses them, V/'hat are the different kinds of clovds ? The principal are the cirrus or *' cat's- tail," the cumulus or "ball of cotton," the stratus or "white sheet," and the nimbus or ' ' rain clouds. ' ' What produces the various shapes of clouds ? The state of the atmosphere, the electrical condition of the clouds, and the winds. What do cirrus clouds foretell ? When they are high, thin and light, fair weather ; when they form fleecy lines across the sky, light rains or a gale of wind. What do cumulus clouds fore- tell f Fine wea ther when they are well defined and advance with the wind. Rain, when they are thin and dull and float in a direction opposite the surface wind. A thun- der storm, when they increase in size and be- come dull and gray at sunset. What do stratus clouds foretell? Damp, dreary weatlier. What do nimbus clouds foretell? Rain and thunder. What causes rain ? When a warm current of air containing a great amount of moisture comes in contact with a cold current the moisture is condensed and falls as rain. Does rain ever -it~rrrrr~r~rr~~~"^'~" Cumulua Ckrnds. r SCIENCE OF COMMON THINGS. 485 occur without clouds f Sometimes a sudden fall of temperature will produce rain without forming visible clouds. Why does more rainfall in March and April than in July and August ? Because the changes in temperature are more frequent, and every fall of temperature in the air condenses its vapor. Why then, is the weather not colder before a rain? Because this change in temperature is in the iipper currents of air, and not on the surface of the earth. What is snow f Snow consists of the watery particles of the atmosphere frozen for the most part in a stratus Cloudt. crystalline form. Why is snow white? On account of the aggregate reflection of light from the sides of minute crystals. Why are high mountain ^ peaks covered with snow ? Because the upper regions of the atmosphere are in- tensely cold. What is the cause of hail ? If the rain-drops in falling pass through a current of air of low temperature the drops become frozen and mmbus ciouds. fall as hail. W7iat is sleet f If snow, in falling, passes through a warm current of air, it is partially melted and becomes sleet. How far is the sun from the earth ? Ninety-one million miles. What is light? Light is that mode of motion which is capable of affecting the optic nerve. It is the vibration of an 486 SCIENCE OF COMMON THINGS. infinitely rare, exceedingly elastic, and subtle medium known as ether, which tills all space and permeates every transparent substance. How fast does light tramlf One hundred and eighty-six thousand miles per second. What is a ray of light f It is the smallest portion of light discernible. What is a beam of light f A collection of rays. Of what is a ray of light com- posed f It is composed of seven elementary parts, giving the colors violet, indigo, blue, green, yellow, orange and red. Why are some substances white ? Because they reflect all the light that falls upon them without changing it. Why are some sub- stances black ? Be- cause they absorb all the light and reflect none. Why are somt substances red? Because they absorb all but the red part of the wave. Blue sub- stances absorb all Snoro Crystals. ^Ut the bluC, etC. If a straight stick be partially submerged in water at an angle why does it appear to be bent ? Because the rays of light com- ing from the part of the stick which is under water are bent as they leave the water. For the same reason the apparent depth of the water. is deceptive. What causes the rainbow? The refraction and reflection of light by the drops of falling water. What is a halo f It is a luminous or colored circle seen around the sun or moon under certain conditions of the atmosphere. WJiat is its cause ? The refraction of light by minute crystals of ice floating in the higher regions of the atmosphere. Why do halos foretell wet loeatherf Because they show a great amount of moisture in the atmosphere which will probably form rain. Why ^^-^ stars twinkle f Because there are a great many non-luminous bodies in space, and wlien they pass between us and a star they cut off its light just for an instant, thus causing the twinkling. What are ' ' shooting stars f ' They are not stars proper, but are non-luminous bodies coming in contact with the earth's atmosphere, and becoming ignited by their friction upon the air have the appearance of stars. Why are meteor - olites or shooting stars seen most frequently between the 12th and IJfth of Nommher of each year f Because the earth at that time is passing through a portion of space where the greatest number of these bodies is found. What is the mirage, and what is its cause? Mirage is the appear- ance in the air of an erect or inverted image of some distant object which is itself invisible. It is most frequently seen on water, where it is termed loom ing, but has also appeared to persons traveling through des- erts with such vividness as to make them believe that they Mirage. saw trees and springs before them in the distance. Captain Scoresby, while cruising in a whaling ship, recognized his father's vessel when distant from him more than thirty miles (and consequently below the horizon) by its inverted image in the air, though he did not previously know it was in that part of the ocean. Mirage is caused by the rays of light from the object being bent differently by different layers of the atmos- phere until they are curved so as to strike the eye. What causes twilight f The bending and reflecting of light by the atmosphere. What causes the colored sky at sunset? The sun's rays are partially decomposed by the vai)or that is in the 488 SCIENCE OF COMMON THINQ8. atmosphere. Why does a highly colored sunset predict a storm f Because it shows that the air contains a great amount of moisture. What is electricity? It is that mode of motion which is manifested by the peculiar phenomena of attraction and repul- sion. It is best understood by its effects. How is the electric light produced f In two principal ways, viz., by incandescence or glow and by the electric arc. The electricity is produced either from a powerful battery or from a magneto-electric machine. In the first method the electricity passes through platinum or carbon, and heats it until it glows. In the second case, two points, usually of carbon, are separated a short dis- tance, and the passage of the electricity over this distance, carry- ing with it heated particles of carbon, gives the light. What is the cause of lightning f It is caused by electncity passing from the clouds to the earth. The earth and the clouds become oppositely charged, and the tension of the electricity overcomes the resistance of the air between the earth and the clouds, and passes through it. Why does it sometimes take a zigzag course ? So as to pass where there is the least resistance. What is heat lightning ? It is an unsteady glow of lightning seen near the horizon, and is simply the reflection of lightning so distant from us as to be invisible. Why is it dangerous to stand near a tree during a thunder storm, ? Because the tree, being a high object and a good conductor of electricity, is very liable to form the conductor for the lightning. Why is U dangerous to he near a fire during a thunder storm ? Because smoke and flame are conductors of electricity. Where is the safest place during a thunder storm f In the center of a dry room, away from all con- ductors of electricity. What is the cause of thunder ? Thunder is caused by the sudden rush of air into the vacuum which the electricity, as it darts with inconceivable velocity, leaves behind it. Wliy is thunder sometimes loud and, continuous^ and at 1 )t a >unt h is pul- ?tric ence need ctric 5iigh cond dis- arry- lat is ssing come omes , and crse f heat r the from I tree (bject 1 the ear a are ng a con- inder 1 the hind %d at other times broken and unequal ? Because it is sometimes near, and the sound from all parts of the flash reaches us at the same instant, and at other times it is at different distances from us, and consequently all the sound does not reach us at the same time. What is sound f Sound is that mode of motion which is capable of affecting the auditory nerve. It is produced by the vibration of some elastic substance. Why do we hear more dis- tinctly on a damp day than we do on a dry one? Because damp air is the better conductor of sound. What is an echo f It is a reflected sound. How fast does sound travel in the air ? About eleven hundred feet per second. What is the velocity of electricity ? Two hundred and eighty -eight thousand miles per second. How can the distance a thunder storm is away he ascertained from seeing the fash ? By counting the number of beats of the pulse from the time the flash is seen to the time the thunder is heard, and dividing by five. The answer will be in miles. To what height does the atmosphere extend, ? From fifty to two hundred miles. What is the pressure of the atmosphere at the earth's surface? Fifteen pounds to every square inch of surface. What is the pressure on the average man ? Thirty thousand pounds, or fifteen tons. Why does he not feel this pressure f Because it presses equally in every direction, and on the internal as well as on the external surface of the body. How high loill the pressure of the air raise loater in a pump? About thirty feet. Why ? Because a column of water thirty feet high and one inch area cross section weighs fifteen pounds. Hoio dofiies luilk on the eeiling ? Their feet are so formed that when they attempt to withdraw them from the ceiling a partial vacuum is formed, and the pressure of the air holds the fly up. Why is it that when we insert a glass that is filled with water ^ and, has a paper over the top^ that the water does not fall out? Because the upward pressure of the air holds it in. What is the ^»^"^^^^^i^^^^^^^ 490 SCIENCE OF COMMON THINGS. weight of air? One hundred cubic inches weigh thirty-one grains. Why does a stove smoke when the fire is first lighted ? Because the air in the chimney is of the same temperature as the air in the room, and does not ascend. What is the best method of conoeying air to fires ? Tubes built in the walls communi- cating with the outer air, and terminating beneath the grates. Why do chimneys smoke in damp weather ? The heated air in giving off its moisture becomes heavier than the outer air. What is a har&meter f An instrument for measuring the pressure of the atmosphere. There are two forms; the mercu- rial, consisting of a glass tube over thirty inches long, filled with mercury, and the aneroid, a cylindrical box of metal, with a hand to indicate the pressure. The glass tube filled with a watery fluid is, a humbug. Why is the barometer called a ^^toeather glass f^'' Because changes in the weather are pre- ceded by changes of atmospheric pressure, and these changes are indicated by the barometer. How can the weather be predicted by a barometer ? The rising of the barometer generally presages fair weather, the falling the contrary. A sudden change in the barometer, a sudden change in the weather; a gradual change in the barometer, a gradual change in the weather. Which is the heavier y dry air or moist air f Dry air. WJiat is a thermom- eter f An instrument for denoting temperature. Why does the mercury rise when the temperature becomes greater ^ and fall when it is less f Because the mercury expands with heat and contracts with cold. Why does water boil ? Because heat enter- ing the lower portions of the water forms vapor bubbles there, which rapidly ascend. Why is rain water soft ? Because the minerals which make water hard do not evaporate. Why is it difficult to wash with hard water ? Because the soap unites with the minerals of the water and loses its cleansing powers. Why is the sea saltf The salt, which prevails largely in the earth and i Lir in fchand is readily soluble in water, is carried by the rivers to the ocean, and as salt does not evaporate it must remain there in solution. What is attraction ? The tendency of bodies to approach each other. WJiat is gravitation f Every particle of matter in the universe has an attraction for every other particle, and this attraction is called gravitation. Why does oil ascend in the wick a lamp ? It is drawn upward by capillary attrac- tion. For the same reason, if we dip the corner of a towel in water the whole towel will become wet. Why do clouds gather around mountain tops? Because they are attracted by the mountains. Why does a feather fall more slowly than a stone ? On account of the resistance of tlie air ; in a vacuum it would fail with the same velocity. Why does a needle float when laid carefully on the surface of water f The needle repels the water, thus displacing an amount of water eqaal to its own weight. How do some insects walk on water f An oily substance is secreted from their feet which repels the water, and thus the weight of the water displaced equals the weight of the insect. Why is spring water more palatable than distilled water f Because it contains carbonic acid. WJiy does boiled water taste flat ? Because the carbonic acid has been driven off. What is soda water ? It is water charged with carbonic acid. Why does gunpowder explode ? Because it is composed of potassium nitrate, charcoal and sulphur ; substances which, when heated to a certain degree, unite rapidly, forming a gas that is many times larger in bulk than the powder. Why are soap-huhhles round ? Because the air within them presses with equal force on all sides. Why do balloons ascend in air? Because they are filled with a gas which is rarer than air, conse- quently the upward pressure of the air on the bottom of the balloon is greater than the downward pressure on top of the balloon and the weight of the balloon. Why does a kite rise ^' "P 492 SCIENCE OF COMMON THINGS. in the airf It rises by the force of the wind which strikes obliquely on its under surface. Why does a hoop roll without falling ? Owing to the tendency which matter has when revolv- ing to retain its plane of revolution and to go in a straight line.- Why does a top spin ? On account of the persistence of the plane of revolution. Why is it that when we whirl a pail^ that is partially filled with water, over our heads, the water does not fall out? Because of centrifugal force, or the tendency which matter has to keep away from the center of revolution. Why do Jlat stones ^^ sMp^^ when thrown obliquely on water f The water is compressed by the stone and by virtue of its elas- ticity it causes the stone to bound. What causes a ball to rebound when thrown against a surface f The ball and the sur- face are slightly compressed and in suddenly regaining their original forms the ball is thrown. What is the cause of dreams ? Weariness, or a derangement of the digestive apparatus. It is a semi-unconscious working of the mind. Why do we cough ? Because the respiratory organs are irritated by some foreign substance and coughing is an effort to free the organs by rapidly forcing the air from the lungs. Why do we sneeze ? Because particles of matter enter the nos- trils and excite the nerves, and sneezing is an effort to drive away these particles. The nerve can also be excited by cold air coming in contact with it. Sneezing is a sudden contraction of the respiratory muscles. W7iy do some plants droop at sun- set ? Plants grow by heat and light, and some do not receive force sufficient during the day to keep them erect at night. What is a telephone? It is an instrument for the trans- mission of sound. There are two principal kinds, the string telephone and the electrical telephone. The string telephone consists of some kind of an elastic diaphragm supported at its edges so as to be free to vibrate, and having a strong cord or wire attached to its middle and extending to a similar instru- :«>' ^^^^^^^ ^^^ \ ikes hout vo\v- linej- f the , that does lency ition. aterf i elas- all to 18 sur- : their ;einent Ling of organs effort ungs. le nos- drive old air ion of t sun- receive trans- string ephone L at its cord or instru- aCIENCB OF COMMON THINQS. 403 ment at the other end of the line. A very cheap and serviceable telephone for a line not exceeding a mile in length can be made out of two cigar boxes and enough common stovepipe wire to make the line. Support the boxes, one at each end of the line, by means of strips fastened to the ends of the boxes, leaving the bottoms free to vibrate. Fasten one end of the wire to the center of one of the boxes and extend it to the other box, draw- ing it tightly and being careful to support all parts of it by some flexible substance as cotton or silk. See that there are* no sharp turns in the wire, and that it does not touch any wood or metal excepting the boxes. A few sharp blows on the box with a pencil will serve for the call. A diaphragm of parchment may profitably be substituted for the cigar boxes. The electrical telephone demands that a person have a thorough knowledge of electricity in order to be completely understood. The sound wave is turned into an electrical wave, which travels along the wire ; the electrical wave is then changed to a magnetic wave, the magnetic wave to a sound wave, which is heard. ^»^^N^^N^*^^l*^^"^tf ^^■^^^%^^*^"^>^ ■it~nii~ii riB > .